Th yey ey ee ‘aia zon orden Uh Sa hy \ aon CA A J ag " ROO UR Fon MCC Ph iaak ‘ Wie f 444 i) my ” aa ea i ae vad KGNe 4 ‘ ‘rie! r wlan fae wi ihe Pt ‘ ae ai edd aa Hh ere te ean ' We TARTAR A ny aN Aaah eal Hela ya va ae NWONTOOC A CAR ONO UR Cra RAL Ae ye a ‘ HWE ey : LAN! Post tte En Oita 4 Oe me TW! Ne RY) Rah ohn bey ut panes , ‘ Ka Re ea MY) Acai eae a EN ES A 4 ae cre vaytity GN \ alo ¥ yo st sial eel Wad e MNCS sae =A SN: (tae A OR SS, , en aes ata ’ " ve a ye sae she AAA is ie hawt ha RSE os nia nad xy x reviarhsy a hin he AMS Wik Abe Pe) Peso i " whi , ‘ ‘ait Wine Ga se DEERME RA Oe i wiiysy DAR At PITA Aue SAN TOR ERK NO vic Wt Sth ati ste inti cay ie ih Thy! Ue aa at GY btn f a “4 "y 0 4 ed ' y yn f sm, Pai at ler ZORRO ee HAN eT Ht Te SEED, Haan Fey pee oy bt OD DWN RN tie " APA hae t) st utialal cel RRR ARN (Ney Ha ‘ Ce Aru Sari ame Ni Wee Mya’ tans ’ ‘ i * Renee Wed les i) 4 woth ) ae be ATA 4 Ose i ty eee ae 4 het ; be } ‘ va se bh Hiubadnu tiie yie a Tee ee) a) uy beh hehe Ve), {y “s te tee ie ‘A is ENA t te HS 1) +n w Wee b we ae “ al vy NM MAD Ny ath vy oh a aM RYN hy ea Ne wh ae ie eM Rt) ADD HIE RMN nar AA Ae Rg ’ hy ARO 7H a ) aa Nal ) yt ’ ee Wy ee) vay bu it Miah 3 4 j ‘ fn \ Whe, ‘y wy Cet q Farin ast ‘ SA neh mis ny bt TAN Bhat A oo amet hs tS a ans gee sts sai Ge ae Ais i her DAL Ae ee At ' Che ey ai BE Wy val OS MK 4 ste ORR Ny * ih fi , ‘ tte es ’ » iat i + ; eats ie aa Ath On SRG aN Be Cm IN fy Gl aah ‘ ene +) ue HAN . yaaa Fy ees a $b : 4 aie 4 uy nal H AN Hein ; ei ae ‘i hon ; i) M Uy ra | ; rags \ 1 ( i ‘ i by f : va ¢ i 12 Pe VM LT fist c i ae it Lau 0") Pease ay ARN a ee AX, aM ( MER CHa vate, Hi A A etd saat ada a ve ype Wii}, showy) ‘ ve ayN) Rig) LA aay He NEMA ete a VEY eae ht) 4 “4 A et + , ei 7) 4 digo 4 Wks > aay /, bdo RAN oe a + Pet: Pit as Mey tease Vases ve Git a bea ta Pema) « aha ve lait ay Dew Au Daa M, wet Oy aaa is og 4 4 tah read} w iy Rhea Sea wf Bip te cee me ied bat gy ve ud ages J Aad Ad ea Pe Nae) Phe oh Ros Vad ds ay a { ere ‘ 4 wy oy +4 wien * : b a Awad By. +4 iV al esse Naoee) Ky Nie Sela a SH UWA a AntaNT Wea fn) Av é Nadal, Co rs Sititit. REN Pe ean pad Ls de eee vada 3 ne - Perey +1 My ‘ SUAS Saha ie BNE Ke Ad "s Coa ain ih ge aks Bk Bok w hd ees is A Ve faa. pita WNC EN mk ay idee rer ty aie ACEO pt Syne ahd soe is ae Sree eas a a KA, hele feat i wh) rhea ba Nie he es i », THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY, AND OF LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY Sir W. JARDINE, Barr., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esq., F.LS., GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D., CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.LS., F.G.S., J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Prof. Bot. Edinburgh, AND © RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S. —— eee eee? VOL. V.—SECOND SERIES. Pen st “ 255 XXV. On the Embryogeny of Hippuris vulgaris. By Joun Scorr Sanverson, F.B.S.E., Member of the Royal Medical Society of Edin- Neca hesakh + -chknaaoannctnra ss =adccereson te itis Savicme sis seine anatecieen ans 259 XXVI. Notice of some of the rarer Plants observed in Orkney during the Summer of 1849. By Joun T. Syme, Esq. .............00008 266 XXVII. Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Watker, F.L.S.... 269 XXVIII. Notes on a species of Hydra found in the Northumber- land Lakes. By Atspany Hancock, Esq. (With two Plates.) ......... 281 Proceedings of the Zoological Society; Botanical Society of Edin- BD aod ststnme disci Sine maniicsionay (26 ofouins takai anetsenaisaviowens's 290—309 Descriptions of new species of Birds of the Family Caprimulgide, by John Cassin ; Former existence of Gigantic Bears in Ireland ; On some new genera and species of Entozoa, by Dr. Leidy; On the mouthless Acari which have been formed into the genus Hypopus, by F. Dujardin ; Meteorological Observations and Table ... 310—3820 NUMBER XXIX. XXI1X. On the Nostochinee. By Joun Raters, M.R.C.S. (With CAVES) counwSievcedvadees dhe PA at oeartite Saat esiien salen owiteteneerkt d vl CONTENTS. Page XXX. On Trichites, a fossil genus of Bivalve Mollusks. By Joun oRIT eG. (CW Ath a PAPC.) ioc cade sasecttsiendevenedaua tune salaspaeagen uses 343 XXXI. Characters of nine new or imperfectly described species of Planorbis inhabiting India and China. By W. H. Benson, Esq....... 348 XXXII. Observations on the Littorinide. By Witt1am Crarx, BM Me were selsaeeaseneessrenswesaecas usiduosnn elon stages esiteelaee eae an taeiteannty 352 XXXIII. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxexey, M.A, F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. (With two Plates.) ......... 365 XXXIV. On the species of Cercolabes confounded under the name of C. prehensilis. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Pres. Bot. Soc. &. ... 380 XXXV. On the characteristic Fossils of the Chalk Formation. By L. Von Bucu. Communicated by Prof. J. NIcon .......cecsssssccecsces 381 XXXVI. Descriptions of British 4phides. By Francis WaLker, BM Siiaaahsneiah-Weucmesinniess nehecseaaeasneeestescas 41 Uaeeisuy es ceua “anise eeaeenee 388 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Linnzean Society; Botanical Society of -Bdinbursit | sc2.Jc.dcccsuc~ ces panvaewe AERA cee 395—424 On the Pathology of the Silk-Worm (Bombyx Mori, L.); Examination of the Blood, by F. E. Guérin: Meneville; British Museum; Eechi- nocactus Eyriesii, by J. Toulmin Smith, Esq. ; Cause of the Potato Disease ; On the Nature of the Gregarine, by Dr. F. Stein; Way in which Toads shed their Skins ; Meteorological Observations and MD RDLE ss iiss seokstadue dé csaneesSaencavn ge none eee Saceuteaysexcassenee 424—432 NUMBER XXX. XXXVII. Notes on an Examination of Lamarck’s species of Fossil Terebratule. By Tuomas Davipson, Esq., Member of the Geol. Soc. of France. [Illustrated by figures of all the species drawn from the original specimens. (With three Piates.)...... Saas yoewekeds obi; a kteeeeme «. 433 XXXVIII. On the Internal Structure of Zerebratula pectuncu- loides, Schl., Terebratula pulchella, Nils., and Terebratula Deslong- champsii, nob. By Tuomas Davipson, Esq. (With a Plate.) ......... 449 XXXIX. On some Inhabitants of the Freshwater Muscles. By CP VOGT Veg ak woe dace ses cnwes cUencen resto ocweg ned son tds etlcan semen weenie ateeaeeets 450 XL. Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Beneclll M.A,, F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. (With two Plates.)........sceresssesees 455 XLI. On Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. By Joun Miers, Esq., BRS.) FALLS. © vacscsvecsosisee teens vec ave ougresesiieep asics ans aesep@@ahpans sacs 467 XLII. On the genus Waltonia. By Tuomas Davipson, Esq. (With BP late.) .ccccenseesnce scars scasisilenpincene sacs s(sehamaans Set aaeReetaais onda 474 CONTENTS. Vil Page XLIII. On the Operculum of Gasteropodous Mollusca, and an at- tempt to prove that it is homologous or identical with the second Valve OF Conehifera.) )By.d.H.Gray, Hag. BRiSe ssciccicccconcsssececeassenss 476 XLIV. On Cannabis indica, Indian Hemp. By Avexanper Curts- T1soNn, F.B.S.E., Member of the Royal Medical Society ..............006 483 Proceedings of the Linnzan Society ; Zoological Society ; Botanical RPICEY OLE DULE NG ys ccsete cates vane oaics etsvardncs cases tesdese 493—509 On Scolicia prisca, a Fossil Annelide of the Chalk, by A. de Quatrefages ; Description of a new species of Gorgonia from Australia, by J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S.; Yellow Rain—Distribution of Plants; Popular Impressions in India regarding the Natural History of certain Animals, by H. Torrens, Esq., B.A. &c.; on Cyprea umbilicata and C. eximia of Sowerby, by J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S.; the Hippopota- mus at the Zoological Gardens, by Prof. Owen, F.R.S.; Meteoro- logical Observations and Table ...........ccssssscscssaseseceeee 509—519 EROGX rn cscscthavess a aus clageiaSiacs sisialasisla'nctere Be cule ciswie w capenae cenamen ale sive obenes Caesar LO PLATES IN VOL. V. Piate I. Conjugation of Closterium Ehrenbergii. IT. ps Anatomy of Freshwater Bryozoa. WE VI. Anatomy of Hydra.—Montacuta ferruginosa. VII. Anatomy of Hydra. ghee } British Nostochinez. X. Trichites nodosus. ee } New British Fungi. XIII. XIV. XV. Lamarck’s Terebratula.—Structure of Terebratula pectuncu- loides.—Waltonia Valenciennesii. \ Lamarck’s Terebratule. ERRATA. Page 353, line 3, for misdated read misstated. —— 362, line 26, for corde read corda. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] 66 sesserseerseeeeeee DEY litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circdm vitreos considite fontes : Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores : Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl. 1. No. 25. JANUARY 1850. I.—Observations on the Conjugation of Closterium Ehrenbergii. By the Rev. W. Smiru, F.L.S. { With a Plate. ] THE conjugation of Closterium Ehrenbergii (Menegh.), under the name of Closterium lunula, has been described in a paper by M. Morren, ‘ Annales des Sciences } Vaturelles,’ 2nd ser. tom. v. 1836, but the phenomenon does not appear to have met the eye of any late observer im this country, and is wholly unnoticed by the acute and careful authors of the ‘ British Desmidiez.’ I have had an opportunity, during two successive seasons, of noticing the circumstance in question, and the facts elicited seem to vary in some important respects so materially from those re- corded by M. Morren, and are in themselves so different from the ordinary phenomena which acconipany the conjugation of other Closteria, or indeed of any other of the Desmidiee, that I have thought it might be interesting to those engaged in such inves- tigations to state the particulars which have fallen under my notice. On the 23rd March 1848, I first discovered Closterium Ehren- bergit in astate of reproduction. On this occasion the period of conjugation had evidently nearly expired, as but few individuals were in that condition, and the mucus stratum, which results from the aggregation of conjugating fronds, had almost wholly Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 1 \ 2 Rev. W. Smith on the Conjugation of disappeared. On the 29th of January 1849, I again, in a differ- ent locality, met with conjugating fronds, and on this occasion in great abundance and in very perfect condition. Conjugation was evidently but just commenced, the mucus envelope was ge- neral, the fronds exhibited the peculiar condition of the internal granular mass which betokens the approaching change, and were in those relative positions which, as will be seen hereafter, indi- cate a tendency to unite in the formation of sporangia. .A few days later, multitudes of individuals were found in every stage of conjugation, and the process continued until the beginning of March, towards the middle of which month few perfect fronds could be discovered, and the sporangia, hitherto in vast numbers, were fast disappearing: the mucus which held them in suspen- sion, and floating on the surface of the water, having become dissolved, they were only to be discovered upon a very careful search, entangled in the filaments of other plants or mixed with the earth at the bottom of the pool. At a later period, and in the locality of 1848, I found a few conjugated fronds on the 7th of May 1849. The period of conjugation of this species would therefore ap- pear to be during the first three or four months of the year. M. Morren has noted it to occur in April, and again in June, re- marking, that probably two generations had lived in this inter- val. This opinion does not however seem to be borne out by the facts I have observed, as in no case have I been able to detect the plant in the same locality for more than a month or six weeks at one time, nor has it ever reappeared in any quantity im the same pool. I have occasionally tound single fronds of Clostertum Ehrenbergii in running water, but on all the occasions previously mentioned, it has occurred im clear shallow pools or marshes formed by springs on the open moorlands between Wareham and Corfe Castle. I proceed to notice the phenomena of conjugation as they successively presented themselves. The first is an alteration in the granular condition of the endochrome. This, from a light yellowish green, passes to a much darker shade, and the larger granules or “diaphanous vesicles” of Ralfs, which were ori- ginally few in number and arranged in a somewhat irregular longitudinal series (Pl. I. fig. 1), become exceedingly numerous and pervade the entire frond. While this change is about taking place, the fronds approach in pairs, approximating by their con- cave surfaces, and finally coming into such close neighbourhood that their inflated centres are in contact and their extremities slightly overlapped (fig. 2). In a short time, probably in the course of twenty-four hours, a remarkable change takes place both in the appearance and condition of the fronds ; a mass of Closterium Ehrenbergii. 3 delicate mucus is secreted around the approximated fronds ; these remove to a little distance from each other, undergo “ self-divi- sion,” and present altogether an irregular oval figure, the outline of which is formed by the periphery of the mucus, the four divi- sions of the fronds being placed in the middle in a somewhat quadrilateral manner (fig. 3). During the progress of self-divi- sion the internal membrane of the cell-wall becomes enlarged at the suture or line of separation, and projects in the form of an irregular cone with a blunt or rounded apex forming a beak, whose side view presents a triangular outline. This beak be- comes filled with endochrome, either by the dilatation or increase of the contents of the half-frond, and the divided frond assumes the appearance of one with two unequal segments, being what M. Morren calls “ une Closterie & deux cones inégaux ” (fig. 3). On these membranous expansions, at the concave surfaces of the fronds and close to the original sutures, there appear, almost simultaneously with the formation of the beaks, two circular projections, which rupturing at their apices, give egress to the delicate sacs which inclose the endochrome, and which drawing with them their contents and meeting with the endochrome-sacs emitted through similar projections from the other half-fronds, form by their connection irregular masses which quickly conso- lidate and assume the appearance of perfectly circular, smooth dark-coloured balls, the sporangia of Ralfs and seminules of Morren (figs. 4, 5). The discharge of the endochrome and formation of the spo- rangia are accomplished with much rapidity, and may often be seen taking place in the field of the microscope, the whole ope- ration not occupying more than a few minutes. It will be seen from an inspection of the figures, that during the formation of the sporangia there appears to be a second development of mu- cus in the form of rings around the reproductive bodies ; this 1s probably only the effect of the pressure produced by the growth of the sporangia on the mass of investing mucus. It will also be seen that the pale transverse band adopted by Ralts as a cha- racter of the genus Closterium, and which in figs. 1 and 2 occu- pies the centre of the undivided frond, is, upon self-division taking place, removed a little towards the extremities of the half- fronds (fig. 8). The reason as well as the cause of this motion { am unable to explain, but it seems to confirm the propriety of adopting the band itself as a permanent and important cha- racter. With regard to the subsequent changes which take place in the sporangia, the time which elapses before they produce young fronds, and the mode in which such evolution of a fresh race is accomplished, I have not been fortunate enough to ascertain any- * 4 Rev. W. Smith on the Conjugation of thing with certainty. I preserved a mass of the conjugated fronds and multitudes of the perfect sporangia in water, which I frequently changed, for-more than four. months, but could not de- tect any appearance of young fronds, nor did I notice any mate- rial change in the sporangia until decomposition supervened with the increased temperature of the season. M. Morren contends that a sporangium becomes converted into a single frond, and gives a series of figures in illustration of the changes which the sporangium undergoes until it becomes “ une Closterie & deux cones inégaux” (fig. 7a, b,c,d). NowaslI have shown that this form is the result of the self-division of the ordinary frond and invariably precedes conjugation, I am disposed to think that M. Morren has mistaken fronds thus divided, and afterwards thrown out of their relative positions, for modified sporangia. Certain it is that among myriads of conjugated fronds and their sporangia I have been unable to trace the gra- dations figured by M. Morren, nor have I on any occasion de- tected the slightest modification in the sporangia after their full maturation. A divided frond smaller than the others, or one in which the self-division has been arrested, may occasionally be discovered, but the very rarity of such examples precludes the idea that such forms result from the normal development or growth of the sporangia. How the species in Closterium Ehrenbergii may be renewed, appears still involved in the same uncertainty as that which en- velopes the propagation of every other species of Desmidiee. Self- division in the case before us seems only to accompany conju- gation, and will not, as in the other Desmzdiee, account for the existence at certain periods of vast multitudes of the fronds. Another mode of increase, analogous to the propagation by zoo- spores in Spheroplea crispa and other Algz, has been assigned to the Desmidiee, and it has been alleged that the endochrome escapes in the form of zoospores, and becomes transformed into new fronds. M. Morren not only affirms this to be the case, but gives a figure illustrative of the conversion of these zoospores, or as he terms them “ propagules,” into new fronds. Mr. Ralfs merely observes that the escape of the granular contents of the mature frond is probably one mode by which the Desmidiee are increased. He however regards the “ swarming of the granules” (a curious circumstance observable in the Desmidiee and other Algee, and which I am disposed to regard as a disturbance at- tendant upon the decay of the granular mass) as identical with the movement of the zoospores, and after accurately describing the phenomenon, goes on to state, that with the history of these granules after their escape from the frond he was altogether un- acquainted. ir. Kalfs afterwards gives a figure (British Des- Closterium Ehrenbergu. 5 midiez, pl. 27), upon the authority of his coadjutor Mr. Jenner, representing the bursting of the sporangiuin and the growth of the young fronds from its contents in Clostertum acerosum, so closely resembling the figure by M. Morren of the conversion of the propagules of Closterium Ekrenbergii into young fronds, that I cannot but believe a similar phenomenon to have been noticed by both observers, and am inclined to accept the view of Mr. Jen- ner as the correct one, and to regard propagation by zoospores or “ propagules” as one not yet satisfactorily established in the Desmidiee. Increase by self-division, where a single frond separates into two equal parts, and generates at the suture two new segments respectively attached to the old, and thus forms from itself two perfect fronds, is one mode by which these minute organisms multiply with amazing rapidity; but this is merely a repetition or increase of the individual ; the species must be renewed by another method, and that I believe to be the result of conjuga- tion, or in other words, the conversion of the sporangial contents into young fronds ; the subject however still requires elucidation from the cautious and skilful use of the microscope. I may remark in conclusion, that in a generic arrangement, based upon the reproductive organs, Closterium Ehrenbergii will stand apart from all other Desmidiee. In it alone a pair of con- jugating fronds produce two sporangia. It is however allied to others of the present genus through Closterium lineatum, the spo- rangium of which, according to Mr. Ralfs, is binate, and shows a disposition to separate into two parts. Wareham, November 1, 1849. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. A single frond of Closterium Ehrenbergii in its ordinary condition. Fig. 2. Two fronds approaching and in the apposition which precedes con- jugation. Fig. 3. Conjugating fronds undergoing self-division, the upper showing the protuberances through the torn apices of which the contents of the divided fronds pass into the sporangia. Fig. 4. Conjugating fronds showing the passage of the endochrome-sac and its contents. Fig. 5. Conjugated fronds having perfected their sporangia. Fig. 6. Development of the “ propagules ” into young fronds (after Morren). Compare with the figure given in the ‘ British Desmidiez,’ pl. 27, of the conversion of the sporangial contents into young fronds in Closterium acerosum. Fig. 7. a,b, c,d. Development of a sporangium into “ une Closterie a deux cones inégaux,” from Morren. The figures are all magnified 100 linear. Length of ordinary frond +; of an inch; greatest breadth of ditto 33; length of divided frond 73, ; length of beak .3,,; diameter of sporangium 444. 6 Mr. W. Clark on the Terebrating Mollusca, and on the Il.—On the Terebrating Mollusca. By Witi1am Crarx, Esq. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, Oct. 12, 1849. “Scire tuum, nihil est, nisi te scire hoc, sciat alter.” ‘Tus quotation, from one of the most sagacious of the satirists, is not meant to be applied here, as A. Persius employs it, to lash the inordinate vanities of authors craving to have their lucubra- tions committed to the press, but m its simple sense, as an in- contestable aphorism, that unless we communicate our ideas and what we know to others, our knowledge is vain and nought. In conformity with this application of the sentiment above, I pro- pose to state some important facts which I believe at present are not generally known relative to the boring Pholades and other Acephala, and particularly on the identity of Pholadidea papy- racea and Pholas lamellata of authors, together with some curious facts in the organization of the Bivalve Mollusca. To carry out these views, it will in the first place be necessary, to enable malacologists to form just conclusions on the matters I have sketched out, to furnish them with a correct account of the animals of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata, accom- panied by a short summary of comparison, after which I trust I shall be able to place the vexata questio of the boring functions of the Acephala on the irrefragable bases of certainty ; and lastly, J shall communicate a most curious fact connected with the tes- taceous Acephala, which, if hitherto unknown and now established, must be considered most important, inasmuch as it will add a function of the first consideration to the ceconomy of these ani- mals. Pholadidea papyracea, Brit. Moll. Pholas papyracea, auctorum. Animal elongated, subcylindrical; mantle closed, except a small rayed aperture for the foot, as long as one exists, and which corresponds in position with a similar aperture in the membrane connecting the doming of the shell, and is styled by Dr. Turton a “ spiracle,” but which may perhaps in this species, the only one of the Pholades that has it, be for the purpose of a partial issue, or rather protrusion, without the solution of con- tinuity of the ventral membrane of the animal, of the hyaline cylindrical appendage which exists in all bivalves, to secure for it a point of support when the foot becomes so much diminished as not to afford one. Im all other bivalves this stylet is not visible, being imbedded in the body and upper part of the pedi- cle of the foot, which is the leaning-stock or point of resistance, Identity of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. 7 except in the Anomie, Ostree and Pectinide, in which, as the foot is reduced almost to nothing, the mass of the body is the only point d’apput; but when the dome of the shell of the Pho- ladidea papyracea is removed, the dark basal point of the stylet presents itself in the centre of the mottled belly, precisely where the foot is placed in the group of the Pholades, and im this case it appears to act as a substitute. The siphonal apparatus consists of a long elastic sheath, which is often protruded to double the length of the shell, but in a state of half-extension it becomes highly corrugated ; ‘it is clothed with a dull red-brown epidermis, under which it is bluish white ; the margin of its terminus is finely frmged with short white colon within the sheath are the anal and Hnantehihl tubes, the former with the margin quite plain, but exserts a tu- bular hyaline process; the latter is encircled by about twenty white cirrhi of different lengths. The liver is green, and situated as usual on the dorsal range. There are on each side the body a pair of pale reddish brown elongated suboval branchie, the upper one being much the smallest, which are finely striated on the outer surfaces ; their pos- terior extremities suddenly become linear, and are then deposited in the branchial tube ; there are also two long flat linear palpi on each side, with lanceolate points; these are more striated than the branchize. The body is centrally subglobose, but tapers pos- teally and anteally to a blunt terminus, and the whole of it pre- sents, especially in the genial season, a mottled mass of flaky white subrotund spots or dots, with one of the termini of the elastic appendage appearing in the centre of the anterior extre- mity. With regard to the foot, as I have already observed, not a trace is visible, having vanished for reasons to be spoken of in another place. Pholadidea papyracea, Brit. Moll. Pholas lamellata, auctorum. Animal nearly of the form we have just described; mantle closed, except a large aperture for the passage of the foot, which in this form of the P. papyracea is most apparent. The branchial processes and siphonal tubes are, in the most minute points, similar to those organs in the form styled Pholadidea papyracea to which we refer; the body, as in it, is subglobose, and pro- duced posteally and anteally to an obtuse point, and it is gene- rally of a bluish hyaline colour, with some fine anastomosing lines throughout its surface, but has nothing of the mottled ap- pearance of Pholadidea papyracea; the shape of the branchiz is the same as in its congener, but their striz are more delicate and colour of the palest yellow ; these are the mere variations of ado- lescence, and generally prevail where specific identity cannot be 8 Myr. W. Clark on the Terebrating Mollusca, and on the doubted, and they are deposited partially as in its congener, m the branchial tube ; the palpi and liver exhibit no variation. I now come to the most decided difference between the two ani- mals ; the foot, in the form we are now describing, is propor- tionally larger than in any other of the Pholades, of hyaline tex- ture, springing from the centre of the body with a long cylin- drical pedicle ; it has a subclavate appearance, truncate at the terminus, which is of suboval form and pointed anteally and pos- teally, and there is no outward visible trace of the curious elastic stylet common to all bivalves, and so conspicuous in the ventral tissue of the form Pholadidea papyracea. I will now make a short comparison of the two forms: it will be observed that it is stated, in the form Pholadidea papyracea, that the mantle is closed, except a very small aperture or “ spiracle” for the foot, if it still exists; but in the form Pholas lamellata there is a large aperture for a foot, that is, larger in proportion than in any of the Pholades. The branchie, palpi, and elabo- rate siphonal apparatus are precisely the same with only varia- tions of colour ; the bodies of the two are of the same shape, but differ in colour and markings, the one being intensely mottled, the other hyaline ; the body of the one having no foot attached to it, but the other a very /arge one. These are the principal variations, and certainly constitute a very general difference of aspect between the animals of the two forms, and it must be ad- mitted that conchologists and even malacologists, who have not examined with care all the conditions and incidents attached to them, have had a primd facie case for doubting their identity ; but notwithstanding these great and visible discrepancies, I think I shall, by a suite of facts, observations, and reasoning thereon, be able decisively to settle their specific identity. But before I apply to this discussion, I propose to communi- cate what I consider to be the real agent of the Acephalous Mol- lusca in the operation of excavating their dwellings. This abrupt imroad on a subject only just mooted, will however, from the facts adduced, shorten the discussion when we revert to the subject we have for the moment abandoned, as they will I think satis- factorily account for some of the great variations of aspect be- tween the Pholadidea papyracea and the so-called Pholas lamellata and other apparent anomalies. I disclaim all merit for the great discovery of the animal functions that are the principal agents of the excavating powers of the Acephala, and which will I think for ever set at rest the endless discussions thereon, by placing the subject on the indestructible bases of certainty. This great result is due to the genius and talents evinced by Mr. Albany Hancock, in his paper in the ‘ Annals’ of October 1848, “ On the Boring of the Mollusca into Rocks.” If any con- siderations are due to me, they are of the most negative character, Identity of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. 9 and only consist in the circumstances, that during the summers of 1848-9 I sedulously for several weeks examined the Pho- lades, both in situ and in the closet, when after a careful inves- tigation I arrived at the same conclusions with respect to the boring agents of the bivalves as Mr. Hancock ; and I have the notes of them now by me, written before Mr. Hancock’s publi- cation, which I intended to lay before the public; that gentle- man has anticipated me, the whole merit is his, and I cordially apply to him the motto, “ Palmam qui meruit, ferat.” I will now state some facts which perhaps have escaped Mr. Hancock’s at- tention, corroborative of his positive discovery. I revert for a moment to the consideration of the identity of Pholadidea papyracea and the Pholas lamellata of authors, on which point Professor Forbes and Mr. Hanley, in the ‘ British Mollusca,’ have concurred, having in some measure relied on my authority communicated many years ago. The investigation in the last summer (1848) was undertaken by me both with the view of making an attempt to discover the terebrating powers of the Acephala, particularly of the Pholades, and for further proofs of the identity of the two forms styled by authors Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. In the course of my examinations I was startled by the great variations in the organs of the two forms of this Pholas, which, twenty years ago, when I first examined this species, appear not to have so rigorously excited my notice; doubts arose in my mind, that I might be wrong in my former determinations of identity, and I wrote to Dr. Battersby to express them to him and Mrs. Griffith, both of Torquay ; the latter a lady naturalist, who has taken great interest in this question ; but in the present summer of 1849, after a continued investigation of fourteen weeks, my doubts were dispelled, and I stated personally to Dr. Battersby, that after a careful review of all the evidences that pre- sented themselves, I reverted to and relied on my original deter- minations of identity of the two forms of Pholadidea papyracea. This change of opinion arose from the observation that in the adult Pholadidea papyracea, the mottled appearance of the belly, so dissimilar to that of the form Pholas lamellata, was due to the extension of the reproductive membranous organs of the ovarium and the spermatozoa, occupying the space usually appropriated to the foot, which I found had disappeared. This anomalous appearance excited my attention, and the reflection that with nearly absolute ceteris paribus, in the generalities of all the Pho- lades, there was no substantial reason why one species should always be deprived of the foot, when all the others possessed that appendage, and as I had come to the conclusion, that it was the boring instrument, I felt assured that this anomaly was only 10 Mr. W. Clark on the Terebrating Mollusca, and on the an apparent one, dependent on certain conditions connected with the growth of the animal; and as the very large anterior gape in all the Pholades is the site of the powerful foot, and is never closed up during their existence, except in this species, I became fully convinced, that the foot,—having finally performed its tere- brating functions, the animal consequently having arrived at full growth (the test of which is the doming and formation of the caliciform incipient tubing, which is in Pholadidea papyracea, the last vestiges of the protecting tubes of the Teredinide)—had become absorbed, on the well-known principle, that an organ from want of use is often, especially in the lower animals, followed by its total disappearance. This vanishing, depaupe- ration, and withering away of a foot now become useless, and as it were extinct from its complete inclosure, after it had per- formed its appointed duty of excavation, is in strict conformity with Lamarck’s views (see page 158, last edition of the ‘ Ani- maux sans Vertébres’). Thus two most important facts are made evident by this phenomenon, which incontestably proves that the foot, agreeably to Mr. Hancock’s views, is the excavator of the animal’s dwelling; and it stamps with additional consideration the Lamarckian doctrine of the progression and advancement of animality resulting from a want requirimg to be supplied, which is effected by the concentration of the whole mass of vital energies, the circulation, nervous influences, aided by caloric, the gases, electricity, &c., in forcing and producing the supply of the parti- cular want. That great philosopher instances the addition of tentacula to the Helices in explanation of his views; and this doctrine is strongly corroborated, if the fact of the obliteration of the foot in Pholadidea papyracea is considered, e contrario, as a retrocession in animalization. This phenomenon also proves that nature never permanently retains what is superfluous, or refuses, as far as its power extends, to supply urgent require- ments. This important proof of the soundness of the laws promul- gated by M. Lamarck, that nature mechanically produces the progressive march of animal improvement, almost makes us in- cline to assent to the high and metaphysical researches of that great naturalist, that the doctrine is not without foundation, that the first sparks of vitality arise from gravitation and molecular adherence, aided by the gases put in action by caloric, electri- city, &e.* If we adopt this view, we admit that the germ of yita- lity communicated to matter arises from the mechanical power entrusted to nature; but we must not for a moment forget that * We would respectfully decline following our correspondent in these speculations.—R. T. Identity of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. 11 nature can do no more than perform the high behests of the Deity, nor exceed those limits of action confided to her by the Great Ruler of the universe, who is the ens entium, and the first cause of all that exists. I revert to the boring Mollusca. Mr. Hancock has in many consecutive pages taken the pais to show, that mechanical boring, the solvents, and the ciliary currents, cannot be the causes of excavation. I shall not for a moment dwell on these agents, which are utterly worthless, and incapable of producing the effects attributed to them; but it may not be amiss to adduce some further observations corroborative of Mr. Hancock’s position, that the foot is the true terebrating agent. As regards the Pholades, Saxicave, and the Venerirupis perforans of authors, they all inhabit the great littoral tracts of red sandstone on the Devon coasts, near Exmouth; this stone is composed of mole- cular grains so feebly conglomerated, that there is not the least necessity for the surface of the foot to be armed with siliceous points ; the most gentle rubbing of that muscular coriaceous or- gan will amply suffice to hollow out the cubicula of the molluscan inhabitants of the red sandstone on the Devon coasts. The Pho- lades at Exmouth, and I believe elsewhere, are rarely or ever found in calcareous substances ; the Saxicave are always in the sandstone ; the Modiolina gastrochena is never taken but in the coralline zone,—I speak of Exmouth,—and bores both stones and shells, as well as often forms its case of coarse agglutinated grains of sand or corally spoil. When the Sazicave and Modiolina gas- trochena are located in calcareous deposits, it is probable that nature in this case provides the foot or mantle with siliceous points ; but I think the attrition of the foot, aided by fine simple sea-sand, is sufficient to rub down the cavities as fast as the ani- mals grow. I corroborate by a thousand observations, that in the Saxicave and Modiolina gastrochena, which have the foot slender and feeble, their mantles are strengthened by the most powerful muscular bands and fillets, which vary so much in shape, disposition and intensity, that I have in some cases used them successfully for specific distinction; and I have not the least doubt, as Mr. Hancock states, that this powerfully-armed ventral portion of the mantle of the closed boring Acephala is fully adequate to rub down their habitations. I believe that the foot or mantle of the entire class of Acephala has the power of terebrating, if circumstances require the exercise of it. It may be observed that many of the Pholades are not in all circum- stances borers ; many of them,—I may name the Pholas dactylus and P. candida at Exmouth, in the sandy districts,—pass their entire existence in pure sand ; the same condition attaches to the Venerirupis perforans and many other bivalves. As to the borers 12 Mr. W. Clark on the Terebrating Mollusca, and on the in wood, as the exotic: Pholas striata, the Teredines, and Xylo- phaga dorsalis, the foot is the undoubted agent of perforation, and in this class is probably armed with rasping additions, and it cannot be doubted has the power to rub down the hardest oak faster than the animal can require ; in fact, the harder wood, as oak, is more easily comminuted than the spongy deal or elm plank. T take leave of this part of my present paper by again acknow- ledging the great service Mr. Hancock has conferred on malaco- logical science, by definitively, as I think, determining the true functional causes of the terebrating powers in the Acephalous Mollusca. I return to the question of the identity of the two forms of Pholadidea papyracea. I have already shown that the great va- riation in colour and markings between the adult Pholadidea papyracea and the young shell styled Pholas lamellata is the effect of generative influences, and that its conspicuous foot, when it arrives at full growth, which is testified by its becoming com- pletely domed, is depauperated and finally obliterated. These two great and principal variations of aspect between the two forms of Pholadidea papyracea, resulting from states of transition, ha- ving I trust been satisfactorily disposed of, and every other part of the animal exhibiting a prototype similarity, it is impossible, as I think, to entertain further doubts of the positive identity of the two shells usually termed by authors Pholas papyracea and P. lamellata. 1 may add, that 1t has been asked in objection, how is it that twenty Pholadidea papyracea are taken for one Pho- las lamellata, and that the two forms are not more frequently met with in the transition states? This objection quickly yields to a just view of the Pholades as regards habitat and other in- fluences. The Pholades are usually inhabitants of the littoral zone, but by no means always so, as some species also mhabit the more pelagic zones ; the littoral shells are found in the superficial area of the red sandstone rocks from half-tide to the lowest littoral limits, and probably beyond, where they are unapproachable, at the depth of a very few inches ; the whole area of the lower por- tion of the littoral zone is occupied by péle-méle colonies of Pho- las parva, Saxicava rugosa and Pholadidea papyracea, generally of adult proportions, with an intermixture of a comparative pau- city of the form Pholas lamellata. The Pholas dactylus and P. - candida usually inhabit the higher levels of the littoral zone. The fact of the deficiency of the young of the Pholadidea papyracea is occasioned solely by the pre-occupation of the area of the sand- stone rocks by the species I have mentioned, mostly adult ; and when the genial season of reproduction arrives, the fry are ejected, Identity of Pholadidea papyracea and Pholas lamellata. 13 and vast numbers become, as I believe is the case with all the Mollusca, at least the majority, the prey of the Echinodermata, Crustacea and other eyemies ; therefore ouly a comparatively few survive, to continue the race and keep up the stock diminished by the annual demand for them, rarely for bait, but chiefly to supply the cabinets of the sheli-collectors. These are the causes which fully account for the circumstance of twenty adult Pho- ladidea papyracea occurring for one in a state of adolescence ; thus, in conformity with the Malthusian doctrine, the ground being pre-occupied, no more stock can be admitted until some of the older colonists are removed, and reproduction is conse- quently limited by the ova becoming the prey of a multitude of enemies. I will say a few words on the pelagic Pholades inhabiting masses of stone dredged up in the littoral zones of the Devon coasts, six or eight miles from land. These shells, whether they are the two forms of Pholadidea papyracea, or the Pholas parva or P. dactylus, are always dwarf. I have a curious series of minute and completely adult Pholadidea papyracea not exceeding a quarter of an inch in length. Such shells are considered by the inexperienced observer as proofs that at all ages the Pholadidea papyracea is completely covered with a dome and continues gra- dually to increase : this is impossible, as when the dome and cali- ciform posterior extremity are once formed, all further growth is for ever terminated. The pelagic Pholades rarely exceed half an inch in length, consequently these dwarf forms are the result of locality, depth of water and many other conditions. In the deeper zones, the young forms of the present species, instead of being found in the proportion of one to twenty of the adult shells, ap- pear in equal numbers: this discrepancy in the proportions of the young shells inhabiting the littoral and pelagic zones, must arise from the circumstance that in the deeper waters there 1s more room for reproduction, more sustentation and fewer ene- mies; this view corroborates the doctrine above, accounting for the disparity of numbers in the littoral zones between the young and old shells of this species. I have omitted to mention that I possess these shells in a genuine state of transition taken by myself in situ, and not produced by the arts of fraudulent dealers. I terminate the present paper by stating a fact of the greatest importance in the ceconomy of the Bivalves, which I believe is not generally known, and which was discovered by me twenty years since, but not then promulgated, except to a few friends, and lately I named it to Professor Forbes: though the fact was new then, I do not vouch that it is so now, as from my long seces- sion from malacological pursuits, many of the recent discoveries, 14 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. scattered in the various works on natural history, may have escaped my attention. All malacologists are acquainted with the existence of the hya- line cylindrical elastic stylet that is found in the bodies of all bivalves, whether great or small; I have seen this organ men- tioned in a work on natural history that has escaped my memory, with the addition that its use is entirely unknown. Whilst dis- secting the Pholadidea papyracea and other Pholades, in which this stylet is easily detected, and in which the larger end is im- bedded in the muscular fundus of the body and foot, instead of drawing it forth as I had often done, I was induced to trace its course, and found that it terminated in the stomach, and had attached to it a light yellow doubled-up corneous subtriangular plate, wrinkled into three bluntly pointed lobes at one end, and at the other a membrane by which it is affixed to the elastic stylet. This discovery at once made evident the use of this ap- pendage, and that it was an elastic spring to work the corneous plate or attritor, by the muscular action of the foot and body, to divide and comminute the food, and especially the minute crus- taceous and testaceous alimentary matters received into the sto- machal cavity ; it appears then that this appendage acts as a giz- zard, and the Bivalve Mollusca are thus supplied with a mastica-. tory apparatus very analogous to the gizzards of some of the Gasteropoda. I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant, WiiiamM CLARK. IlI.—Descriptions of Aphides. By Francis Wacker, F.L.S. (Continued from vol. iv. p. 202.] 72. Aphis Persice, Sulzer, &c. Aphis Persice has been described by several authors, but I believe that this name will apply to two species, and I defer giving the references until I can ascertain to which of these they most probably belong. This Aphis feeds on the peach, Amygdalus Persica, in Europe and in North America, and on the sloe (Prunus spinosa) ; the latter tree is its origmal habitation, but the mtroduction of the peach into England caused a partial change in its nourishment. It sometimes passes from the peach to the cherry, and multi- plies thereon. Schmidberger states that there are sixteen gene- rations in one year, and that some of the young ones of the second generation acquire wings. The viviparous wingless female. It appears on the buds of the peach-tree before the end of March, and when young is yery Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 15 dark green, but when full-grown it is pale green, oval, convex, plump, and smooth, but not shining : the front is slightly convex, and not notched : the limbs are pale yellow; the feelers towards their tips, the tip of the mouth, the feet, and the tips of the shanks and of the nectaries are brown: the feelers are rather less than half the length of the body ; the first and the second joints are not angular ; the fourth joit is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth; the nectaries are about one-sixth or one-eighth of its length. lst var. Pale green mottled with dark green. 2nd var. Pale yellowish green. ord var. Of a fine amber colour. Intermediate varieties also occur. 4th var., &c. In midsummer the masses on the young shoots are very thick, and the insect then has a great variety of tints; its colour passes from pale red or green to the hue of a mellow peach, or to dark red, and sometimes the whole of the body is black: the legs are red; the four hinder thighs except the base, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. 5th var. Pale red, shining, reddish green beneath : the back, with the exception of a line along the middle and the borders of the segments, is red: the feelers are black, green at the base, and shorter than the body : the mouth is green; its tip, the eyes and the nectaries are black, and the latter are one-twelfth of the length of the body : the legs are black: the fore-thighs, the base of the other thighs, and the shanks except their tips are yellow. On the cherry in July. 6th var. Bright red, with four or more indistinct rows of little black dots along the back: the head is dark red : the feelers are white, dark red at the base, black towards the tips, and rather more than half the length of the body : the mouth and the legs are dull white; the tip of the mouth, the eyes, the nectaries, the hind-thighs except the base, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. End of July. In this form it is especially subject to the attacks of its enemies: Trombidium holosericeum devours it ; and an Aphidius, an Allotria, Ceraphron Carpenteri, and Myina Chaonia are its parasites. ‘7th var. The feelers are brown, pale yellow at the base; the mouth is pale yellow with a brown tip: the nectaries are pale yellow with brown tips, and are one-sixth or one-eighth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. 8th var. The body is black, aud other varieties occur when it 16 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. is more or less varied with red: there are no tubercles in front of the head. The viviparous winged female. The pupa appears before the end of April, and the wings are unfolded in May. The insect is then black: the fore-chest and the abdomen are green ; the former has a broad black band across it, the disc of the latter is black, and there are rows of black spots on each side : the feelers are slender, and nearly or quite as long as the body; the base of the third joint is pale yellow; the fourth joint is very much shorter than the third ; the fifth is much shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is more than half the length of the fifth; the seventh is nearly as long as the third, and thrice the length of the sixth : the mouth is pale green with a brown tip: the nectaries are black, and about one-sixth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow ; the feet, the tips of the thighs and of the shanks, and nearly the whole of the hind-thighs are black: the wings are colourless, and longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale green ; the wing-brands are pale brown, and the veins are darker ; the second vein diverges from the first, but is nearly parallel to the third ; the forks of the latter begin usually at one-third and at two-thirds of the length ; the fourth is slightly curved at its base, but nearly straight towards its tip; the angle of the brands whence it springs is very slight. Ist var. The abdomen is dark reddish green, with a row of black spots on each side: the feelers are shorter than the body : the mouth is dark yellow; its tip is black: the nectaries are as long as one-twelfth of the body: the thighs are black with the exception of the base: the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow. 2nd var. The abdomen is black: the nectaries are about one- tenth of the length of the body: the mouth is red with a black tip: the shanks, with the exception of their tips and the fore- thighs towards the base, are also red: the wing-brands are dull buff. End of July. 3rd var. Dark brown: the abdomen is dull yellow; the dise of its back and a row of spots on each side are black : the feelers are black, very slender, and a little longer than the body: the mouth is yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are dull dark yellow, and as long as one-eighth of the body: the legs are black, slender, and rather long; the thighs towards the base and the shanks with the exception of their tips are yellow. End of September. In October this variety, which is of large size, occurs in abun- dance beneath the leaves, and is surrounded by flocks of bright green little ones, which as they continue to grow assume a bright pale red or yellow colour, and a variety of other tints. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 17 4th var. The body is black: the abdomen is dark reddish green. Variations of the wing-vems. Ist var—There is no upper branch in the first fork of the third branch-vein, but the lower branch is subdivided. 2nd var. There is no second fork. 3rd var. The lower division of the second fork sends forth an additional branch which does not reach the border of the wing. The oviparous wingless female. This appears in October, and is bright red and velvet-like, slightly oval, rather convex: the head is black: the disc of the abdomen is dark red: the feelers are black, white towards the base and as long as the body: the nec- taries are white, with black tips: the legs are white ; the tips of the thighs are pale brown ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. The winged male. The body is black: the abdomen is dark yellowish red, with a row of black spots on each side : the feelers are black, and as long as the body: the mouth is dull yellow, black towards the tip: the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and as long as one-fourth of the body : the thighs are black, pale yellow at the base; the shanks are dark reddish yellow, their tips and the feet are black : the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the brands are pale brown ; the veins are brown. Ist var. The abdomen is dark red. 2nd var. The disc of the abdomen is blackish. ord var. The abdomen is very dark green, almost black above : the feelers are longer than the body ; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is less than half the length of the fifth; the seventh is longer than the fourth, and thick till near their tips: the base of the mouth is dull yellow : the nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body: the thighs at the base and the shanks except their tips are yellow. It pairs with the oviparous female at the end of October and in the beginning of November. Length of the body $-13 line; of the wings 23-44 lines. The wingless and the winged females as usual appear alter- nately, and the peach-tree sometimes loses all its leaves from their ravages. Formica nigra is almost constantly attracted by it on the peach-tree ; but when it swarms on the sloe in hedges, its original condition, large troops of Formica rufa come to feed on its honey. 73. Aphis Rumicis, Linn. Aphis Rumicis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 734. 5 ; Faun. Suec. 979 ; Fabr, Syst. Ins. 11. 385. 11; Syst. Ent. 735. 10; Ent. Syst. iv. 213. 12 ; Syst. Rhyn. 296. 12; Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 1.111. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 2 18 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 1204; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2203 ; Stew. El. Nat. Hist. u. 110; Kalt. Mon. Pfian. 1. 81. 58. A. Papaveris, Fabr. Gen. Ins. 803; Ent. Syst. iv. 218. 38; Syst. Rhyn. 299. 38; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2202; Schrank, Faun. Boic. uu. 1. 118. 1225 ; Rossi, Faun. Etruse. 263. 1392 ; Leon Duf. Rech. sur les Hémipt. iv. 242. pl. 9. fig. 114, 115 ; Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 162. A. Fabe, Scop. Ent. Carn. 139. 408; Gmel. Syst. Nat. 1. 2210; Kirby and Spence, Intr. Ent. 1. 175 ; Bingley, Hist. Nat. ill. 189; Curt. Journ. Royal Agric. vol. vu. 418. pl. R. f. 21, 22, X. pt. i. pl. U. f. 1-4. A. Atriplicis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 216. A. Aparines, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 735. 8; Sp. Ins. 385. 2? 9; Ent. Syst. iv. 211. 10; Syst. Rhyn. 291. 5? 10; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2208 ; Schrank, Faun. Boie. i. 105. 11838. A. armata, Hausm. Ill. Mag. 1. 439. 30. A. Cracca, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 735. 13; Faun. Suec. 986; Fabr. Sp. Ins. u. 390. 46; Deg. Ins. m. 39.5 or 8? pl. 2. fig. 14, 19; Scop. Ent. Carn. 407; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat, 1. 2205 ; Schrank, Faun. Boic. 111. 119; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 86. 62. A. Vicia, Fabr. Sp. Ins. n. 390. 46; Ent. Syst. iv. 220. 51; Syst. Rhyn. 301. 51. A, Thlapseos, Schrank, Faun. Boic. 1. 118. 1227. A. Gali? Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 87. 63. A. Geniste, Scop. Ent. Carn. 1389. 409 ; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2210; Fons. Ann. Soc. Ent. x. 103; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 90. — 66. . A. Laburni, Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 85. 61. A, Euphorbie? Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 94. 69. Rumicifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. 2™¢ série, v. 478. Meconaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. 2™ série, v. 478. Craccifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. 2™ série, v. 478. Genistifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. 2™® série, v. 478. A, Acetose, Linn. Syst. Nat. u. 734, 6; Fabr. Syst. Ins. i. 389. 43; Ent. Syst. iv. 220. 49; Syst. Rhyn. 301. 49; Geoff. Ins. 496. 9; Reaum. Ins. i. 286 ; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2208. A. Gali Seabri.? Schrank, Faun: Boie. u. 1. 105. Cinara Rumicis, Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. 1. 747. A. Dahlia? Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. i. 628. The collier or black dolphin feeds on the following plants :— Papaver Rheas. Rumex crispus. somniferum. conglomeratus. Hydrolapathum. Tragopogon pratense. Rumex acutifolius. Serratula arvensis. obtusifolius. Centaurea Calcitrapa. Acetosa. Euphorbia Paralias. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 19 Arctium Lappa. Chenopodium album. Solanum. . Senecio vulgaris. Scabiosa. Arctium minus. Valeriana officinalis. Inula dysenterica. Hypericum perforatum, Carduus lanceolatus. Eryngium campestre. hirsutum. Fumaria officinalis. quadrangulare. Cochlearia Armoracia. Scorzonera. Datura Stramonium. Capsella bursa-pastoris. Cichorium Endivia. Lycopersicum esculentum. Brassica Rapa. Erodium cicutarium. Lotus corniculatus. Faba vulgaris. Pisum sativum. Phaseolus vulgaris. coccineus. Ononis. Spinacia oleracea. Vicia. Mentha hirsuta. Cracca. Lamium purpureum. Digitalis purpurea. Cnicus arvensis. palustris. Anthriscus. AEgopodium. /Ethusa. Galium Aparine. verum. Mollugo. Achillza Ptarmica. Nerium Oleander. Atriplex hastata. Lactuca. Matricaria Chamomilla. Chrysanthemum segetum. leucanthemum. Helichrysum chrysanthemum. Beta vulgaris. Cytisus Laburnum. Genista tinctoria. anglica. Ulex europzeus. Asparagus officinalis. Sium latifolium. Dahlia superflua. frustrania. Polygonum Persicaria. Myosotis scorpioides. Solidago virgaurea. Pastinaca sativa. Daucus Carota. Anagallis arvensis. Angelica sylvestris. Verbena. Persicaria. Urtica urens. Viburnum Opulus, &c. &e. The winged race migrate to the bean in May, and then bring forth their offspring, which at the end of June leave the withered flowers, and fix themselves along the sutures of the pods where their mouths can find an entrance. - The viviparous wingless female. When young it is linear, and dark red: the limbs are paler: when full-grown it is oval, con- vex, plump, and dull black, and has a row of punctures on each side : the feelers are white with black tips, and much shorter than the body; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is hardly shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is full as long as the third; the mouth is white with a black tip: the nectaries are as long as one- eighth of the body : the legs are white ; the hind-thighs excepting the base, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. Ist var. The body is dark green. 2nd var. The body is purplish black. 2% 20 My. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides- 3rd var. The body is bronze black. 4th var. The body is shining. 5th var. The body is covered with a white bloom. 6th var. There are two stripes of white powder on the back. 7th var. The feelers and the mouth are black, dull white towards the base. Sth var. The feelers are nearly as long as the body. 9th var. The nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body. 10th var. The nectaries are as long as one-twelfth of the body. Lith var. The tips only of the hind-thighs are black. 32th var. The legs are quite black. 13th var. Like the last, but the shanks and the fore-thighs are dull white. 14th var. The body is dull sooty black, oval, short, and plump : the front is convex, and has a tubercle on each side: the feelers are much shorter than the body ; the first and the second joints are not angular ; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third ; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth. 15th var. The body is black, shining, and has a slight purple tint : the feelers are white, black at the base and towards the tips, shorter than the body: the eyes and the mouth are black; the base of the latter is dull white : the nectaries are as long as one- sixth of the body : the legs are white ; the hind-thighs, excepting the base, the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. 16th var. The body is dull black: the feelers are white, blackish at the tips, and half the length of the body : the base of the mouth is dull white: the legs are white; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black: when very young it is dark green with paler limbs. 17th var. The body is very dark green, of moderate size, some- times nearly black : the feelers are dull white with black tips, and nearly as long as the body: the mouth is also dull white; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-fourth of the body: the Jegs are white : the knees, the feet, the tips of the shanks, of the hind-thighs, and sometimes also of the middle thighs, are black. On Genista anglica during the summer. 18th var.? The body is oval, dull dark red, covered with a white bloom: the feelers are white with black tips, and hardly more than half the length of the body: the mouth is white; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-eighth of the body: the legs are yellowish white; the Mr. F'. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. jae knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black : it is smaller and narrower than the preceding variety, and its colour is less intense: when very young it is “linear, and sometimes of a pale red or green colour: the pupa agrees in colour with the wingless Aphis, ‘and has sometimes a green tinge. This, which may be a distinct species, also feeds on Genista anglica. 19th var. The body is black, oval, convex, plump, smooth, and shining, but often covered with a white bloom: the antennz are white with black tips, and about half the length of the body ; sometimes they are black, dull white towards the base: the mouth is white, black towards the tip: the nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body: there is a short tube at the tip of the abdomen : the fore- and the middle-legs are sometimes black, but more often white, with the exception of their knees, feet, and the tips of their shanks: the hind-legs are black with white shanks. On the furze in the autumn, often attended by Formica nigra. 20th var. Black, oval, convex, of moderate size: the feelers are pale green, and shorter than the body ; their tips are black: the mouth also is pale green ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are pale green, and rather less than one-sixth of the length of the body ; their tips are black: the legs are pale green, and moderately long; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. Its colour when young is dull dark green. On Dahlia superflua in the middle of June 1846. 21st var. Very dark green, sometimes almost black : the feei- ers and the mouth are dull white with black tips, and the former are nearly as long as the body: the eyes and the nectaries are black, and the latter are as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are white; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks and of the hind-thighs, and sometimes also of the middle-thighs, are black. On Genista anglica in June. 22nd var. Velvet-like black : the feelers are white with a black tip to each joint, and a little shorter than the body : the nectaries are shorter than one-twelfth of the body : the legs are white with the exception of the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks. Middle of October. 23rd var. Deep black: the feelers are white, and more than half the length of the body; they are brown at the base and towards the tips: the mouth is black: the nectaries are as long as one-tenth of the body: the legs are white; the four hinder thighs excepting the base, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black. 24th var. The nectaries are as long as one-sixth of the body: the legs are black ; the shanks are yellow with black tips: the wing-ribs are white ; the wing-brands are pale brown ; the veins are brown ; sometimes it is covered with a white bloom, and its 22 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. feelers are gray towards the base and at the tips. When young the fore-part of the body is green; the limbs are white, but the feelers are sometimes pale green. 25th var. Small, black, shining, not very convex, with a slight green tinge, and having a row of punctures on each side of the body: the feelers are about half the length of the body : the mouth is dull green with a black tip: the nectaries are not one-twelfth of the length of the body : the legs are dull green. 26th var. Black: feelers black, shorter than the body, pale towards the base: the nectaries about one-eighth of the length of the body: legs yellow; four hinder thighs excepting the base, knees, feet and tips of shanks, black. 27th var. Body dull reddish green. 28th var. The body is dark green. 29th var. The body is small, black, slightly covered with a white bloom, increasing in breadth from the head till near the tip of the abdomen, which has a rim on each side: the feelers are shorter than the body : the nectaries are about one-eighth of its length. Found on Galium Mollugo i October near Newcastle by Mr. Hardy. Length of the body 1-1 line ; of the wings 23-35 lines. The viviparous winged female. While a pupa it has a row of white spots on each side of the abdomen, and its rudimentary wings are very dark green: the fore-border and the hind-border of the fore-chest are dark green: the abdomen is black, but its colour is not so intense as that of the chest, and sometimes it is shghtly tmged with green: the feelers are black, and shorter than the body: the eyes are black and shiming: the mouth is black; its base is dull green: the nectaries are black, and rather less than one-sixth of the length of the body: the legs are black, and moderately long; the shanks, and the fore- thighs except their tips are yellow: the wings are colourless, and much longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are pale yellow ; the wing-brands and the veins are pale brown; the second vein diverges from the third, but more from the first ; the first fork of the third vem begs after one-third, and the second still more beyond two-thirds of the length ; the fourth is curved moderately and equally throughout its length ; the angle of the brand whence it springs is distinct. Much infested by Leptus Aphidum. Ist var. While a pupa it is pale dull olive-green, and covered with a white bloom ; the wings are unfolded in the beginning of July, and the insect is then small, black, and shining : the abdo- men is very dark green or black, and has a slight white bloom beneath : the feelers are black, and a little shorter than the body ; the fourth joint is a little shorter than the third; the fifth is as long as the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth, but Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 23 more than half its length ; the seventh is longer than the fifth : the mouth is dark green ; its tip, the eyes and the nectaries are black, and the latter are nearly one-fifth of the length of the body : the legs are black ; the shanks except their tips, and some- times the thighs of the fore-legs are dull yellow; in the four hinder legs, the shanks except their tips, and sometimes the thighs from the middle to the base are pale yellow: the wings are colourless, and much longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the wing-brands are dull yellow or brown, and the veins are of the latter colour. It often frequents the mulberry in the autumn, and brings forth its young ones thereon. 2nd var. The body is black: the abdomen is very dark green : the feelers are black, and nearly as long as the body: the mouth is also very dark green with a black tip: the nectaries and the tube at the tip of the abdomen are black, and the former are as long as one-sixth of the body : the legs are black ; the base of the fore-thighs and the shanks except their tips are dark yellow: the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the brands are pale brown ; the veins are brown. 3rd var. The body is black: the abdomen is dark green: the feelers are a little shorter than the body : the mouth is dull yel- low with a black tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one- sixth of the body : the legs are black ; the base of the fore-thighs and the shanks except their tips are dark yellow: the wing-ribs and the rib-veims are pale yellow; the brands are pale brown ; the other veins are darker. 4th var. The body is black and very small: the feelers are a little shorter than the body: the nectaries are as long as one- eighth of the body: the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are yellow ; the brands are brown: the other characters like those of the preceding variety. 5th var. While a pupa it resembles in colour the 11th variety of the wingless Aphis, but the white parts are more dull: there is a row of white powder spots on each side of the body: the rudimentary wings are pale green. 6th var. The body is black and somewhat shining : the feelers are rather more than half the length of the body: the mouth does not reach the middle hips: the nectaries are about one- twelfth of the length of the body : the wings are longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are dull green ; the brands and the veins are brown. 7th var. While a pupa it is pale dull olive-green, covered with a white bloom, and its limbs agree in colour with those of the wingless female on the broom. When winged it is small, black, and shining: the abdomen is very dark green, or black, with a slight 24 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. white bloom beneath: the feelers are black, and a little shorter than the body ; the fourth joint isa little shorter than the third ; the fifth is as long as the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth, but more than half its length ; the seventh is longer than the fifth : the mouth is dark green ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries and the legs are black; the former are nearly one- fifth of the length of the body ; the shanks except their tips and the four hinder thighs from the base to the middle are yellow: the wings are much longer than the body ; the wing-ribs are pale yellow ; the brands are dull yellow; the veins are brown. On Genista anglica during the summer. 8th var. Like the preceding, but the fore-thighs and the fore- shanks are dull yellow with black tips; the four hinder shanks are pale yellow with black tips: the wing-brands are brown. 9th var. While a pupa it 1s gray: the abdomen is black, with three interrupted white bands, and has also four white spots near the tip : the rudimentary wings are dull green. 10th var. The body is small, and black : the feelers are longer than the body : the eyes are red: the nectaries are as long as one- sixth of the body: the legs are yellow; the thighs from the mid- dle to the tips, the feet, and the tips of the shanks, are black : the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the wing-brands and the other veins are pale brown. 11th var. The body is black, stout, and shining: the feelers are much shorter than the body: the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are black, and about one-sixth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow; the hind-thighs except the base, the feet, and the tips of the other thighs and of the shanks, are brown: the wing-ribs and the brands are dull yellow ; the veins are brown. On Rumez crispus. While a pupa the legs are black ; the fore-thighs are yellow at the base: the rudimentary wings are dark green. 12th var. The four hinder thighs are quite black. 13th var. The body is deep black: the feelers are black, and shorter than the body: the eyes and the mouth are black ; the base of the latter is dull white: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-eighth of the body : the four hinder thighs, the feet, the knees, and the tips of the shanks are black: the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the brands are pale green; the veins are pale brown. 14th var. With a row of white spots on each side of the back. 15th var. Like the last, but the feelers are much shorter than the body: the mouth is dark green at the base: the nectaries are as long as one-tenth of the body: the legs are black; the fore-thighs at the base, and the shanks excepting their tips are dull yellow : the wing-ribs and the brands are brown. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. - Ba The oviparous wingless female. Found with the preceding, which it much resembles, but the hind-shanks are black, wide, and slightly curved. The eggs are laid in the beginning of October, and occur in abundance on the spikes of the furze. The winged male. While a pupa it resembles the wingless Aphis: the feelers are rather more than half the length of the body : the nectaries are as long as one-tenth of the body: the legs are dull pale green; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the rudimentary wings are dull green. When the wings are unfolded it is black, and very small: the feelers are nearly as long as the body; the fourth joint is very nearly as long as the third ; the fifth is as long as the fourth ; the sixth is about half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is longer than the fifth : the mouth is yellow with a black tip: the shanks except their tips, and the four anterior thighs at the base are yellow: the wing-ribs are yellow; the brands and the veins are brown. 74. Aphis Symphyti, Schrank. Aphis Symphyti, Schrank, Faun.-Boie. ii. 1. 107. ‘The viviparous wingless female. In August 1847 I found this species im great profusion under the leaves of the comfrey (Symphytum officinale) near Tottenham, but could see it nowhere else, notwithstanding the common occurrence of the plant. The grub of Agromyza?, of an orange colour and above one line in length, frequently devours it; an Aphidius and an Allotria are also among its enemies. It is a small species, oval, plump, bright yellow, with dark green nectaries ; the head is often dark green, and sometimes this colour extends partly or wholly over the body, and is more or less mingled with yellow. It discolours the leaves of the comfrey, which are nevertheless adorned by its bright and many-coloured clusters. The forehead is convex in the middle, and has a slight tubercle on each side at the base of the feelers: the mouth reaches the middle hips: the feelers are setaceous, and shorter than the body ; the fourth joint is shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth; the sixth isa little more than half the length of the fifth ; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth: the fore-chest has a suture across the middle ; its sides are slightly convex : the nec- taries vary in length from one-sixth to one-twelfth of the length of the body, and in. some cases where they are shortest, the legs also are very short, and the feelers are much less than half the length of the body: the fore-legs are but little shorter than the hind-legs ; the shanks are straight. Ist var. The body is dark green, with a white bloom, and mottled with paler green : the feelers are yellow with brown tips, - 26 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. and a little shorter than the body : the eyes are black : the mouth is pale yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are black, and nearly as long as one-fourth of the length of the body : the tube at the tip of the abdomen is pale green : the legs are yellow, and moderately long ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. 2nd var. The body like the last, but with a metallic lustre. The viviparous winged female. This, as usual, has a dark colour on the chest, the breast, and some parts of the abdomen. Soon after the middle of the fore-border of the wing its main vein begins to widen rather abruptly into an irregularly spindle-shaped brand: the fourth vein springs from a hardly perceptible angle of this brand, and is moderately curved ; the third vein is obsolete at its source ; it is forked after one-third of its length, and forked again long after two-thirds of its length: in some instances the lower branch and in others the upper branch of the second fork are wanting; the first vein diverges from the second more than the second diverges from the third. It sometimes contaims ten young ones, all of the same size. ; 1st var. While a pupa it resembles the wingless insect, but the body is elliptical, the feelers and the legs are darker, the rudimentary wings are pale green. The winged Aphis is black : the borders of the fore-chest are green: the abdomen is dark green: the feelers are black, and shorter than the body: the mouth is black, dark green at the base: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-sixth of the body: the legs are black, and moderately long; the fore-thighs are yellow at the base: the wings are colourless, and very much longer than the body; the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the brands and the veins are brown. Length of the body 3-3 line; of the wings 13-21 lines. 75. Aphis Nymphee, Linn. Aphis Nymphee, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 714. 10; Faun. Suee. 9838; Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 214. 18; Syst. Rhyn. 297. 18; Schrank, Faun. Boic. i. 1. 117. 1224; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2204; Miller, Ins. 1264; Turt. 1. 703; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 104. 79; Fonscol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. x. A. Butomi, Schrank, Faun. Boic. ii. 114. 1212. Nympheifex, Amyot, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 478. This species feeds on the following water-plants : Nymphea alba, N. lutea, Alisma Plantago, Butomus umbellatus, Potamo- geton natans, Sagittaria sagittifolia, Utricularia vulgaris, Hydro- cotyle vulgaris, Fontederia cordata, and some other species. It has an unfailing supply of moist and nourishing food, and ac- cordingly seems to multiply more abundantly than any other species. The viviparous wingless female. Deep olive-green, shining, and Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 27 having a metallic tint: the front has a tubercle in the middle and a smaller one on each side: the feelers are black, very often pale green at the base, and much shorter than the body; the first and the second veins are not angular ; the fourth is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is about thrice the length of the sixth : the mouth is dull green ; its tip and the eyes are black : there is a red spot, sometimes obsolete, on each side of the abdomen by the nectaries which are reddish yellow with black tips, and about one-sixth of the length of the body: the legs are black, moderately long, and slightly covered with a white bloom. The young one is comparatively pale, narrow, flat, and linear. lst var. Reddish green, mottled with black. 2nd var. Nearly black. The viviparous winged female. This much resembles the pre- ceding form, with the exception of its darker colour, and of the usual difference in structure : the wings are colourless, and much longer than the body; the first vein hardly diverges more from the second than the latter does from the third; the third vein has its first fork after one-third, and its second still further beyond two-thirds of its length ; the fourth vein is more curved at its base than towards its tip, and the angle whence it springs is very slight. Length of the body 1 line ; of the wings 3 lines. Variation in the wing-veins. The upper division of the second fork is wanting. The glutinous matter which covers this species assumes, like that of Aphis Roboris, a fine red colour when mixed with Canada balsam. 76. Aphis Sambuci, Linn. Aphis Sambuci, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 734.4; Faun. Suec. 998 ; Fabr. Syst. Ins. n. 384. 3; Ent. Syst. iv. 211. 4; Syst. Rhyn. 294. 4; Lister, Ins. 397. 40; Geoff. Ins. 1. 495. 3; Frisch. Ins. un. 14. pl. 18 ; Réaum. Ins. ni. 281-350. pl. 21. fig. 5-15 ; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. i. 2202; Bonnet, Hist. Nat. 1.; Berk. Syn.i. 110; Stew. El. 1. 110; Turt. 11. 703 ; Schrank, Faun. Boie. nu. 1. 111. 1202; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 83. 60. Cinara Sambuci, Sir Oswald Mosley, Gard. Chron. 1. 827. Sambucifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 477. The viviparous wingless female. This is oval, dull, very plump, and of a deep green colour: the sutures of the segments beneath are more distinct than those above : the feelers are slender, seta- ceous, almost white, and about one-third of the length of the body: the mouth is pale green: the eyes are dark brown: the nectaries are dark green, and about one-twelfth of the length of 28 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. the body : the legs are dull pale green, slender, and rather short ; the knees are somewhat darker. On the leaves of the elder in the middle of March 1846. 1st var. Extremely dark green, apparently black, covered with a white bloom, and having a row of pufictures on each side of the body: the front is slightly convex, and not notched: the feelers are black, and rather more than half the length of the body ; the first and the second joints are not angular; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth ; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is much more slender than the sixth, and nearly twice its length: the eyes are also black: the mouth is very dark green: the nec- taries are black, and about one-eighth of the length of the body, and slightly tapering: the legs are very dark green, and mode- rately long. When young it is green, linear, and somewhat narrow and flat. In thick swarms on the shoots of the elder, which are sometimes quite hidden by the clusters, from the end of May to July. 2nd var. Like the preceding, but with a reddish tinge. ord var. The body is green. 4th var. The nectaries are about one-sixth of the length of the body. The viviparous winged female. While a pupa it is elliptical, rather paler and more fiat than the wingless female, and it has interrupted white bands across the abdomen: the chest and the rudiments of the wings are green, and they have sometimes a reddish tinge. When winged the body is rather large, black, shining, nearly linear : the feelers are black, stout and thick, and more than half the length of the body ; the fourth joint is much shorter than the third; the fifth is full as long as the fourth; the sixth is rather more than half the length of the fifth; the seventh is longer than the sixth: the abdomen beneath and the mouth are very dark green: the nectaries are black, and about one-sixth of the length of the body: the legs are black ; the fore-thighs are dark green at the base: the wings are slightly gray, and not much longer than the body; the wing-ribs are yellowish white ; the brands are pale brown ; the veins are black, strongly marked, and very slightly clouded ; the first vein diverges more from the second than the second from the third ; the latter is obsolete at its source, and its first fork is after one-third, and its second still more after two-thirds of its length ; the fourth vein is moderately curved at its base, nearly straight towards its tip, and the angle whence it springs is very slight. Length of the body 1-1} line ; of the wings 23-33 lines. [To be continued. ] Mr. J. Miers on the genus Salpiglossis. 29 IV.—Contributions to the Botany of South America. By Joun Minurs, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S. [Continued from vol. iv. p. 363.] SALPIGLOSSIS. Upon a former occasion (fw. op. i. p. 172) many reasons were adduced to show why the tribe of the Salpiglossidee, as constituted by Mr. Bentham (DC. Prodr. x. 190), could not be maintained, and I proposed to limit that tribe simply to Salpiglossis, Browallia, Leptoglossis, and anew genus Pteroglossis, all being distinguished by their singularly dilated stigma and the peculiar mode of eesti- vation of the corolla. A careful examination of Leptoglossis schwenckioides has since then offered reasons for placing that genus among the Petuniee. The Salpiglossidee, however, as thus limited, are evidently most intimately allied to the Petuniea, agreeing with them in a somewhat similar form of stigma, the development of their stamens, their capsular fruit, and the very spiral form of the embryo in Salpiglossis, and differmg from them only in their didynamous stamens and the estivation of the corolla. The didynamous arrangement of the stamens does not appear to me to offer a sufficient reason for keeping them in an ordinal point of view apart from the Petuniee, and for retaining them in the Scrophulariacee ; indeed in the Petuniee and Nico- tianee, we find an evident tendency towards a didynamous struc- ture, for one of the stamens is constantly shorter than the others, which are in two pairs, while the anther of the fifth is always somewhat smaller, and frequently almost sterile; and on the other hand, I have observed occasionally in Salpiglossis a fifth fertile stamen, showing a disposition to return to its normal con- dition ; and I have also before me an instance of a flower with three pairs of stamens, varying in length, with a seventh shorter one, the anther of which, though smaller than the others, is fer- tile. The position of the Sa/piglossidee in the natural system appears to me therefore manifestly in the family which I propose to call Atropacee, or if considered only as a suborder, Atropinee, according to the arrangement there shown (loc. cit. p. 165). There is little in the genus Sa/piglossis that calls for observa- tion ; one peculiar feature however claims attention, the singular form of its pollen-grains: these are comparatively large and rea- dily distinguished under a common lens, each granule consisting of four agglutinated spherical globules similar in form to the simple pollen-grains of most Solanacee and Scrophulariacee : three of these globules are on the same plane, the other being superimposed in the centre, thus forming a sort of rounded tetra- hedron, and they adhere so completely that they cannot be sepa- 30 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Salpiglossis. rated without bursting. The fact is noticed by Mr. Hassall in his memoir “ On the Structure of Pollen” (Ann. Nat. Hist. vii. 100), who states that so curious a circumstance is not singular, as it occurs in Oxyanthus in Cinchonacee, Leschenaultia in Goode- niacee, and in some species only of Kpilobium in Onagracee : the same is also observable in all the genera of the EHpacridee and of Ericacee, with the exception of Clethra, where they are simple. From these analogous facts it is evident that this com- pound structure of the pollen-grains is not of sufficient import- ance to affect in any way the ordinal position of Salpiglossis. Mr. Bentham mentions only a single species of this genus, as he considers all our garden kinds as mere varieties of S. sinuata. On this head I may remark, that I found in Chile, plants which I always considered to be two very distinct species, viz. S. stnuata (my S. glutinosa) and my S. purpurea (Trav. il. p. 531); but I have little doubt that S. picta, S. Barclayana, S. fulva, S. inter- media, &c. are all hybrid productions from these two species. I always met with S. stnuata growimg near the coast, its corolla being constantly of a yellowish white, with brownish stripes ; on the contrary, I invariably found S. purpurea at a much greater elevation near the foot of the main Cordillera, or within its gorges, its flowers being always of a dark lilac, with deep purple lines, and never of the yellowish hue so conspicuous in S. sinuata. I cannot however refer to my original specimens, as they were un- fortunately lost off Cape Horn with my general Chile collections ; but the coloured drawings of both species made in 1820, and which I have preserved, serve to impress these facts strongly on my memory. From the several dried specimens of Salpiglossis in Sir Wiliam Hooker’s herbarium collected by Gillies, Cuming and Bridges, we may detect at a glance the two different species. The following I consider as the amended diagnosis of this genus :— Satpietossis, R. & P. (char. emend.).—Calyz tubulosus, 10- nervis, 5-dentatus, dentibus subzequalibus, attenuatis, obtu- siusculis. Corolla ifundibuliformis, tubo imo cylindraceo, superne campanulata, compressa, limbo 5-lobo, obliquo, sub- bilabiato, lobis profunde emarginatis, superiore majore, erec- tiore, zestivatione reciprocativa*. Stamina 5, inclusa, quorum 4 didynama, quinto breviori, sterili ; filamenta subulata, e con- strictione tubi orta; anthere ovate, 2-lobe, basi cordate, sub- versatiles, lobis adnatis, rma marginali dehiscentibus ; pollen compositum, e granulis 4 aggregatis, quorum 1 superpositum. Ovarium conicum, disco carnoso sub-2-lobo impositum, 2-locu- lare ; placente centrales, dissepimento utrinque adnate, multi- * Ann. Nat, Hist. 2nd Ser. vol. iii. p. 172. _ Mr. J. Miers on the genus Salpiglossis. 31 ovulate. Stylus exsertus, apice compressus, incrassatus, sub- incurvus. Stigma majusculum, transverse dilatatum, semi- lunare, bilabiato-emarginatum. Capsula oblonga, calyce per- sistente tecta, 2-locularis, septicido-2-valvis, valvis chartaceo- coriaceis, 2-fidis, placenta centralidemum solutis. Semina plu- rima, minuta, subangulata, hilo laterali; testa striato-rugosa. Embryo intra albumen carnosum spiraliter curvatus, teres, ra- dicula arcuata, ad angulum basalem spectante, cotyledonibus 4-plo longiore.—Herbz Chilenses glanduloso-pubescentes ; folia alterna, lanceolata, inferioribus sinuato-laciniatis, petiolatis, su- perioribus linearibus, sessilibus, sinuatis, floriferis linearibus, subbracteiformibus. Inflorescentia paniculata, floribus pedicel- latis, pedicels extra-axillaribus ; corolla straminea vel pur- purea, lineis anastomosantibus picta. 1. Salpiglossis sinuata, R. & P. Syst. Veg. 163; Prodr. tab. 19. S. glutinosa, Miers, Trav. 1.531. 8. straminea, Hook. Ezot. Fl. p. 229. 8S. picta, Sweet, Br. Fl. Gard. tab. 258; Hook. Bot. Mag. tab. 3365 ;—omnino viscoso-pubescens, foliis infe- rioribus laxis, lanceolatis, acute pinnatifido-incisis, superiori- bus breviter petiolatis, inciso-dentatis, laciniis acutis, floralibus sessilibus, linearibus, integris, bracteiformibus ; corolla lineis violaceis picta, tubo lutescente, limbo stramineo.—Chile, ora littorali, in herb. Hook. (Gillies, Mathews, Cuming, Bridges). This plant, well known in our gardens, grows to the height of 2 or 3 feet. Its leaves are of more delicate texture, always longer, narrower, and more deeply incised into acute segments than in the following species: they are 5 inches long, including the petiole, on which they are decurrent, and 14 inch broad, or 7 lines across at the base of the incisures. I observe a note upon my drawings, stating that in this species, the two lower stamens, between which the sterile one is situated, form the longest pair, while in S. purpurea the same stamens form the shorter pair, and I have found this in the dried specimens I have examined, but I cannot at this distance of time assert it to be a fact of constant occurrence. 2. Salpiglossis purpurea, Miers, Trav. 11. p. 531 ;—viscoso-pubes- cens, foliis radicalibus confertis, elliptico-oblongis, apice obtu- siusculis, imo in petiolum elongatum cuneatis, margine grosse et obtuse dentatis, crassis, caulinis integrioribus, lanceolatis, obtusis, petiolo abbreviato, floralibus linearibus, sessilibus, brac- teiformibus ; corolla tubo purpureo, limbo violaceo, reticulatim picta.—In Andibus Chilensibus, v. s. in herb. Hook., Gillies (S. andicola, MSS.). Var. 8. atropurpurea, Graham. Corolla reticulatim nigro-picta, limbo profunde purpureo. Cuming. 32 Mr. J. Miers on the genus Pteroglossis. This plant seldom exceeds a height of 15 or 18 inches: it has a stronger and more woody stem, and may easily be distinguished from the former species by its radical leaves, which are of thicker texture, broader in proportion, shorter and more elliptic, with short obtuse teeth, and not deeply divided with acute incisures, as in S, picta: the radical leaves, including the attenuated pe- tiole, are 34 inches in length, the limb being 2} inches long and 11 Imes broad. PTEROGLOSSIS. Among the very curious and interesting plants collected by Bridges in the vicinity of Coquimbo, is one that will constitute a new genus, near Salpiglossis. It is a plant with pinnatifid leaves, only in a few of the lower axils, those above being reduced to a linear form; its ascending stems are widely diffuse im many spreading dichotomous branchlets, which are very slender and terete ; the leaves at each axil are gradually diminished to the size of very short linear bracts, which support a few solitary one- flowered peduncles. The corolla, though smaller, has much the shape of that of Salpiglossis, with didynamous included stamens, and it possesses the peculiar estivation of the Salpiglossidee. The most remarkable feature consists in the unusually broad ex- pansion of its stigma, which hoods the lower pair of stamens, somewhat after the manner of Nierembergia, its winged appen- dages being quite membranaceous, decurrent for some length upon the style, and marked with numerous parallel radiating nervures, which terminate in its lacerated or crenulate margins. The name above proposed is derived from zrepov, ala, and yAodooa, lingua, because of its broadly winged stigma. Preroctossis (gen. nov.).—Calyx tubulosus, subcylindricus, breviter 5-dentatus, 10-nervis, dentibus acutis. Corolla in- fundibuliformis, tubo imo coarctato, hine ventricoso, 15-striato, limbo expanso, inequaliter 5-lobo, sub-bilabiato, lobis omni- bus emarginatis, superior longiori et latiori, zestivatione reci- procativa*. Stamina 4, didynama, inclusa, postica longiora ; filamenta dilatata, apice angustata. Anthere ovate, 2-lobe, imo divaricate, apice sine connectivo in sinu apicifix, rima marginali dehiscentes. Ovarium disco carnoso sub 2-lobo im- positum, stipitatum, 2-loculare, placentis centralibus disse- pimento adnatis, multiovulatis. Stylus apice dilatatus, in- flexus. Stigma bialatum, emarginatum, superne carinatum, infra planum, glandula viscoso in sinu notatum, alis latis, membranaceis, in stylum longe decurrentibus, radiatim nervo- sis, margine sublaceratis, staminibus inferioribus amplecten- * Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. iii. p. 172. Mr. J. Miers on the genus Pteroglossis. 33 tibus. Capsula calyce persistente tecta, 2-locularis, 2-valvis, valvis semibifidis, placenta centrali demum solutis. Semina ignota.—Planta Chilensis subglabra, radice lignosa perenni, caulibus plurimis adscendentibus, gracilibus, laxis, divaricatim ramosis ; folia alterna, inferioribus sinuato-pinnatifidis ; pedun- culi uniflori, axillares, paniculam laxam efformantes. 1. Pteroglossis lava ;—subglabra, ramosissima, ramis plurimis, teretibus, gracilibus, laxe divaricatis, nodis distantibus ; foliis axillaribus, inferioribus oblongis, sinuato-pinnatitidis, in pe- tiolum spathulatis, sub lente minutissime pubescentibus, me- diis linearibus, supremis floriferis in bracteis parvis decrescen- tibus: pedunculis solitariis, viscoso-pubescentibus, unifloris ; floribus parvulis ; corolla straminea, lineis violaceis picta.— Coquimbo, in herb. Hook. (Bridges, no. 1839). This plant has very much the habit of Schwenkia americana : the root is ligneous, as well as a short perennial woody stump, from which arise several somewhat erect branches 12 to 18 inches long, which are evidently deciduous ; these are slender, terete, glabrous, flexuosely brachiate at each axil, and again dichotomously branched : below, the axils are more approximate, above widely distant. The lower leaves are sinuato-pinnatifid, about 1 to 11 inch long including the petiole, and 3 lines broad Including the segments; to the naked eye they appear quite smooth, but under the lens they are seen to be invested by nu- merous, very short, minute hairs: these leaves gradually dimi- nish to the size of 3 to 1 inch long and only half a line broad, and as they ascend they become smaller, till they arrive at the terminal floriferous branchlets, where they assume the form of linear bracts, scarcely a line in length and 3th of a line broad; from each of these springs a very slender glandular pubescent peduncle, about half an inch in length, bearing a solitary flower ; the calyx is 1} line long, tubular, and crowned by five equal fleshy erect teeth; the corolla is about 4 lines long, of a yel- lowish colour, marked by about fifteen violet-coloured, parallel, branching lines ; the tube is contracted and cylindrical below for one-third of its length, above this it is ventricose, with a border of five, oblong, rcunded and emarginate patent lobes, the upper one of which is somewhat longer and broader; they assume in zstivation that peculiar mode of plication which I have called reciprocative (Joc. cit. 172); the didynamous stamens are in- cluded, arising from the contracted portion of the tube; the ovarium is oblong, 2-grooved, imbedded in a fleshy 2-lobed cup borne upon a short stipitate support, and surrounded by the in- duvial remains of the corolla; the style is slender, the length of the stamens, inflexed at its apex, and gradually widening consi- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 3 34. Mr. J. Miers on the genus Leptoglossis. derably by the broad decurrent wings of the stigma, which hood the anthers of the somewhat shorter pair of stamens: the stigma is broad, membranaceous, deeply emarginate at its apex, consti- tuting two distinct rounded wi ngs, marked by numerous radia- ting nervures ; it forms altogether a galeate head, flattened on the under side and keeled on the upper surface by the prominent sharp margin of the style, which carinated edge is terminated in the sinus by a viscous globular gland. The capsule is small, consisting of two bifid valves, parallel to the dissepiment, and iclosed by the persistent calyx. I had no opportunity of exa- mining its seeds *, LEPToGLossIs. This genus was founded by Mr. Bentham, in the ‘ Botany’ of the Voyage of the Sulphur, for a Peruvian plant, which has not yet been figured, nor have the details of its structure been hitherto delineated or minutely examined. It possesses much the habit of a Browallia, to which it offers some resemblance in the form of its corolla; but it differs from that genus m having a fifth sterile stamen and in the shape of its stigma, which is intermediate between that of Pteroglossis and of Salpi- glossis or Nierembergia. No opportunity had presented itself for examining the eestivation of the corolla of Leptoglossis when I offered the remarks upon the tribe of the Salpiglossidee (Aun. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser. 11.173) ; but recent observation has enabled me to state that it is decidedly imbricative, and as far as can be judged from well-macerated dried specimens, it is apparently of that modification which I have called replicative (Joc. cit. 173), the postical lobe being altogether interior, as in Nierembergia and Petunia. The alliance of Leptoglossis is clearly with the two latter genera, agreeing with the former in its small lanceolate leaves, its calyx, its slender tubular corolla, in the dilatation of its stigma, in the long stipitate support of the ovarium, in its persistent ‘hy pogynous “glands, and in its stipitate capsule. With the latter genus it agrees in the obliquity of the border of its corolla, and the somewhat palate-like enlargement of the tube below the throat. The position of Leptoglossis is manifestly among the Pefuniee, and not in the Salpiglossidea, as suggested in the tabular arrangement (/oc. cit. p. 165). It appears to me to hold no relation whatever to Schwenkia. The following generic character has been made, after a careful analysis of the plant referred to :— Lerroctossis, Bth.non D.C. Char. emend.—Calyz brevis, tu- bulosus, nervis 15 in seriebus 5 ternariis pressius ordinatis, * This plant, with its analytical details, will be shown in plate 52 of the ‘ Illustr. South Amer. Plants.’ Mr. J. Miers on the genus Leptoglossis. 35 interstitiis eveniis membranaceis, 5-anguloso-sulcatus, 5-den- tatus, dentibus acutis linearibus callo-mucronatis. Corolla tubularis, elongatus, tubo imo carnosulo 5-sulcato constricta, medio subcylindrica, in faucem antice breviter ventricosa, limbo obliquo, 5-lobo, lobis suborbicularibus, 2 anticis mino- ribus reflexis, postico erectiusculo, zstivatione imbricata, veri- similiter replicativa. Stamina 5, ineequalia, inclusa, quorum 4 didynama, cum quinto sterili ; fidamenta subdilatata, tenuis- sima, posticorum e coarctatione tubi orta, anticorum dimidio breviora medio corollee inserta, sterili sub- breviore intermedio ; anthere in faucem conniventes, stigmate deflexo cireumplexee, 2-lobze, in sinu apicifixe, lobis basi divaricatis, apice sine con- nectivo connatis, et rima marginali bivalvatim transverse hian- tibus ; posticorum dimidio minore ; sterili oblonga, cassa, erecta. Pollen simplex, globosum, 3-sulcatum. Ovarium oblongum, co- nicum, longiuscule stipitatum, glandulis 5, carnosis, coloratis, subliberis, rotundatis, summo stipitis connatis, et discum hy- pogynum cupuliformem persistentem fingentibus, 2-loculare, placentis centralibus, multiovulatis, dissepimento utrinque ad- natis. Stylus tenuis, inclusus, apice incurvatus, compressus, valde dilatatus. Stigma emarginato-2-labiatum, lobis latis- simis, brevibus, truncatis, intus incrassatis et viscoso-glandu- losis, inferne longe auriculatis et membranaceis, antheras am- plectentibus. Capsula calyce persistente tecta, 2-locularis, septicide 2-valvis, valvis semibifidis, placenta centrali demum solutis. Semina plurima, parva, reticulato-favosa ; cetera ig- nota.—Herba Peruviana viscoso-pubescens ; folia alterna, parva, sessilia, lanceolata, integra ; cyme plurime, alterne, terminales, ex axillis foliorum superiorum lateraliter orte, longe et paten- tim pedunculate ; flores parvult, pedicellati, confer ti; corolla allida. 1. Leptoglossis Schwenkioides, Bth. Voy. Sulph. 14:3 ;—undique viscoso-pubescens ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, 1-nervus, apice callosis, sessilibus, in turionibus szepe fasciculatis, supe- rioribus decrescentibus ; corolla tenui, glabra, intus imo re- trorsim pilosa.—Peruvia, v. s. in herb. Hook. (Huamantango, Barclay ; Peru, Mathews, no. 1011; Cuming, no. 1010). This plant has very much the habit of some of the small-leaved species of Petunia ; its branches are virgate, the leaves 6 to 9 lines long, 1 to 12 line broad; the floral branchlets are about 1 inch long, generally with three to five flowers at the extremity of each ; the pedicels are very short ; the calyx 2 lines in flower, 3 lines in fruit ; the tube of the corolla is 8-9 lines in length, 1 line broad, the border 3-4 lines in diameter ; the capsule is 2 lines long *. * A figure of this species, with sectional details, will be given in plate 53 of the ‘ Illustr. South Amer. Plants.’ 3* 36 Prof. Link on the Structure of the Orchidacez. V.—Observations on the Structure of the Orchidacee, particu- larly the Vaidee. By Prof. H. F. Link *. Linpey, who has contributed so much to the knowledge of the Orchidacez, gives them the following character in his ‘ Vege- table Kingdom.’ He ascribes to them a trifoliate calyx, a tri- foliate corolla, the third segment of which, the labellum, is of very different form from the other two; further, three stamens, of which either the two outermost are abortive, and only the in- termediate one bears an anther, or the intermediate one is abor- tive, and the two outer bear anthers; finally, three divisions of the stigma. In reference to the stamens and the stigma he wholly follows R. Brown. But he directs attention to an ano- maly, relating to the stigma, which consists in the fact that the seminiferous portions of the ovary are not opposite to the lobes of the stigma, but alternate with them, as the seedless portions occur in a line with the lobes; so that we ought therefore to say that the ovary consists of six carpellary leaves. R. Brown came to the idea that the Orchidacez have properly three stamens, from the circumstance that there occurs very fre- quently, especially in the New Holland Orchidacez, on each side of the anther-bearmg column, an appendix which represents those stamens. He observes indeed, that those appendices also occur when, from a higher degree of development, three stamens are present, for we have examples of this; and he does not con- ceal that these appendices are devoid of vessels, but he adds that he does not consider the presence of these as determining an organ. It appears to me however, in opposition to the opimion of this celebrated observer, that the presence of such vessels 1s indispensably necessary to the determination of an organ. For in all the organs of the Phanerogamia the vascular bundles (of spiral or pseudo-porous vessels, or both together) form the foun- dation of the organ, nay, even determine its form, and there is no organ of any importance without them. In the Naiadez, and if instead of Phanerogamia we use the more definite word Pha- nerophytes, in the Mosses, tubes or elongated cells occur instead of them in the interior of the organ. From this it follows that they are the sap-bringing vessels. It is requisite to know there- fore what is the condition of the vascular bundles in the column of the Orchidacean flower, when stamens and style are united. Before we enter upon this inquiry, the followmg remarks are necessary. All botanists, except Linnzeus, make the labellum a division or leaflet of the perigone and of its inner circle, which * Extract from a Treatise read before the Berlin Academy of Sciences ; translated from the ‘ Botanische Zeitung,’ by Arthur Henfrey, F.L.S. Prof. Link on the Structure of the Orchidacer. 37 Lindley calls the corolla.. Yet the labellum never stands in a circle with the two leaflets of this corolla, but always with the column (columna, gymnostemium), in which stamens and style are blended together ; indeed in most cases it is itself confluent with this. Lindley himself mentions this, and adds, that im some species of the Cape genus Pier; ygodium the labellum proceeds from the apex of the column. If in these cases we should assume an external adherence of the labelluin to the column, which how- ever in some, especially in Scaphyglottis, could not be supposed, on account of the insensible transition, then the base of it ought to stand in a circle with the leaflets of the corolla, which never happens. Even in the cases where the labellum appears quite separate from the column, in Cattleya, many Mazillarie, and also in our indigenous species of Orchidacez, there is always a confluence of the base with the column, above the leaflets of the corolla. It does not admit of doubt, that the prevalence of the number three in the class of Monocotyledons gave rise to the idea that the labellum belongs to the corolla. But facts are pre- ferable to opinions. Moreover if we examine the upper side of the column in the indigenous Orchidacee, e. g. in Orchis itself, we see a part, broad below and running up into a point above, embracing the two anther-cells. This is evidently a connecticulum ; that is, the upper expanded part of the stamen, which bears the two chambers of the anther. If we make a transverse section, first through the upper part of the column, where the excavation of the stigma is still shallow, we see a large vascular bundle on the outer side; further in, another smaller; but not a trace of a vascular bundle on either side. Lower down, where the cavity of the stigma is much expanded, we find three vascular bundles, but in a straight line from the upper surface to the cavity of the stigma. The three vascular bundles cannot therefore denote three stamens, but belong only to the one stamen and the style, im which the vascular bundles usually surround the stigmatic canal on two or three sides. The lateral wings, which are here very thick and arched, certainly have delicate spiral vessels, but horizontal m direction, while if they belonged to stamens they ought to run vertically from below upward. When we examine, further, the column of one of the Vandee or Epidendree, we find the operculum of the anther, which like- wise represents a connecticulum, distinctly surrounded by another part, which is very often furnished with various appendices and wings, clearly belonging to the external envelope of the column. I have given an enlarged transverse section in my Anatomical Plates, pl. 19 & 20, from Epidendrum elongatum. Here the stig- matic canal is surrounded by a quantity of vascular bundles, 38 Prof. Link on the Structure of the Orchidacee. among which one on each side might readily be supposed to indicate a stamen on each side. The other canal, which is there represented, originates from the confluence of the labellum with the column, and whenever fertilization was artificially effected, I found poilen-tubes in this canal also. Similar transverse sections of the column of other Vandee always exhibit a quantity of vas- cular bundles surrounding the stigmatic canal. It is clear there- fore that there is still another part which surrounds the column, and with the labellum represents a special organ, which must be referred to the Linnean nectary or to an accessory corolla (para- corolla). This accessory corolla has two lips; one, the upper lip, blended with the column, the lower lip being the labellum. The comparison of the Orchidacee with the Alpiniacez lies near, and indeed has been occasionally made, although mostly superficially. The calyx of the Alpiniacee is spathaceously tri- foliate, and, according to Lindley, corresponds to the calyx of the Orchidacez : the corolla of the Alpiniacez always has two divisions ; the outer tripartite envelope can only be compared, ac- cording to Lindley, with the corolla of the Orchidacee, where however that third leaflet is wanting, being absorbed, as it were, into the labellum situated above it. There is nothing in the flower of the Orchidacez corresponding to the inner division of the flower of the Alpiniacez, unless the envelope of the column, above spoken of, is taken into consideration. This, together with the labellum, corresponds to the imner portion of the flower of the Alpiniaceze, in which there is always a well-marked labellum, and very. often, for instance in Hedychium and Globba, an upper lip, which is merely not blended with the stamens and style as in the Vandee. This upper lip is often wanting and the label- tum exists alone, as in Alpinia, Zingiber and Kempferia, just as in our indigenous Ophrydee. The connecticulum is very much expanded in the Alpiniacez, and so it is in the common anthers of the Ophrydee, as well as in the calyptrate anthers of the Vandee, and indeed in all Orchidaceze the two anther-cells are connected above by a membranous or fleshy portion, which may be aptly named a connecticulum. As to the anthers, I will merely observe that the pollen of the Vandee does not always lie naked upon the cellular body which serves as its basis, but is inclosed in a delicate membrane of an- gular parenchymatous cells, as I have distinctly seen in many, particularly in Huntleya violacea. Cypripedium is not diandrous. The column divides into two branches, each of which bears an anther-cell with two pollen- masses. This division of the column alone distinguishes this genus from the rest. Only one anther exists, but its chambers are very much separated, as is usual in the Alpimacee. My re- Prof. Link on the Structure of the Orchidacee. 39 searches were made on Cypripedium spectabile, as the commonest species in our gardens. When we examine a transverse section of the column, it may readily be imagined that the two anthers are actually separate. There are three vascular bundles around the stigmatic canal, and besides these, another above and one on each side, as if belonging to two anthers. But we see just the same in Calanthe veratrifolia, to which we certainly cannot ascribe two separate anthers. As a general rule however, there exist other vascular bundles besides the three situated around the stigmatic canal ; these have already been spoken of. In regard to the stigma, there is no doubt that we must, with Robert Brown, call it three-lobed. In every transverse section made through the column, we find a triple excavation of the stigmatic canal. These excavations are often divided again. Thus we find it in Gongora maculata, of which I have given a mag- nified representation im the Anatomical Plates (Heft i. tab. 20) ; _ also in Stanhopea eburnea and Mazillaria macrochila, &e. Lind- ley’s view that the capsule is composed of six carpellary leaves is confirmed by transverse sections at the apex of the germen. I have nothing new to add to what I formerly made known relating to the remarkable structure of the germinating embryo (Select Anatomico-Botanical Plates, part 2. pl. 7); and I still believe that the embryo is not a tuber, in its rudimentary con- dition, but is nevertheless formed in an analogous manner. It might be said that the formation of tubers is an especial peculiarity of the Orchidaces, for when the roots are not tuber- ous, the stem strives to become so. The pseudo-bulbi, as Lind- ley calls them, are tuberously-developed internodes. The in- ternal structure is the same as in the stem of Monocotyledons in general ; woody bundles are situated in a circle in a loose paren- chyma; only here, from the thickness of the internode, there are more circles than is usual elsewhere. A speciality occurs in these. Each woody bundle is composed, as usual, internally of spiral vessels, on the outside of which lie pseudo-porous vessels ; to these follow pseudo-porous parenchymatous cells which be- come successively narrower, and at last appear as prosenchyma- tous cells ; at the outvide, where the larger parenchyma begins, he the tubercular tubes of which I will speak immediately. To- ward the interior, near the axis of the tuberous internode, we find the same series, only the pseudo-porous vessels are wanting. Those tubes which I have mentioned are relatively rather wide, without transverse septa, so far as I have examined, and, at re- gular intervals, stand elliptical papille surrounded by a rim of the same form. At first sight they appear like the common so- called pores or bright spots, but they project distinctly from the front of the tubes, and are more or less filled with a dark gra- 40 Mr. H. E. Strickland on the occurrence of nular mass, which however is sometimes absent. They stand on all sides of the tubes, both toward the axis and toward the pe- riphery of the internode. I have found them in all the Orchi- daceze that I have examined, but never in stems which are not thickened, nor in the leaves*. Finally, a few observations on the aérial roots of the Orehi- dacee. They seldom pass into the earth, even when this is placed in their way ; they grow on long and freely in the air, nay sometimes in an upward direction. Only to the cracked bark of trees, to which the plants are attached, they adhere by means of fine hairs. Meyen observed that the outer layer of these roots is composed of spiral cells, and this layer is of tolerable thick- ness. This is succeeded by a rather lax parenchyma, but in the vicinity of the ligneous nucleus, as I will temporarily call it, scattered spiral cells occur again, their convolutions bemg more lax. The ligneous nucleus is composed, as in the roots of all Monocotyledons, of one or more circles of vascular bundles, in a parenchyma of narrow cells, which are narrower than in the rind, and therefore form no true pith. In the hairs a delicate spiral fibre is rolled up in close convolutions, but the base is expanded and devoid of spiral fibres, although spiral cells lie beneath. Moreover these hairs, like all radical hairs, have no transverse septa. The occurrence of abundance of spiral cells directly in these aérial roots, which very seldom descend into the earth, may contribute to the discovery of the at present enigmatical function of these cells, since they never absorb nor carry onward coloured tiuids, like the spiral vessels. VI.—On the occurrence of Charadrius virginiacus, Borkh., at Malta. By H. E. Srricxzanp, M.A., F.G.S. I narpty know whether the occurrence of a new or unrecorded species of bird at Malta is to be regarded as forming an addition to the European fauna, because geographers are I believe not yet agreed as to whether Malta belongs to Europe or to Africa. But in either case the discovery of Charadrius virginiacus at Malta is not the less interesting, for this species has not as yet, I believe, been noticed in either of those two quarters of the globe to which that island is intermediate. I have lately found an accidentally mislaid letter, addressed to me in 1846 by Capt. H. M. Drummond, 42nd R.H., whose valuable papers on the birds of Corfu, Crete, Macedonia, and * Lindley remarked the existence of these tubercles in Oncidium altis- simum, in his ‘ Introduction to Botany,’ but gave no particular account of them.—A. H. Charadrius virginiacus at Malta. 41 Tunis are well known to the readers of the ‘Annals.’ In this letter he mentions having procured at Malta “a little golden plover, which, on comparing with C. pluvialis, I find quite di- stinct, being only the size of C. morinellus, and much longer in the tarsus. It was shot in company with another of the same species in March 1845. They are occasionally observed in Malta every second or third year, generally early im spring, and have never been noticed in company with C. pluvialis, but generally solitary or in pairs. They have not been observed with black on the breast. ‘The man who shot it forms me that he has fre- quently killed them, and that he can immediately recognise them by the note, which is peculiar, differing from that of C. plu- vialis, and more resembling that of C. hiaticula.” Capt. Drummond has subsequently been in England, and showed a specimen of this bird to Mr. Yarrell, who ascertained it to be the Charadrius virginiacus. This species possesses a far more extensive geographical dis- tribution than the better-known Charadrius pluvialis. The latter occurs throughout Europe, and is recorded as far east as Trebi- zond and Siberia. But C. virginiacus not only frequents the whole of North and South America, but extends over the Poly- nesian Islands to the Malay Archipelago and India, as well as to Australia and New Zealand*. We have now evidence of its visiting Malta for a short time early in spring, a fact which clearly proves that it must winter in Africa, and, occasionally at least, pass the summer in some part of Europe, though it has never yet been obtained in either of these contments. This has probably been owing to the resemblance of its plumage to that of C. pluvialis, which bird is recorded by Malherbe in his ‘ Faune Ornitholo- gique de la Sicile, by Schembri in his ‘ Catalogo Ornitologico del Gruppo di Malta,’ and by Von der Mile in his ‘ Beitrage zur Ornithologie Griechenlands,’ but without any indication of their having noticed the C. virginiacus. The distinctions between C. pluvialis and C. virginiacus are numerous, and are carefully pomted out by Sir W. Jardine in his edition of ‘ Wilson’s American Ornithology,’ vol. i. p. 362, It will therefore suffice to mention here that C. virginiacus is rather smaller than C. pluvialis, has rather longer tarsi, and has the under wing-covers and axillary feathers of a gray brown, while in C. pluvialis they are pure white. * The Australian C. xanthocheilus of Jardine’s ‘ Illustrations of Orni- thology,’ plate 85, and of Gould’s ‘ Birds of Australia,’ vol. vi. plate 13, is certainly identical with C. virginiacus. The true C. wanthocheilus of Wagler inhabits New Zealand (in company with C. virginiacus); and, ac- cording to Mr. Gray’s Catalogue, there are three specimens of it in the British Museum from Van Diemen’s Land, though it seems to be omitted by Mr. Gould. 42 M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. American specimens of C. virginiacus are somewhat larger than the Indian and Maltese ones. Both varieties however have been recently found by Capt. Drummond in Bermuda. In a list of the Birds of peaittt9 by Mr. H. B. Tristram, which is on the point of being published by Sir W. Jardine in his ‘ Contri- butions to Ornithology,’ these two varieties are regarded as di- stinct species, as appears from the following passage: “ No. 46, Charadrius marmoratus [i. e. virginiacus], American golden plover. No. 47,Charadrius..... ?, an unnamed species smaller than the American and perfectly distinct. Not unfrequent here. It has been also found in Malta by Capt. Drummond, 42nd R.H.” VII.— Notice of a new Genus of Cestoid Worm. By M. P. J. Van Benrpen*. Communicated by J. T. Antipexr, A.B., M.B., (Lond.). Tue researches of M. Beneden in the lower forms of animal existence have rightly secured him the reputation of an original, diligent, and careful observer ; and every communication there- fore from him deserves the attention of the naturalist. This leads us to give an abstract of his notice of a new genus of Ces- toid Worms, and of a proposed amended arrangement of them. M. Beneden discovered the new entozoon at the commence- ment of the spiral intestinal lamina of the skate, in company with other worms of the genus Bothriocephalus. Before enter- ing on its description, he would premise that, as the Cestoidee go through several phases of existence, a species is not represented by the adult state only, but by its several successive generations by gemmation, and of which the last only is furnished with sexual organs; and that it is consequently necessary to describe separately those various phases and to give them special names. Thus the first stage of existence may be called the scolexoid, being that of the scolewe or young worm on its escape from the ovuin ; the second, the s¢robiloid, from the word strobilus of M. Sars, designating the analogous stage of the Meduse; the third and last, the proglottoid, from the term proglottis, applied by M. Dujardin to the separated joints of the Cestoidee. Owing to the striking peculiarities of the newly-discovered worm, M. Beneden has felt it necessary to constitute a new ge- nus, of which it is at present the only example. This new genus is designated Echinobothrium, and presents the following cha- racters :— First, or Scolevoid generation, unknown. * Extracted from vol. xvi. of the ‘ Bulletin de Académie Royale de Belgique.’ M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. 48 Second, or Strobiloid. The body elongated, flattened, termi- nated by a distinct head, assuming the form of a hammer, and having two rows of hooks ; neck supporting three rows of spines on each side. The lemniscus protrudes in the median line. Length of worm 5 to 6 millimetres. Third, or Proglottoid. Body elongated, rounded, no external opening except that for the lemniscus to escape ; lemniscus rugose at the base, and when unrolled nearly as long as the body. Length of body 1 millimetre. Ova very minute, +35th of a mil- limetre in diameter. Echinobothrium typus. Scolexoid stage unknown. In the Strobiloid, a distinct head, neck and trunk exist. The general form is that of Helminthoid worms,—that one mostly assumed by naturalists to be the perfect condition of such beings. The head resembles in its great mobility that of Scolex, or of Tetrarhynchus. It may elongate itself into the figure of an arrow- head, or become contracted into a rounded form; and such changes take place with astonishing rapidity. The head is flat- tened like the rest of the body, and has two overlyimg very con- tractile fleshy lobes apphed to one another. Within the head and towards its fore-part hes a bulb, rather more transparent than the surrounding tissues, and supporting two rows of hooks, one beneath the other, as seen on viewing the flat surface of the head. This bulb expands itself abruptly, giving off a process on each side the head, which then resembles in figure that of the hammer-headed shark. The hooks previously seen within the head now fringe the extremities of these processes, and in situa- tion resemble that of the eyes of the fish just named. ‘This ap- pearance is to be seen only in certain positions of the head. Nine of these hooks have been counted disposed in one row ; they are all of about the same length and shape, tapering to a point which is curved inwards, and exhibit near their middle a slight enlargement. . They are very readily detached. In the interior of the head, posterior to, and nearer the sur- face than the bulb, are four flexuose cords, extending thence to the last joint of the animal. These cords resemble those met with in most Tenioid worms, and which M. E. Blanchard has, in some examples, succeeded in injecting. The neck is clearly defined by constrictions, from the head in front and the trunk behind. It is nearly as long as the head, flattened like it, but narrower ; and on each side is armed with three rows of spines, in which circumstance this worm differs from all other Helminths. The spines are nearly of the same length, straight, tapering, with a trifid base imbedded in the soft substance of the animal. Each row has twelve to thirteen closely 44. M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. implanted but distinct spines, directed backwards, and like those of the head easily separable. The trunk forms the remainder of the body, made up of nu- merous segments, first indicated by delicate lines, and towards the posterior extremity by deep constrictions, which ultimately end in transverse fission. The individual joints constitute the last or adult phase of the worm on the completion of their development, which may occur before their separation from the strobiloid animal. The four cords seen in the latter belong also to this third generation, which however alone possesses a sexual system. The development of these segments is by gemmation, differing it will be found in no essential points from that in Polypes, if an extended view of the process be taken. Third or Proglottoid generation. Along with yet entire arti- culated worms, joints are met with livmg independently as Tre- matodes, but are the analogues of complete or adult Meduse derived from the fission of the Strobila. After their separation from the strobiloid parent, these joints increase in size so consi- derably as to equal that of two or three yet attached segments. They also undergo a change of form ;—losing their flat rib- bon-like form, they become rounded or purse-shaped. In gene- ral characters and in their movements they resemble Planaria, but have been yet more frequently confounded with Trematoda. Their investing integument offers nothing peculiar. Its sur- face presents neither cilia nor folds, but is occasionally furrowed. Its continuity is uninterrupted, except at the opening by which the lemniscus escapes; no mouth or respiratory organ being apparent. The internal organs maintain an adhesion with the external wall. No evidence supports the notion that the organ variously called the lemniscus, cirrhus, cirrhule, and penis, belongs to the reproductive apparatus; and the observation of the passage of spermatozoa by it is illusory, for we have examined this organ in every stage of development, and at the period of its greatest vigour, without perceiving the least indication of such a passage. The anatomical character of the lemniscus is also opposed to such a phzenomenon. In our opinion this appendicular organ performs the same office as the tubes of the Tetrarhynchus, viz. that of affixing the animals to the tissues, or of infolding them more completely in the mucus in which they live. Its position varies in different genera: in the Helminth in question it occupies the median line about the posterior third of the body. It is distinguishable when inclosed in its sheath ; is M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. 45 larger at the base, where it is covered with asperities, and when unrolled nearly equals the body in length. The lemniscus is also lodged in a sac resembling the sheath of the tube of Tetrarhynchus, and unrolls itself like that tube. A very perceptible retractor muscle arises from the bottom of the sheath, and thence extends to the extremity of the lemniscus. We agree with Siebold, that, like as in the Trematoda, the Nematoidea and other worms, there exists one organ for the for- mation of the germ, and another for that of the vitellus. The germigenitor (germigéne) occupies almost the whole length of one side of the body, having a coiled form, and 1s easily detected when containing germs. The yitellogenitor (vzte/logéne) is made up of cells more or less round, often very clear, and which are distributed throughout the parenchyma in large number. Ova im their interior are often to be seen in course of development. We believe that the cells rupture, scattermg the vitelline globules in the cavity of the body, which then envelope the germinal vesicles after they have undergone contact with the spermatozoa. A dull white organ is also seen in the centre of the body, which, when the animal is compressed, appears a tortuous cord, like the testes of insects. It has distinct walls, and may be com- pletely uncoiled. We have supposed this tube might terminate at the base of the lemniscus, but have been unable to determine this opinion by observation. We regard this organ as the testes, but do not think it discharges its product externally. In the interior of the body we have observed ova in course of development, having experienced the action of the spermatozoa; but as there is no perceptible opening externally, we are compelled to admit fecundation to result from the spermatozoa of the same animal, which implies complete hermaphrodism. Helminthologists generally admit the existence of natural vents for the escape of the reproductive products, but, in the worm described, nothing of the sort is seen. When the skin of an animal, on the object-glass of the microscope, ruptures, the ova escape through the rent. The ova are very small, measuring but >35th of a millimetre, but are not otherwise remarkable. It is worth while to observe, however, the great difference in size the ova present in animals closely allied. Thus in Bothriocephalus flos the ova at the time of their discharge have eight or nine times the volume, and admit of the ready observation of their cells in process of organization. Affinities —The Echinobothriumis allied to the Bothriocephale, but cannot be included in that or any established genus. In seeking to classify this worm we have been struck with the sin- 46 M. Van Beneden on a new genus of Cestoid Worm. gular confusion presented by the genus Bothriocephalus, and with the necessity of another arrangement of Cestoid worms. The primary character to be adopted is taken from the pre- sence or absence of hooks on the head, according to which we divide the Cestoidee into Acanthocephale and Anacanthocephale. The first, the more numerous, forms two very natural families, one of which has a circle of hooks with four surrounding sucking- discs, whilst the second possesses from two to four extremely contractile lobes. The former family is that of the Teniordee, the latter that of the Bothrioidee, which includes a portion of the Bothriocephale. The Anacanthocephale are at present constituted of a single family, embracing all the unarmed Bothriocephale. We present the following as the first sketch of an arrange- ment of the Cestoidee, for numerous investigations are still needed to acquaint us with all the genera at each epoch of their development. CESTOIDE. Section I. ACANTHOCEPHALS. Family I. Tenioidee. Genera. Tenia. . . . . . Tenia Solium. Halysis . . . ... 4H. genettse (Gerv:). Trienophora. . . . T. nodosus. Family Il. Bothrioidee. Genera. Acanthobothrium, n.g. Bothriocephalus bifurcatus. Echinobothrium, n. g.. E. typus. Dibothryorhynchus ._ D. lepidopii. Tetrarhynchus . . . Rhyne. corollatus. Section II. ANACANTHOCEPHALS. Family I. Bothriocephalide. Genera. Phyllobothrium, n. g.. Bothriocephalus tumidulus. B. flos. Fimbriaria? . . . . Tenia malleus. Bothridium . . . . B. megalocephalum. Bothriocephalus . . B. latus. B. punctatus. Schistocephalus B. solidus. Cryptocephalus, n. g. Mr. J. Ball on a new species of Veronica. 47 VIII.— Description of a new species of Veronica. By Joun Batt, M.R.LA. SeveRaL years ago I gathered upon the steep crags of the Pagna della Croce, one of the highest peaks of the Apuan Apen- nines, specimens of a Veronica which accidentally remained un- examined until the present year. Although resembling in many respects V’. aphylla, L., my specimens differ in so many essential particulars, that 1 am induced to distinguish them by a specific name ; and I subjoin a description of the proposed new species, together with that of V. aphylla, from which the diagnosis will more readily be made. V. longistyla, nobis. Caule brevissimo, repente, ceespitoso, filiformi ; foliis inferioribus minimis, superioribus subrosulatis, omnibus ob- ovato-spathulatis, aeutiusculis, grandiuscule crenato-serratis ; pe- dunculo scapiformi adscendente, vix pollicari, supra in pedicellos, 2—4 erectos, bractets linearibus et capsulis 3-4 longiores, diviso ; corolla parva, filamentis styloque breviort; capsula matura late obcordata, profunde emarginata, calycem sesquilonga, stylo bre- viori, semiibus lentiformibus, albo-hyalinis, glabris. Herba tota pilis brevissimis articulatis, superne glandulosis, adspersa. V. aphylla, L. Caule brevissimo czespitoso ; foliis rosulatis, late obovato-spathulatis, obtusis subintegerrimis ; pedunculo scapiformi erecto, 1-3 pollicari; supra in pedicellos 2-4, bracteis capsulisque viz duplum longiores, diviso; corolle segmentis latis, filamenta stylumque superantibus; capsula matura odovato-elliptica, sinu brevissimo emarginata, calyce et stylo duplum longiore ; seminibus lentiformibus, luteis, glabris. Herba tota pilis articulatis, glandu- losis, crebris, obtecta. V. longistyla differs at first sight from V. aphylla in its smaller size, more slender habit, and in its less abundant and less glan- dular pubescence ; but the most certain characters must be sought in the completely different shape and much smaller size of the cap- sule, and in the much greater length of the style, which is longer instead of being one-half shorter than the ripe capsule, as in V. aphylla. 1 have to call attention to the description of the capsule of V. aphylla given by Mr. Bentham in the tenth volume of the ‘Prodromus.’ It is there stated that the capsule is obcordate, and that eminent botanist, to whom I have submitted a specimen of V. longistyla, observes, “I do not find so much difference in the form of the capsule;” he however further observes, “I have but one specimen of V. aphylla in good fruit.” I have gathered V. aphylla in fruit in Dauphiné, in the cantons of Berne, Glaris, Tessin, and Valais in Switzerland, in the Tyrol, and in several parts of the Carpathians, and with the specimens before me I do not find any difference in the form of the ripe fruit, which is as I have above 48 Zoological Society. described it, with a very slight notch at the summit, and by no means obcordate. The descriptions of other eminent authors are by no means concordant. According to Koch and Wahlenberg the capsule is obcordate ; Bertoloni describes it as “ subrotundata emarginata ;’ while Reichenbach says, “ capsula obovato-trian- gulari, vix emarginata.” I am disposed to believe that the Italian plant known to Bertoloni, and possibly also the specimen in good fruit preserved in Mr. Bentham’s herbarium, may be V. longi- styla, while the common alpine plant known to Reichenbach is the true V. aphylla. The difference of habit and appearance between the plant here described and the ordinary V. aphylla might be referred to the peculiarity of its birthplace upon the arid marble rocks of the Carrara Apennines; but it would be a large concession to the views of those who most believe in the modifying influence of external conditions, to suppose that they can so far change the form of the essential organs of vegetation as would be required if these plants be not specifically distinct. Having lately received Corsican specimens of Veronica repens, Lois., from my friend M. Jordan of Lyons, I may remark that that plant appears to me to be a mere variety of V. serpylli- folia, L. It differs from the mountain form of that plant, known to the Scotch botanists as V. humifusa, Dicks., in no respect except in the somewhat more hairy segments of the calyx, and apparently in the leaves being rather more fleshy than im the Scotch plant. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Jan. 9, 1849.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. DrescRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF DELPHINID2. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. The species which form the subject of the present communication were collected by Dr. Dickie, R.N., during his voyage in the Pacific, and have been transferred by him to the British Museum. DeLPHINuS EvuTrRoPIA. Nose of skull rather longer than the length of the brain-cavity, rather dilated on the sides before the notch, very convex and rounded above; triangle elongate, produced before the tooth-line, concave on the sides, and strongly keeled in the ceutre behind; hinder edge of blow-hole rather prominent. Intermaxillar wide, convex above, leaving a rather broad open space in front. Palate rather concave in front, convex in the centre behind, the hinder part keeled on each side. inca Zoological Society. 49 Lower jaw thick, blunt, and rather produced beyond the upper in > ° 34 front. Skull rather compressed behind. Teeth ,., rather slender, cylindrical, conical at the top. The frontal ridge half the distance between the notch and the convexity of the condyles ; condyles large, rather oblique ; foramen magnum rather wider than high. in. lin. en etn Gmtare hse oe ini oa ay bo GO (TEE cout Sane A I lela AAD Of teeth-lime: spk scdete ss ss 6 10 INE, FOWEE JOWE <'o0- 2. a ininel els ws LE 11 WWikele atratety, 5 625.6 sco. s ours. 013 Pak sent Or HINGREE A eS Pe AS Siete te od 6 5 at middle of beak ........ 2 10 - of middle of intermaxillar.. 1 3 — at condyles above........ 3 3 Height of each condyle .......... lys3 Sailarony Hote 2. sl sty oo. OC TO LAGENORHYNCHUS CLANCULUS. Skull wide and rather high behind; beak flat, outline wide at the base, rapidly tapering and acute in front, but rather convex on the sides ; sides slightly rounded, the hinder edge near the notch only slightly turned up and rounded ; lower jaw high behind ; triangle extending to near the middle of the beak. Teeth = small, cylindrical, curved, ra- ther acute at the top ; the lower front one very small. Intermaxillaries broad, hard. ie a thes | VORA ee 14 6 BABs EER ca Bahri tcncs «at ates Fie aS E bs) oleae, ch on orcs diate —— of teeth-lme ............ 6 6 GE NOMEN IEW «oko 'ocere appt 5s | ean of symphysis of lower jaw.. 1 4 DCO ESTs) an aaa a ape 4. LC Tr oT RES Capea en SPUR AE ee IN” MH — at middle of beak ........ ee | — of intermaxillar in middle ie 4 of condyles above ........ 210 Hab. Pacific. Very peculiar for the elongation and reflexion of the beak before - the notch, and the regular beveling of the sides of the beak. LAGENORHYNCHUS THICOLEA. Skull rather narrow behind ; beak elongate, almost one-fifth longer than the length of the head, rather dilated and concave above behind, with the side edges in front of the notch elongated, keeled, and turned up ; the middle of the beak flat, with flat shelving sides, the shelving part being broader, and forming a slight keel in front. Intermaxillaries flat, gradually tapering. Triangle to the middle of the beak concave on Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 4 50 Zoological Society. the sides, and keeled in the middle behind. Teeth 5 ? very slender, curved, elongate, conical, tapering, acute; the front very small. ans wilt Length of skull entire.... 14 6 end of nose injured. ECR ely is Eke Bi nevt of teeth-line fe | of lower jaw 12 3 entire. Width -atorbits’ $250.45 fae at motchon, sa Syl at middle of Henle 2” 12 =e peel 1 9 ML MIGGIE! S52 52 3 Width of condyles ...... eaten ( Hab. West Coast of America. 2. DrescRIPTIONS OF APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF APTERA FROM New ZEALAND. By ApAm Wuirte, F.L.S. etc. MyGa.e (CTreNn1IzA) ANTIPODUM. Chelicera deeper than long, ochrey-brown, the top at the base somewhat hollowed, smooth ; sides smooth, front and tip with several short hairs. Cephalothorax rotundo-ovate, pale ochrey-brown, the sides in front somewhat grooved. lHyes situated on a slight elevation in front of cephalothorax : the two posterior eyes on each side close to each other. Legs of a pale brown, but deeper in colour than the cephalothorax. Abdomen of the same pale brown as the legs, covered with rather long hairs ; the tail nearly as long as the abdomen, the terminal jomt elongate, slender, oradually thinner. Hab. New Zealand. Myeae (CTENIZA) HEXOPS. Chelicera deep black, much deeper than long; above somewhat narrowed; the top and the greater part of the sides quite smooth ; the front and a narrow line on the sides slightly punctured, each of the punctures supplied with a hair. Cephalothorax fulvous yellow, oval, somewhat truncated behind and slightly sinuated ; two small silky whitish spots on the fore-part behind the first row of eyes; eyes situated on a slight elevation of cephalothorax, which is deep brown; a narrow brown line extending down the middle of the back, but not reaching the end. Legs of a pale brown, sparingly furnished with rather long hairs ; the femoral joints somewhat thickened. Abdomen black, covered with shortish hairs, which in some lights have a greyish tinge ; the hairs on the under side of the body greyish. Tail about half the length of abdomen; the last joint the longest, and gradually more slender from the base. Hab. New Zealand (Port Nicholson). This species is very remarkable from its possessing only six eyes. DoLOMEDES LATERALIS. Cephalothorax of a very pale brown, with a faintish lme down the Zoological Society. 51 middle ; a very distinct white line from the anterior angle of the ce- phalothorax, continuing down the side and carried along each side of the abdomen; the cephalothorax and abdomen on the inner edge of the white line of a deeper brown colour; the legs and palpi of a pale ochrey-yellow, with many black hairs. Chelicera covered with greyish hairs. Hab. New Zealand. This species, which is described from a male, differs from the Dolo- medes mirificus, Walck. Apt. i. 355, and the Dolomedes sagittiger, as well in markings as in size. ' DOLOMEDES SAGITTIGER. Cephalothorax of a very deep brown ; the extreme edge of the sides, where the legs are inserted, pale; a wide yellowish longitudinal line from the anterior angle of cephalothorax; the outside edges with some brown points; the inner edge with some simuations; the band does not reach the end of the cephalothorax ; the middle of the cepha- lothorax with a narrow white line extending from behind the second Ime of eyes, almost to the end; on each side of it in front a short interrupted line, somewhat rounded in front. Abdomen deep brown, the sides of a palish hue as far as the middle. The eyes of the first row very small. Legs deep brown, with darker coloured hairs. Hab. New Zealand. This species seems to be closely related to Dolomedes mirificus, Walckenaer, Aptéres, i. 355. Artus Darwinil. Chelicera black, with greenish reflexions, punctured and striated in front, and somewhat impressed at the end; palpi pale brown. Cephalothorax deep blackish brown, highly polished, considerably paler in the middle of the back ; front part projecting very consider- ably over the chelicera; the front edge behind the first row of eyes with several tufts of short close-set black hairs. Eyes with the middle pair of first row very large ; the lateral eyes of first row placed somewhat behind the middle pair, and larger than the two hind eyes ; the eyes on the second line very small, nearer the lateral eyes of first row than those of the third. Legs: First pair very long, deep blackish brown ; femoral joint rather longer than the tibial, which is double the length of the genual joint ; the tarsal joint pale at the end; a small spme near the end of the femoral joint on the inside; a longer spine about the middle of the genual joint; three spines placed after each other on the inner edge of tibial joint; second, third and fourth pairs of legs of a pale yellow, smooth, with a few short bristly hairs on the inside and outside. Abdomen small, at the base projecting slightly over the cephalo- thorax with a broad pale line down the middle; an impressed dark longitudinal line in the middle. Hab. New Zealand. This makes a third species of dttus from New Zealand ; the other 4* 52 Zoological Society. two recorded species are Attus abbreviatus, Walck. Aptéres, i. 477, and Attus Cookii, Walck. i. 478. Most probably the Aftus Phri- noides, Walck. i. 479, is from the same country, and doubtless many other species will yet be found. SPHASUS GRACILIPES. Cephalothorax and abdomen covered with shining silvery hairs. Legs fulvous. Cephalothorax narrowed in front, with a slight groove from the end of the narrowed part on each side extending to the middle of the back ; the posterior part ovate. Abdomen nearly three times the length of the cephalothorax, much- elongated and attenuated at the end. Hab. New Zealand. EPEIRA VERRUCOSA, Walckenaer, Aptéres, ii. 135. Hab. New Zealand. The specimens in the Museum collection are not in very good con- dition, but seem to agree in nearly every important particular with the: species to which I have referred it ; the posterior lateral eye however can scarcely be said to be almost on the same line as the anterior. TEGENARIA ANTIPODIANA. Labium nearly as wide as long, truncated at the end. Cephalothorax gradually convex above, deep ferruginous brown, with two wide longitudinal fulvous bands. Legs ringed with yellow and brown, the first two legs with the rings obsolete. Abdomen as long as cephalothorax, but not quite so broad, appa- rently without any impressed points in the middle. This species appears to differ from the Tegenaria australensis, Walckenaer, Apteres, ii. p. 12. Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, in many particulars, especially in the marking of the cephalothorax and the shape of the labium. DANDRIDGIA DYSDEROIDES. Chelicera as long as the cephalothorax. Cephalothorax elongated, square in front, slightly wider just behind the middle; a slight groove down the middle. Eyes situated on two lines, the posterior line the longer; the two middle eyes of first line nearer each other than the outer eye; the posterior line with the middle eyes rather nearer each other than the side eyes. Legs elongated, first pair the longest, second pair rather longer than the fourth, the third considerably shorter than the fourth. Abdomen small, shorter than cephalothorax, smooth. Hab. New Zealand. Named after Mr. Joseph Dandridge, an apothecary, who lived in Moorfields more than a hundred years ago, and who has left copious evidence in his MSS. (now preserved in the British Museum) of his love of arachnology. Puaxancium Listert. Chelicera enormously long; first jomt not quite so long as the pense Zoological Society. 53 second, and like it rough, with outstanding short spines, the end very slightly thickened ; the end of the second joint gradually thickened, with two claws, one fixed, with a small tooth inside near the base, followed by a deepish notch ; the moveable claw with a largish tooth about the middle, which fits into the notch of fixed claw. Hab. New Zealand. CHELIFER PALLIPES. Claws and body of a deep brown, the legs pale, the claws with a greenish hue, and furnished with many pale hairs; abdominal seg- ments edged with palish; the femoral joints of legs much-com- pressed. Hab. New Zealand. 3. NOTICE OF THE CAPTURE OF ORTHAGORISCUS MOLA OFF THE Cuesit Bank, Dorsetsuire. By Masor Parwey. In this communication, which was addressed in the form of a letter to Mr. Gray, Major Parlby stated that in the beginning of June 1846 the specimen in question was observed almost daily in the West Bay, sometimes sailing about slowly with half its dorsal fin above the sur- face of the water, sometimes moving with great rapidity, playing about and splashing the water violently, or blowing like a whale or grampus. As it generally kept off and on between the mackerel and the shore, the fishermen attributed their ill suecess with the shoals, which never left the deep water, to the presence of this unusual visitant ; and it is remarkable that on the day after its capture they took upwards of 20,000 fish. The capture happened on the 13th of June, in consequence of the Sunfish swimming directly into the centre of the line of nets. When entangled in the first net it exerted itself so powerfully that it broke through, and was only secured by the yawl or outer net and the co- operation of about forty men, who finally succeeded im landing it on the Chesil Bank : and even here its vigour was so great that it dashed about the pebbles, according to the fishermen’s account, like a shower of grape. It expired in about three hours, after uttering “hideous groans,” like those of a horse dying of the staggers. On the capture becoming known to Major Parlby and Mr. Fox, surgeon, of Weymouth, they hastened to inspect the fish, and found that the skin was entirely covered with a white mucous slime, upon the removal of which the real colour of the integument was discovered to be of a dull dirty brown colour, and the texture to resemble the most beautiful shagreen. Major Parlby and Mr. Fox having jointly purchased the fish, pro- ceeded to have it prepared for the British Museum, to which insti- tution they subsequently presented it. The dimensions are as follow :— ft. in. ‘Votalicnat hare tack lk Ged Height of dorsal fin ........ 2 5 Breadth of it at base........ 1-3 Height of ventral fin ....<... 2 3 Girth’ A. Pe AP et thie 9 0 54 Zoological Society. January 23.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. ON SOME NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF MONKEYS. By Joun Epwarp Gray, Esa., F.R.S. Etc. The older authors have described two species of White-nosed Mon- keys which have been called Hocheurs by the French. In the British Museum we have specimens of each of these species, and also of two very distinct kinds, which appear either not to have oceurred to preceding authors, or to have been confounded by them with the species described by Erxleben. CERCOPITHECUS MELANOGENYS. The Black-cheeked Monkey. Dark olive, minutely yellow grisled; face, cheek, forehead, chest and hands black ; a large cordate spot on the ncse and a small spot on each temple white. Throat, under-part of the body and inside of the legs whitish ; the front of the shoulders, outside of the limbs, end of the tail blackish. Ears, the middle of the back, and upper part of the tail, rufous. In the British Museum collection there is a half-grown specimen of this species which died in a menagerie near London, and was said to have come from Western Africa. The Black-cheeked Monkey is easily known from Cercopithecus nictitans by its yellow punctulated fur and cordate form of the spot on the nose; the latter character equally distinguishes it from Cerco- pithecus petaurista, from which it is also separated by the black- ness of its cheeks and the greyness of the outside of the limbs, and the redness of the middle of the back and the tail. This species was indicated in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for 1845, but is redeseribed here for the purpose of comparison with the next. CercoprrHecus Lupio. The Ludio. Blackish, minutely yellow grisled ; face, temple, crown of the head, shoulders and fore-legs, black ; outer side of the hinder legs and end of tail blackish ; large oblong spot on the nose white; throat, upper part of the inside of arms, and lower side of the body, whitish ; ramp and under side of base of tail dark reddish brown. Hab. West Africa. In the British Museum there is a nearly full-grown specimen of this species, which was procured from a menagerie in Liverpool, and was said to have been brought from the west coast of Africa. This is at once known from two other species which have the fur punctated with yellow, viz. C. petaurista and C. melanogenys, by the large size and erect oblong form of the white spot on the nose, and especially by the absence of any white on the cheek or temples ; it is easily distinguished also by the general black tint of the fur, and especially by the red hairs of the rump. In the course of last year there was exhibited in the Gardens of the Society a short-tailed American monkey, which was regarded by several ~ Zoological Society. 55 eminent zoologists as a species of Cebus which had lost part of its tail ; but there was a peculiarity in the position of the thumb as regarded the fingers, which at once showed that whatever might be the natural length of its tail, it evidently did not belong to the genus Cebis as at present restricted. The examination of the animal after death showed that it was a most distinct genus, and nearly related to, ifnot a variety of, Brachyurus Ouckari of Spix. I may observe that the genus Brachyurus was established by Spix in his work on American Monkeys for two species, viz. 1. the Szmia Chiropotes of Humboldt (the 8. Sagulata of Trail), which has been generally referred to the genus Pithecia ; and 2. Brachyurus Ouakari. Spix in the same work restricted the genus Pithecta to the Saki or Long-haired American Monkeys. The examination and comparison of the skuli of the short-tailed monkey and of the allied genera have induced me to think that the American Monkeys with long hairy tails, and with six grinders, may be divided into two very natural subfamilies, characterized by the position and form of the cutting teeth. The first of these groups I should propose to call Callitrichina : they have small erect cutting teeth, forming a regular series with the canines. This group contains the genera Callithrix and Chrysothriz, with small diurnal eyes, and Nyctipithecus, with large nocturnal eyes. The second group, which may be called Pitheciana, have the cutting teeth large, converging together, and separated from the canines by a large space, and their under ones more or less shelving. This group contains three genera, viz. :— 1. Pithecia. The fur elongate, dry, harsh; the tail club-shaped ; the crown like a wig, and the chin slightly bearded ; the lower cutting teeth rather shelving. This is the genus Pithecia, as restricted by Spix, the Yarkea ot Lesson, containing P. monachus, P. leucocephalus, and P. rufiventei of Geoffroy. Spix (tab. 37. f. 4) figured a skull which appears to belong to a species of this genus, but he does not indicate its name. 2. Brachyurus. The fur silky, short; tail elongate club-shaped ; the crown like a wig, and the chin largely bearded on each side; the lower cutting teeth are rather shelving ; limb short and straight. Con- taining Cebus satanas of Hoffmanseg, which is the type of Spix’s genus. Lesson has given the name of Chiropotes to this group, and Cucajao to a second group, established on the Sima melanocephalus of Hum- boldt, which is probably only a badly stuffed specimen of this species. Spix, in his work on Brazilian Monkeys, figures a skull which ap- pears to belong to this genus, but it is like several others on the same plate, without any name, t. 37. f. 5. 3. Ouakaria. The fur short, silky ; tail short, subcylindrical, the crown with short hair; the chin scarcely bearded ; the lower cutting teeth very much shelving ; legs elongate. This genus forms part of the genus Brachyurus of Spix; and if Spix had not evidently described the teeth, &c. of his first species in 56 Zoological Society. his generic character, I should have been induced to have retained for this group the name of Brachyurus, which is more applicable to it than to the one to which it is applied; and indeed M. Isidore Geof- froy appears to have so applied it. Several species have been described which chiefly differ in the length of the tail; as, 1. Ouakaria Spixi; Brachyurus Ouakari, Spix, Brazil, t. 8, with the tail about one-third the length of the body. 2. Ouakaria calvus; Brachyurus calvus, I. Geoff. Rev. Cuvier. 1847, 137, much paler in colour, but it is very doubtful if the shortness of the tail does not depend on the imperfection of the specimen, and the colour on partial albinism. We have specimens of B. calvus in the British Museum, presented by M. Bourcier. The skull may be thus described :— The cutting teeth projecting ; the upper one broad, especially the two middle ones; lower one elongate, narrow, more sloping, and projecting like those of Indri. Canines conical, far away from the cutting teeth, leaving a large vacancy ; flattened in front ; they are flattened before and behind, placed rather obliquely, with a sharp inner edge. The skull is very unlike that of the Cebide ; most allied to that of Pithecia leucocephala,but the cutting teeth in that species are not so proclined. The converging, slender, shelving, cutting teeth in the lower jaw of this genus, as well as its slender limbs and the shortness of its tail, bear a certain resemblance to the Indri amongst the Lemuride. The form of the lower jaw also offers a good character for the distinction of the genera. 1. Lower jaw not dilated behind. 2. Lower jaw dilated behind. Atelina (part). Mycetina. Ateles. Mycetes (much). Cebina. Lagothrix (moderately). Cebus. Atelina (part). Pitheciana (part). Brachyteles (moderately). Pithecia. Callitrichina. Jacchina. Callithrix. Jacchus. Chrysothrix. Midas. Nyctipithecus. Pitheciana (part). Brachyurus. Ouakaria. 2. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF HERPESTES. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. etc. HERPESTES PUNCTULATUS. Reddish grey, minutely black and grey punctured; face redder. Zoological Society. 57 Under-fur black ; long hair brown, upper half whitish, with a broad, black, subapical band and a bay tip. Tail-end black. Haé. South Africa; Port Natal. This species is allied to H. Mutgigella in size, appearance, and the black tip of the tail, but differs from that species in being redder, and in the face being red bay. It agrees with H. badius, A. Smith, in the colour of the end of the tail; but that species differs from it in the nearly uniform bay colour and in the length of the hair. I may here remark, that H. badius offers two very distinct varieties, one being uniform red bay, the hair being of a uniform colour ex- cept a few just over the shoulder-nape which have a black subapical ring. This is the variety figured by Dr. Smith in the ‘ South African Zoology. The other with most of the hairs of the back and sides having long white tips edged below with a black band, giving the back a grisled appearance. The foregoing papers were followed by an address from Dr. MEL- VILLE, M.R.C.S., in continuation of his observations commenced on December 12, 1848, concerning the Ipb—eau VERTEBRA, of which he has furnished the following abstract :— I employ the term ‘ vertebra’ in the extended sense in which it is used by M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire and Prof. Owen, as equivalent to a segment of the endo-skeleton, or to the proximal, more or less ossi- fied, element of that skeleton. The ideal or typical vertebra is the most complicated possible ver- tebral segment, exclusive of the ichthyic or other peculiarities ; it furnishes the key to the actual vertebree in the same individual series or in the skeletons of the different vertebrate classes. An actual vertebra may exist as a unity prior to, or even during chondrosis, but becomes resolved by ossification into a variable num- ber of distinct and independent ultimate elements; which therefore are not repetitions of one and the same elementary ‘body’ or ‘Jamina.’ The number of these ultimate elements varies in the actual ver- tébree in the same spinal column, and also in those constituting the skeletons of the different vertebrated animals. The ideal vertebra contains the greatest number of these elements, most of which form arches attached to, or springing from, a central piece or element, and protecting the great nervous and vascular axes and the visceral system. The upper or neural arch is composed generally of three elements, two lateral, (neural laminee, or neuropomata) ; and an upper or mesial piece, (neural spine, or neuracantha), which may be subdivided in the median plane. The inferior or heemal arch is also constituted when most developed (tail of the lepidosiren) by three elements; the two lateral (hemal laminze or angiopomata) and the azygos inferior one (angiacantha or heemal spine), which is never subdivided. This arch is most 58 Zoological Society. generally present in the caudal region, disappears in the trunk, and reappears in the cervix. In man it only exists at the junction of the occipital and atlantal vertebrae, forming the so-called ‘body of the atlas,’ which is regarded by me as the hemal arch of the third cranial vertebra displaced backwards to the intervertebral interspace, as in the caudal region. The visceral arch, which is also inferior but external to the last, may be regarded as composed of an azygos inferior and two lateral elements. The former is the sternal segment and may be subdivided mesially. Each lateral piece is also resolvable generally into an upper segment (vertebral rib or pleura); and a lower one usually cartila- ginous (sternal rib or hypopleura), which may be subdivided into two or three pieces (three in Plesiosaurus). The segmentation of the vertebree is partly due to the laws which preside over their genesis, and partly determined by teleological causes. Several of the elements unite to form the vertebra of the anthro- potomist ; thus the constituents of the neural arch coalesce with the centrum in the dorsal vertebrze ; while in those of the cervical, lum- bar and sacral regions, the abortive pleural complements also are an- chylosed to the elements just mentioned. In fishes, the lower part of the vertebral body is formed by the ex- panded bases of the angiopomata, which meet those of the neuropo- mata and enclose the proper centrum; but in the higher vertebrata the greater development of the centrum excludes the angiopomata from any share in the body, and displaces them backwards to the in- tervertebral interspace next in succession. The coexistence of the visceral and heemal arches is seen in fishes, in the cervical region of many lacertze, and in the tails of the lizards and crocodiles, &e. Therefore the one is not convertible into the other, as has been supposed by Professor Owen, who regards the sternum and sternal ribs in the thorax as the equivalents of the angiacantha and angiopo- mata, the latter beimg dislocated from their normal attachment to the centrum and suspended to the extremities of the corresponding pleural elements constituting the sternal ribs, while the former is expanded and sometimes divided mesially to form the sternum. I am therefore compelled to suggest a new nomenclature of the elements of a typical vertebra more conformable to nature than that employed by Professor Owen, who has used the same term for several distinct objects, and given two different appellations to the one and the same element. My view of the typical vertebra is that which has been adopted by the distinguished German anatomists Muller, Rathke, &c. The cranial vertebrze are three in number, and may be named, from before backward, the frontal, parietal and occipital vertebrae. The supposed nasal vertebra has no existence, the bones presumed to constitute it belonging to different categories. Each cranial vertebra is composed of a centrum, a neural and a visceral arch; the hzemal arch is present only in the third or occipital vertebra forming the so-called ‘body of the atlas.’ Zoological Society. 59 Between the neural arches of the cranial vertebra pass out diverti- cula of the cerebral vesicles to the ‘sense-capsules,’ as well as the ordinary cerebro-spinal sensero-motor nerves. The primary segments of the brain are three in number. The special sense nerves, and those of the cerebro-spinal system, correspond in number to the cranial vertebral segments. The auditory capsule is intercalated between the neuropomata of the second and third cranial vertebre ; the optic nerve issues between those of the first and second, while the corre- sponding capsule is contained in the orbital cavity, protected by cer- tain bones, pro-orbital, meso-orbital and meta-orbital, &c. ; the olfac- tory capsules are situated in front of the first vertebra, and are thus enabled to approximate mesially, separated only by the prolongation of the body of the frontal vertebra. The occipital vertebra has for its centrum the basi-occipital, for its neuropomata the ali-occipital, and for its neuracantha the supra- occipital, which is sometimes divided into two. The basi-sphenoid is the centrum of the second or parietal vertebra ; the neuropomata are termed ali-parietals, and the divisions of the neuracantha parietals. The centrum of the frontal or most anterior vertebral segment is formed by the pre-sphenoid, the neuropomata by the ali-frontal, and the divided neuracantha by the frontals. The squamosal and mastoid bones may be regarded as belonging to the same category as the ossa Wormiana, namely, the accessory neuropomatous pieces. The post-petrosal bone in the Chelonia is erroneously regarded by Professor Owen as the equivalent in the occipital vertebra of the an- gioparal element of the body of the vertebra in fishes, or of the infe- rior transverse process in the higher vertebrata, since both receive the same name in his system. The mastoid is also regarded by Prof. Owen as the ‘ parapophysis’ of the parietal vertebra. The visceral arch of the frontal vertebra is formed by the palato- maxillary apparatus exclusive of the pro-maxilla, and by the malleus leucus with the lower jaw in the mammalia, or by the os quadratum and Meckel’s cartilage with the appendages in birds and reptiles. The corresponding arch of the parietal is formed by the anterior horn of the hyoid bone, and that of the occipital by the posterior cornua and body of the same bone. February 13.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secretary reported that a male Giraffe had been fawned in the menagerie on the previous day. The produce of the mother, who was imported in 1836, thus amounted to five males, all of whom. with one exception, were in full health and vigour. The papers communicated were— 1, DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE GENUS TOMIGERUS, Spix. By G. B. Sowrersy, F.L.S. etc. TOMIGERUS PRINCIPALIS, n. sp. Tom. testd rotundato-trigonalis, 60 Zoological Society. compressiusculd, tenui, levigatd, pallescente, lineis brunneis non- nullis, per paria dispositis, cinctd; spird subelatd, anfractibus quinque, quorum duobus primis nigricantibus, tertio quartoque pallidis, brunneo-unifasciatis, ultimo magno, posticée gibbo, infra planulato ; aperturd axi paralleld, auriformi ; peristomate late expanso, albo, margine dextro producto, rotundato-subangulato ; aperturd intus lamellis senis instructd, duabus in pariete aper- turali, quarum posticd compositd, tribus in margine basalt, und compositd postice furcatd anticé bifidd in margine dextro. This is the largest species of this genus we remember to have seen ; for which reason we have named it 7’. principalis. It is of a some- what triangular form, rounded at the angles, and rather compressed, not being nearly so globular as the remaining three species. The substance of the shell is rather thin, it is smooth and of a pale colour with several brown transverse lines disposed in pairs; the spire is rather elevated, consisting of five volutions, of which the first and second are small and very dark-coloured, the third and fourth are pale with a brown band, and the fifth is large, and gibbose posteriorly, its anterior margin white, and it is flattish and brown anteriorly ; the aperture is parallel to the axis, ear-shaped, with a broadly expanded white peristome, whose right margin is produced and forms a rounded angle; the aperture is furnished within with six lamellar teeth, two on the columellar side, of which the posterior is compound, three within the basal margin; and a single compound plate which is fur- cate posteriorly and bipartite anteriorly within the right hand margin. In Mr. Cuming’s collection. From Pernambuco. 2. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEWLY DISCOVERED SPECIES OF Cyctostroma. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. 1. Cycitosroma rormosum. Cycl. testd suborbiculari, subdepres- sd, tenuiusculd, spiraliter striatd, tricarinatd, fulvo-rufescente ; spird brevi, acuminatd, anfractibus quinis rapide crescentibus, rotundatis, carinis duabus validis, allicantibus castaneo-arti- culatis ; anticé striis subobsoletis, gradatim majusculis, cari- nique tertid umbilicum circumferente; suturd validd, levi ; aperturd magnd, fere circulari, postice paululim acuminatd, peritremate latiusculo reflexo, incisuris parvis tribus, ad carinas externas idoneis ; umbilico magno, profundo, spiraliter striato, striis exterioribus gradatim majusculis. This very handsome Cyclostoma bears a general resemblance to C. Cuvierianum, though easily distinguishable by having three distinct keels, by having a more acuminated apex, and by the latter having the spiral strise decussated by other sharp striz parallel with the lines of growth. The C. formosum is nearly orbicular, though some- what depressed ; it is rather thin and smooth, and of a reddish fulvous or brown colour: its spire is rather short, but acuminated, consisting of five volutions which are of a roundish form and increase rapidly, and are ornamented with two keels which are of a pale colour, spotted with chestnut brown: anteriorly the striee are rather indistinct, but Zoological Society. 61 larger; and there is a thick keel surrounding the umbilicus; the suture is distinct and smooth, but belted posteriorly by the middle keel ; the aperture is large, nearly circular, slightly acuminated poste- riorly, with a rather broad reflected peritreme, in which are three little cuts answering to the ends of the external keels ; the umbilicus is large and deep, spirally striated within; the outer striee being the larger. From Madagascar, in the collections of A. L. Gubba, Esq., Havre, and Mr. Cuming. 2. CycLostoma APLusTRE. Cycl. testd suborbiculari, tenuius- culd, levi, albicante, fasciis nonnullis posticis, angustis, castaneis, subinterruptis, striisque tenuissimis spiralibus, ornatd ; spird le- vatiusculd, subacuminatd, apice obtuso; anfractibus quinis rotun- datis, creberrimé transversim striatis, striis posticis fortioribus, anticis feré obsoletis ; umbilico magno, intus spiraliter striato, striis tenuissimis; aperturd feré circulari, postice paululim acuminatd, peritremate tenui, acuto, supra umbilicum paululim reflexo. A species somewhat resembling C. ligatum, but differing in several characters. It is suborbicular and thin, smooth, whitish, posteriorly with several narrow slightly interrupted chestnut-coloured bands and close-set very slender spiral striz ; the spire is rather elevated and acuminated, but the apex is obtuse: volutions five, very regularly rounded, and very finely transversely striated, the transverse strize decussating the spiral strize, and the posterior strize being the most distinct, the anterior being almost undistinguishable: the umbilicus is large, very finely spirally striated within; aperture large, nearly circular, slightly acuminated posteriorly, with a thin, sharp-edged peritreme which is rather wide and slightly reflected over a part of the umbilicus. From Madagascar, in the collection of A. L. Gubba, Esq., Havre. 3. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF Buxtimus. By Lovet. Reeve, F.L.S. Buuimus 1rroratus. Bul. testd acuminato-oblongd, medio ven- tricosd, anfractibus sex, subrotundatis, striis tumidis elevatis interruptis oblique exsculptis, infra suturas peculiariter con- centrice crenulatis, columellé stricté uniplicatd; rufescente- purpured, epidermide tenui cinerascente, fulvo hic illic punctatd, indutd, columelld cerulescente-albd, labro incarnato-roseo. Hab. ? This beautiful species, received by Mr. Cuning from A. L. Gubba, Esq. of Havre, is materially distinct from any hitherto described. It is of a swollen ovate form with the spire rather sharply acuminated, and the columella is distinguished by a sharp winding plate. The ground colour of the shell is a reddish purple, the last whorl beimg particu- larly characterized by a thin ash-coloured epidermis sprinkled with light fulvous spots all inclining towards the lip, which is of a delicate flesh-pink. 62 Zoological Society. 4. DescripTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF Box ToRTOISE FROM Mexico. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. etc. In a collection of reptiles recently received from Mexico are two specimens of a Box Tortoise, which, beside differing from the com- . mon box tortoise of North America, in being of a more elongated form, both agree in two characters, which are not found in that species or in any other species of the genus; first, in having an additional vertebral plate ; and secondly, im the hind feet being only armed with three large claws: there is no appearance of the fourth claw, and even scarcely any rudiment of the fourth toe found im the other specimens of this genus, and in all other Himyde. This species will form a section or subdivision of the genus, which may be called Onychotria. Cistupo (OnycuoTRriA) Mexicana. Three-toed Box Tortoise. Shell oblong, dark-brown, pale, spotted and rayed, spot and rays sometimes confused. Vertebral plates with a nearly continued keel, and with a small intermediate one between the usual fourth and fifth plates. The hinder margin acute revolute. The head pale brown; the legs yellow or orange spotted, with five unequal claws. The hind legs brown, uniform, with only three large claws, the middle and the front one largest. The sternum flat; the gular plates wide in front, and suddenly narrowed behind. Hab. Mexico. There was a specimen of the Kinosternon scorpiodes, and of the Gopher, Testudo gopher, in the same collection: the latter only dif- fered from the usual North American specimen in being rather larger and. blacker. February 27.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following paper were read :— 1. DESCRIPTION OF SEVEN NEW SPECIES OF MARGINELLA. By Joun 8S. GaAsKoIn. MARGINELLA QUADRILINEATA. Marg. testd oblongo-ovatd, pal- lidé virescente, nitidd; lineis rufis quatuor, equidistantibus, transversis ; basi rotundatd, levi; aperturd latd antice pre- cipue; canali latissimo ; labio lato, marginato, ultra apicem extenso; columelld anticé quadriplicatd, plicis duabus anticis concurrentibus canalem intermediam formantibus ; apice oblito. Shell oblongo-ovate, of an uniform, opaque, pale-greenish colour, highly polished, with four distinct, nearly equidistant, very narrow, uninterrupted, even, red lines or bands, surrounding the shell from the upper or outer edge of the incrassated margin of the lip, which con- tinuing within the columella, extend over the earliest formation of whorls: these lines are equally conspicuous on the inside of the last whorl, and no doubt throughout the whole inside of the shell. The same pale-greenish colour pervades the inside as the outer part ; base Zoological Society. 63 round and smooth ; aperture wide, especially at the anterior portion, where the columella suddenly contracts in diameter, subspiral, curved posteriorly ; channel very broad, which and the edge of the lip are subpellucid and whitish ; at the anterior part of the columella are four prominent rather tenuous plaits :the first two conjoin and form the inner side of the channel ; the two posterior are on the columella ; between the imer side of the channel and the anterior third of the columella is a concavity ; lip thick, smooth, extends beyond the apex, no trace of crenulation, strongly marginated, and the margin has its upper edge or rim of a darker colour than the shell; it proceeds over the arch of the channel, and becomes obliterated just above the third plait ; apex imperceptible. Long, 59°, of an inch; wide, ;435 of an inch. Hab. The only specimens I have seen of this species are an adult shell in the cabinet of Mr. Metcalfe, and an adult and a young one in my own ; all of which were brought to this country in H.M.S. the Samarang. It cannot be confounded with any known species of Marginella ; the four narrow conspicuous red lines or bands, the two anterior plaits being a bifurcation of the inner wall of the channel, the wide aperture, and general form of the shell are ample distinctives. Marernetia pupica. Marg. testd oblongo-ovatd, albidd, fasciis sex vel septem, transversis, continuis, pallidissime viridi-fulvis ; maculis distinetis pallidissime brunneis interruptis ; bast rotun- datéd ; aperturd latiusculd ; labio crasso, marginato, ultra api- cem extenso ; columelld quinqueplicatda ; canali lato et profundo ; margine interno labii minute denticulato ; apice lato, obtuso. Shell oblong-ovate, of a white colour, having six or seven very faint greenish-brown bands traversing the shell from the border of the aperture to the upper edge of the margin, interrupted by rather large, distinct, very light-brown spots or markings; these bands have be- tween them broad white lines, which are the colour of the shell; the posterior end of the shell is in an evenly projecting ridge or varix, surrounding the spire; base round, colour of the shell; aperture rather wide, curved (bowed) ; lip thick, extending a little beyond the apex, as described in reference to the posterior portion of the shell ; margin rather thick, and extending over the arch of the channel ; the columella is furnished with five plaits, the three anterior are promi- nent, especially the second, which extending over the base obliquely, forms a thickened varix ; small obtuse denticulations exist along the whole inner edge of the lip; channel deep and wide ; apex broad and obtuse. Long, 28, of an inch; wide, ;18, of an inch. Hab. Central America. Cab. Metcalfe, Gaskoin, Cuming. In size, form, markings, fewer plaits, the denticulations on the inner edge of the lip, &c., separate this species from all others ; its nearest affinity may be the Marginella tessellata, Lam., although even that affinity is very distant ; in the size remarkably so. 64. Zoological Society. MARGINELLA TRIPLICATA. Marg. testd ovatd, ventricosd, ful- vescente, levi, nitiddque ; apertura angustd ; labio tenut, inflexo, marginato ; columelld anticé triplicatd; canali nullo; spird subelatd, anfractibus distinctis, apice acutiusculo. Shell ovate, ventricose, of a general light fawn colour, without bands or other markings, smooth and shining ; base round, aperture rather narrow ; lip thin, much-inflexed, marginated ; three fine white plaits are situated at the anterior portion of the columella, equidistant ; the first forms the termination of the columella, the second passes very slightly on to the base, in a parallel direction to the first, the third not at all so; these plaits convey an idea as though they were differ- ently produced to those of the generality of the Marginelle ; that is, in not being formed on the columella, but as though the columella had been delved in itself, leaving the lines or plaits projecting ; and the semblance of a fourth plait is given by the depth and abruptness of the notch beyond the third: channel none; spire slightly promi- nent, with distinct whorls; apex subacute. Long, ;34, of an inch; wide, 2°, of an inch. Hab. The Philippines, &e. The gibbosity and sudden tapering of this shell, the uniformity of its coloration, in having but three plaits, and those at the anterior end of the columella, and its short but perfect spire, distinguish it from any species yet described. I had intended, on determining to describe this shell, to have re- tained for it the appellation by which it is so well known to many naturalists and collectors—Marginella angystoma, although by whom so designated I have been unable to learn, it never having before been described nor figured ; but finding afterwards that M. Deshayes has described and published a fossil species found at Grignon under that name, I am obliged to forgo my wish, and have called it from perhaps a more leading characteristic—Marginella triplicata. MARGINELLA SERRATA. Marg. testd elongatd, subcylindricd, pallidd; aperturd angustd; columella anticé quadriplicatd ; labio tenui, inflexo, valde serrato dentibus sex vel octodecim ; margine crasso ; spird subelatd, anfractis distinctis, apice obtu- siusculo, Shell elongated, subcylindrical, of a very light greyish colour, some- times with light brown cloudings ; base rather round, aperture narrow, columellar side nearly straight, with four nearly transverse equidistant plaits at the anterior portion, the first continuing to form the inner side of the channel, the second and the third passing obliquely for- wards over the base, and the fourth in no degree so ; lip slightly spiral, inflexed, thin, and deeply serrated at its entire edge, forming sixteen to eighteen teeth ; margin thick, and continuous over the arch of the channel, and, like the lip, is of a lighter colour than the rest of the shell; spire somewhat prominent, whorls distinct ; apex rather obtuse. Long, 35, of an inch; wide, 545, of an inch. Hab. The Mauritius. Cab. Cuming. Zoological Society. 65 This species approaches nearest in form to the Mary. triticea of Lam., but has a much narrower aperture, and the edge of the lip is strongly serrated its entire length. MARGINELLA CONTAMINATA. Marg. testd oblongo-ovatd, pallidé Jloris lactis colore; extus tenuissimé striatd; aperturd latd, labio crasso, columella sexplicata, plicis tribus anticis prominen- tioribus ; margine lato, planulatogue ; apice prominente obtu- Sissimo. Shell oblongo-ovate, of an uniform pale cream colour, without bands or markings; internally the colour is somewhat darker; ex- ternal texture of the shell is finely striated : the striee terminate ante- riorly at the thickened varix over the arch of the channel curving to- wards the columella, and in a similar manner at the edge of the white deposit around the spire ; base round, aperture wide, slightly curved; on the columella are six or more white plaits, the three anterior being rather prominent, the first continuing to form the inner side of the channel; the second forms a varix on the base of the shell; the channel broad and deep; a white deposit exists on the columella within the aperture, which widens and thickens outwardly from about the anterior fourth of the aperture, covering the plaits and proceeding over the arch of the channel, forming there a ridge or varix at its posterior edge, and diminishing in width as it approaches the lip, along the whole length of which it continues forming a broad flat margin, and terminates around the spire, which is also covered by it: apex slightly prominent, very obtuse. Long, 1 inch; wide, 55, of an inch. Hab. ? Cab. Cuming, Gaskoin. It differs from Marginella cornea, Lam., in its more elongated form, the number, distribution and construction of the plaits, in its broad, flat margin, in the thinness and planeness of the lip internally, the varix at the anterior part of the base, &e. MARGINELLA LINEATO-LABRUM. Marg. testé ovatd, levi, an- Sractibus postice rotundatis, pallidée flavescente, nigro lineato- punctatd; spird prominente ; basi rotundatd; aperturd latis- simd ; columelld quadriplicatd ; labio crassiusculo, marginato, lineis octo vel novem transversis, supra labrum et marginem continuis. Shell ovate, smooth, the whorls even (not crenulated), of a light ellow-brown colour, having on the last whorl nine rows of distinct small black spots, or short markings, obliquely longitudinally place ¢, the two posterior rows of which are continuous along the whorls of the spire even to the apex; spire very prominent, whorls rather gib- bous ; base round ; aperture very wide ; the columella has four white prominent plaits, the two anterior passing obliquely outwards, the first to form the inner elevated side of the channel, the two posterior are transverse ; lip, slightly bowed, is thick and marginated, and has eight or nine nearly equidistant, dark-reddish, somewhat broad lines crossing its edge and continuing over the margin ; margin continuous, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 5 66 Zoological Society. but with much less thickness, over the arch of the channel, and with the first or anterior plait; channel broad and deep, obtuse. Long, 6°, of an inch; wide, 3°. of an inch. Hab. Cab. Cuming. The only specimen I have seen of this peculiar species is not in fine condition ; when so, it must be very beautiful. It differs from Mar- ginella Faba, Linn., in the evenness of the shoulders of the whorls, its less attenuated form, and the linear markings of the margin, &c. MARGINELLA PULCHERRIMA. Marg. testd oviformi, fulvescente, JSasciis albis quinque, angustis, transversis, maculis linearibus nigris, in centros fasciarum conspicuis ; interstitiis fascid prima ad secundam fasciam, tertidque ad quartam, lineis plurimis tenuissimis fulvescentibus longitudinalibus notatis; apertura albd, latiusculd ; columelldé quinque-plieatd ; labio tenui ; apice distineto. Shell oviform, shining, of a light fawn colour, with five transverse, distinct, narrow, even, uninterrupted white bands surrounding the shell, from the edge of the lip, the two anterior terminating at the columellar edge of the aperture, the others proceeding inwards over the columella ; the posterior is always the least distinct (conspicuous) : floating, as it were, in the centre of these white bands, are very dark- brown or black, equidistant, linear markings or streaks, and similar markings in colour and form radiate obliquely on the slight ridge which encircles the spire: the spaces of the shell between the an- terior band and the second, and between the third and the fourth, are occupied by numerous, fine, longitudinal and parallel light-brown lines, the other spaces between the bands are irregularly marked with the same colouring, varying in individual specimens, in intensity of coloration, especially in the middle space (that between the third and the fourth bands); base round ; aperture white, rather wide, flexuous posteriorly ; five plaits on the columella; the three anterior project ; the first is continuous with the inner side of the channel, the second takes a similar direction behind it, passing obliquely over the base of the shell, and next this is a white varix following outside the aperture a similar direction, on which are four or five dark-brown spots; lip thin, no margin; apex perceptible. Long, 2°, of an inch; wide, 24, of an inch. Hab. West Indies. Cab. British Museum, Metcalfe, Gaskoin, &c. Differs from the Voluta catenata of Montagu* (Marginella of others) in having but four distinct, and one rather obscure, bands; im these being uninterrupted, and the linear markings floating in their centres, and not linking interrupted or disjointed portions of the bands, as in M. catenata; in the dark colour, and the more oviform shape. I have hitherto found this species among parcels of Marginella sagit- tata of Hinds. * Which I believe to be a West Indian production only, and not as Montagn was led to suppose, a British species. I have found the Marginella catenata fre- quently among the small West Indian Marginellz, as have many others, and from no other source did Montagu himself obtain it. «J Ipswich Museum. 6 IPSWICH MUSEUM. On Thursday the 13th December was celebrated the second Anni- versary of this very promising Institution. By half-past twelve there was a very numerous and respectable assemblage, when the Rev. Samuel Hinds, D.D., Lord Bishop of Norwich, entered, accompanied by the Rev. Robert Eden, M.A., F.S.A., his Lordship’s Chaplain, the Revds. the Professors Sedgwick and Henslow, the Rev. E. Sidney, the Hoa. and Rev. F. De Grey, the Rev. A. B. Power, the following Fellows of the Linnean, Geological, Astronomical and Zoological Societies, Mr. G. Ransome, Mr. May, Mr. John Gould, Mr. Richard Taylor, Capt. Ibbetson, Mr. G. Waterhouse, Mr. J. S. Bowerbank, Mr. L. Reeve and other gentlemen, several of whom were most hos- pitably entertained during their stay in Ipswich by G. Ransome, Esq., and C. May, Esq. The Bishop of Norwich having taken the chair addressed the meeting as follows :—Mr. Kirby, the time-honoured President of this Institution, being unable to attend as usual, it has fallen to my lot to occupy the chair. Before entering on the business of the day, however, permit me to express the great gratification I feel at the opportunity which this meeting has afforded me of introducing myself to some sort of acquaintance with a great number of those among whom my lot is now cast, and whose welfare it will be my duty henceforward, as well as, I assure you, my earnest desire, to pro- mote in every possible way. I may be permitted to express, at the same time, my sympathy with the sadder feeling which, no doubt, my occupancy of this chair today will have awakened in the minds of many, who remember their connection with one who is now no more ; one who was not only a zealous friend of the Ipswich Museum, but an ardent supporter and patron of every enterprise which had for its object the intellectual advancement and the moral elevation of his fellow-men. I regret that my habits and pursuits but ill qualify me to - contribute to this meeting the enlivening anecdote and the interesting information which he, on these occasions, always had at command, from the stores of his own observation, and from his researches in a parti- cular branch of Natural History ; but I wish to assure you that Iam not the less alive to the value of this Museum and of Museum meet- ings, especially a Museum which is the resort and the property of the humbler classes, of the artisan, the mechanic, the mere day work- ing man. That I believe is the distinctive feature of this Institu- tion. I know of no other characterized in the same manner. Now, I conceive this to be a very interesting point of view. No question, perhaps, at this moment, is more important, socially and morally, than the question, how the humbler classes of our brethren, those who have to earn their daily bread by the sweat of their brow,— how they are to employ their little leisure time, so as at once to make it available for the relaxation and recreation that are necessary for them, and, at the same time, to be improving themselves? A museum appears to me to combine the two objects most excellently ; it is amusing and it is instructive. The objects which they find in the Museum, together with the instruction which they derive from Bx 68 Ipswich Museum. other sources here, constitute a knowledge which comes across them in their daily avocations: things which cross their path in the field, or in their workshop, and which would never otherwise, perhaps, have been so much as observed, now become the means of interest, of instruction, and of improvement to them. ‘The Museum is in this manner, I should say, to them the acquirement of a new faculty, of a new power; and | cannot but hope and believe, although the In- stitution has been in existence but two years, that the result has been altogether satisfactory, and even beyond what could have been expected from it. I shall not detain the meeting longer from so much that is valuable and interesting, to which we are looking forward, and I shall, therefore, at once call upon Mr. Ransome to read the Report. George Ransome, Esq., then read the Keport, containing a view of the objects and progress of the Institution, from which we give the following passage :— «« And how, it may be asked, does the Institution intend to accom- plish these purposes? or how does it tend to advance the education of the people? If any presume that we merely gratify an idle curi- osity, we answer that we have evidence to assure us that we not only very greatly increase the gleaners of knowledge, but that we add to the number of the real cultivators and reapers in the fields of science, and especially in the various departments of Natural History. We lay the foundation of future inquiry ; we awaken the mind. From the advantages afforded them in the Museum, by the sight of speci- mens, by lectures and classes, the visitors become admirers ; the ad- mirers, students ; the students, collectors ; the collectors, donors, pre- senting specimens, and adding their ideas to the parent stock. Such is the assistance we have received, and are continually receiving, not only from our home friends, but from those who visit foreign lands.’’ A tribute of well-merited gratitude and respect was then paid to the memory of Dr. Stanley, the late bishop of the diocese, and the lamented President of the Linnean Society. “We have now amelancholy part of our Report to dwell upon, the loss by death of Dr. Stanley, the late Bishop of Norwich, an early friend and a generous patron of the Museum. _ Its design and object were peculiarly dear to him ; he was a warm advocate in its behalf— he was greatly instrumental in promoting its success. He gave us the right hand of fellowship, and advanced our interests to the utmost of his power. We owe hima lasting debt of gratitude, and his bust and faithful portrait will long continue to associate his name and memory with an Institution which he admired, loved and cherished.”’ The Rev. Professors Sedgwick and Henslow, and the Rev. E. Sid- ney, also dwelt upon the many excellences of Dr. Stanley in terms of the most affectionate remembrance. Several gentlemen haying addressed the meeting, Mr. Ransome proposed the names of the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, the eminent cryptogamic botanist, G. Water- house, Esq., and Dr. A. B. Garrod, as Honorary Members. Mr. R. Ransome rejoiced in common with the company present at the success of the Institution ; thus far it had eminently prospered. The working classes had shown their esteem for it by the extraordinary amount of their visits, and that, too, without one single instance of Ipswich Museum. 69 either disorderly conduct or damage to anything in the Museum. He hailed the circumstance of the Bishop coming forward to walk in the steps of his highly respected predecessor, as an omen for the future success of the Institution. The Bishop of Norwich was much obliged to the meeting for the kind compliment, and for the hearty welcome which he had found in Ipswich. In supporting that Institution, in giving it what encourage- ment and countenance were in his power, in treading in the footsteps of his lamented and honoured predecessor, he felt that he was doing no more than a bare duty, for he could not but recollect that the Mu- seum was a Museum for the people. He could not but congratulate the meeting on the result of what had taken place that day. These meetings were a most important arrangement in conjunction with the Museum itself; he might say that they gave life to the dead speci- mens with which they were surrounded. The Dinner, which was numerously attended, was presided over by J. C. Cobbold, Esq., M.P. for Ipswich, supported by H. E. Adair, Esq., M.P., A. S. Adair, Esq., M.P., and J. H. Hardcastle, Esq., M.P.; the Bishop of Norwich, and many of the Clergy. His Lord- ship, in responding to a toast from the chair, remarked that it was quite true, as the Chairman had observed, that this was the first occasion upon which he had been called to respond to the toast of “The Bishop and Clergy of the Diocese.” It was peculiarly gratify- ing to him that the first occasion of his doing so should be at a meet- ing of this particular description. It was a token of an improved and enlightened spirit of the age. The time, he hoped, was now quite gone by, when scientific and natural truth was considered not only at variance with, and distinct from, religious truth, but principally in opposition to it. As Professor Sedgwick had very forcibly pointed out that morning, the Word and Works of God were only books which we must trace to the same Divine authorship—different vo- lumes of a revelation of mercy ; and he was persuaded, that the more they compared the one with the other, in an honest and right spirit, the more He would enable us to illustrate and confirm the one by the other. The Museum and its meetings had a direct connection with the ministry ; for an Institution which tended obviously to withdraw the humbler classes from debasing scenes and habits, and which rendered these classes industrious, sober, and honest, was an Institution that was co-operating with the ministrations of the clergy ; to a certain extent it occupied the same ground, that was to say, it prepared the objects of their ministrations for the more ready ap- plication of the Divine word.—A meeting like the present was com- mon ground for all. Whatever might be our differences or disagree- ments on politics or on religion, here, at least, we were united—we were one. The Museum, and its meetings, which were very important adjuncts, furnished us with the materials of a temple of charity. On the previous Wednesday evening a highly interesting lecture had been delivered by Professor Owen upon the extinct gigantic wingless birds of New Zealand, which we hope to notice in a future number. 70 Miscellaneous. MISCELLANEOUS. BOTANICAL NOTES. Odontites verna, Reich., and its allies.—In the course of a very short tour in the eastern Pyrenees during the past autumn, I did not fail to observe the forms of this group which happened to come in my way, especially with a view to distinguish the plant which I have described ina recent number of this Journal as O. Bertolonii ; I failed however to find any forms which should not be referred to O. verna. The state of the latter plant which I found abundantly in cultivated land in the mountainous region of northern Catalonia, has larger fruit than it is usually found to possess, but the form of the capsule and calyx-segments is quite normal, and does not approach to my 0. ro- tundata. I have recently received from M. Jordan of Lyons spe- cimens of three forms of this group detected by that accurate observer in the neighbourhood of Lyons, and named by him respectively Euphrasia verna, Bell., EL. serotina, Lam., and EF. divergens, Jordan. The first of these agrees with the common European Odontites verna ; the second is the more slender plant which J} bave distmguished as var. elegans, and which is not in my opinion specifically distinct ; | the third is a plant with which I was not previously acquainted, and which appears to have strong claims to rank as a distinct species. In habit, and in the size and form of the capsule, it resembles O. Berto- lonii, but the leaves, instead of being ovate and distinctly toothed, are almost linear, with one or two scarcely perceptible teeth, those of the branches being usually entire ; the calyx-segments are short (one- third of its length) and triangular, as in O. rotundata, and M. Jor- dan observes that they are adpressed to the ripe capsule, which is not the case in the common species. This latter character it is dif- ficult to verify in dried specimens, but it appears to be likewise cha- racteristic of O. rotundata. The flowers are too imperfect for de- scription in M. Jordan’s specimens of O. divergens, but they appear to be much smaller than in the other allied species. Rhinanthus major and R. angustifolius.—In the tenth volume of DeCandolle’s ‘ Prodromus,’ Mr. Bentham enumerates England amongst the native localities of both the above-named species of Rhinanthus, although the former alone has hitherto been enumerated. as a British plant. If, as Mr. Bentham seems to consider, the cha- racter derived from the presence or absence of a membranous edge to the seeds be not trustworthy, it is difficult to assign any more con- stant character by which to distinguish these species; but such has not been the result of my observations, so far as they have extended. I shall briefly note the forms with which I am acquainted :— R. major, Ehrh.?, Benth. in DeC. Prod. Hairy calyces and broadly winged seeds. France, Switzerland, Italy, Germany and Hungary. (J. B. spec. in herb.). R. major, [3. alpina, Benth. Calyces nearly or quite glabrous, seg- ments more acute, broadly winged seeds. Alps, Apennines, Riesen- gebirge, and Carpathians. (J. B. spec. in herb.). A specimen without ripe fruit from the herbarium of the late Pro- a i a ie Miscellaneous. TE fessor Graham, marked ‘ Durham, 1836,’ seems to me to agree with this form, but I have not seen any undoubted English specimens. R. angustifolius, Gmel. Calyces glabrous, with acute segments, leaves very narrow, seeds nearly or quite wingless. Scotland (Fort George, Professor Balfour ; corn-fields in Nairn, Mr. Stables). This plant appears to me to be rare on the continent of Europe. I have found it near Cracow; but though Mr. Bentham says, “in Europe medi et preesertim australioris pascuis,”’ I have never seen specimens from the south of Europe. It is true that if the character derived from the seeds be not permanent, it is very difficult to distin- guish this from R. major, (3. alpina, Benth., as the latter plant has frequently very narrow leaves ; but as I have already observed, I am not able to confirm the asserted variableness of the form of the seeds, which are constantly winged in all the specimens of R. major which I have examined. It may be suspected that two other described species, R. buccalis, Wallr., and R. Retchenbachii, Drejer, constitute between them a va- riety of R. angustifolius, having the same relation to that plant that the common European R. major has to the variety 3. alpina of Bentham. J. Baw. ECHINORHINUS SPINOSUS. Falmouth, Dec. 7, 1849. Srr,—I send a short description of a splendid specimen of the “ Echinorhinus spinosus,” Blainv., caught yesterday a few miles from the harbour by one of Mrs. Chard’s trawl-boats—for your Journal, should you consider it worth insertion. I am, Sir, your obedient servant, R. Taylor, Esq. WP: Cocks: Description.—Head depressed ; eyes bright, copperish ; nose ob- tuse ; mouth large ; teeth in both jaws broad and low, the edge nearly horizontal. Body thick, 2 feet in depth and 7 in length (from snout to commencement of caudal fin) ; pectoral fins small, truncated ; dor- sal two, placed very far back, opposite to abdominal fins. Surface of skin polished and covered with strong bony spines of various sizes and heights, arising from circular bases from 4th to 4ths of an inch in diameter. Colour.—Back and sides dark leaden gray ; abdomen, throat, &c., dirty yellowish white, clouded all over with light gray and brown ; base of fins brownish. A white line extended from the base of the pectoral fins to com- mencement of the caudal. Five large branchial apertures. It weighed more than 200 lbs. On the Presence of Entophyta in healthy living Animals. By Dr. Lerpy. From the opinion so frequently expressed, that contagious diseases and some others might have their origin and reproductive character through the agency of cryptogamic spores, which, from their minute- ness and lightness, are so easily conveyed from place to place through 72 Miscellaneous. the atmosphere by means of the gentlest zephyr, or even the eva- poration continually taking place from the earth’s surface ; and from the numerous facts already presented of the presence of cryptogamic vegetation in many cutaneous diseases and upon other diseased sur- faces, I was led to reflect upon the possibility of plants of this de- scription existmg in healthy animals, as a natural condition ; or, at least, apparently so, as in the case of entozoa. Upon considering that the conditions essential to vegetable growth were the same as those indispensable to animal life, I felt convineed that entophyta - would be found in healthy living animals, as well, and probably as fre- quently, as entozoa. The constant presence of mycodermatoid fila- ments growing upon the human teeth, the teeth of the ox, sheep, pig, &e., favoured this idea, and accordingly I mstituted a course of investigations, which led to the discovery of several well-characterized forms of vegetable growth, of which, at present, I will give but a short description, for the purpose of establishing priority, and propose giving a more detailed account of them, with figures, on some future occasion. Enterobrus, a new genus of Confervacee. Simple, attached, iso- lated filaments consisting of a long cylindrical cell, (containing pro- toplasma, granules, and large translucent globules enveloped in a primordial utricle,) with a distinct coriaceous peduncle or stipe of attachment, and at length producing at the free extremity one or two, rarely three, shorter cylindrical cells (filled with the same matter as the parent cell). Enterobrus elegans. Filaments olive-browa, brownish yellowish, or colourless, at first forming a single spiral turn, and then passing in a straight or gently curved line to the free extremity. Pedunele, or stipe of attachment, adhering very firmly, coriaceous, uniformly brownish, narrower than the frond-cell, papillary, columnar, elon- gated conical or pyramidal, expanded at base and at point of attach- ment to frond-cell, marked with longitudinal lines, and frequently with transverse annular constrictions, with no definite interior strue- ture. Length from 1-3750th to 1-400th of an inch ; breadth 1-3200th to 1-1666th. Frond-cell much elongated, frequently reaching the length of 2 or 3 lines, uniformly cylindrical, excepting at free extre- mity, where it is usually clavate; breadth in full-grown individuals pretty uniformly 1-935th of an ich. Contents consisting of a colourless protoplasma, with more or less numerous, fine, translucent, yellowish or colourless granules, measuring about 1-15,000th of an inch, and numerous large, colourless, transparent globules or vesicles filled with fluid, averaging the 1-2870th of an inch in diameter. End- cells only existing in full-grown individuals, one, usually two, rarely three in number ; the first one cylindrical, 1-86th of an inch in length by 1-1000th m breadth, filled with more granules and less globules than the parent cell ; end-cell clavate, 1-135th of an inch long by 1-750th broad, at the clavate end 1-638th, filled with granular matter and a few globules. Length of full-grown individual 2 to 3, sometimes 4 lines. Hab. Grows from the basement membrane of the mucous mem- Miscellaneous. 73 brane of the small intestine of Julus marginatus, Say, occasionally from the same membrane at the commencement of the large intestine, and also from any part of the exterior surface of Ascaris infecta and Aorurus ; entozoa infesting those portions of the intestinal canal of this animal. The youngest individuals of Enterobrus which I ever detected, measured 1-380th of an inch in length by 1-1060th in breadth, but the most usual sizes vary from the 1-150th of an inch to the full- grown individual. At all ages they contain the same character of contents, but in the younger ones the large globules are usually pre- dominant, sometimes to such an extent as to exclude the other mat- ters. When quite young they are usually more or less clavate and straight ; a little more advanced they form a gentle curve, about one- eighth of a circle. A little older, the distal half or third becomes uniformly dilated, and forms an obtuse angle with the other portion ; after this, as it continues growing, it usually forms a single spiral turn, becomes uniformly dilated, and thus advances to the full-grown in- dividual. The cell-contents consist principally of large transparent globules, with granules and protoplasma in the interstices. Frequently the cells are found distended with the globules to such an extent that the other matters almost, and occasionally even entirely disappear. Iodine turns the protoplasma and granules deep yellow or very deep brown, and causes the rupture of the globules, when a clear fluid is observed to exude ; very slightly coloured purplish, cr undergoing no change of colour from the iodine. Solution of iodine, acetic acid, salt water, or the prolonged action of water alone, causes a contraction of the cell-contents from the sides of the permanent cell-wall, but they are still held together by an apparent delicate membrane of the cha- racter of a primordial utricle. Frequently in dead individuals, the m- terior contents shrink to two-thirds, occasionally to one-third the dia- meter of the cell calibre, and almost eight to twenty times the diameter of the cell from each extremity, when they have the appearance of a shrivelled granular membrane. In these latter cases the characteristic globules and granules have disappeared, and their place is more or less occupied with water, and yellowish globular, highly refractive bodies, which resemble oil. These latter globules vary in size froma mere point up to one-fourth the diameter of the cell. The smaller ones are contained within the shrivelled primordial utricle with a few of the larger ones, and a number of the latter occupy a position be- tween the primordial utricle and the cell-wall, apparently formed by a conjunction of the smaller globules and an exudation through the primordial utricle during the act of contraction consequent upon de- composition. They are insoluble in alcohol, but are soluble in ether and solution of potassa ; in fact in all their properties they resemble oil. Can these oil globules be the result of decomposition ? The protoplasma or fluid of the cells is colourless or faintly yel- lowish, contracts or coagulates upon the application of alcohol, and is coloured brown by iodine, having all the characters usually possessed by that albuminoid fiuid found in all young vegetable cells, and deno- minated protoplasma by H. von Mohl. 74: Miscellaneous. The clear granules are minute, yellowish, and resemble fine oil glo- bules. They are turned deep brown by the action of iodine. The clear globules appear to consist of a delicate vesicular membrane probably derived from the primordial utricle, filled with a colourless fluid. No circulatory or other movement, as in Achyla prolifera, exists in the cell-contents. The end-cells of the full-grown individuals are usually two in number, and much shorter than the parent cell. Occasionally I -have found three end-cells, more frequently but one. These cells are formed from the parent cells by a contraction first taking place in the contents with the primordial utricle, a partition from the permanent cell-wall forming afterwards. The end-cells are probably spore-cases ; their contents are usually a dense mass of fine granules, similar to those of the parent cell, with a few intermingled globules. I never saw any movement, molecular or other, in the contained matter, except during decomposition. A question may arise as to the true situation of this plant among the Cryptogamia. I have placed it in the order Confervacee, from the diagnosis given by Endlicher in his ‘Genera Plantarum’ : “ Fila capillaria, membranacea v. filamentosa, intus v. extus articulata, sim- plicia v. ramosa, libera (i. e. haud in frondem coalita), interdum tamen reticulatim contexta, viridia v. rarius fusca aut purpurea, in formis infimis hyalina,” &c. Cladophytum, a new genus of Entophyta allied to the Mycoder- mata. Filaments minute, attached by means of a roundish nucleus, simple, or compounded near the base of attachment, with mimute lateral ramuli, inarticulate, and with no evidence of interior structure. Cladophytum comatum. Filaments delicate, regular, colourless, simple, more frequently branched near the base at very acute angles, growing in more or less dense bunches from a yellowish rounded or oval, attached, nuclear body varying in size from 1-7500th to 1-600th of an inch. Lateral ramuli very minute, measuring in length from 1-15,000th to 1-3000th of an inch, and passing off at acute angles. No indication of articulation or interior structure. Length from 1-666th to 1-120th of an inch. Hab. Growing more or less profusely from the mucous membrane of the small intestine of Judus marginatus, occasionally from the same surface at the commencement of the large intestine, from any part of the exterior surface of entozoa infesting those cavities, and also from any part of the surface of Enterobrus elegans. Arthromitus, a second new genus of Entophyta allied to the My- codermata. Filaments always simple, cylindric, articulated, without ramuli, attached by means of a nuclear body, and with no evidence of interior structure. Arthromitus cristatus. Filaments delicate, straight or inflected, growing in tufts usually of moderate density, from minute, attached, yellowish, rounded or oval nuclear bodies. Articuli short, cylindric, uniform, measuring 1-9090th in. in length by 1-15,000th in breadth, with no traces of interior structure. Length 1-375th to 1-46th of an inch ; breadth 1-15,000th in. Miscellaneous. 75 Hab. Same as Cladophytum comatum, but rarely growing in such dense tufts. The three genera of Entophyta of which I have now spoken, are all so constantly found in the Julus marginatus, that I look upon it as a natural condition, and should I hereafter meet with an individual without them, I will consider it a rare exception, because, in one hundred and sixteen individuals which I have examined during the past thirteen months, in all seasons, and af all ages and sizes of froth one up to three inches of the animal, | have invariably found them. It cannot be supposed that these are developed and grow after death, because I found them always immediately upon killing the animal. Whilst the legs of fragments of the animals were yet moving upon my table, or one-half of the body even walking, I have frequently been examining the plants growing upon part of the intestinal canal of the same individual. And upon the entozoa, these entophyta will be frequently found growing, whilst the former are actively moving about. I found among others an Ascaris three lines long, which had no less than twenty-three individuals of Enterobrus, averaging a line in length, besides a quantity of the other two genera growing upon it, and yet it moved about in so lively a manner that it did not ap- pear the least incommoded by its load of vegetation. This specimen I have preserved in a glass cell in Goadby’ s solution, and exhibit it to the Academy. The animals were uniformly enjoying good health, 7. e. all the or- ganic and animal functions were natural; they eat, grew, reached their definite size, reproduced, and, in fact, presented all those actions characteristic of the normal state of existence of the animal. The genus Julus is an extensive one, and its species are found in all the great parts of the globe, and as their habits are the same, the conditions for the production of the entophyta wil! be the same ; and I think I do not go too far when I say, they will be constantly (cand throughout the genus in any part of the world, so that naturalists and others may, upon examination, readily verify or contradict the statements which I have this evening presented. From these facts we perceive that we may have entophyta in luxurious growth within living animals, without affecting their health, which is further supported by my having detected my codermatoid filaments in the caecum of six young and healthy rats, examined im- mediately after death, although they existed in no other part of the body. These filaments were minute, simple and inarticulate, measur ing from 1-5000th to 1-1428th in. in length, by 1-16,000th ‘of an al in breadth. With them were also found two species of Vibrio. Even those moving filamentary bodies belonging to the genus Vibrio, 1 am inclined do think, are of the character of algous vegeta- tion. Their movement is no objection to this opinion, for much higher confervee, as the Oscillatorie, are endowed with inherent power of movement not very unlike that of the Vibrio, and indeed the move- ment of the latter appears to belong only to one stage of its existence. Thus, in the toad (Bufo americanus), in the stomach and small in- testine, there exist simple, delicate, filamentary bodies, which are of 76 Miscellaneous. three different kinds. One is exceedingly minute, forms a single spiral, is endowed with a power of rapid movement, and appears to be the Spirillum undula of Ehrenberg ; the second is an exceedingly minute, straight and short filament, with a movement actively mole- cular in character, and is probably the Vibrio lineola of the same author; the third consists of straight, motionless filaments, mea- suring 1-1125th in. long, by 1-15,000th broad ; some were however twice, or even thrice this length, but then I could always detect one or two articulations, and these, in all their characters, excepting want of movement, resemble the Vibrio. In the rectum of the same animal the same filamentary bodies are found, with myriads of Bodo intes- tinalis; but the third species, or longest of the filamentary bodies, have increased immensely in numbers, and now possess the movement peculiar to the Vibrio lineola, which however does not appear to be voluntary, but reactionary ; they bend and pursue a straight course, until they meet with some obstacle, when they instantly move in the opposite direction, either extremity forward. But it must not be understood that these facts militate against the hypothesis of the production of contagious diseases through the agency of Cryptogamia. It is as well established that there are mi- croscopie Cryptogamia capable of producing and transmitting disease, as in the case of the Muscardine, &c., as that there are innocuous and poisonous fungi. But to suppose that they are the sole cause of con- tagious disease, is to doubt the possibility of other causes, such as a change in the chemical constitution of the atmosphere, the elements of our food, &c., and is as ridiculous as the psoric origin of most diseases of that miserable charlatanry denominated homceopathy. In many instances it is difficult to distinguish their character whether as cause or effect, as upon diseased surfaces, in Tinea capitis, aphthous ulcers, &c. Ina post-mortem examination in which I assisted Dr. Horner, a few weeks since, twenty-eight hours after death, in mode- rately cool weather, we found the stomach in a much softened con- dition. In the mucus of the stomach I detected myriads of myco- dermatoid filaments, resembling those growing upon the teeth ; sim- ple, floating, inarticulate, and measuring from 1-7000th to 1-520th of an inch in length, by 1-25,000th of an inch in breadth. It is possible they may have been the cause of the softened condition ; but I would prefer thinking that swallowed mycodermatoid filaments from the teeth, finding an excellent nidus in the softening stomach, rapidly grew and reproduced themselves. In the healthy human stomach these do not exist. In the stomach of a diabetic patient, I found so very few that they probably did not grow there, but were swallowed in the saliva. Dr. Leidy afterwards exhibited numerous drawings of the entophyta described by him, and also specimens, beneath the microscope, grow- ing from the mucous membrane of the small intestine of Julus, and from the exterior surface of entozoa infesting that cavity.—Proceed- ings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. iv. p- 225. Miscellaneous. "7 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF PARROT, BY G. R. GRAY, FSQ., F.L.S. ETC. Psrrracus Rtprexrii. Uniform dark bronze colour, with the lesser and under wing-coverts bright yellow; the feathers of the thighs orange-yellow. Total length 9 inches 6 lines; bill, from gape, 10 lines; wings 5 inches 6 lines; tail 3 inches 3 lines; tarsi 6 lines. The greater uniformity of colour at once distinguishes it from the allied species, Psittacus Meyeri and P. rufiventris of Dr. Riippell. The specimen from which this description is taken lived for up- wards of twelve months in the Society’s collection, and is believed to have been brought to this country from the river Nunez. I have named it in honour of my distinguished friend, whose labours have contributed so largely to our knowledge of African zoology.—From the Proceedings of the Zoological Society . ON DECAY IN FRUIT. Even the meanest subjects afford matter for admiration when attentively observed. Nothing at first sight could appear less in- teresting than the mode in which decay takes place im fruit; yet several distinct phenomena are exhibited, even in the same individual variety. In Apples, for instance, every housewife has observed that her fruit sometimes rapidly passes into a moist loathsome mass, while at other times it becomes a brown or black mummy. In the former case either some Penicillium or Mucor is almost invariably present ; in the latter there is sometimes a fungus of a totally different type, though frequently there is no indication, at least externally, of any parasite. An appearance, so very strange, presented itself a few days since in a basket of common Codlins, that a specimen was at once brought to us for examination. The whole of the outer surface had assumed a pale gray opake tinge, as if it had been scalded, the substance meanwhile feeling extremely hard and glassy, reminding one forcibly of the potatoes described by Martius affected with the dry rot (Trock- enfiule). Here and there beneath the cuticle beautiful radiating threads were observed, evidently indicating the presence of a fungus, but as they did not proceed to any further development, we could not ascertain of what species they were the mycelium. The gray tinge soon assumed, in portions of the surface, a deep brown tint, though the greater part sti remained pale. A section exhibited three different strata, the central one apparently sound, but rapidly becoming reddish brown, and collapsing in a very different way from what would have been the case with healthy tissue ; surrounding this was a thin layer of brown, evidently diseased, if not actually dead cells, and beyond this a superficial stratum of pale gray tissue. In none of these was there any trace of fungus threads except where the radiating flocci, above mentioned, were visible; the brown cells had lost their granular contents, and the walls of the gray cells were very irregular and collapsed, so as to present a confused appearance 78 Miscellaneous. under the microscope. After exposure to the air for two days, a crop of fungi appeared on the cut surface ; but, strange to say, the central portion, consisting of the two internal strata, was covered with a species of Ozdium of a grayish tint, while the external ring, which had now lost all rigidity, was occupied with a white circle of Penicillium glaucum passing on the inner edge into the greenish tinge of adult tufts of that fungus. We do not recollect to have seen anything of the kind before, and we record it with the greater pleasure, as it shows how much ground there is for observation, even in objects which we tread every day under foot. The Oidiuim is a most beautiful object under the microscope. It is a form of Oidium fructigenum, differing merely in its rather grayer tinge and diffuse mode of growth, owing probably to its having liberty of free development, instead of being forced to break out through the cuticle, in which it forms little tufts which are often arranged con- centrically. In intimate structure it precisely resembles the type which is admirably figured by Corda in his ‘ Icones Fungorum,.’— Gardeners’ Chronicle. PRESIDENCY OF THE LINNAAN SOCIETY. The anonymous writer of the paragraph in the ‘ Athenzeum,’ in which it was asserted that there was “a strong feeling among the Fellows”’ of the Linnzean Society “in favour of biennial election to the Presidency,” is, of course, very angry at the notice on the sub- ject in the last Number of the ‘ Annals.’ In a paragraph (Atheneum, Dec. 8) the writer attempts to elude the charge of having made a false statement. The expression, ‘a strong feeling among the Fellows,” must evidently have been in- tended to convey that such feeling prevailed among the majority, or at least some considerable number of the Fellows: and this, we again assert, is wholly without foundation. ‘‘ We stated,” says the writer, “what we knew to be the fact, that many of the Fellows in- clined towards a biennial election.”” Who, then, is this wonderful wE, that pretends to know so much of the feelings and opinions of the Fellows of the Linneean Society? And what does he call many? ten, five, or two? Or perhaps he considers his we a host in itself. If however he would append his initials, which (to use his own phrase) ‘have not yet transpired,” and which probably might be deciphered as easily as our R.T., the public might be enabled to judge of the value of his statements. The right of the author of the paragraph to entertain any opinion he pleases was never questioned (although he falsely charges us with assuming “that no opinion dif- fering from our own can be held’’); nor did we enter at all upon the question as toa biennial election ; what we protested against was, that he should obtrude his private fancies upon the public, pretending that they were the strong feeling of a large body of Fellows. We also object that recourse should have been had to the hackneyed news- paper expedient for setting an unfounded rumour afloat by such an insinuation as the followimg:—‘ It has not yet transpired whether the invitation has or has not been received conditionally by Mr. Meteorological Observations. 79 Brown”’—thus pretending to assume either that it was in contem- plation to propose to him to accept the Presidency on some conditions different from those of the Charter, or that he himself desired to do so: whereas the writer, if he has the acquaintance with the affairs of the Society to which he pretends, must have been perfectly aware that no such question had ever been broached.—R. T. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOV. 1849. Chiswick.—November 1. Fine. 2. Foggy: very fine. 3. Densefog. 4. Foggy: cloudy at night. 5. Cloudless and fine. 6. Clear. 7. Rain. 8. Densely over- cast. 9. Overcast: fine: overcast. 10. Exceedingly fine. 11. Clear and fine: fogey at night. 12. Foggy: hazy. 13. Fine: rain. 14. Heavy rain: clear at night. 15. Clear: cloudy: clear. 16. Fine. 17. Clear. 18. Overcast: slight rain: showery at night. 19. Hazy. 20. Uniformly overcast. 21, Hazy. 22. Foggy : overcast. 23. Overcast: rain. 24. Foggy. 25. Foggy: cloudy: clear. 26. Foggy: cloudy and cold: clear: sharp frost at night. 27. Sharp frost: clear: foggy. 28. Frosty and foggy: clear and frosty: foggy. 29. Overcast : fine: overcast. 30. Constant rain. 4 Mean temperature of the month ............066 Spoceec contest AN OO Mean temperature of Nov. 1848 ...........+++ SOS CORRES SIAOGe 41 ‘18 Mean temperature of Nov. for the last twenty-three years 43 °41 Average amount of rain in November ......seesssseseeeees .-. 2°56 inches. Boston.—Nov. 1. Cloudy. 2. Fine. 3,4. Foggy. 5,6. Fine. 7. Cloudy: rain a.M.and p.m. 8—10. Cloudy. 11. Fine. 12. Foggy. 13—17. Fine. 18. Clondy: rain a.m. 19, 20. Fine. 21, 22. Cloudy. 23. Cloudy: rain p.m. 24—96. Fine. 27. Fine: snow a.m. 28. Snow. 29. Cloudy. 30. Rain: rain A.M. The following are the averages for Oct. 1849, with which we have been favoured by our correspondent Mr. W. Veall of Boston, whose report did not arrive in time for our last Number. Barometer. Thermometer. Rain in inches. 29°46 488 3°32 Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire— Nov. 1. Rain during night: cleared p.m. 2, Raw frost a.m.: rain: fog r.m. 3. Raw frost again: threatening rain. 4, Fine a.m. : rain and high wind p.m. 5. Heavy showers all day. 6. Hard frost A.M.: storm of snow p.m. 7. Frost: snow nearly all day. 8—10. Slight drizzle: damp all day. 11. Heavy rain and thick. 12. Dull a.m.: fine noon: wet p.m. 13. Heavy showers, with blasts. 14. Clear and cold, with showers. 15, 16. Frost ; clear and fine. 17. Close rain and inist all day. 18. Rain during night: mild: rain, 19. Rain during night: cleared: warm. 20. Rain and fog all day. 21. Fair, but dull. 22. Rain and fog throughout. 23. Rain and fog: cleared p.M. 24. Frost, hard: grew mild. 25, Frost not so hard: rain: fog. 26. Frost hard again. 27. Frosthard all day. 28, Frost very hard. 29. Snow: hard frost: rain p.m. 30. Thick fog: heavy rain : cleared. Mean temperature of the month ...... poinconieconcesadconsonbsc Fo C2220) Mean temperature of Nov, 1848 .......... cusprcnadesaeor seondada Ne! Mean temperature of Nov. for the last twenty-five years ... 40 °4 Mean rain in November for twenty years .........sssseeeees +» 3°60 inches. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1. Fine: large halo: aurora, 2. Showers, 3. Fine: showers. 4. Cloudy: showers. 5. Showers. 6,7. Snow: snow- showers. &. Snow-showers: rain. 9, Cloudy. 10. Showers. 11. Bright: cloudy: aurora, 12. Bright: clear: aurora. 13. Showers: aurora. 14. Bright: clear: aurora. 15. Bright: frost: showers. 16. Clear: frost: clear. 17, Showers: rain. 18. Drizzle: clear. 19. Fine: clear: aurora. 20. Drizzle: damp. 21. Cloudy: damp. 22. Fine: clear. 23. Rain. 24, Fine: clear: aurora. 25. Fine: frost: clear. 26. Rain. 27. Clear. 28. Clear: frost: cloudy. 29. Bright: showers. 30. Fine. OL- |09-0 OL. |S. | es |tms Serr cea -a| «s | ms | f1b | 1h | 26E/% Pe eelereet ee Manes ee ha ee | gaat . 16€|{hP| 8€| go | gb | Lo. weiner ttl oy | one [oa] om | LE) UE | 18) €¢) 65) te | Ee ie.ée |e9.68 [ehoe | ones (soe net feel ee Ths Pee et EN I a cet foe | § IZ | €€ |Pg6z | 16.62 | 2.62 | 06. 66 66-62 £16.68) “62 ih. beers a ae Dred Sp og a ie Spee a el Z | 06-6 |FL:62 0F6-6z 1S0-0€| * ee eee ee = to Ge for | 82 06) Se) gt | ae rook ore E0-08 | Ho-08 |L9-6¢ 981-08 BeLOE| “Le ie iat lar oe moe | de orlcech dee! i leeeaoeer scRelcnecioney comme ereer | or Ure [69.0 "198. | sou jms-as| *s “s ap | Scr See $7 gz | LV |9%.6z | 08-62 | 81-6 5 6% 9S€.6c 395.64) °SZ ‘6: ie ered ae Lp! 6f| LE 6G 02-62 |10-60 £0€. 62| * comcast = foc] = | fe] 8 lab] Sl By He | a [ees ee eee [ee ee ste Lose) ec eee | 1A8~.|. : : z z pV) VE ry |06. : ; 6% | SS-6% 6PL.6z 968. = go, frente ae eee eee {ch | top foo) eh) 1 SF 06:62 |£6.67, | 18-63 | Le Ge | OL.62 e108 Looe: 42 “GO. /SO. | sau | cms | ss | ‘ms &C re 20F | 108 Gov; 1€ | a ($0.08 66-6 (£6-6% 6-62 GL-6% OO1-0€ 601-0€| ‘oz ok fee es os | as [cau aw | gh | IP oF OF Be Se | OF 0605 [9.65 08.66 O9oe chor UsGie EOE, “a WG |99.0 fo] va | can | cu | emu | SE | apis [ope Ween toner haere Race oo eae go. | mu | : ; t gf | 9€| 9F GS-68 62 ry i¢ 00-06 Z0-0€ 88-62 600-0€ 17-08) * esse BE | a9 ee leer Ge WOb ee cect oe (cp bec eee ec lneloe cee eer a go. [lan |easm| sas |utqeo| cas] Sh) Up | o| 6) ee 66 | Se bate ee caceeplcnes Cine Gaeeae ese sles! mss [ems | ts | | €S| €€ 6€ | SS |oPr.6 z OS. 66 61-66 9LS-6% 089-60) “P Gone eae ms | 9P | oS | 0S] S9S.oP SE | |FP.6G 05-60 | 29-66 i 1G ees s [ems | cs | ms Sop Gf | SG |99.6z ; 06-62 80L-62 968-60) “€ £0. oie le aeeloa vo, cit ae Ly | oG | 1S| ¥S| gb SE 14.6% | 0L-66 | 18-66 ZL d eva sey “iE S/ "Ss | ‘mss | ° fs | GE | 09 |€8g. ; 6% Z10-0€ 891-08} * IP. eile eieas cee ct alee | aie te fare ee 68 Pee ieee | eee pene ol Gee COE fieotl “1 : “ 0. ‘Ss ‘aS90 “Ss 5 z 1 | | €G: 2S | 6S L9-6 ; : < |98-6% €S6-0€ oOfe-0£ | °6 Loe [reenter] cw | ems | ws | £&/ o€ | 2€/S0e| o£] oF | LS Z 106.6% |06-6Z | L8:6% | 08.6% FSZ.0€8 ; 62. [ef aan se ms | °MS ce ce |%6z| eb! of) If @8:6% |69-62 |0L-6% | 29-62 | 60.62 G6 E1E-08 8 oe ‘ “mss | "MS ce 2P | 8 a c 0S |LP.6% 1-60 |0S-66 | 92-6 : 6¢ LLO-0£| “L » ZO» | |;Uunea les) | SANS. | Fd a 9€|406 G-8f| €€ | €¢ |LLe ; G-H% |91-6% 819-66 198-60) ° rate eset anidepe GRGR a | #zr | Soh |F1%! 0G ch | of | #¢ IZ 8% | £9-8% | 86-82 | €9-8c |S 9 i ; °C | Loz : [9.8% 901-62 80€-62| °S Ol. ser ||P : ts 2 | ppl oF | o€/S08| gl ar | n@ | 96-82 | OL-8% | $0.62 | 98.8 . ‘icuiteoe eee ee ange Gee ite eal a ch | Shp | of| 0g iy x | a one ye 6.62 | £P-6z Gere ae ee ‘ 7 es | oh| 9b | zb| 19] Lb] se | Ls in6 ee hale |0S-6% |67-63 §LS-6% L09.62| °% ce i ie] 3 te S fe] (oa esd » =) : ne ook £1.66 6€P-60 $09.66 g BS eenae ; 22 : € 6 &e uy | oxen | N : : t So otete ee ee Salt ; pe 6F8T : jung YOIMsIyD SOESOUES ; yo Wey “PUT £auyIO artys-saryung | * = “HOIMSTYD od “IIJIULOULIY J, Benes pia at a Fo q O . AY . . i . « WW THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] No. 26. FEBRUARY 1850. IX.—On the British species of Chara. By Cuaruns C. Basineton, M.A., F.L.S. &.* Srnce the genus Chara ceased to be considered as Phanerogamic and was placed as a Natural Order of Cryptogamic plants, its species have been excluded from our popular floras, and conse- quently suffered undeserved neglect from British botanists. The kindness of my friend Professor Henslow having recently placed in my hands a set of foreign specimens of Chara, which had been sent to him by Professor Alex. Braun of Freiburg in Breisgau, together with that botanist’s notes upon some English Chare submitted to his inspection, I have been induced to attempt the arrangement of our native species in a more complete manner than has as yet been done. Since the time of Smith, who described all the British species known to him in his ‘ English Flora’ (i. 6) which was published in 1824, only one complete account of our species has appeared, viz. that by Hooker (Eng. FI. v. pt. 1. 242) im the year 1833, for Hassall’s notice of them (Brit. Freshwater Alg. i. 94) cannot be considered as original. In that work Sir W. J. Hooker has characterized eight species, viz. 1. translucens; 2. flexilis ; 3. ni- difica ; 4. gracilis ; 5. vulgaris ; 6. Hedwigit ; 7. aspera ; 8. hispida. More recently two have been added to this list, one by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley (Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2824) as the C. pulchella (Wallr.), which is considered in this paper as forming one species in combination with C. Hedwigit under the name of C. fragilis ; and another by Mr. VD. Moore (Lond. Journ. Bot. 1. 43) as the C. latifolia (Willd.). The former botanist has also greatly elu- cidated the cbscure subject of specific distinctions in this genus by his elaborate remarks in the same work under C. Hedwigit (Eng. Bot. Suppl. 2762). We have still to add an elegant little plant detected many years since in the fens of Cambridgeshire by Professor Henslow, and formerly supposed to be C. gracilis, * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Jan. 10, 1850. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 6 82 Mr.C.C.Babington on the British species of Chara. but confidently referred by Professor Agardh, when in the year 1833 we had the pleasure and advantage of his company in an excursion into the fens, to his C. hyalina. Owing to the total absence until recently of nucules or globules from the specimens obtained, this plant has not, I believe, been published as a native species, although very many named samples of it have been dis- tributed amongst botanists by Professor Henslow and myself. In this paper I have identified it with the C. tenuissima (Desy.), as is indeed done by Agardh, although he has preferred the name of C. hyalina; and have added to the list the C. polysperma (A. Braun), C. syncarpa (Thuil.), C. mucronata (A. Braun), C. prolifera (A. Braun), C. Borrert (Bab.), and C. erinita (Wallr.), thereby raising the number of our species to sixteen. All these species, except two, are preserved in the herbaria of Prof. Henslow and myself, and as neither of us has paid any pe- culiar attention to this genus, but only collected such specimens as came accidentally under our notice, it is highly probable that several additions to the list will soon be made, and it is chiefly with the view of leading to such discoveries that it is now pub- lished. In France, according to the list given by Lamotte (Cat. des Pl. Vasc. de Europe centrale) in 1847, nineteen species are found; in Germany we learn from the same book that there are eighteen species. Reichenbach (Fl. Germ. exc. 148 and 843) in 1833 described sixteen German species ; and Fries (Summa Veg. Scand. 60) records fifteen species as natives of Scandinavia, but adds the remark, “‘ spec. nondum pl. explor.” Since a considerable part of this paper was written, a valuable memoir by Prof. A. Braun has appeared in the ‘ Kew Miscellany ’ (i. 193), entitled “ Charze australes et antarcticee,” but including remarks upon the differences between the supposed genera Chara and Nitella, and pointing out new characters for their distinction. Notwithstanding the apparent value of these characters, I have thought it better to retain the name of Chara for the whole of the group until they have been carefully studied in the living plants, and their constancy and universality more fully proved. They are prefixed to the usual sectional characters in the en- suing arrangement of the species, in which I have followed that given by Prof. Braun in the above-mentioned memoir. I have also largely availed myself of the same distinguished botanist’s valuable paper in the ‘ Flora, oder Botanische Zeitung’ of Re- gensburg (xvill. 49), and his “‘ Esquisse monographique du genus Chara” in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ (ser. 2. 1. 350), and have found the account of the species given by Mutel in his ‘Flore Frangaise’ (iv. 159), and the plates in the ‘ Atlas de la Flore de Paris’ by Cosson and Germain, very useful. Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 83 Nat. Order. CHARACEM, Rich. Genus Cuara, Linn. Section I, Nitella. Crown of the nucule of “ten cells, form- ing two circles one lying upon the other, never spreading, gene- rally falling off before the maturation of the seeds ” (A. Braun). Stems more or less pellucid, composed of a single tube. A. Nitelle vere. Gilobules terminal at the furcation of the branchlets. a. Fureate. Branchlets only once divided with one-jointed segments, 6-—8 in a whorl, similar. 1. C. flewilis (Linn.) ; nioneecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets pointed but not mucronate nearly equally forked or trifid, nucules and globules together in the forks of the branchiets without bracts. C. flexilis, Zinn. Sp. Pl. 1624 (in part); Eng. Bot. t. 1070; A. Braun in Flora, xviii. 50; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 351. C. Brongniartiana, Wedd. in Cat. Fl. Paris. 152. Nitella Brongniartiana, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Paris. 682; Atl.t.40C. Rather slender, green, pellucid. Primary branchlets seldom more than once divided. Sometimes the axillary branchlets are much more divided and clustered, when it has passed for C. nidi-. fica with collectors. Nucules with six striz. Henley near Ipswich, Buddle. Yarmouth, Mr. D. Turner. Berrmgton Pool, Salop, Rev. E. Williams. In the river at Bed- ford, Dr. Abbot ; Smith. Richmond, Yorkshire, Mr. J. Ward. Stowting, Kent, Rev. G. H. Smith. Whitehorn, Wigtonshire ; Clova, Forfarshire, Prof. Balfour. Reche Lode, and Lord’s Bridge near Barton, Cambridgeshire. Annual. May. “April to August,” Sm. 2. C. syncarpa (Thuil.) ; dicecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets bluntish apiculate nearly equally forked or trifid, nucules or globules at the forks of the branchlets without bracts. C. synearpa, “ Thuil. Fl. Par. 473 ;” A. Braun in Flora, xviii. 51 ; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 352; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 160. Nitella synearpa, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 682 ; Atl. t. 39 (not good). A slender diaphanous plant closely resembling C. flevilis, but dicecious. Nucules with five striz and scarcely any crown. It is the supposed C. gracilis of Mr. W. Wilson in Hook. Bot. Mise. i. 336. No. 2. Woodmancote, Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Cwm Idwel, Caenarvon- shire. Ma’am, Galway. Annual. May. 6* 84 Mr.C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. b. Mucronate. Branchlets usually repeatedly divided, terminal seg- ments of two joints, last jot usually resembling a mucro. Branch- lets 6—8 in a whorl, similar. 3. C. translucens (Pers.) ; moncecious, stem thick equal flexible transparent, sterile branchlets simple not jointed, upper ones end- ing in two or three short points, fertile whorls of small trifur-. cate branchlets very small and closely placed, nucules small oblong usually in threes just below the three bracts surround- ing the terminal globule. C. translucens, Pers. Syn. Pl. ii. 531; Eng. Bot. t.1855 ; 4. Braun in Flora, xvii. 51; Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2. 1. 352; Hook. Eng. Fl. v. pt. 1. 245 ; Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 160. Nitella translucens, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 682; Atl. t. 40 B. A strong plant. Fertile whorls so disposed amongst the branchlets as to appear to be capitate. Globules solitary. Nu- cules with seven strize. The fruit appears to be wrongly drawn in ‘ Eng. Bot.’ Deep stagnant pools. “ Near Shrewsbury, Rev. E. Williams ; Browston and Belton, Suffolk, Sir W. J. Hooker ; Scotland ;” Sir J. E. Smith. Bagnley Moor, Cheshire, Mr. W. Wilson. Tot- teredge, Middlesex, Mr. E. Forster. Loch Lubnaig, Perthshire ; Lochnaw, Wigtonshire ; near Liverpool; Prof. Balfour. Near the Fairlop Oak in Hainault Forest, Essex. Annual. July. 4, C. mucronata (A. Br.) ; moneecious, stem slender equal flex- ible transparent, branchlets strongly mucronate nearly equally forked or trifid, nucules and globules together at the forks of the branchlets without bracts. C. mucronata, 4. Braun in Flora, xviii. ; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 351; Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 161. Nitella mucronata, Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 683; Atl. t. 40 D. Rather thick for its length. Secondary branchlets once or twice forked or trifid, the terminal subdivisions rather shorter than the others. “ Nucules with four or five striz.” Marsh ditch at Hast Grinstead, Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Annual. July. 5. C. gracilis (Sm.!) ; moneecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets in lax whorls repeatedly divided into three or four segments, terminal segments mucronate shorter than the others, globules and nucules each solitary but to- gether at the subdivisions of the branchlets without bracts. C. gracilis, Sm.! Eng. Bot. t. 2140; Reich.! Iconog. t. 793; A. Braun! in Flora, xviii. 53; Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2.1. 351; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 160; Hook. Eng. Fl. v. pt. 1. 245 (in part). Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chava. 85 Nitella gracilis, dgardh Syst. Alg. 125; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 683; dél. t. 41 E. A very small and slender plant, its branchlets spreading in a lax open manner, and much longer than those of C. tenuissima. Nucules subglobose, with four or five striz, large in proportion to the plant. My judgement of this species is formed from the plate in ‘Eng. Bot.’ and a small but good specimen of the original plant, for which I am indebted to Mr. Borrer. Mr. Wilson’s C. gracilis from Cwm Idwel is C. syncarpa. St. Leonard’s Forest, Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Annual. September ? 6. C. tenuissima (Desv.) ; moneecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets short in dense compact subglobose whorls repeatedly divided into 8-7 segments, terminal segments mu- cronate longer than the others, globules and nucules each so- litary but together at the subdivisions of the branchlets with- out bracts. C. tenuissima, Desv. “ Journ. Bot. ii. 313; Reich.! Iconog. t. 792 ; A, Braun! in Flora, xviii.53 ; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 159. C. glomerata, 4. Braun! in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2. i. 351, not N. glo- merata, Coss. et Germ. C. batrachosperma, Reich. Iconog. t. 794. Nitella tenuissima, Coss. e¢ Germ. Fl. Par. 681 ; Atl. t. 41 F. N. hyalina, 4gardh! Syst. Alg. 126, not DeCand. A very small slender plant, its short much-divided branchlets forming little globular compact masses which are often much in- crusted. Nucules subglobose, with 6-8 striz, three times the diameter of the branchlets and placed outside of them. Globules much larger than the nucules. I have recently (Aug. 6, 1849) found a profusion of ripe nu- cules and a few globules upon this plant in Bottisham Fen, and with the assistance of Messrs. J. D.C. Sowerby and J. W. Salter have succeeded in satisfactorily ascertaining their positions to be in accordance with the section in which the plant is here placed. In peaty ditches and pits in the fens of Cambridgeshire. Annual. July, August. B. Tolypella (A. Braun). Globules placed laterally on the nodes of the chief ray of the branchlets between the lateral rays (bracts) which are always shorter than the chief ray.—Rays of many gradually decreasing jomts. Note.—This little group of singular plants presents more dif- ficulty than either of the other sections, and I am very far from being convinced that a correct view of it is taken below. My 86 Mr.C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. original idea was that the plants only formed one species, but further study has convinced me that they are far too different to allow of their being lumped to that extent, and I am reduced to the necessity of considering them all as distinct. They appear to be very short-lived, and in all probability will be found to produce two crops in the year, one in the spring and the other autumnal. 7. C. Smithii; dicecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets blunt those forming the primary whorls simple sterile long jointed (?), the others on axillary branches numerous densely crowded bearing four (three short and one long) bracts at their first node, globules stalked subtended by the three shorter bracts, nucules unknown. C. nidifica, Sm. Eng. Bot. 1703 (principal figure). A small plant remarkable, like the following species, for its bird’s-nest-like masses of branchlets which spring from the axils of the simple branchlets forming the primary whorls. It is only known to me from the figure in ‘ Eng. Bot.’ and from some re- marks for which I am indebted to Mr. Borrer, and upon which the above specific character is founded. As the C. nidifica (Mill.) is stated by Professor A. Braun (Hook. Kew. Misc. 1. 200) to be “peculiar to the north of Europe, and particularly to the Baltic,’ and can therefore scarcely be the same as this plant, which was found “in a ditch which I believe the tide never reaches” (Borrer in Eng. Bot. Suppl. fol. 2762, note) ; and as the plate im ‘ Fl. Danica’ is far too im- perfect to allow of its identification with either of our Tolypelle ; I have thought it better, with the concurrence of Mr. Borrer, to confer a new name upon this plant, which was unfortunately made the representative of his C. nidifica by Smith by placing a figure of it in the principal place on the plate im ‘ English Bo- tany.’ I have the authority of the same botanist for saying that the following species was the plant really intended to bear that name. The confusion has originated from the idea prevalent at the time when the figure was published, that the dicecious plant from Lancing was a form of the moncecious one found at Cley. Unfortunately these plants are so evanescent that it is only by chance that they are again found in their original localities, where their seeds probably remam dormant until favourable cireum- stances cause them to germinate. Lancing, Sussex (1804-5), in a ditch which the tide probably never reaches ; not in Shoreham Harbour, as erroneously stated in ‘English Botany.’ Mr. Borrer. Annual. Autumnal. ‘ Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 87 8. C. prolifera (A. Braun) ; monecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets blunt those forming the primary whorls simple sterile long usually of three or four joints, the others on axillary branches numerous densely crowded bearing four (three short and one long) bracts at their first node, globules sessile (?) in company with one or more nucules and “ sub- tended by the three shorter bracts.” C. prolifera, 4. Braun in Flora, xviii. 56; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2. i. 352: C. glomerata, Mutel Fl. France. iv. 161, not 4. Braun nor N. glo- merata, Coss. et Germ. A small plant easily confounded on a superficial view with the preceding, from which it is distinguished by being moneecious. Nucules small with faintly marked strie. Granules apparently sessile. The presence of decided bracts distinguishes this plant and the preceding and following from C. polysperma and C. flex- ilis, the species with which they are in the most danger of being confounded. There can be no doubt that the three smaller ap- pendages are really bracts, although, in all probability, the longer (fourth) one is a subdivision of the branchlet. In brackish (?) ditches. Cley, Norfolk, Mr. D. Turner. Cop- ford, Essex. Annual. April. “August to October,” Sm. 9. C. Borreri; moncecious, stem slender equal flexible transpa- rent, branchlets strongly mucronate those of the primary whorls simple sterile long jointed, the others on axillary branches numerous densely crowded bearing four (three short and one long) bracts at their first and also sometimes second node, globules stalked or sessile in company with several nucules and subtended by the three shorter bracts. C. nidifica, Borr.! in Eng. Bot. Suppl. fol. 2762, note. Closely resembling C. prolifera and C. nidifica, but consider- ably larger ; agreeing with them in most respects, but essentially different in its branchlets being “suddenly contracted below the acute apiculus.” It also differs by sometimes producing a second cluster of bracts and fructification on its branchlets, and also oc- casionally having one on the larger “ bract,” which is thus shown to be more correctly a subdivision of the branchlet than a bract. The three true bracts are placed on the under side of the branchlet and at right angles with it, the fourth supposed “bract” is lateral and usually points upwards; and their ar- rangement is believed to be exactly like that in C. prolifera and C. Smithii. This plant is chiefly known to me from the descrip- tion in ‘ Bnglish Botany,’ and from some manuscript notes, for 88 Mr. C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. which I am indebted to Mr. Borrer ; and as it does not seem to have been noticed elsewhere, I have ventured to record it as a new species, and honour it with the name of my valued friend. In a marsh ditch at Henfield, Sussex, Mr. Borrer. Annual. July. 10. C. polysperma (A. Br. !); moncecious, stem slender equal flexible transparent, branchlets finely pointed those of the pri- mary whorls sterile once or twice unequally branched: middle subdivision longest, the other branchlets on axillary branches numerous densely crowded much subdivided with short inter- nodes, nucules and globules placed at the nodes of the branch- lets “ between the lateral rays ” (or bracts ?). C. polysperma, 4. Braun “ Fl. Bad. Crypt. ;? Flora, xvii. 56; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 352; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 162. C. fasciculata, “ Amici,’ A. Braun. A small plant resembling the preceding species, and having hike them bird’s-nest-like masses of branchlets. My specimens are slightly incrusted, as is stated to be the case in those found in France. Nucules small with faintly marked striz. Granules small. I gathered this species in the year. 1833 near Haslingfield in Cambridgeshire, but have not been able to find it there again. As numerous specimens were obtained by a party at that time, it is probably preserved in many collections under the name of C. nidifica, with which denomination it was’sent to Prof. Braun and named by him as above. Mr. Borrer possesses specimens found at Livermere near Bury St. Edmonds by the Rev. G. R. Leathes. Annual. April. ; Section II. Chara. Crown of the nucule of “ five cells forming a simple circle and sometimes spreading, persistent ” (A. Braun). Stems usually coated with smaller tubes. Chare vere. Granule taking the place of one of the bracts.— Diplostephane (A. Br.). A double row of spines (stipules) at the base of each whorl. a. Stem coated with as many tubes as there are branchlets in each whorl.—Branchlets coated. 11. C. ecrinita (Wallr.) ; dicecious, stem slender coarsely striated thickly beset with setaceous patent clustered spines, branchlets abbreviated, bracts whorled slender equal, nweules narrowly ob- long shorter than the bracts. C. eriita, Wallr. Ann. Bot. 190. t. 3; A. Braun in Flora, xviii. 70 ; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 355; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 165. C. canescens, Reich. Fl. exe. 150. Hippuris, &c., Plukn. Phytog. t. 193. f. 6. Wallir. Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 89 Stems slender, erect, flexible even when dry, smooth, not opake, densely crowded, slightly branched, pale green. Lower whorls rather distant, upper ones gradually closer, of 8—10 short branchlets each with six nodes and a whorl of five bracts at each node. Bracts usually as long as the internode. Nucules soli- tary with thirteen striz and a prominent crown. My British specimens are of the male plant only. Wallroth refers Pluknet’s Irish plant to this with certainty ; I have doubts. In stagnant ponds. Burdock Pool, Falmouth, Cornwall, Rev. W. L. P. Garnons. b. Stem coated with twice as many tubes as there are branchlets in each whorl. Branchlets coated, uppermost joints sometimes naked. 12. C. vulgaris (Linn. ?) ; moncecious, stems scabrous finely stri- ated brittle, upper part of the branchlets without external tubes, bracts only on the inner side of the branchlets long : two 2—4 times as long as the nucules, and two equaling them. C. vulgaris, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1624 (in part) ; Eng. Bot. t. 336; Ag. Syst. dig. 128; Hook. Eng. Fl. v. pt. 1. 246. C. foetida, 4. Braun “Fl. Bad. Crypt. ;? Flora, xviii. 63; Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2. 1. 354 ; Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 162 ; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Par. 679; Atl. t. 37. Plant diffuse, almost always incrusted. Branchlets appearing, at the first view, joimtless, minutely pointed. Nucules with thirteen striz and a short crown, accompanied by the globule. Bracts thick. Varying greatly in appearance, size and roughness, sometimes hispid, sometimes much denuded of the outer tubes in the upper part. A very much condensed form is the C. montana (Schultz), Reich. Fl. exsic. 2143. The Linnean C. vulgaris appears to include this and several other species. Ditches and streams: common. C. montana, Gilsland, Cum- berland, Mr. W. Christy. Annual. June to August. 13. C. hispida (Linn.); moncecious, stem thickened upwards spirally sulcate rough brittle beset with setaceous spines, branchlets elongated, bracts whorled (inner ones much longer), nucules ovate shorter than the bracts solitary, accompanied by a globule. C. hispida, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1624 ; Eng. Bot. t. 436; Wallr. Ann. Bot. 187.t. 4; Hook. Eng. Fl. v. pt. 1. 246; 4. Braun in Flora, xviii. 66; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1.355; Mutel Fl. Franc. iv. 163; Coss. ef Germ. Fl. Paris. 679 ; Atl. t. 38 B. Stems opake, greenish white, usually imerusted, covered with 90 Mr.C.C. Babington on the British species of Chara. minute tubercles ; spines generally very numerous, sometimes almost wanting; whorls of elongate, acuminate (by having the terminal segment denuded of outer tubes) branches, each of which has about six nodes and a whorl of 4—5 short bracts at each node. Pits and deep ditches, especially on a peaty soil. Annual. May to August. 14. C. tomentosa (Linn.) ; dicecious (?), stem thickened upwards spirally suleate rough brittle armed with scattered obtuse pa- pille, branchlets incurved, bracts unilateral ovate-oblong mu- cronate-acute, nucule shorter than the bract on each side of it longer than the three in front. C. tomentosa, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1624; Fries! Herb. Norm. v. 100 ; Mu- tel Fl. France. iv. 163; Reich.! Fl. exc. 150. C. latifolia, Willd.! “ Berol. Schr. ui. 129 ;” Hook. Icon. t. 532. C. ceratophylla 6. macroptila, 4. Brawn in Flora, xvii. 65 ; Ann. Se. Naé. ser. 2. 1. 355. The granules and nucules are probably upon different plants. Stem opake, whitish green, covered with very minute tubercles, and bearing distant somewhat whorled short obtuse papille. Branchlets like the stem ; their terminal division thicker, inflated, of one pellucid tube. Bracts pellucid, barren ones unilateral (?). “ Nucule with a large ovate bract on each side, and three small linear-oblong ones in front, also having three minute acute tu- bercles on the opposite side of the stem. Globule from a whorl of two or three large bracts not having smaller ones in front, but with two or three tubercles on the opposite side of the stem.” Hooker. In the foreign plant (Reich. Fl. exsic. 92, which is the au- thentic C. latifolia, Willd.), the bracts are apparently whorled. Fries’s specimen (Herb. Norm. v. 100) is without any incrusta- tion, smooth and scarcely twisted. Our plant is certainly the C. tomentosa (Linn.), C. latifolia (Willd.), and the C. ceratophylla (Wallr.) is a variety of it. Belvidere Lake, Westmeath, Ireland, Mr. D. Moore. c. Stem coated with three times as many tubes as there are branchlets in each whorl. 15. C. aspera (Willd.) ; dicecious, stem finely striate smooth flexible beset with setaceous patent spines, branchlets abbre- viated, bracts whorled slender (two inner ones ionger), nucules narrowly oblong shorter than the bracts. C. aspera, “ Willd. in Berol. Mag. d. N. ii. 298 ; Wallr. Ann. Bot. 185. t.6.f.3; 4. Braun! in Flora, xviii. 71 ; dnn. Se. Nat. ser. 2. i. 356 ; Mutel Fl. France. iv. 164; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Paris. 680 ; Atl. t.38D; Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2738; Fries! Herb. Norm. ii. 100. Mr. C. C. Babington on the British species of Chara. 91 Stems erect, not opake, pale green, densely crowded ; spines usually scattered, often very short, or irregularly collected in whorls (when it much resembles C. crinita, Wallr.) ; whorls of 6-9 branchlets of six nodes and a whorl of 4—5 bracts at each node ; bracts as long as the internode or shorter than it. Nucules solitary, with twelve or thirteen striz and a prominent crown. Distinguished from C. crinita, as is well remarked by Prof. A. Braun in his letter to Prof. Henslow, “by the more slender outer tubes of the stems.” I am doubtful concerning the plant figured by Greville (Scott. Crypt. Fl. t. 339), for he places nucules and granules upon the same plant. In stagnant water. Orkney, Mr. Clauston. Prestwich Car, Northumberland, Mr. Robertson; Greville. Irthing, Durham, Mr. Bowman; Hooker. Cleifiog Farm, four miles from Holy- head, Anglesea, Mr. Wilson. Carlton, Notts, Mr. Borrer. Bur- dock Pool near Falmouth, Cornwall, in company with C. crinita, Rev. W. L. P. Garnons. Loch of Skaill, Orkney, Miss Watt. In the river Shannon near Portumna, Galway, Mr. D. Moore ; Prof. Balfour. 16. C. fragilis (Desv.) ; moncecious, stems slender finely striated smooth not spinous, last 1-3 joints of the branchlets without external tubes, bracts on the inner side of the branchlets about as long or longer than the oblong nucules. C. fragilis, “Desv. ap. Lois. Not. Fl. Prane.137;? A. Braun in Flora, xvi. 68; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 2.1. 356; Reich.! Fl. exsic. 94; Mutel Fl. Franc. tv. 164 ; Coss. et Germ. Fl. Paris. 680; Atl. t. 38 C. C. pulchella, Wallr. Ann. Bot. 184. t.2; Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2824 ; Ag. Syst. Alg. 129. C. Hedwigi, dg. Syst. Alg. 129; Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2762. Slender, green, not incrusted. Main stem and branches usually with equally long branchlets. Nucule with thirteen or fourteen striz and a long crown, accompanied by the globule. Bracts usually shorter than the nucules, but one equaling them in length ; sometimes (C. fragilis longibracteata, A. Braun!, C. de- licatula, Ag.?) longer than them. The C. Hedwigit scarcely differs except in being very brittle when dry, the bracts shorter, and the branchlets of the main stem usually much longer than those of the branches. Ponds. Sussex, Rev. M. J. Berkeley. Derwentwater, Rev. E. A. Holmes. Serk, Rev. T. Salwey. Paradi, Guernsey.—Var. lon- gibracteata ; West Chiltington Common, Sussex; Berrington Pool, Shropshire.—C. Hedwigit ; Kast Gristead, Sussex ; Sand- wich, Kent, Rev. M. J. Berkeley. Annual. June to August. 92 Mr.T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. X.— Observations on the species of Termitidee of West Africa, described by Smeathman as Termes bellicosus, and by Linneus as T. fatalis. By T. 8S. Savace*. Havine read a condensed account and many extracts from the communication of Dr. Smeathman to the Royal Society of London on the insect in question, it seemed to me that no room was left for the discovery of additional facts. But, resi- ding in the locality of the Termes, I felt a desire to know per- sonally their ceconomy ; first, from motives of interest in the general subject of natural history; and secondly, in order to discover some way of preventing their supposed attacks on our buildings. As I proceeded, I noticed some mistakes made by Dr. Smeath- man or his many copiers, which induced me to record my own observations. Of these the following is a summary. I would here remark, that I have never seen the original nor entire publication of Dr. Smeathman’s paper; but what I have seen, is sufficient to show that he was an acute observer, a man of indomitable perseverance and accurate to a remarkable degree. The best account that I have read of his paper is that of Edward Newman, Esq., F'.R.S., in his ‘ Familiar Introduction to the History of Insects.’ It is free from the marks of a pru- rient imagination, and indicates more of a desire to relate the simple truth in the history of the insect than any that I have seen. The figures, however, which stand at the head of his account are decidedly bad. The first thing that strikes a visitor who is familiar with Adamson’s and Smeathman’s observations, when he arrives on the coast of Africa, is the great sparseness of the Termites’ hills. Instead of “ acres so thickly covered as to appear like the huts of native settlements,” his eye may wander over acres without seeing one ; one cause of this sparseness may have arisen to some extent from the introduction of civilization. The visitor usually lands first at the European or American settlements, where the hills in their immediate vicinity are mostly destroyed. This has been done, first, from the notion that the msect “ate down their dwellings ;” and, secondly, from the superiority of the clay of which they are constructed, which is ased for building purposes. At no point, however, between Cape Verd and the Gaboon river, will the stranger remark them for their numbers. They more frequently occur on plane and flat lands; making their appearance especially soon after the lands have been cleared for planting, at which time trees are left girdled and prostrate to decay. * From the Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, vol. iv. No. 11. Mr. T. 8. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 98 The features which first strike the beholder are their great size and form. These have been well represented by Smeathman, though two hills cannot be found exactly like. Their contour is generally that of a hay-stack—the surface never regular, always marked with protuberances and upward projections, often not unlike “ turrets,” as termed by Smeathman. Sometimes the hill presents the aspect of a mound having been worn down by the heavy rains, or, if in the vicinity of a village, by children playing upon it. In such cases they may be forsaken. When they present distinct upward projections or turrets, they are known to be in the process of enlargement. This is always the mode in which these insects increase their domiciles. Turrets are projected one after another, and the intervening spaces filled out, so as to make a continuous surface. Within each of these turrets is a cavity which leads down as a passage into the inte- rior of the hill, or terminates in some other passage, keeping up a free communication throughout the structure. When hills present in their general outline the form of a hay-stack, they have arrived at their maximum size. Their height in such cases is from 12 to 15 feet perpendicular measurement, the cireum- ference at base from 50 to 60 feet; at two-thirds the height, or around the base of the “dome,” from 30 to 40 feet. The materials have for their base clay, generally strongly tinged with oxide of iron in the recent state ; after exposure to the sun and atmosphere it takes on a light colour, approaching a dull yellow, in some cases white. There is an admixture, more or less, of other substances incidentally occurring, as gravel, leaves, straw, &c. Sometimes the clay presents a dark, slaty aspect, which is in- correctly stated in books to be an indication of a different species of insect. This fact is owing to different-coloured clays exist- ing in different localities. The strength of these structures is incaleulably great; as an evidence of this, Smeathman states that they are often mounted by wild bulls, and four men were known to stand on one to spy a vessel at sea. But more than this, they would sustain more wild bulls and men than could possibly mount them. The particles of clay are cemented together by a fluid excreted from the mouth of the insect (not as Smeathman says, by gums elaborated from the different kinds of wood on which they feed). This, by ex- posure to the sun and atmosphere, becomes exceedingly hard and tenacious on the surface, added to which, the action of the well- known principle in mechanical philosophy involved in the arched form of the structure gives to it a vast degree of strength. This feature in the ceconomy of the Termes fatalis—the strength of 94 Mr.T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. the domiciles—is a wise provision in nature. It guards the hills against the heavy wasting rains of the country, and enables them to resist the shock of decayed falling trees, which so often occur on recently cleared grounds. When it is known that it is the practice of the natives of Africa not to plant the same piece of ground two years in succession, but let it lie fallow four or five years, and clear up a new spot every year, and as many trees are girdled and left to decay and fall, the wisdom of this feature will be understood. On clearing away the shrubbery and grass around the base of a hill, several covered ways or clay tubes will be seen leading to neighbouring stumps and decayed logs. These tubes, sometimes 12 inches in diameter at base, gradually diminish, ramifying as they proceed outward. If their connection with the hill be broken, as many holes will be seen, constituting mouths of pas- sages, which run in a sloping direction to a depth of 12 or 18 inches under the domicile. These passages expand into basement rooms, bounded by clay pillars, supporting a series of archwork on which rest. the “cellular work,” “royal apartments,” and superincumbent interior portions of the structure. The exterior of the hill consists of a clay wall varying in thick- ness on the different sides from 6 inches to 1} foot. Through- out this wall there are cavities, cells and passages, anastomosing and running from the base to the apex, forming a communica- tion with the “dome.” Within, at the base, elevated to a height of one to two feet above the surface of the ground, and central in respect to the circumference of the hill, is the apartment of the king and queen, styled by Smeathman “the royal chamber,” surrounded by many other apartments or chambers, containing eges and young of various sizes and stages of growth, all sup- ported by the archwork mentioned. It will be observed, that Mr. Smeathian states that the “royal apartments” are on a level with the surface of the ground ; but, in every case, I have found them elevated from 1 to 2 feet, de- pending on the height of the structure. Indeed, at certain sea- sons, this elevation becomes a matter of necessity in many lo- calities. Were it otherwise, the royal pair would be in danger of inundation during the long and violent rains of that country. Immediately above the royal apartments, extending across and up the sides of the hill to about two-thirds their height, are the “nurseries ” of Smeathman, a yellow, dry, comb-like gra- nulated substance, inclosed in moist red clay, so moist that it can be made by the hands into balls. In this substance are nu- merous narrow serpentine cavities or cells, containing eggs and young in different stages. Scattered on the surface are perceived, in a recent state, many minute white globular fungi. Imme- Mr. T. S. Savage on the Termitidee of West Africa. 95 diately above, and interior to the nurseries, lie the ‘‘ magazines ” of Smeathman, rising to the height of about a foot. These are a cellular arrangement of soft clay, filled with a dark brown gra- nulated substance, supposed by Mr. Smeathman to be the “ food.” It is very moist, and appears to be vegetable substance, commi- nuted and reduced to this state by the insect. Between the royal apartments and nurseries is the first-floor of Smeathman ; immediately above the magazines is the second ; then comes the “ dome,” a large cavity in the upper part of the structure. With the dome there is a communication by nume- rous passages with the different parts of the hill, and thus a free circulation of warm air kept up, giving a uniform temperature to the domicile. The principles of philosophy known in the tendency of air to an equilibrium, its ascent when rarefied, condensation and descent in coming in contact with a colder ‘mediom, thus securing a uniformity of temperature, are all involved in this peculiarity of structure. The statement of Dr. Smeathman respecting the primary size and subsequent mode of increase of the royal apartments is a matter of deduction, though undoubtedly correct. In small hills the queen is found of corresponding size. As the hills increase, the size of the queen and her apartments are known to increase. The adjacent portions must be taken down to meet this enlarge- ment. ‘This is true also of other portions of the structure. As the outer projections, or turrets, are sent up from within, and the intervening spaces filled out, a portion of what was previously the exterior must be removed, to admit of the expansion of the interior arrangements, the nurseries, magazines, &c. This changer and removal must be more or less true, also, of almost all par es of the domicile. The community was divided by Smeathman into three orders : Ist, the workers ; 2nd, soldiers; 3rd, the perfect insects, male and female, or king and queen ; a fourth order or state was sub- sequently noticed by Latreille among another species in the south of France, at Bordeaux (Termes lucifugus). It was afterwards observed in the East Indies, and incidentally noticed by an ano- nymous writer in manuscript on a Ceylonese species (Kirby and Spence’s Introduct. vol. i. p. 33). This was the nympha or pupa state of the workers, in which rudimental wings were ob- served. The same state was inferred and averred of T. fatalis, by Messrs. Kirby and Spence, and adopted by compilers. I have never known this inference to be confirmed by any observer wri- ting on the African species; but I am happy-in being able to assert the fact from personal observation, and, furthermore, to declare the same of the soldiers. I have seen both with rudi- mental wings distinct. Messrs. Kirby and Spence suppose the 96 Mr. T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. pupze to be equally active with their respective larvee, which is not the case ; they are exceedingly delicate and sluggish. Of these several orders, the labourers are by far the most nu- merous. They seem to be susceptible of two divisions-—larger and smaller labourers. The latter exceed the former in numbers, and are found chiefly in the domicile. The work about the hill, such as constructing, repairing, bearing away the eggs from the maternal department, &c., seems to be done by them. Of the larger size, some few are found in the hill, but they exist in greater numbers in the covered ways, about and in the objects of plunder. The mandibles of this division are very hard and strong, and admirably adapted to the performance of what I sup- pose to be their part in the community, which is the comminu- ting of the different kinds of wood on which they prey, and the reducing of the clay from which their hills are made to a port- able condition. A like division of labour I have noticed among the Driver Ants of Africa (Anomma arcens and A. rubella). Messrs. Kirby and Spence are incorrect when they say (Intro- duct. vol. 1. pp. 40, 41) that “they carry in ther mouths a mass of mortar half as big as their bodies, ready tempered, made of the finer parts of gravel, which, worked up to a proper con- sistence, hardens to a substance resembling stone, of which their nests are constructed.” The amount each insect carries at a time is so small as to be hardly perceptible to the naked eye. When the work is done it presents a minutely granulated appear- ance, like that of the “ nurseries.” Nor is it already “ tempered,” ready to be laid. The insect, when it arrives at the place of de- posit, stops for an instant, and retaining its hold on the piece of clay, undergoes a slight tremulous movement, more perhaps like the spasmodic action of vomiting, when a fluid being seen to be excreted from the mouth over it, the clay is deposited. This cor- rects the supposition of Smeathman, that the cementing medium was guin obtained from the trees on which they preyed. The outer surface of the work when recent presents a red, moist, granulated appearance, but when acted on by the sun and atmo- sphere it approaches a dull white or yellow, and is highly indu- rated, more so than simple clay dried in the sun can be. It however falls far short of the hardness of stone; as the hill is penetrated, the clay becomes softer until the interior is found to be so plastic that it can be made into balls under the pressure of the hand. The young of this order are seen of all sizes; the nymphe of Latreille differing from the others apparently m no respect but that of their rudimentary wings. Soldiers —Of this order there seems to be ground for two divisions also, larger and smaller. When a breach is made in the hill, the smaller soldiers are Mr. T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 97 seen with the labourers in small numbers, and retreat with them to the interior. Then appear the larger soldiers, whose duty especially it is to defend the community. Their conduct, fero- cious aspect, &c. have been well described by Smeathman, and need not be here repeated. It has been said, however, whether by Mr. Smeathman or not, I cannot state, that in the act of biting “they never quit their hold even though they are pulled limb from limb” (Kirby and Spence, Introduct. vol. ii. p. 40). This assertion has been correctly made of the Driver Ants of Africa (Anomma arcens and A. rubella), but cannot be of the Termes fatalis. It is the habit of this insect to let go imme- diately after biting, and strike as fiercely at another place, doing this several times in quick succession. The manner in which its jaws operate will not admit of a continued hold. Like scissors (unlike the mandibles of the Anomma) they cross each other, separating the fibres by a clear cut through. In about fifteen minutes after the attack of the enemy, the work of reparation begins by the labourers, who, accompanied by a few of the smaller soldiers, and occasionally a larger, appear in great numbers. In view of the duty performed by these two orders, it is a surprising fact that both males and females are without eyes. These, at particular seasons, leave the hills in vast numbers. “The rains,” as they are familiarly termed in Africa, begin in May, sooner or later, and continue with some intermissions until October. During the month of July, and sometimes extending into August, an intermission takes place under the name of “middle dries,” dividing them into “early and latter rains.”? At the beginning of these seasons—“ early and latter rains,’’—the Termes swarm (if it may be so called) in incalculable numbers. At their exit so rapid is their ascent, that they present the ap- pearance of smoke rising from all parts of the hill. The holes through which they escape are temporary, created for this pur- pose, and closed when the swarming ceases. During this pro- cess, the atmosphere for many rods distant seems to be filled with them. Birds are then seen whirling and darting through the air in quick pursuit—all orders of insect-eating animals are now on the alert. Barn-yard fowls are seen to jump up several feet from the ground to catch them as they descend. Indeed, men as well as brutes make them their prey. All tribes of Afri- cans however do not eat them. The Grebos, who inhabit Cape Palmas, and among whom these observations were made, reject them as food. Why, it is difficult to tell, unless it be from the trouble attending their capture. It is not from any fastidiousness of taste, for they are known to eat snakes, toads, grubs, beetles, and even putrid meat, with zest. Tribes about fifty miles to the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 7 98 Mr.T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. windward of Cape Palmas use them as food. To catch them, bowls of water are set on the ground, into which they fall as their wings drop off. They are then roasted as shrimps, and the larger beetles (Goliathi) are said to be equally sweet. ; The individuals of the two sexes appear to be about the same size when they issue from the hill, not exceeding half an inch. The largest queen I have ever seen at the head of a community measured 43 inches in length. Messrs. Kirby and Spence state that the queen lives but two years, which is incorrect. I have observed the yearly increase of hills for five years or more, and, when dissected, they have yielded a queen of corresponding size. To say that a successor to the original one might have been elected would be gratuitous. Nothing is known of their habits to warrant such an assertion, while everything we do know goes to prove that they live for many years. It is stated also, that but one queen is ever found in a hill. This, too, is incorrect. But one is generally found. I have known two to occur. They were contained in the same struc- ture, called by Smeathman ‘the royal chamber,” but separated by a septum of clay. The hill was of the usual size. It was “dug down” by a colonist at Cape Palmas, who, knowing that I was investigating the habits of the insect, kindly brought them to my residence. I regretted exceedingly my inability to decide the question which arose to my mind at first sight, “ Is it a case of bigamy ?” The person who discovered them took no notice, and was unable to say that he saw even one king. It occurred to me that it might be an anomaly. I therefore made inqui- ries at Montserrado and the different European settlements that I visited, and ascertained that the same thing had occurred at those points, though it was considered quite unusual. I am able here to confirm the truth of Mr. Smeathman’s state- ment, that the king and queen are permanently inclosed in their . apartment, which has been doubted by the eminent writer of the article Termitide, in the ‘ British Cyclopedia of Natural History’ (understood to be J. O. Westwood, Esq.). The sentence in which the doubt occurs runs as follows :— “ The young queen of the hive swarms is followed by a portion of the community ; and the female after swarming, and the loss of her wings, is guarded by the worker ants ; there is, therefore, so much analogy in these circumstances that we are almost tempted to consider that Smeathman must have erred in stating that the working Termites imprison both the king and queen Termes. That it should be necessary for the latter to be care- fully guarded will be very evident ; but why the king in his help- less and wingless state (for we consider that the loss of wings is Mr. T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 99 consequent upon and not precedent to pairing) should be shut up, seems questionable. We make these observations with hesitation, because Latreille, and Kirby and Spence seem to adopt, without hesitation, this statement of Smeathman.” I feel it my duty to notice particularly this doubt, coming as it does from a source of such high respectability as the present Corresponding Secretary of the London Ent. Soc., J. O. West- wood, Esq. It should be remembered that in penning this doubt, Mr. West- wood was sitting within-doors at Hammersmith, England, many thousand miles distant from the scene of Mr. Smeathman’s patient and prolonged observation. Mr. Smeathman states what he knew to be a fact, and respecting which I can see no way in which he could be mistaken. Mr. Westwood misapprehends a remark of Mr. Smeathman on their “ swarming,” if it can be so called. I do not understand Mr. Smeathman to state that the queen is accompanied by any other individuals than those of the two sexes—other perfect males and females. He says that as workers are always to be found on the surface of the ground, the king and queen are captured by them, and thus made to become the heads of new communities. On what foundation ¢hzs statement rests I know not ; but must confess that in this part of their ceconomy I think there exists a lacuna yet to be filled. As to the state- ment, however, involving the perpetual imprisonment of the king and queen, I have no doubt. The facts respecting the struc- ture of the “royal chamber” sufficiently prove it. Any one who has seen a fully-developed queen will say that she is incapable of progression, and the fact that no aperture has been discovered in the “ chamber” among the many hills dissected at different seasons, sufficient to admit of the ingress and egress of the king, aud hardly of the larger class of soldiers, must suffice. It has been stated also by compilers of Smeathman, that the insect shrinks from light, which is a reason for their constructing covered ways. But if it be remembered that the two orders— soldiers and workers-—are perfectly blind, the assertion must appear to be gratuitous. The true cause of their erection of covered ways would seem to lie in the fact that the imsect is a prey to a vast number of other insects, reptiles, &c. Smeathman and others state that Termes bellicosus is the insect which devours dwelling-houses, furniture, &c. This also I con- sider an error. I doubted its accuracy at the commencement of my observations, and made inquiries subsequently of intelligent observers at Sierra Leone and Montserrado, all of whom confirmed me in my doubts. The white ants found in our houses preying on our furniture, books, &c. are smaller, and larger m proportion to their breadth, than 7. bellicosus. The soldiers which accom- wk 100 Mr.T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. pany the labourers and are found with them in their covered ways along the sills, floors and roofs of our houses, differ palpably mm these respects from those of T. bellicosus. I made known my doubts on this point to my correspondent Mr. Westwood of London, proving the truth of my statement by specimens taken from my own dwellings, but, unfortunately, the bottles containing them were broken, and I failed of my object. I consider these house-eaters as the 7. arborum of Smeathman. One of their nests, indeed, I found in the roof of my office, and by them great damage was done to the building ; besides many books were de- stroyed, having been eaten through and through. Another nest also was found in a small out-building ; the insects of these two nests corresponded to those found in my dwellings, &c., while marked differences existed between the latter and 7. bellicosus. I regret exceedingly that the steps to prove this opinion have failed in the manner above stated. I hesitate not, however, to assert it, confirmed as it is by other observers. Hills dissected. Hill 1st—Opened 22nd March, 1842. General outlines very much like those of a hay-stack ; situated in a valley. Measurement. Circumference at base «0/5. <=): . 22) 0.) open fe at 2 height from base . . . 25,, Height from apex to base on the surface . . 13 ,, is a vs perpendicular >... 6h saa The work was begun with three men at 20 minutes past 4 P.M., and required 24 hours to accomplish it. : The material was red clay, obtained about two feet below the surface-soil, the latter being a mixture of sand and decayed vege- table matter brought down from the surrounding hills. The surface was highly indurated, receiving a slight impression from a single blow of the mattock. The order first seen was the workers, who instantly retreated on exposure to the external air. They were succeeded by one and then another, and then many of the larger class of soldiers, who, rushing out in great rage with jaws extended, threatened vengeance on the intruders. The experiment of permitting them to bite was tried several times, when it was perceived that a drop of brownish fluid was exuded upon the part. The sensation was like that of a minute sharp-cutting instrument, the jaws moving in cross direction hke SCISSOrS. On breaking several of the upward projections or “ turrets,” they were perceived to be hollow, leading into the “ dome,” and Mr. T.S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 101 the main passages in the walls down to the basement. These several passages were smooth, as if by being well-worn by con- stant tread, and it undoubtedly is through them that their food is brought from below to the “magazines.” The first fragment of the hill exposed numerous apparent perforations, from the size of a shot to that of a dollar, which were increased by every stroke ; these were the different passages, running in every direc- tion and anastomosing with each other, keeping up a communi- cation throughout the domicile. The walls seemed to be about 12 inches thick, and contained numerous cavities or cells of various sizes and shapes, with young in different stages of growth, extremely white and delicate. They communicated with each other and with the main passages. The number of young contained in them varied from twelve to twenty. When several were found in one cell, they were regularly and closely packed, with their heads converging towards the bottom. The first idea which this arrangement presented to my mind, was that of pigs in an autumnal night, stowed in the angle of a “ Vir- ginia fence.” Having beaten away the wall of the hill, a layer of light brown spongy substance was seen, its structure irregularly cellular and inclosed in red moist clay of corresponding form ; the “ nurseries” of Smeathman. The cells contained young of different sizes ; on the surface were visible numerous scattered minute white glo- bular bodies, probably fungi. Messrs. Kirby and Spence sup- pose them to belong to the genus Mucor. But the Mucorini are generated from decayed animal and stercoraceous matter. Without a microscopic examination, they seem to me to be as- signed more naturally to the Trichocisti, perhaps Trichia, the pin- head fungi, which are known to spring from decayed vegetable substance. It is highly probable that the material of which these nurseries are made is at base vegetable matter. hei extent, as thus observed, is from the base to two-thirds the height of the sides of the hill. Centrally to these, and lying immediately under the floor of the “dome,” was a series of cellular work, en- tirely of clay, filled with a chestnut-brown substance, very moist, having the appearance of rasped or gnawed wood, and other vegetable matter. These are Smeathman’s “ magazines” and “food,” which, with the nurseries, constitute almost two-thirds of the contents of the structure. Throughout the nurseries were found young in different stages of growth: those in the external cells were smaller and mostly without rudimental wings ; those in the interior cells were larger, with distinctly developed mandibles and rudimentary wings ge- nerally, the pupe of soldiers. The young in the interior of this cellular work, with a few exceptions, were assuming the yellow 102 Mr. T.S. Savage on the Termitidee of West Africa. colour which marks the head and thorax of the workers and soldiers in their perfect or active state ; the exceptions were of a pure white. As the larger passages were opened, a strong current of warm air from within was perceptible. I attempted to look down the “dome,” but was compelled to withdraw immediately, my respi- ration being affected, and the glasses of my spectacles coated with a film of moisture; a strong, peculiar, but not unpleasant odour was perceived. It was observed, that the deeper we pene- trated, the more numerous became the young, and the more ad- vanced were they in growth. The structure called the “ royal chamber” by Smeathman was discovered in a position central in respect to the circumference of the hill, and about 18 inches above the surface of the ground. Around and beneath it was a connected series of clayey cellular work, in which were found the young, as before stated. The chamber was of an oblong shape, rounded at the ends and sides ; flattened and thick above and below. It was supported on one side by two pillars about three-quarters of an inch in diameter ; on the other, it was attached to the surrounding clay-work. I accidentally broke open the inclosure, being misled by the state- ment of Smeathman, that it was situated on a level with the sur- face of the ground. The queen was discovered, surrounded by a large number of the larger labourers, a few soldiers, and some of the more advanced pupz, all of whom were running rapidly round her, manifesting the greatest perturbation. The queen made great efforts at progression, constantly turning her head and thorax from side to side, but without moving in the least her huge abdomen. Her whole length was 42 inches. The king, evidently in great alarm, made repeated efforts to conceal himself under the abdominal folds of his consort. On examining further the “royal chamber,” a wide cavity was observed running horizontally along the upper part or roof, ex- ternally, but without any signs of communication with the mte- rior. On the under surface of the roof, or ceiling, is a long de- pression, corresponding in shape to the body of the queen, which gives her that freedom of motion necessary to the extension of her eggs. This motion is compound, first in a longitudinal, then transverse direction, alternately elongating, contracting and widening her body, which is marked with short, thick, transverse bands. The skin is thrown into folds, while these bands operate as so many fixed points or centres of muscular action, forcing the eggs through their ducts to the place of exit. For some time after exposure, the queen continued the expul- sion of her eggs, but not, as I am inclined to think, to the usual extent. They were white and very minute, and left untouched Mr. T. S. Savage on the Termitide of West Africa. 103 by the workers, who evidently continued in a state of the greatest alarm. The floor of the chamber was perfectly plane and smooth, ex- hibiting not the slightest impression from the body of the queen. The roof in the centre was 3 of an inch thick ; the floor about 3; at the line of conjunction about 4. Posteriorly im the line of junction between the roof and floor was a small aperture, sheltered from above by a spur of clay running downwards, which was the only way discovered of ingress and egress. It could not have admitted an insect larger than the soldiers, and even to them, as it then appeared, it must have been a “strait gate.’ The king could not have passed, and, consequently, not the queen. It had the appearance of having been repeatedly closed and opened by collections of clay around it. That the queen is inclosed for life, is evident from the fact that she is, from her great size, incapable of progression of herself, or of being transported by any means within the power of the com- munity. On clearing away the refuse at the base of the hill, the orifices of the main passages under the basement were discovered; de- scending in a sloping direction, they led to large vacant rooms, made by the pillars supporting the archwork, on which rests the interior of the structure. These pillars or columns were of an irregular, rounded shape, from 3} to 23 inches in diameter, and stood on the solid ground about 6 inches high. On visiting this hill the next morning, all the passages in that portion of the wall not dissected were found well closed with fresh deposits of clay, and also a continuous layer spread over the remaining central cellular work. This was done during the night by the surviving members of the community for their pro- tection against the cool air of the night, the rain, and hostile insects. The opening of a hill is the signal for the gathering of all their foes,—ants, reptiles, &c. ; hence the speedy closing of their various entrances is a step of primary importance. Another hill, previously dissected, was, after a time, so far repaired as to be externally perfect. On taking it down again, though the cellular work was apparently restored, no queen was found nor royal apartments; a few workers were all the insects discovered, and they were collected in the cells in the walls of the hill. Hill 2nd.— Opened Feb. 3rd, 1847. Circumference at base . . . . 26 ft. 10 in. Height on the outer surface . . 8, 6,, A diagonal section was made by a cross cut saw, beginning just below the upper floor of Smeathman. 104 Mr. F. Townsend on a supposed new species of Glyceria. The walls were much the thickest on the north side, nearly double those on the south, measuring 14 foot through. It being in a locality where sand and gravel abounded, their materials were freely mixed with the clay. The covered ways leading from the base to objects ef plunder at a distance were in this case larger and more numerous than any I have seen before. The main one measured 12 inches in diameter, and gave off several branches which proceeded in va- rious directions. These were traced to sticks, stumps and logs, which afforded them prey. In this case the labourers in the hill were generally of the smaller class, while those in the covered ways and in the stumps were larger, having strong, stout jaws, well-adapted to the gnaw- ing of wood. The “royal chamber” was found raised about 13 foot above the level of the ground. Hill 3rd.—Cireumference at base, 50 feet. Height, 14: feet. The notes do not state whether this is the perpendicular height or not. Several fresh turrets were erected on the top, having a moist, deep red, granular appearance. The structure called the “royal chamber ” measured externally 10 inches in length, internally 8 inches. Its height from the level of the ground was 2 feet 8 inches. The length of the queen 43 inches. Shrubs or small trees are frequently seen growing up through the hills. Such trees are never seen dead, consequently are not eaten by the insect. XI.—On a supposed new species of Glyceria. By Freperick Townsenp, B.A.* In 1846 I drew up a description of a supposed new species of Glyceria, which had probably been confounded with other de- scribed species, viz. G. fluitans and G. plicata ; and a paper on the three plants was read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh on November 9 in that year, but for the purpose of adding the results of further observations, it was not then published. Re- vised characters for, and some remarks upon, the three supposed species are now again submitted to the Society. In my former paper I applied the name of G. hybrida to the new plant ; but as the use of that word might lead to erroneous theoretical conclusions, I now substitute the name of G. pedicel- lata. The specific characters may stand as follows :— 1. Glyceria fluitans (R. Br.). Panicle simple, elongate, sub- secund, spreading whilst in flower, otherwise close ; branches * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh Dee. 13, 1849. Mr. F. Townsend on a supposed new species of Glyceria. 105 simple, lowermost mostly in pairs; rachis smooth ; spikelets linear, of 7-12 acute florets ; outer pale oblong-lanceolate, length exceeding twice its breadth: apex acute, somewhat apiculate ; anthers five times as long as broad; sheaths even; careopsis linear-elliptical. Var. 8. Inflorescence spiked. Rachis perfectly smooth, never swollen as in G. plicata. Leaves pungent ; sheaths roughish ; ligule obtuse, frequently obscurely three-toothed. Panicle subsecund, elongate ; branches not bear- ing more than five spikelets, one branch only of each of the lower- most clusters bearing several spikelets ; uppermost spikelets of the branches and rachis mostly sessile or upon short rigid pedi- cels ; pedicels more or less scabrous. Inner pale equaling the outer in length or surpassing it. Anthers purple, sometimes yellow. Careopsis linear-elliptical. It flowers from June to September, sometimes bearing a second crop late in the year, and is universally distributed. It grows in stagnant and running water. 2. G. pedicellata. Panicle simple, elongate, subsecund; branches simple, always spreading, lowermost mostly in threes; rachis smooth ; spikelets linear, of 7-16 obtuse florets ; outer pale ob- long, twice as long as broad: apex entire or slightly and irre- gularly denticulate-crenate; anthers three times as long as broad ; sheaths sulcate. Rachis perfectly smooth, never swollen as in G. plicata. Leaves plicate, acute ; sheaths roughish ; ligule obtuse, somewhat apiculate. Panicle subsecund, elongate; branches not bearing more than six spikelets, one branch only of each of the lowermost clusters bearing several spikelets ; spikelets more or less stalked ; pedicels slender, flexible. Outer pale strongly mbbed when dry, more membranous than in the other two species; inner pale rather shorter than the outer. Squamule with an inflated ap- pearance. Anthers always yellow; lips incurved after bursting. The careopsis has not been observed. It flowers from June to September, and has been noticed in several places in Cambridgeshire, and at Dovedale near Blockley, Worcestershire. It is found in stagnant and running water. 3. G. plicata (Fries!). Panicle compound ; branches compound, always spreading, lowermost mostly in fives, uppermost crowded; rachis scabrous above; spikelets linear, of 7-12 rather obtuse florets ; outer pale oval, not twice as long as broad : apex obtuse-angled, obscurely three-toothed ; anthers twice as long as broad ; sheaths sulcate ; careopsis roundish-elliptical. Var. 8. Panicle simple. ~Rachis more or less rough from just below the panicle and 106 Mr. F. Townsend on a supposed new species of Glyceria. upwards, wavy and twisted above, and frequently with a swollen appearance. Leaves _plicate, rather obtuse, more flaccid and of a darker green than in the other two species; sheaths sul- cate, rough ; ligule obtuse, apiculate, obscurely three-toothed or entire. Panicle often drooping, not so elongate as in either of the above; clusters arranged at shorter distances; branches often spreading in all directions from the twisting of the rachis, uppermost crowded, a single branch often bearing sixteen or more spikelets, two branches of each of the lowermost clusters bearing several spikelets; spikelets shorter than in either of the above, uppermost spikelets of the branches and rachis sessile or upon short rigid pedicels; pedicels always scabrous. Florets smaller than in either of the above. Inner pale rather shorter than the outer. Anthers purple, sometimes yellow. Careopsis round- ish-elliptical, and at once distinguishable from that of G. fluitans, which is linear-elliptical. It flowers from June to September, sometimes bearing a se- cond crop late in the year, and is of frequent occurrence. It grows in stagnant and running water. This is the G. plicata (Fries), ‘Herb. Normale Suec.’ fase. 5. No. 91, and is thus proved to be the plant described under that name by him. Glyceria fluitans may at once be distinguished by its even sheaths, those of the other species under consideration being sulcate. G. pedicellata may be known from G. plicata by its spikelets being much longer and florets larger, its panicle simple and elongate, ¢ one branch only of each cluster beari ing more than one spikelet, and the whole plant of a lighter green and more wire-like. A common observer might at a glance distinguish the plants by these characters. The character of the inflorescence in G. pedicellata appears constant, whilst in the other plants it is variable, and for this reason I have noticed varieties derived from the form of inflo- rescence. By a compound panicle I understand that the main branches develope other branches upon which the spzkelets are arranged, and the panicle is thus twice compound ; in the simple panicle the pedicels of the spikelets spring directly from the main branches. The name pedicellata has been chosen in consideration of the pedicels of the spikelets being longer and more decided in that plant than in the others, which have frequently quite sessile spikelets. I have met with no description of G. pedicellata. From its having somewhat intermediate characters, it has probably been confounded both with G. fluitans and G. plicata. With regard to published figures, of which there are many, I will venture a few remarks. The figure given by Reichenbach (Icon. Fl. Germ. Mr. F, Townsend ona supposed new species of Glyceria. 107 vii. t.79) is an excellent one of G. plicata ; except the fruit, which is a tolerable representation of that of G. fluitans, as will be seen by reference to Nees von Esenbeck (Gen. Pl. Fl. Germ. Monocot. i. 57), whose figure of the fruit is exactly that of G. plicata ; the rest of the plate by the latter author is not sufficiently accurate. By Parnell (Brit. Grasses, t. 45), as far as I can judge, a fair figure is given of G. pedicellata ; and in Curtis (Fl. Lond. i. t. 18) also is to be found a good plate of the same plant: the form of the panicle is good; but the outer pale is too long, and the magni- fied representation still less accurate ; the anthers and leaves are accordant. There only remains one other figure to be noticed, viz. that given in ‘English Botany’ (t. 1520); it is however so faulty that I can determine nothing with sufficient accuracy. Since the above was forwarded to the Botanical Society at Edinburgh on Nov. 29th, 1849, some “ Remarks on G. fluitans and G. plicata” have appeared in the ‘ Phytologist’ (mi. 734) from the pen of Mr. W. H. Purchas, on whose paper I should wish to say a few words. In G. fluitans I have not myself ob- _ served any characters by which specimens with appressed branches may be distinguished from those with the branches divaricate ; colour is the only distinction which Mr. Purchas has remarked, and of this he appears to speak only from recollection and to consider almost valueless. G. plicata a. of the same paper is certainly my G. pedicellata ; but these plants do not agree in the proportion of the outer pale ; in the latter the outer pale is twice as long as broad, in the former it is less than twice as long as broad. The character taken from the position of the apex of the outer pale with re- spect to the floret next above (when first attempting to distin- guish the plants) I thought might be of value, but afterwards de- termined it to be worthless. The plicature of the leaves may be found in all these plants, but not generally in G. flutans, whilst in G. pedicellata and G. plicata I have found the plicature pretty constant. That a specimen from Mr. Moore agrees with this plant is possible, as the two latter plants possess some characters in common and were not then distinguished ; but an original speci- men from that botanist preserved in Mr. Babington’s herbarium is the G. plicata of this paper. The description of G. plicata B, which Mr. Purchas thought to be my plant, is that of G. plicata (Fries), with the exception of the proportion of the outer pale and the character given of the leaves. It is curious that Mr. Purchas should never have ob- served the leaves to be folded, as I have found them very con- stantly so, having examined plants from numerous localities in several countries. The panicle has truly a “ fuller look,” “from the greater number of compound branches,” as well as from 108 Mr. J.G. Jeffreys on British Odostomiz. their being arranged at shorter distances. The same botanist also observes, that “two branches of each whorl are almost constantly compound,” and this character I have taken the liberty of inserting im other words in my observations on this plant. The remainder of his paper accords with my own obser- vations, with exceptions which have been already noticed. I have however frequently found this plant in stagnant pools, and can- not as yet discover that either of the three affects peculiar situa- tions. There is only one more remark to be made, and this respecting the suspected hybrid origin of the plant; Mr. Purchas seems to imply that I held that opinion, but in my original but unpublished paper it was expressly stated that my convictions were that it could not be a hybrid, and the plant was therefore considered by me as a species ; the unfortunate choice of a name has not unnaturally conveyed a wrong impression of my views. XII.—Supplementary Notes on British Odostomiz. By J. G. Jerrreys, F.R. & LS. Since the publication of my paper on this subject in the ‘ An- nals of Natural History’ for November 1848, the discoveries of that indefatigable conchologist Mr. Barlee, and the communica- tions of other scientific friends, have induced me to notice the following additions of species and localities :— Odostomia pallida var. a. Guernsey, Mr. Barlee. Var. 6. Loch Fyne, A. MacNab. O. Rissoides var. b. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. alba var. a. This has been lately found by Mr. Alder on the coasts of Northumberland and the Isle of Man, and described by him in the Transactions of the Newcastle Naturalists’ Club, under the name of O. fulva. It appears to attain a greater size than any other of the true Odostomie. O. nitida monstr. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O.albella var.a, minor, sutura profundiore. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. acuta. In this species, as well as plicata and unidentata, may be detected, by the aid of a good magnifying glass, faint but regular spiral striz. O. turrita. Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway, Mr. Barlee. O. cylindrica. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. plicata var. a. Northumberland coast, Professor King. Guernsey ; Burrow Island; Mr. Barlee. O. unidentata. Arran Island and Birtabuy Bay, co. Galway ; Burrow Island ; Mr. Barlee. Mr. J.G. Jeffreys on British Odostomiz. 109 O. conoidea var. a. Arran Island, co. Galway; Guernsey ; Mr. Barlee. O. diaphana. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. decorata (un. s.). Testa ovato-oblonga, diaphana, nitida, alba, per dimidium in- feriorem anfractis cujusque striis impressis undulatis circa 15 sculpta ; anfractus 5, convexi, ultimo plusquam @ test zquante ; apex obtusus; sutura subobliqua, profunde incisa; apertura ovata, subtus rotundata, superne ad mediam anfractis ultimi inflexa ; peristoma OE os umbilicum includens ; plica in- conspicua. Long. }5, lat. 4; une. Burrow Island, Mr. Bean and Mr. Barlee. In my former paper I had confounded this species with O. ob- liqua, but am now satisfied of its distinctness, by reason of the spire being less oblique, the whorls more convex, the regular and close strize on the lower half of each whorl, the absence of a fold on the pillar, and especially of the well-defined umbilicus. IT re- ceived the species some years ago from Mr. Bean under the MS. name of decorata; and as this name has been used by British conchologists, it may be inexpedient to change it for perhaps a more appropriate appellation. It differs from O. diaphana in its less cylindrical form and the greater convexity of its whorls, be- sides possessing spiral strize and an umbilicus, which are wanting in the other species. O. obliqua. Lerwick, Mr. Barlee. O. insculpta. Dunvegan, Skye ; Oban ; Burrow Island; Mr. Barlee. O. truncatula (n. s.). Testa oblongo-cylindrica, tenuis, nitida, alba, striis subtilibus spiraliter corrugata preesertim in anfractibus apicalibus, longitu- dinaliter ad suturam striis undulatis sculpta; anfractus 6, con- vexiusculi, turriculati, sensim increscentes, primo velut exciso ; sutura obliqua, profunda; apertura ovalis, superne in angulum contracta, subtus effusa; peristoma fere continuum, postice re- Aap — nullus ; denticulus conspicuus, pliczeformis. Long. 2, lt. zp une. Plymouth, very rare; Mr. Barlee. I have only seen one adult specimen. This species has somewhat the form of “ Turbo sub- truncatus,’ Mont., which is the young of Truncatella Montagut ; and the specimens recorded by Montagu as having been found “in sand from Salecomb” may possibly be referable to it. It is however a true Odostomia, and differs in form and markings from any of its congeners. The animal appears to have a yellowish colour. O. dolioliformis. Burrow Island; west coast of Scotland ; Mr. Barlee. 110 ~==Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly O. spiralis. Burrow Island, Mr. Barlee. O. interstincta. Burrow Island ; Bantry Bay; Mr. Barlee. Var. a. Guernsey, Mr. Barlee. O. indistincta. Guernsey, Mr. Barlee. O. excavata. land’s End, Mr. Barlee ; Exmouth, Mr. Clark, who notices that his specimen has “a strong conspicuous fold or tooth about the middle of the columella.” O. scalaris var. a. This is proposed to be distinguished by Messrs. Forbes and Hanley as the typical species, the name of rufescens being appropriated by them to the other species or va- riety. I however believe the latter to be only a northern form or variety. O. lactea.- Guernsey ; Burrow Island ; Mr. Barlee. The variation of form in many of the species appears to be very considerable ; and it would be easy to add several others to the list. XIII1.—Notes upon the smaller British Moths, with descriptions of some nondescript or imperfectly characterized species. By Joun Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. &e. Family Torrricip2£. 1. Genus 946, 4°*. Tortria (Ainectra) Pilleriana, Hib. pl. 27. f. 1729, and luteolana, Hib. pl. 21. f. 186, is a very variable species, and differs from the other Tortrices in the form of the palpi. Several specimens were taken by W. W. Saunders, Esq., at the back of the Isle of Wight. The larva lives principally upon the vine, and is very destructive in the vineyards of France, but it will feed also on Stachys germanica, and in the capsules of Iris fetidissima, which abounds at Niton. 2. 28. T. croceana, Hib. pl. 19. f. 120; Modeeriana, Haw. I took this rare species on 8rd July, 1842, on Bordean-hangers, near Petersfield, Hants. 3. Genus 947, 2. Amphisa Walkerana, Curt. Brit. Ent. pl. 209. In the summer of 1827 Mr. H. Walker took two males of this curious little moth near Lanark, which I described and published the following year, and he afterwards saw it flying in some abun- dance over heathy districts, the end of March, in the sunshine about noon, on Tinto, a hill near Lanark. __* As great confusion often arises for want of references to some access- ible work, the numbers of the genera and species of Curtis’s Guide, 2nd ed., have been added, as well as those of the ‘ Brit. Ent.’ characterized species of British Moths. 111 On the authority of Zeller, Mr. Doubleday has changed my name for “prodromana,” vide “ Hiib. Caterpillars, Tortrices 4, Genuine B, ¢, fig. c,” and on referring to the plate where the moth is figured with its wings closed, I am not satisfied that it represents my insect: it has simple antenne, it is much lighter than any I have seen, and the shoulder-marks are different : nevertheless it may represent the female. 4. Genus 950, 23. Spilonota tetragonana, Step. I took a spe- cimen 11th July, 1842, on a hedge bounding a wood going to Woolmer Forest from Selborn. 5. 26. Spilonota sylvestrana, Curt., was first discovered by Mr. Dale at Bournemouth, and from the 23rd June to the Ist July we found it there in 1846. It inhabits the Pinasters on the cliffs, and we beat it into our nets in the daytime. It has been distributed amongst entomologists by the name of “ duplana” of Hubner, pl. 36. f. 229 & 230, to which it is not unlike, but much smaller: it also resembles the small dark varieties of S. com- tana, Hiib. It is gray: head grisly and crested; palpi horizontal, very scaly, second joint rhomboidal, apical not apparent ; basal joint of antennz stout ; they are closely annulated with black : wings deflexed in repose; superior oblong, tip rounded ; gray, trans- versely but irregularly striped with brown and chestnut, one-third of the base and a space towards the posterior margin darker, at the centre of this is a brownish-ochreous orbicular but not well- defined patch ; the costa is spotted gray and dusky ; the cilia are griseous with a black line at the base: under-wings pale golden- brown ; cilia tinted, with a darker line: the under-side is of an uniform pale golden-brown, the costa slightly spotted: hinder tibize stout, with a pair of spurs below the middle, a little longer than the apical pair : expanse from 6 to 63 lines. 6. 27. Spilonota (Sideria) achatana, W.V.; marmorana, Hib.; Curt. Brit. Ent. pl. 551. The 12th July, 1848, I beat four out of blackthorns by Pole Hill, near Uxbridge. 7. Genus 955, 5. Anchylopera Lyellana, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 376, having been first added to our British fauna by Sir Charles Lyell, who took it in June at Kinnordy in Forfarshire, I named it after my friend, but it seems to have been described previously by Treitschke under the name of Phoxopteryx myrtil- lana, and has been since figured by Duponchel, vol. x. pl. 253. f. 4. 8. 8. A. diminutana, Haw.; cuspidana, Treit. I have taken it the middle of August at Mickleham in Surrey, and Mr. Dale finds it at Lulworth in Dorsetshire. 112 Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly 9. Genus 957, 12. Carpocapsa nigricana, Haw. Our speci- mens do not agree with the Fabrician description, but Haworth’s insect seems to be the Grapholitha nebritana of Treitschke, and is the “ Pisana” of Guené, according to examples from Paris, which Mr. Doubleday obligingly showed me. This is a most interest- ing species, as it is the parent of the maggots in peas, which we have so long endeavoured to rear, but unsuccessfully. 10. 25. C. Queketana, Dale, was first discovered I believe on a bank going to Burkham on the south side of the river the end of April 1842. I fear this name will fall, as Doubleday considers it the 7. fractifasciana of Haworth, and the Eriopsila caricana of the continent. 11. Genus 959, 1. Cnephasia bellana, Curt. B. E. pl. 100. Im- mediately after a most successful entomological tour made in Scotland by Mr. Dale and myself, during the summer of 1825, I published this beautiful species, beg one of the novelties I detected ascending Arthur’s Seat. Nine years after it was de- scribed by Stephens as the 7. Penziana?; T. octomaculana, Haw., being given as a variety. Wood of course followed in the same wake, and has consequently figured my new species as ‘ Penziana,’ and omitted to delineate ‘ octomaculana,’ which is distinct enough from C. bellana, but considerably like, if not identical with, Htib- ner’s Penziana, pl. 14. fig. 85. Here is one amongst hundreds of instances in which names have been changed and misapplied from either ignorance or ca- price to the destruction of science, creating a mass of confusion, which it is to be hoped Mr. Henry Doubleday and Mr. Stainton will eventually set right. 12. 2. C. octomaculana, Haw. MSS., expands from 10 to 11 lines: it is pale fuscous: superior wings white or grayish-white with two irregular brown bands; the first near the base angu- lated, edged with black and not reaching the immer margin, se- cond crossing the middle obliquely, very irregular, dotted with black, forming a kind of triangle on the costa united to a rhom- boidal spot on the dise and detached from a smaller one on the inner margin ; towards the apex is a spot leaving a pale patch on the costa, and a smaller one nearer the tip ; towards the pos- terior margin are two or three irregular oblique lines of black dots. Of this rare species, which has never been described, I caught two the 19th July, 1825, which flew out of a stone wall near the Inn at the base of Ben Lawes. 13. 3. C. cretaceana, Curt. It expands 10 lines, and is chalk- white: superior wings with very faint indications of spots and bands freckled with gray : inferior wings pale fuscous. I never characterized species of British Moths. 113 met with this imsect but once, and then in abundance on the paling round Dover Castle in July 1829. I suspect it is only a strong variety of C. octomaculana, as some of my specimens ap- proach that insect. 14. 10. C. rectifasciana, Haw. I am not satisfied that this is the insect figured by Hiibner (pl. 38. f. 238) under the name of T. hybridana: it is larger and darker, and the markings have a different character ; indeed it reminds me more of a variety of T. comitana. Mr. Doubleday having applied my generic name to that por- tion of the group which is not typical, it becomes necessary to repeat, that the type of Cnephasia is a species abundant on elm- trees, the 7. logiana of Haworth, which im 1826, when I esta- blished its characters, was believed to be synonymous with the Linnean species, as well as with the 7. pascuana of Hibner, pl. 16. f. 99. The name Sciaphila, which Mr. Doubleday has substituted for Cnephasia, was not published by Treitschke until 1829, and could not therefore be applied to my group, even had it not been preoccupied by Schénherr for a genus of Curculionide four years before Treitschke adopted it. It may be as well to correct the spelling of Hiibner’s name, which in his letterpress is pascuana, but by an error of the engraver the s has been con- verted into an 7, making the unmeaning word pasiuana, and pas- sana of Doubleday’s list. 15. Genus 960, 1. Orthotenia (Euchromia, Step.) formosana, Curt. B. E. fol. 364. This was described by me in 183], not as the T. formosana of Hiibner as indicated by Mr. Doubleday, a species I am unacquainted with, as well as his 7. flammeana, neither of which can I find in the Index to Hiibner’s works nor in Treitschke. ° 16. 13. O. Arbutana, Hib. pl. 31. f. 195. Mr. Dale feels confident this is the 7. Arbutella of the Linnzan cabinet. 17. 7. O. alternana, Curt. ib. : Daleana, Doub., was also de- scribed in ‘ Brit. Ent.’ in 1831, where I adopted the names in the Ist ed. of my ‘ Guide,’ and not of the ‘ Wiener Verzeichniss,’ where I am unable to find 7° alternana ; and even if it be there, I must protest against the superseding of established specific names, unless the name has been employed in the same group previously. If such be the case in the present instance, I fully approve of the name of my friend, which Mr. Doubleday pro- poses. 18. 8. O. gramineana, Curt. ib., also described on the above page of ‘Brit. Ent.’ At that time I stated it was “ most allied Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 8 114 Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly to and the size of O. cespitana, Hiib.,”’ an opinion which has re- cently been confirmed by Mr. Doubleday. 19. 9. O. cespitana, Curt. ib. Mr. Doubleday being satisfied that this is not Htibner’s insect, but one described in the ‘ Isis’ by Mad. Lienig as 7. palustrana, my name must be transferred to the preceding species. I regret to see it separated from Ortho- tenia and made one of a new genus called Mizxodia by Guené, for surely it cannot be necessary to form a genus to receive a species so closely allied to O. cespitana, that one may be mistaken for the other : sections are infinitely better, and to these we must come at last, when we have been overwhelmed with the burden of generic nomenclature. This extravagant rage for making genera has however had its use, having led to a refinement of discrimination which has been most beneficial in correcting the slovenly habits of investigation that attached even to the mag- nates of the last century and somewhat later. 20. “Genus 963, 6. Cochylis marmoratana, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 491. The species since described under the name of /uteo- lana by Stephens, and figured by Wood, pl. 37. f. 1140, appears to be a variety of my marmoratana. 21. Genus 967. Peronea, Curt. Brit, Ent. fol. & pl. 16. Since this genus was published in 1824, prodigious strides have been made in entomology, and large quantities of these Tortricide have been bred by Mr. Doubleday, who considers a vast number of the species merely varieties of two types, viz. 7. cristana, W. V., and T. hastiana, Linn. If Lepidoptera vary to such an extent, it may be well asked, ‘ What is a species ?’ Family CRAMBID&. 22. Genus 991”. Anerastia, Zell. ; Abraxes, Guide. 2. Farrella, Curt. Cab. Expanse 11 lines ; and similar in form to A. Marisci or T. lotella, Hib. pl. 48. f. 334. It is whitish, the horns are very slender and flesh-coloured, as well as the back of the thorax: superier wings narrower than in Joftella, gray freckled with brown ; the costa brown, with a white streak from the base to near the tip, and a suffused space of ochreous flesh- colour along the centre ; before the middle, on the inner margin, is a black dot, and three more beyond the middle in a curve, one being on the costa, another on the inner edge of the white streak, and a third below it: inferior wings pale silky smoky lilac. Yor a specimen of this pretty and distinct species I am in- debted to Mr. H. F. Farr: two or three were taken at the North Lighthouse, Lowestoft, the beginning of June 1840. 23. Genus 993, 9>. Phycita bilineata, Curt. Cab. It is the characterized species of British Moths. 115 size of P. fusca, Haw., but of a pale mouse-colour with a slight ochreous tinge, and the upper wings are narrower with a pale irregular transverse line, a little more than one-third from the base, but it does not seem to reach the costa, and there is an in- distinct blackish dot on the disc : the under-wings are pale smoky with a nacreous silky surface : the antenne are very slender and apparently simple, but it is avery old and imperfect male which I took when residing in Norfolk. 24. Genus 994, 6. Eudorea Portlandica, a name given to this moth by Mr. Dale, from his finding it only in the Isle of Port- land. It seems to me to be the E. pheoluca, described and figured in the Linn. Entom. vol. i. p. 306. No. 15. fig. 13. 25. 6°. E. concinnella, Curt. Cab., expands 7 lines, being much smaller than H. Mercurella, Linn., which it most resem- bles: it is however entirely of a dark brown ; nearly one-third from the base of the upper wings is a curved whitish striga, and intermediate between it and the shoulder is another ; on the disc is an indistinct black Q, beyond it an oblique white line, sud- denly curved near the costa; a line of black dots at the base of the cilia, forming a little black spot near the middle, surrounded by gray scales, extending irregularly along the posterior margin: under-wings pale brown, whitish at the base. I cannot remember where I took this distinct and unique spe- eimen, unless it was at Bournemouth. 26. 8. E. lineola, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 170. It expands 8 lines, is white, head, palpi and thorax grisly ; abdomen fuscous, edges of segments white: superior wings rather narrow, clouded with brown ; the base is brown with an oblique black and white costal stripe, reaching only half across and forming on the costa, with the next, a white patch ; this second line is white, very tortuous and margined with black externally ; to the centre loop 1s attached a black oval spot ; above it, but nearer the middle, is a small white dot in a black ring, and beyond it a black Q, white in the centre ; towards the hinder margin is an oblique sinuose white striga with a large curve, filled internally by a brown patch, and externally at the costa and opposite extremity are two other brown patches, the latter with a black arrow-head ; these leave a semi-oval white space on the hinder margin, at the centre of which is a small brown spot bearing black pointed dots extending along the cilia, which is spotted black: under-wings fuscous-white, with a transverse pale sinuated line nearly parallel to the mar- gin, as noticed in ‘ Brit. Ent.— Wood’s fig. 1446 is not good. 27. 9. E. Resinea, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 499. Mr. Stephens having described this species under the above title in 1834, I 8* 116) - Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly consider that it is quite unnecessary to disturb a name by which it was so well known, to admit one proposed by Guené, who in a letter calls it delunella. It was no doubt negligent of Haworth to transcribe Linnzeus’s characters of his Tinea Resinella, which he did with 7s, but as there is no such Linnean insect as Tinea Resinea, no confusion can arise from retaining Haworth’s and Stephens’s name, by which it is identified in all our catalogues as well as by Wood’s figure 1448, and an appropriate name it is, as the moth is always found on the trunks of Conifer. 28. 13. E. angustea, Curt. B. E. fol. 170, expands 7 lines. It is ashy-brown, the upper wings very narrow and gradually tapering to the base, towards which is an oblique broadish pale curved line, dark outside ; on the dise are a minute oval and the usual Q spots, but indistinct ; and beyond them a very oblique simuose pale narrow line well defined, the inner margin brown ; base of the cilia gray with a line of black dots : under-wings pale yellowish-fuscous. Wood’s figure 1450 is not my H. angustea, but merely a va- riety of LE. Mercurella. The only specimen I possess I caught in adamp cave at Tunbridge Wells the end of Aug. 1819, where I saw many more. 29. 14. E. alpina, Dale’s MS. It expands 9 lines and may be only a large variety of the foregoing, but all the examples are paler, with an additional black oval spot below the minute one on the disc, and upon the under-wings is a pale transverse striga nearly parallel with the margin. Mr. Dale’s specimens were taken on Schichalion. Family Trneipa. 30. Genus 1008. Depressaria, Haw.; Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. & pl. 221. 20. D. bipunctosa, Curt. Guide. It expands 11 lines and is whitish-ochre, the spaces between the marginal nervures of the upper wings are slightly fuscous, and on the disc of each are two distinct black dots, forming a longitudinal curved line, with an- other at the base, and the apex of the costa and posterior margin bear ten black spots: the under-wings are pale fuscous : antenne and legs fuscous. - This is not a variety of Hibner’s 7. Verbascella, as I once suspected, and it certainly is not of any species I possess. It is the torm of D. liturella, W. V., but is smaller, and at once di- stinguished by the colour of the legs, the uniform tint of the upper wings, with the dotted costa and darker under-wings. The only specimen I have seen was taken in the New Forest by Sir Charles Lyell about twenty years since. characterized species of British Moths. bE? 31. Genus 1009. Anacampsis, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 189. 5. A. lucidella, Step. ; Cleodora lucidella, Wood, pl. 40. f. 1240. This rare insect I found on some rushes near Newchurch in the Isle of Wight, the 1st of July, 1842, and Mr. Dale has taken it in the New Forest. 32. 26. A. Lyellella, Curt. It expands 6 lines and is cream- coloured : antennz and legs mouse-colour, the latter spotted and striped with black externally : superior wings with three black costal spots, first a long one next the shoulder, a second at the centre, and a third further and larger ; on the inner margin is an oblong patch, neither reaching the base nor the anal angle, yet extending more than midway to the costa; apex brownish with a black semicircle inclosing a dot at the tip: under-wings broad, suddenly pointed, pale fuscous and iridescent. My specimen was taken by Sir C. Lyell the 9th of April in the New Forest. 33. Genus 1013. Cleodora, Step.; Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 671. 6>. C. neuropterella, Zell. This insect, which I supposed was the T. falciformis of Haworth, I took in Aug. at Mickleham. One of my specimens expands 11 lines: the upper wings are falcate, ochreous shaded to white on the interior margin; the nervures and spots between them are rosy-fuscous or mouse-colour. 34, Genus 1015. Aphelosetia, Step. ? 6>. A. Inulella, Curt. It expands 5 lines and is white: scales on head depressed; palpi recurved, scaly to the apex: superior wings narrow, lanceolate, ochreous, and freckled; costa, a line along the middle, with the radiating nervures and inferior margin white, and sometimes there is an oblique white stripe near the inner angle directed towards the tip ; cilia long, pale, and dotted at the base: inferior wings silky dove-colour, nearly as broad as the superior, truncated at the extremity, the apex produced ; cilia long and thick ; hinder tibize stout, with hairy scales. Very like A. rufo-cinerea, Haw., at first sight, but besides other differences, the under-wings are not lanceolate, which indicates an affinity to Cleodora. 1 bred two from flowers of Inula dysen- terica the 28th of Ang. 1848, collected near Ryde in the Isle of Wight, and no doubt the caterpillars fed upon the seeds in the receptacles. 35. Genus 1017. Damophila, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 391. 3. D. brevicornis of Dale and the ‘Guide’ is the Butalis eratella of Zeller, Mr. Stainton informs me. 36. Genus 1021. Pancalia, Curt. Brit. Eut. fol. 304. 2. P. fusco-cuprea, Haw., I have taken at Podimore, | near Sher- borne in Dorset, the 8th of October. 118 =-Mr. J. Curtis on some nondescript or imperfectly 3. P. fusco-enea, Haw., is twice as large as the foregoing spe- cies. I have met with it the middle of August on the Downs near Lulworth, and also at Mickleham. 37. Genus 1023. Microsetia, Step. 4. M. sericiella, Haw. I found this little moth in abundance on the flowers of Euphorbia amygdaloides in Grovely Wood, near Wilton, the 9th May 1842. Genus 1025. Argyromyges, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 284. 38. 1. A. Autumnella, Curt. B. E. pl. 284. This species is now decided to be the T. Clerckella of Linneus, and the 4. Clerckella of our cabinets is called scztella. 39. 1>. A. Acerfoliella, Curt. ; Padifoliella, Stain. The male expands 4 lines, and the antennz are longer than the wings: it is sickly-white, superior wings very narrow, falcate, fuscous with a pure white stripe along the interior margin, surrounding a long oblique curved line at the anal angle; the apex attenuated, in- curved, spotted black and white with a very black dot at the tip: inferior wings very narrow, smoky as well as the long cilia. The Female is near 5 lines in expanse, fuscous ; head and thorax white : superior wings very narrow, less falcate than in the male and terminating like a feather, rich brown, the interior margin pure white with the imner edge irregular, forming a square near the base, an oblique lobe at the middle, and a loop at the anal angle, inclosing a brown spot; the cilia of the apex is white with black crescents on the extremity of the costa and round the tip, where there is a black dot ; inferior wings very narrow and taperimg to a point. For a pair of this rarity I am indebted to Mr. T. Desvignes, who took several in September and October flying out of maples and whitethorns in Whittlebury Forest. The sexes seem to vary considerably, but neither of them agrees with Hiibner’s figure of T. Padtfoliella, p\. 46. £.316, im which the costa is white and the interior margin spotted dark, whereas in our species it is exactly the reverse. 40. 16. A. hortella, Fab., 1 took in a plantation near Wands- worth the 19th of May. 41. 21. A. Cydoniella, Step., is the lautella of Heyden. I found a beautiful specimen in Muller’sCopse at Glanville’s Woot- ton the 18th May 1842, 42. 6>. A. maritima, Stain. MS. The 26th of August, 1836, I first discovered this species on the banks of the river by St. Vincent’s Rocks. It was tolerably plentiful. 43. 7. A. obscurella, Step. Ill. iv. 259. This insect occurs characterized species of British Moths. 119 amongst long grass in young plantations. I have taken it near Glanville’s Wootton, Dorset, the 18th May. Genus 1028. Telea, Step. 44. 2. subfasciella, Step. Ill. iv. 247. This I met with the 30th June at St. Martha’s, near Guildford; the 9th July on Turk Mountain, near Killarney; and the 11th August at Mickleham. 45. 8. Curtisella, Don.; cenobitella, Hib. It is now believed that the black 7. obscurella of Hiibner and the T. picepennis of Haworth are only dark varieties, but I have not seen any inter- mediate ones. 46. Genus 1030, 2. Ypsolophus, Persicellus, Haw., I find is not a variety of his Y. bifasciatus, the T. sylvella of Hiibner ; but a distinct species. Genus 1031. Cerostoma, Lat. ; Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 420. 47. 4. C, Xylostella, Linn. I have a specimen expanding 72 lines, with the stripe on the inner margin of the upper wings nearly concolorous with the rest, but I believe it is only a variety of this common species. 48. 5. C. Dalella, Stain. Syst. Cat. p. 11. This species was first given to me many years since by Sir C. Lyell, who took it at Kinnordy, and the beginning of August 1825 I discovered it amongst heath on the face of a rock in the Isle of Bute. As it agreed pretty well with Hiibner’s fig. 164. pl. 24, I gave it as his 7. vittella in my ‘ Guide.’ Genus 1031. Acrolepia, Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. & pl. 679. This is a very remarkable group, so greatly resembling the Tortricidae, that a careless observer, omitting to examiue the palpi, would at once include it in the wrong family. In 1888 this ge- nus was established in my ‘ Brit. Ent.’ by dissection and elabo- rate definitions, and as Zeller did not publish the group until nearly two years after, his name and not mine must fall by the law of priority, which Mr. Stainton very justly recognises to its fullest extent. 49. 1. A. autumnitella, Curt. B. E. ib. I should not hesitate to adopt Mr. Stainton’s opinion, that my species is the Tortriz pygmeana of Haworth’s ‘ Lep. Brit.’ p. 439, if he did not give 4 lines as the expanse of the wings, for my examples measure from 54 to 53 lines. Wood’s figure 1136 of Kupacilia pygmeana, as he calls it, after Stephens, is apparently identical with my in- sect, as well as Duponchel’s Hamilis Lefebvriella (v. 11. p. 141. pl. 290. f. 11). Since this genus was published in the ‘ Brit. Ent.’ I have seen specimens of A. autummnitella, flying m the day- 120 Mr. J. Curtis on some new species of British Moths. time about rose-trees in my garden at Hayes, the beginning of April. 50. 2. A. Betulatella, Curt. B. E. pl. & fol. 679. The only specimens I have seen were taken by Mr. Dale off birch-trees at Castle Eden Dene the beginning of August 1837. I have how- ever a new species to describe which I shall name 51. 3. Marcidella, Curt. Cab. It expands 63 lines, and is pale rusty-ochre : palpi recurved and tapering ; antenne slender, white, and dotted; head and back of thorax whitish : superior wings oblong, very much mottled, the costa arched and minutely spotted, with a dusky patch just beyond the middle, terminating internally in a longitudinal black line ; from the outer angle pro- jects obliquely a short brown line, and at the centre of the pos- terior margin may be traced an imperfect ring inclosing two or three short black streaks on the nervures ; on the i tenior mar- gin, before the middle, is a pale conical spot, with a dark margin next the base ; cilia fuscous with a dark line at the base and two little black lines at the tip, forming one or two white dots; m- ferior wings as broad as the superior, very pale mouse-colour, apex ovate-lanceolate. A pair of this moth was given to me by Mr. Robertson I think: the specimens have a worn or faded appearance. 52. 6. A. granitella, Fischer, has been sent to me by Mr. Dale. It is allied to the genus Cer baioia! Genus 1088. Gracillaria, Haw.; Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 479 ; Or- nix, Treit. 53. 1. G. Tazella, Curt. Cab., expands 34 lines, and is si- milar to O. Meleagripennella of Hiibner, but the wings are not so narrow, and a double white spot near the tip of the costa di- stinguishes it. It is white ; the hairs projecting from the fore- head are brown : antennz long and dotted : superior wings broad towards the apex, fuscous, with a hlac tinge at the extremity ; ten white semicrescents ornament the costa, two at the apex nearly uniting and inclosing a black dot, which is bounded by black and white lines like a feather ; the fringe is white with a fine black line ; on the interior margin are two black spots, with white ones between them: inferior wings lanceolate and mouse- colour : abdomen fuscous spotted with white, the apex tufted in the male; the organs of generation bright ochreous : legs white and spotted. The 2nd June 1839, I beat a few specimens out of yew-trees at Micklehanf. Genus 1040. Pterophorus, Geoff. ; Curt. Brit. Ent. fol. 161. 54. 17. P. similidactylus, Curt., Dale. As neither Stephens’s Rey. W. Smith on Deposits of Diatomaceous Earth. 121 description nor Wood’s figure answers to my insect, I will’add the characters of this species, which was unknown until I took three flying near the ground bya hedge at Niton, in the Isle of Wight, the 30th of July 1828. It expands 1 inch and is yellowish-white : the superior wings are more or less freckled, deeply cleft, the upper lobe narrow and curved, the costa and inferior margins are tawny, forming an oblique line towards the extremity composed of two trigonate spots, that on the costa being the larger: inferior wings yellow- fuscous, divided into three rays, without any lobe on the abdo- minal one: legs white ; thighs and hinder tibiz tawny, the latter ~ tipped fuscous ; anterior tibiz clavate and brown, except at the base, intermediate clubbed or tasseled with brown scales at the apex, and another similar tassel at the middle. P. similidactylus varies in colour greatly, for one of my speci- mens is of an uniform dove-colour, except the darker markings on the upper wings, and the white but spotted legs. It is distin- guished from the allied species by the narrow upper lobe of the superior wings and the tasseled spotted tibiee. 18, Belitha Villas, Barnsbury Park, lst Jan. 1850. XIV.—On Deposits of Diatomaceous Earth, found on the shores of Lough Mourne, County Antrim, with a record of species living in the waters of the Lake. By the Rev. W. Smiru, F.L.S. Durine a late visit to the North of Ireland I had placed in my hands, by Mr. J. M‘Adam of Belfast, a small quantity of earth which from its peculiar appearance he fancied might contain the shells of “Infusoria.” right angle; axille parted by nearly one-third of the breadth of the chest: hind-chest transverse, rough, very short: petiole extremely short: abdomen long, obconical, convex, shining, rather hairy, especially towards the tip, finely punctured, denticulate and with rows of large punctures across each segment, smooth at 128 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. the base, tapering towards the tip, keeled beneath, about twice the length of the chest; metapodeon bright coppery green along the hind- border, rather less than one-fourth of the length of the abdo- men ; octoon coppery green, not half the length of the metapodeon ; ennaton a little longer than the octoon, coppery, purplish blue at the base; decaton a little longer than the ennaton, with which it agrees in colour; protelum coppery, much shorter than the decaton ; paratelum spindle-shaped, slightly compressed, much longer than the decaton ; telum about half the length and breadth of the paratelum : oviduct springing from the base of the abdomen and reposing in a groove from thence to the tip: legs bluish green ; shanks armed with two spines at their tips, those of the four hinder shanks long; tro- chanters piceous ; knees and feet tawny; tips of the latter piceous : wings pubescent, but nearly naked at the base, and along two nar- row lines which have a common source and pass along nearly the whole length of the wing; there is a large pale brown spot in the disc of each fore-wing beneath the ulna; veins piceous; ulna a little more than half the length of the humerus ; radius about one-fourth of the length of the ulna; cubitus thick and extremely short, not half the length of the radius; brand none. Length of the body 13 line ; of the wings 2 lines. Prussia. In the British Museum. Pachyneuron Pruni (Foerster MSS.), fem. Viridi-cyaneus, abdo- mine angusto, antennis nigris, pedibus fulvis, mesotarsis et meta- tarsis flavis, alis limpidis. In structure like P. formosum: head and chest greenish blue, finely shagreened: feelers black: abdomen oval, smooth, shining, green or bluish green, depressed above, keeled beneath, much nar- rower but not longer than the chest : legs tawny ; hips green ; middle and hind feet yellow with piceous tips: wings colourless ; veins piceous ; ulna thick, less than half the length of the humerus ; radius nearly twice the length of the ulna; cubitus as long as the ulna; brand small. Length of the body 4—# line; of the wings 3-14 line. Prussia. In the British Museum. Pteromalus laticeps (Foerster MSS.), fem. Aineo-viridis, capite et scutello cyaneis, abdomine purpureo-cupreo, basi viridi, antennis nigris, pedibus flavis, femoribus protibiis et protarsis fulvis, alis limpidis. Head and chest convex, finely shagreened : head dark blue, a little broader than the chest: eyes and eyelets red: feelers pubescent, black, clavate, as long as the chest; first joint long, linear, bright pale yellow; second piceous, shining; third and fourth very small ; the following joints from the fifth to the tenth successively increasing in breadth and decreasing in length; club conical, hardly broader than the tenth joint, but about twice its length : chest coppery green, nearly oval, narrower behind: fore-chest rather short, convex in front, concave behind ; its length about one-fourth of its breadth : shield of the mid-chest broader than long; sutures of the parapsides Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 129 very indistinct ; axilla parted by nearly one-fourth of the breadth of the chest; scutcheon dark blue, truncate-conical, with a very indi- stinct transverse suture across the disc: hind-chest well developed, obconical, declining, somewhat excavated at the base, and having a ridge along the middle and a rim on each side: petiole very short: abdomen nearly oval, smooth, shining, purplish bronze, bright green at the base, flat above, keeled beneath, slightly tapering at the tip, narrower and much shorter than the chest; metapodeon conical, convex till near its tip, occupying nearly one-fourth of the length of the back ; octoon not half the length of the metapodeon ; each of the four following segments as long as the octoon ; telum narrow, some- what longer ; the abdomen forms a very obtuse angle in the middle of the underside: legs tawny ; four hinder legs with bright pale yel- low shanks and feet, tips of the latter piceous: wings colourless, pubescent; veins tawny; ulna full half the length of the humerus ; radius longer than the ulna ; cubitus rather more than half the length of the ulna, slightly curved; brands very small. Length of the body 13 line; of the wings 33 lines. Prussia. In the British Museum. Smiera Ampyx, fem. Ferruginea, pedibus flavis, alis limpidis. Tawny: feelers linear, rather longer than the chest: mouth yellow: petiole as long as the abdomen, which is elliptical, smooth, shining, slightly compressed, much shorter and narrower than the chest: fore-legs and middle-legs yellow: hind-coxe large, armed above toward their tips with a few small teeth; hind-thighs dilated, beset with a row of small teeth along the underside, and armed with a larger tooth at the base: shanks curved, fitted to the thighs, each ending in a spine: wings colourless ; veins piceous ; a small brown spot on the stigma. Length of the body 1} line; of the wings 2 lines. West Indies. In Mr. Clear’s collection. Smiera Fidius, fem. Rufa, nigro flavoque varia, antennis nigris, alis limpidis. Red : head finely punctured ; front and underside yellow : eyes and eyelets pale red: jaws curved, each armed with three short brown teeth: feelers linear, black, somewhat piceous beneath, as long as the chest ; first joint long, slender, yellow, black at the tip: thorax roughly punctured ; sides marked with yellow: breast mostly black : a black line passes along the back of the scutum of the mesothorax : metathorax black : petiole short : abdomen obconical, downy, shining, very finely punctured, black towards the tip, narrower and a little longer than the chest : fore-legs and middle-legs bright yellow ; hind- cox yellow, tinged with red above, and each having a black spot on the outside; hind-thighs red, each armed beneath with a row of small teeth along the lower edge, and having a larger tooth at the base: hind-shanks curved and applied to the thighs, yellow towards the base which is black, having a black band across the middle, reddish at the tips which are produced into spines: hind-feet yellow, ' their tips piceous : wings colourless ; veins piceous; ulna above half Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. v. 9 130 = Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. the length of the humerus; radius a little longer than the ulna; cu- bitus short, hardly one-fourth of the length of the radius, with which it forms a very acute angle; stigma very small. Length of the body 24 lines ; of the wings 3 lines. West Indies. In Mr. Clear’s collection. Smiera Pratinas, mas. Rufa, nigro varia, antennis nigris, pedibus nigro flavoque variis, alis fuscis. Bright red: head and chest roughly punctured : crown of the head black; a spot of the same colour along the lower edge of the eye: fore-chest with a large black spot on its back, and a smaller spot on each side; there is also a small black spot on each of the epimera of the middle chest : petiole long : abdomen smooth, shining, short, broad not nearly so long as the chest : feelers black, nearly linear, as long as the chest ; first joint rather broad, red at the base, forming a very obtuse angle beneath ; second and third joints very short ; fourth and following joints of moderate size, hairy, closely joined together, and successively decreasing in length; tenth and three following joints yellow: fore-legs and middle-legs simple, hairy ; hips and thighs red, the latter tinged with black ; shanks black with yellow tips; feet yellow; the joints successively decreasing in length till the fifth, which is somewhat longer than the fourth: hind-legs red; hips large, ob- clavate, black towards the tips, and that especially on the upper side ; thighs very large, compressed-oval, armed beneath with about twelve small teeth ; shanks dark red, black at the base and towards the tips, curved and fitted to the thighs : wings dark brown ; veins pitch- colour. Length of the body 2 lines; of the wings 4 lines. West Indies. In Mr. Clear’s collection. Chalcis Resus, fem. Nigra, pedibus flavis, metafemoribus nigro vittatis, alis sublimpidis. Black ; head and thorax dull, punctured, clothed with bright yel- low hairs, especially at the tip of the scutellum : abdomen smooth, shining, clothed above with a few hairs: antennz black: legs yel- low ; hind-thighs black on the inside and having a large spot of the same colour on the outside, armed beneath with eight small black teeth, and having also one larger yellow tooth near the base: wings nearly colourless or slightly tinged with brown ; squamulz yellow; veins piceous, paler towards the base of the wings. Length of the body 3 lines; of the wings 5 lines. Sierra Leone. In Mr. Clear’s collection. Palmon Idomene, mas et fem. Cyaneo-viridis, abdomine eneo aut purpureo, subtus fulvo, oviductu corporis longitudine, antennis pedibusque flavis, metapedibus purpureo-fulvis, alis sublimpidis. Male. Head and chest scaly : head green, hardly broader than the chest which is bluish green: eyes and eyelets red: abdomen obclavate, slender, flat, bronze-colour, tawny beneath towards the base, nearly as long as the chest: feelers subclavate, yellow, less than half the length of the body; first joint long, slender, linear; second cup- ~ Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. 131 shaped; third and fourth very minute; fifth and following joints subquadrate, of moderate size, successively but slightly decreasing in length; eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth joints forming an oval club which is broader than the tenth joint and more than twice its length: legs yellow; fore-legs and middle-legs of moderate size ; fore-feet having the first joint long and dilated, the second, third and fourth very small, the fifth longer; middle-feet with the first joint dilated and very long; the second large, but smaller than the first ; the third, fourth and fifth very short: hind-legs tawny, tinged excepting the feet with bluish purple; hips very long; thighs very large, compressed-oval, armed on the inside with several teeth, rather less dilated than those of the female ; shanks curved and fitted to the inside of the thighs; first and second joints of feet dilated, second much shorter than the first; third, fourth and fifth pale yel- low, very small; claws and foot-cushions black: wings rather narrow ; fore-wings slightly tinged with brown ; veins tawny ; humerus long ; ulna much shorter ; radius about one-third of the length of the ulna; cubitus much shorter than the radius ; stigma very small. Female. Abdomen purple, compressed, nearly as long as the chest, tawny and keeled beneath; the keel increasing in depth from the base to the tip: oviduct and its sheaths yellow and as long as the body: thighs and hind-hips tinged with bluish purple ; feet simple, first joint long, second and following joints very small. Length of the body 14-14 line; of the wings 23 lines. Sierra Leone. In Mr. Clear’s collection. Urolepis Cychreus, mas. Cupreus, antennis fulvis, pedibus rufes- centibus, alis immaculatis. Copper-colour : head and chest convex, very minutely shagreened : head a little broader than the chest: eyes and eyelets piceous; the latter near together on the crown of the head, the middle one a very little in advance of the other two: front green, slightly impressed : feelers tawny, nearly filiform, rather shorter than the chest; first joint long, slightly curved ; second long cup-shaped ; third and fourth very small; fifth and five following joints of moderate and nearly equal size; eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth joints forming a long conical club, which is twice the length of the tenth joint : chest large: fore-chest short, narrower in front: scutum of the middle-chest broad; sutures of the parapsides indistinct, especially towards the hind-border where they approach each other ; axillz large, separated by rather less than one-third of the breadth of the scutum ; scutel- lum nearly hexagonal, with a transverse line near its hind-border : hind-chest large, obconical, slightly declining, having a ridge down the middle and one on each side, whereby it is divided into two compartments ; it is rugulose on the outer sides of the compartments, on the tip of whose middle ridge there is a shield-shaped protu- berance : petiole very short : abdomen nearly round, smooth, shining, slightly convex, a little more than half the length of the chest ; first segment large, its disc hollow; second large ; third and following Ok 132 Mr. F. Walker on some new species of Chalcidites. segments short: legs dull red ; feet pale red, their tips brown : wings ample, tinged with tawny colour; veins tawny ; ulna hardly half the length of the humerus; radius longer than the ulna; cubitus much shorter than the ulna; stigma small, brown. Length of the body 1} line ; of the wings 21 lines. *e F ound on the edge of the pond in the Zoological Gardens, Pheenix Park, Dublin (in September), where Notiphila cinerea and Ephydra littoralis (or coarctata) were abundant. -Perhaps a parasite of the latter, as Ur. maritimus is of Ephydra riparia.” Haliday MSS. In the collection of Mr. Haliday. Panstenon Pidius, mas. Cyaneo-viridis, abdominis disco purpureo- cupreo, antennis fulvis, pedibus flavis, alis perangustis. Body bluish green, very long and narrow: head and chest scaly : head much broader than the chest ; front impressed : feelers tawny, slender, filiform, inserted in the front, nearly half the length of the body ; first joint long and rather stout ; second stout and cup-shaped ; third and fourth hardly visible; fifth and following joints small, nearly equal in size; eleventh, twelfth and thirteenth forming a spindle-shaped club about twice the length of the tenth joint: chest spindle-shaped : fore-chest short ; scutum of the middle-chest rather long ; sutures of the parapsides not distinct ; scutellum obconical, of moderate size: hind-chest large, subquadrate, hardly declining: petiole yellow, nearly one-sixth of the length of the abdomen, which is spindie-shaped and somewhat shorter than the chest; disc pur- plish copper ; segments of moderate size, slightly decreasing towards the tip: legs pale yellow, long and slender; middle-feet and hind- feet pale straw-colour ; tips of the feet tawny: wings extremely nar- row, with a slight yellow tinge, more or less shorter than the body ; veins yellow; ulna much shorter than the humerus; radius shorter than the ulna; cubitus of eo ies length ; stigma small. Length of the body 2 line ; of the wings #1 line. Distinguished from P. Onylus by its much narrower wings and by other characters. Ireland. In Mr. Haliday’s collection. Panstenon Oxylus, reared by Mr. Haliday from the pupa of a Di- pterous insect (Agromyza Pisi, Kaltenbach) on the pea. Prosopon montanum.—Female. Head and chest brassy green, covered with fine scales : feelers black, clavate, twelve-jointed, about one-third of the length of the body; first joint long, rather slender, tawny beneath and at the base ; second cup-shaped ; third very short ; fourth and following joints short, closely joined together, successively but slightly decreasing in length; tenth, eleventh and twelfth joints forming an elliptical club which is broader than the ninth joint and more than thrice its length: abdomen smooth, purple varied with green and copper colour on the sides and at the tip, somewhat ellip- tical, nearly flat above, slightly keeled beneath, a little broader and longer than the chest; first segment short, convex along the hind- border ; second rather longer, also convex on the hind- border ; third Zoological Society. 133 short, with a straight hind-border ; fourth, fifth and sixth of mode- rate size, with straight hind-borders; seventh extremely small : middle-legs not dilated. In other characters it resembles the male. Found by Mr. Haliday with the ¢ on mountain heaths near Belfast, both pretty common. Ericydnus Aimnestus, fem. Viridis, antennis nigris, abdomine basi pedibusque rufis, alis vie ullis. Head and chest dark green, shining, convex, very finely sha- greened : head broader than the chest; crown large ; front convex : eyes and eyelets dark red: feelers black, clavate, much shorter than the body; first joint long, slender; second long cup-shaped ; third and following joints to the ninth successively shorter and broader ; tenth, eleventh and twelfth joints forming a spindle-shaped club which is more than twice the length of the ninth joint : chest ellip- tical: fore-chest short, narrower in front: scutum of the middle- chest short and broad ; scutellum obconical: abdomen sessile, con- vex, dark green, obconical, pale red towards the base, narrower and much shorter than the chest; there are a few hairs towards the tip which is deeply keeled beneath: legs pale red; middle legs dilated as usual, their shanks armed with long spines; hind-shanks rather dark; tips of the feet brown: wings rudimentary. Length of the body 2 line. L£. strigosus 2? Ireland. In Mr. Haliday’s collection. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. J ZOOLOGIGAL SOCIETY. Feb. 27, 1849.— William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF CYPRHA. By Joun S. GAsKOIN. CypR2ZA CRIBELLUM. Cyp. testd subcylindricd, levi, albd, bruneo omnino obtectd, preter maculis numerosis, testd concoloribus, Sere circularibus, inequalibus et irregulariter dispensatis ; mar- ginibus bruneo-rufescente punctatis ; basi subplanulatd, albd ; aperturd latd, precipue antice ; columelld ventricosiusculd ; den- tibus labit prominentibus, equalibus, circa quindecim ; dentibus columellaribus subobsoletis (preter dente primo) circa duodecim; dente primo majus prominente deinde anticé est incisura pro- funda; sulco columellari nullo, extremitatibus anticis leviter productis, externé valdé convergente ; canali lato et profundo ; extremitatibus posticis obtusis ; canali postico lato, aperturd recté continuo; margine externo incrassato; spird laté umbili- cata. Shell subcylindrical, smooth, white, covered by a dark-brown coat- ing except at numerous nearly circular white spots, of unequal sizes and irregular distribution, thus leaving at those spots the colour of the 134 Loological Society. shell to view; the line of meeting of the two mantles of the mollusc on the dorsum is generally perceptible ; internally of a brown colour ; outer edge of the margin more or less dotted with rather large dark reddish-brown dots, similar dottings, but less in degree, on the colu- mellar side of the base ; base rather flat, white (white deposit, on the centre of the columellar side, semitransparent); aperture wide, espe- cially anteriorly, inner edge of the lip spiral; columella slightly ven- tricose ; teeth on the lip prominent, even, extending partly on to the base, about fifteen in number, -those on the columella very slightly prominent (excepting the first), not extending on the base,—about twelve in number ; the first greatly projects, between which and the inner anterior extremity is a deep notch,—no columellar groove,—and at the posterior half of the aperture the teeth exist along the outer, those on the inner edge being mere indications of teeth ; extremities, anterior very slightly produced, the outer one converging greatly ; posterior extremities obtuse, very slightly produced; channels, ante- rior wide and deep, posterior rather wide and in a straight line with the aperture; margin, only on the outer side, incrassated; spire widely umbilicated. Long, 44 of an inch; wide, % of an inch. Hab. Mediterranean Sea. Cab. Gaskoin, Saul, &c. This species differs from Cyprea Cribraria of Linn. in the general conformation of the shell, being more cylindrical, in its short, obtuse extremities, its wide aperture, particularly anteriorly, the large dot- tings on the margin, the character of the teeth, the internal colour of the shell, &c. CyPpR& PULICIS VARIETAS. Cyp. testd longiore, dentibus nu- merosioribus minutioribusque, supra labrum circa viginti-novem, supra columellam cirea viginti-tribus ; canali postico denticu- lato. Shell longer in form, of a light reddish-brown colour, aperture narrower and straighter, teeth finer and much more numerous than the ordinary form, being about twenty-nine on the lip, while the pro- totype has about nineteen, and on the columella side, about twenty- three, against from fourteen to seventeen; posterior channel more or less denticulated. Hab. ? Cab. Cuming, Gaskoin. 2. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF NUTCRACKER. By Joun Govuxp, F.R.S. erc. NUCIFRAGA MULTIPUNCTATA, Gould. Crown of the head and nape of the neck brownish black ; feathers of the face, sides of the neck, back, chest and abdomen brownish black, with a broad and conspicuous mark of dull white down the centre ; wings glossy greenish black, the coverts and secondaries with a lengthened triangular mark of white at the tip, a faint trace of a similar mark appearing on the tips of the primaries ; tail glossy green- ish black, the two centre feathers slightly, the next on each side more Zoological Society. 135 largely, and the remaining three extensively tipped with white, the extent of the white increasing as the feathers recede from the centre ; under tail-coverts white ; upper tail-coverts and thighs striated with white. Total length, 144 inches ; bill, 14; wing, 82; tail, 7; tarsi, 15. This species exceeds in size both the NV. caryocatactes and N. he- mispila, but at the same time has a smaller and more slender bill than either of those birds; it also differs from both of them in its length- ened and cuneiform tail; it has a greater quantity of white on the apical portion of the tail-feathers than the European species, but less than is found in the NV. hemispila; the white markings of the back and the entire under surface are also much larger and more numerous than in either of the other species, and are most remarkably developed on the scapularies. The only specimen I have seen of this fine species is in the Museum of the Philosophical Society at York ; its precise habitat is unknown, but as other species which were certainly from Simla in India accom- panied it, we may reasonably conclude it was from that country. 3. NOTES ON THE DISSECTION OF THE PARADOXURUS TyPUs, AND OF Dipeus Heyrtius. By H. N. Turner, Jun. Having received, through the liberality of the Society, a few of the animals that have died in the menagerie in the course of the pre- sent winter, I feel bound to lay before them, as well as I may be able, whatever details of structure I observe which may be new, or may - give rise to ideas calculated to assist in the advancement of the science. Since the Society have done me the honour to insert in their Pro- ceedings* the somewhat lengthened communication which I was last permitted to lay before them, I hope that the remarks I have now to offer, some of which have a bearing on the same subject, may also prove acceptable. It formed part of my object in that paper to demonstrate that the Viverrine group, (of which the Paradoxuri are now universally ad- mitted to form a part,) are so closely allied to the Cats as to safely warrant their being united with them in one family, instead of being looked upon as a section intermediate to the canine and feline groups, or, on account of their number of tuberculous molars, more closely allied to the former, in which light they have very frequently been considered: and I think it will be apparent, from the observations I have now to bring forward, that the genus Paradoxurus, one of the least exclusively carnivorous of the order, and formerly associated with the Bears in the plantigrade division, has a much closer relation- ship with the group, which, from its being pre-eminently carnivorous, is usually considered as “typical”’ of the order, than naturalists have been wont to anticipate. It is not unfrequently the case, that when an affinity between two species or genera is established upon essen- tial peculiarities of structure, certain minor details, or even habits and actions of the animal, remind one so forcibly of the relationship we * See also vol. iii. p. 397 of thisJournal. d, 4a: = aad 136 Zoological Society. have already proved to exist, that they assume an unlooked-for de- gree of interest; and, having kept for some time a living specimen of the common Paradoxurus, I think a few of the observations I have made upon it may on this account be interesting, in connection with the structural peculiarities which the receipt of a dead one has enabled me to remark. The claws are as retractile as in the domestic Cat, although from the absence of the long and soft hair, with which the sides of the toes are clothed in the latter animal, they are fully exposed when in the retracted position. But on examining the claws of the Paradoxure, it becomes obvious that the raising of the point from the ground is not the only means employed by Nature to maintain their sharpness. Every one must have observed in the common Cat, as well as in the larger species preserved in our menageries, the habit of occasionally scratching or dragging with the claws against the surface of any hard substance, a process not apparently caleulated to improve their sharp- ness, but obviously intended to aid the shelling off of the outer layer of the claw, which is continually renewed by growth from the root, and the blunted point is thus occasionally replaced by a new one. I have not observed this habit in the living Paradoxurus; but on ex- amining the claws of the dead one, I noticed that some of them were much larger than others, these being worn and blunted at the point, while the smaller ones were sharp; also that the series of claws on each foot were irregular as to their sizes, and that the corresponding claws on the opposite feet in some cases differed greatly in size; so that it would appear, that in the absence of the scratching propensity, the claws scale off naturally, and to a much larger extent at a time than in the Cats. I have occasionally noticed my living specimen with a claw apparently loose, but the casting off of the outer layer of the nail is a difficult thing to verify by actual observation. On one occasion, my specimen having escaped from his cage, on my seizing him by the neck for the purpose of replacing him therein, he made use of his claws to defend himself, just as a cat would naturally be expected to do; while it is well known that any animal of the dog tribe, being seized in that manner, is helpless, having no instinct prompting him to make use of his extremities against his captor; in this tribe also the paws are never used for seizing, but only for the purposes of locomotion, and to steady the prey upon the ground, while the teeth perform their office. The positions sometimes assumed by the Paradoxurus in a state of repose, also resemble those of the cat; for instance, it frequently lowers the body between the fore-paws, approximating the shoulder to the foot, while the elbow remains raised by the side: the canine animals, on the other hand, zever crouch with- out applying the elbow to the ground. The Paradoxurus again re- sembles the Cat in the habit of occasionally bending the head verti- cally beneath the neck while asleep, a position never assumed by the Dog. , In all the anatomical characters which in my former communica- tion I assigned to the Felidee (in which family the viverrine section is included), the Paradoxurus fully agrees ; those presented by the gene- Zoological Society. 137 rative and odoriferous organs are the most remarkable. There is no true musk-bag, simply the two secerning pouches situated one on each side the anus, which are so common among the carnivora. In addition to these, there is at the base of the prepuce, an oval, flat, naked space, which is not simply a secreting surface, as stated by Mr. Gray in a paper contributed to the Proceedings a few years back, but contains a number of minute orifices, each opening into a somewhat cylindrical glandular sac: these are arranged vertically side by side, and, toge- ther with the anal pouches, secrete the substance which imparts to the animal its characteristic odour. The generative organs are alto- gether very largely developed; the prostate is large, of a slightly lobulated form, and the urethra passes obliquely through its centre. Cowper’s glands, whose presence is characteristic of the Felide, are remarkably large, causing a prominence externally posterior to the scrotum ; and, as usual in the family, each is surrounded by a power- ful muscular envelope, which is at least an eighth of an inch in thick- ness ; the fibres converge to a tendinous portion, which extends, from the point where the duct issues, some distance on each side of the gland ; the size of these organs altogether is about equal to that of the testes. The length of the penis, from the orifices of Cowper’s duct to the meatus urinarius, is a little more than three inches ; it is perfectly flexible in every part, and therefore the os penis must be either very minute or wanting; this is another feline character, since in the Bears and Weasels, as well as in the Dogs, the bone forms a considerable part of the organ. The glans is cylindrical, it tapers a little for about six-tenths of an inch, then terminates suddenly in a small conical point, in the groove around the base of which is situated at the lower part the urethral orifice. The body of the glans has a slight median groove beneath, and its whole surface is covered with horny spines directed backwards. Cuvier, who alludes to a similar peculiarity in the Cats, makes no mention of it, either in the Ichneu- mon, the Civet, or the Hyzena. Its existence is therefore an interest- ing mark of affinity between two genera apparently so dissimilar, al- though, from its inconstancy, it will not serve as a character of the family. In the Paradoxurus the spines are minute, very numerous, and regularly distributed *. The same organs in the Jerboa present some peculiarities worthy of notice. I will observe, in addition to what has before been described, that Cowper’s glands are each curved upon itself in a manner similar to the vesiculze seminales. The two sharp-pointed bony stylets with which the upper part of the glans is armed, and which have been mentioned by authors, arise about the middle of the dorsum of the glans, one on each side of a prominence of its substance ; they are * Since the above was written, I have received the body of a male Coatimondi. I alluded to that animal in my former paper, as being placed by Cuvier among the list of those possessing the vesicule seminales, which, I observed, required con- firmation. I can now assert that they do not exist; the walls of the vasa defe- rentia are swollen immediately before these vessels enter the urethra, and the prostate has a more sudden projection at its upper end than I have observed in the musteline animals that I have dissected. The absence of the vesiculz semi- nales is then a constant character of the true Carnivora. 138 Zoological Society. gently curved, and rather suddenly pointed at the end. In the re- cumbent condition they incline a little towards each other, just over- hanging the extremity of the glans, and bear some resemblance to the pointed lower incisors of some small Rodent. The glans itself appears tripartite at the extremity, there being a deep fissure running the whole length of its under surface, and just at the extremity another on each side : at the meeting-point of the fissures is the urethral orifice. Just behind the origin of the bony stylets the presence of a small ossicle can be distinctly felt within the substance of the glans. A very remarkable peculiarity in this little animal is, that amidst the long white hairs which clothe the lower part of the foot is a small sharp horny spike, situated just below the base of the middle toe, as if it were intended to enter the ground, and thus prevent the animal from slipping when it alights. This I have reason to believe is not generally known, although it must I think be alluded to by Dr. Shaw in his Ge- neral Zoology, since he there remarks, ‘‘ There is also a very small spur or back-toe, with its corresponding claw:”’ and subsequently adds, ‘nor does any vestige of it appear in the figure given by Dr. Pallas of . the skeleton.”’ This may well be, since it is simply a cutaneous deve- lopment, having no connection with the skeleton whatever. I have looked at the specimens of the Jerboa in the British Museum, but in consequence of their beg dried and mounted, the little appendage, which is concealed by the hair, was not to be perceived; but in the Alactaga, as well as the same circumstances would permit, I could see that a little horny process existed, but was rough and blunt. In the dissection of an animal whose only mode of progression con- sists of leaping with the hinder extremities, and which differs from the other jumping Mammalia in the circumstance, that in the position of rest the extremity only of the metatarsus is applied to the ground, the muscles of the leg may be expected to afford some points of in- terest. The most striking of these are, that none of the muscles situ- ated upon the tibia remain fleshy for more than about half the length of that bone, each terminating in a long tendon; and that upon the foot itself there are no muscles whatever, the actions of the flexors of the toes being relieved by a strong ligament, which arises from the os calcis, and divides into five, giving one to the middle toe, two small sesamoid bones being developed in it ; and two divisions to each of the other toes, the index and the annularis, each of which has also its sesamoid bones, those furthest from the axis of the foot being rather largely developed, extending some distance over the sides of the arti- culation. The ligament near its origin contains three little supernu- merary bones, one on the outer, two on the inner side ; the latter are grooved for the passage of the tendon of the flexor perforans. On the homology of this tendon I have next to remark. It might very naturally be expected, that in animals having no thumb on the hinder extremity, and in which the fibula is in great part wanting, the flexor longus pollicis, which in man has its origin in the fibula, would be either much reduced or absent ; but so far from such being the case, it will be seen, on reference to any work on the comparative anatomy of the muscular system, that this muscle exists, and that its tendon Zoological Society. 139 becomes entirely confluent with that of the flexor longus digitorum. But further, I think it will appear that in those lower Mammalia, in which the thumb or the fibula, or both, are wanting or imperfectly developed, it is the flexor longus digitorum that is reduced in size, and the flexor longus pollicis that becomes the principal muscle acting on the toes. The dissection of the Jerboa made this homology very evident. The large flexor muscle which gives the perforating tendons to the toes arises, as may be expected, partly from the tibia as well as from the fibula; but it is distinctly shown to be the flexor longus pollicis, from the fact that its tendon passes through a distinct sheath, separate from and posterior to that which contains the tendons of the other two muscles, namely the flexor longus digitorum and the tibi- alis posticus. Of these, which are both very small, the former shows its homology most clearly, by arising from the surface of the tibia, immediately below the insertion of the popliteus. The tibialis pesticus is an extremely minute and delicate muscle, arising only from the tibia. In the Rabbit the two perforating flexors form a single muscle, having the proper origins of both ; lower down they become to a cer- tain extent separable, but the tendons are completely reunited before they pass the ankle, which they do in the place belonging to the flexor longus pollicis. This compound muscle, occupying the whole posterior surface of the bones of the leg, so pushes round the tibialis posticus, that it takes the chief part of its origin from the inner side of the tibia, which in Mammalia generally is free from muscular attachment. In the Paradoxurus I found that the flexor longus digitorum has, in addition to its usual attachments, a point of origin in the head of the fibula; but then the bones are separate, and the flexor longus pollicis is a distinct muscle, having also origin in both bones, and each tendon passes the ankle in its usual place*. March 13.—W. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. NOTICE OF A PECULIARITY OF STRUCTURE OBSERVED IN THE AORTA OF THE WiLp Swan. By Joun Davy, M.D., F.R.S. L. & E., INspecror-GENERAL oF ArRMy HoOspiIrALs, ETC. (ComMMUNICATED By Mr. GULLIVER.) When engaged in examining anatomically this bird (a full-grown female, killed m the neighbourhood of Chatham in February 1839), my attention was arrested by a peculiar appearance in the inferior * Since writing the above I have taken opportunities of looking at the same muscles in a Fox and in a Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus). The former animal differed from the Paradoxurus, and resembled the Jerboa, in the great extent of the flexor longus pollicis and the much-reduced size of the tibialis posticus, which here also terminates in a long slender tendon, showing an interesting correspondence of adaptive character in two animals, in which the motion of the hind-limbs is vi- gorous, but of one kind only. In the Monkey the flexor longus pollicis is a much larger muscle than the flexor longus digitorum, and has considerable attachment to the tibia. Meckel and Cuvier allude to the union of the two long flexors in the Rabbit before they pass the ankle, but neither author informs us at which point that takes place. 140 Zoological Society. portion of its aorta, which I shall briefly describe with the hope of leading to further inquiry. Before the ischiatic arteries are given off, the aorta is comparatively large and is enveloped externally in a dense fibrous coat, possessing very little elasticity : below the origin of these arteries, the trunk of the aorta suddenly becomes small, and continues small and tapering to its termination ; and this change is accompanied with an alteration in the structure of its external coat. In place of a dense fibrous envelope, it is now sheathed in a substance very like muscular fibre, and which from its properties I believe to be a mus- cular layer. It is of some thickness, of a reddish hue, slightly elastic, easily broken, and divided by a ligature and easily separated into ~ longitudinal fibres of considerable length. Under the microscope each filament appears to be composed of nearly parallel fibres of ex- treme delicacy, and destitute of those peculiar markings which be- long to the fibres of the voluntary muscles generally and to some of the involuntary. Moreover, when placed in a warm damp atmo- sphere, at a temperature between 80° and 90° Fahr., it rapidly putre- fies and is reduced to a poultaceous or semifluid consistence. These properties seem to characterize it as a muscular structure; I would not dwell on any one in particular, but rather on the assemblage of them. An attempt of late has been made to revive the old doctrine of the muscularity of the middle coat of the arteries, founded almost exclusively on microscopical appearances. The structure described above, I consider not of the nature of the middle arterial coat, be- lieving that that coat is not truly muscular, but rather of the nature of the muscular coat of the intestmes, to which, in point of colour, consistence, the effect of a ligature, its microscopical appearance and proneness to putrefy, it is so very similar. If this structure be admitted to be muscular, it may be viewed as accessory and of a use similar to that of the accessory hearts of the Chimera and Torpedo, and destined to some peculiarity of function which further research is required to determine. Before concluding this notice, I may mention incidentally that I availed myself of the opportunity afforded by this Swan to examine the air contained in its osseous air-cells. I found it to be composed of about 83:3 per cent. azote, and of 16°7 per cent. oxygen, tested by means of lime-water and phosphorus. It was collected from the cells belonging to the cervical vertebree,—cells by means of which this part of the bird is happily buoyant, floating in water, even when deprived of its feathers and integuments and detached from the trachea. And, further, I may mention, which was new to me, that its large mtestine is almost as amply provided with villi as its small; and that even the isthmus or narrow neck of each of its large czeca is similarly provided with villi. Some other animals, especially birds, may be analogous in this respect ; but in no other instance in which I have yet examined the large intestines in search of villi have I found them. 29. Norres oN THE SKULL oF Eauus Hemionus anp Equus Kianc. By J. E. Gray, Esa., F.R.S. Mr. Hodgson has lately sent to the British Museum three speci- mens of the Horse, which he had described under the name of Equus Zoological Society. 141 Kiang ; unfortunately they were so destroyed by imsects during their passage from India, that it was impossible to preserve any part of them except the skull and the bones of the limbs. As a doubt had arisen as to the distinction of this species from the Hemione, Equus Hemionus, of Kutch, I have compared these skulls with the skull of the latter belonging to an imperfect skeleton, which was kindly presented to the Museum, with the skin, by the Karl of Derby, from an animal which lived some time in Knowsley Park. The forehead of all the three specimens of #. Kiang is rather con- vex between the eyes, and the centre of the face is narrow and keeled on the sides; while in the skull of #. Hemionus the forehead is flat between the eyes, and the centre line of the face is rather broader and rounded gradually off on the sides, and the incisive bone is longer and more gradually arched, making the incisor more perpendicular in the latter than in any of the former. But the most distinctive character between the four skulls is im the position of the infraorbital foramen. In 2. Hemionus it is high up, about one-third the space between the face-line and the back edge of the teeth ; it is far back, being directly over the front end of the cheek- ridge and the back edge of the third grinder: while in all the three specimens of the skulls of #. Kiang this foramen is lower down, being nearly in the centre of the space between the face-line and the base of the teeth, and it is placed in a line over the back edge of the second grinder, some distance in front of the end of the cheek- ridge. The under surface of the body of the posterior sphenoid is narrow and convex in E. Hemionus, and broad and flat in E. Kiang. The vomer is much more compressed in the latter than in the . Hemionus. I am not certain that the distinctions here described may be suffi- cient to show that these two animals are separate species, but they indicate the necessity of the subject being more fully examined. In the position of the suborbital foramen the 2. Kiang more nearly resembles the LZ. asinus, and the HL. Hemionus that of LE. Zebra and EF Burchellit. Two of the skulls of the 2. Kiang show the small rudimentary grinder in front of the other ; but this tooth is to be more or less di- stinctly observed in the skulls of the other Equide in the Museum collection. I may observe, that in the skull of Kqguus Burchellii in the British Museum collection, this tooth is placed on the inner side of the first true grinder. 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ANIMAL OF TRIGONIA, FROM ACTUAL DISSECTION. By G. Huxtey, Esa., R.N., wirH AN INTRO- DUCTORY NOTE BY Proressor E. Forses, F.R.S. erc. erc. The accompanying account of the animal of T77gonia was forwarded to me by Mr. Huxley, Assistant-Surgeon to the Rattlesnake, now sur- veying in the Eastern and Australian Seas, under the able command and scientific zeal of Capt. Owen Stanley. The great number, beauty and geological importance of the species 142 Zoological Society. of this interesting genus have made especially valuable a knowledge of the structure of its animal. Quoy and Gaimard were the first to give any account of it, and a figure and description of the animal of Trigonia were published from their drawings and notes in the zoolo- gical division of the Voyage of the Astrolabe*. Since then I am not aware of this curious creature having been re-observed, though much has been written respecting its systematic position. As in such a case a verification of the evidence we possess, through a new and accurate set of observations, is of almost as much importance as the descrip- tion of an unobserved animal, the Zoological Society may consider Mr. Huxley’s notes in the light of a valuable contribution to mala- cology. Both accounts confirm the idea suggested by the shell of its position among the Arcacee, and its close affinity with Nucula and Arca. The degree of union of the mantle-lobes, and the development of siphonal tubes in this family, as among the neighbouring Mytilide, is of ge- neric and not sectional significance. I add the description of the animal given by the French naturalists for comparison :— «T’animal a le manteau ouvert dans les trois quarts de sa circon- férence inférieure. I] est frangé sur ses bords, avec de petites taches ou lunules blanches qui alternent avec des stries rayonnées. On voit, au sommet de ce manteau, les impressions denticulées de la charniere, et en avant et en arriére, les muscles qui unissent les valves. Le pied est grand, robuste, sécuriforme, trés recourbé en arriére, tranchant et denticulé sur son aréte, de chaque cété de laquelle sont des laciniures, au tiers antérieur seulement. Il ne nous a pas paru se dilater comme dans les muscles. Les branchies sont grandes, libres, subtriangulaires, en pointe, reposant, de chaque coté de la racine du pied, leur doubles lamelles. Les palpes buccaux sont excessivement petits, réunis dans une partie de leur ¢tendue. L’anus est a lextrémité d’un court pédicule. La disposition du manteau et le manque de tubes rap- prochent ce mollusque de celui des Nucules, dont il différe cependant par la disposition des branchies et la briéveté des appendices de la bouche.” Description of Trigonia. The mantle-lobes are rounded and plaited, to correspond with the ribs of the shell. The edges of the mantle are marked with white spots; posteriorly, opposite the anus they are provided with short convex appendages. The mantle-lobes are disunited throughout, not joining until they reach the upper surface of the posterior adductor, some distance above the anus. The gills are somewhat triangular, extending backwards almost horizontally on each side of the visceral mass. Lach gill is formed of three stems, fixed at one extremity, free and pointed at the other, and giving attachment throughout their whole length, on one side to depending filaments, which become shorter as they are more posterior. * Vol. iii. p. 476, Mollusques, pl. 78. f. 5. Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 143 The filaments are formed of a tubular horny thread, supporting on one side a broad membranous fringe. I could perceive no trace of vessels in this fringe, but it appeared to be covered by an epithelium (ciliated ?). The mouth is placed at the anterior and superior part of the ani- mal, between two thickish horizontal lips. The labial tentacles are two on each side, rather long, lanceolate, and slightly pectinated. The anus is placed posteriorly and superiorly between the gills, and just about the posterior adductor muscle. The so-called “foot” is composed of two portions, an upper and quadrilateral (properly the abdomen), and a lower pointed part (the true foot), the two being set at right angles to one another. The first portion is sharp-edged and slightly pectinated posteriorly, marked by a groove bounded by two folded lips anteriorly. The second portion is slightly pectinated along its lower edge, pointed anteriorly, prolonged behind into a curved process, where it joins the superior portion. Visceral mass.—The mouth opens by a very short cesophagus into a wide pyriform stomach, surrounded by a dark dendritic liver. The stomach narrows into a long intestine, which descends for the whole length of the abdomen, and forms one or two loops in the substance of the generative gland; then passes up again above the stomach, penetrates the heart, and passing between the two small lateral mus- cles of the foot, terminates in the anus. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. December 13, 1849.—Dr. Lowe in the Chair. The following communications were read :— 1. “Onthe Plants of the Valley of Fatana, Taheite,”’ by Archibald Sibbald, M.D., R.N. The author gave a list of the species observed by him in the Valley of Fatana, in Taheite, with their native names, and remarks on their properties, and the uses to which they are ap- plied by the inhabitants. The paper was accompanied by specimens of the “Tapa”’ cloth, and an account of the mode in which it is pre- pared from the bark of the bread-fruit-tree, Artocarpus incisa. Mr. M‘Nab exhibited a book containing specimens of native cloths collected during Captain Cook’s voyages among the South Sea Islands. 2. “On some Scotch Freshwater Algz,”’ by Wyville T. C. Thom- son, Esq. The author laid before the Meeting specimens of fresh- water Algze, collected during the past summer chiefly in the west of Scotland. Of the genus Batrachospermum, specimens of B. atrum were exhibited, of a very large size, found in Ayrshire during the month of October. Mr. Thomson remarked, that the supposed rarity of this species probably originated in its being sought for at the wrong season ; he had found it sparingly during the early part of the summer attached to stones at the bottom of still, clear pools, the specimens being usually about an inch or an inch and a half high. When found in the end of autumn, however, the plants were free, floating on the surface of the water or attached to the ice. At this 144, Botanical Society of Edinburgh. time the specimens occupy, when laid out, a space from six to nine inches in diameter. Specimens were also exhibited of B. moniliforme, stagnale and proliferum from Ayrshire, the latter two being consi- dered by Mr. Thomson as forms of the first depending on situation. Mr. Thomson corroborated Mr. Berkeley’s observations on the capsular fructification of Chetophora tuberculosa, and exhibited a series of specimens connecting this species with C. elegans, of which he considered it the mature state, enlarging, softening, and breaking down, by the imbibition of water, for the escape of the spores from its ripe capsules. He exhibited a number of other beautiful speci- mens of freshwater Algze. 3. “On peculiar Cells found in the Style and other parts of cer- tain species of Grevillea, Banksia, Manglesia, and other Proteacee,” by Spencer Cobbold, Esq. The author mentioned the occurrence, in the stem, leaves, floral envelopes, and fruit of various Proteacee, of certain peculiar cells, which in their simplest stage of development are transparent, fusiform, and of variable size, but generally much larger than the cells composing all other tissues of the same organ, and containing in their interior cellules of various colours, and a nucleus attached to or bulging out from the cell-wall. He considered that whatever be the function of these bodies, there is one special end to which they seem destined, viz. the formation of peltate hairs, which occur in great abundance over nearly all the organs of some of the species examined. 4. “On the Plants used for forming Hedges and Fences in Southern India,” by H. Cleghorn, M.D., H.E.1.C.8. The author adverted to the remarkable prevalence of thorny shrubs and prickly plants in the flora of the Peninsula; where they are a continual an- noyance to the traveller, and a frequent cause of admission into hos- pital—especially during the hotter months, when the leaves having dropped off, the spines are left bare and exposed. Notwithstanding the abundant provision for the extensive diffusion of hedges and fences, it is universally admitted that the bleak and barren tracts stand pre-eminently in need of these appliances, for the development and preservation of their agricultural resources, which suffer from the depredations of wild animals and stray cattle. He exhibited drawings of Opuntia Dillenii, Haw., prickly pear ; Agave cantula, Rox., aloe (with a sample of its fibres used for cordage) ; Luphorbia tirucalli, L., milk bush, and L. antiquorum, L. These, with the bamboo, are commonly employed in the enclosures of South- ern India. Cesalpinia sepiaria, Rox., Mysore thorn, is invested with histo- rical interest, Hyder Ali having encircled the village fortifications with this plant. The fences are handsome and almost impenetrable. This, with Pterolobium lacerans, R. Br., and other species, seems worthy of general introduction, and grows rapidly from seeds. Capparis sepiaria, L., forms an excellent hedge round Shikarpoor. Trophis aspera, Retz., is well adapted for the same purpose from its ramous branches and rigid character. Acacia latronum, Willd., was also pointed out, aptly designated by Willdenow Frutex horridissimus. ¥ Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 145 This paper will appear in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ and in the Transactions of the Society. Dr. Cleghorn exhibited the fruit of Aristolochia indica, L., and the strange-looking tuberculated pod of Bignonia xylocarpa, Rox., three feet long—about the size of a walking-stick. When pendulous from ° the tree, it is a conspicuous object on the Malabar Ghauts. 5. “Ona supposed new species of Glyceria,” by Frederick Towns- end, B.A. (See p. 104.) The following office-bearers were elected for the ensuing year :— President.— Professor Fleming. Vice-Presidents.—Dr. Neill, Dr. Lowe, Professor Balfour, Dr: Seller. Councillors.—Mr. Lawson, jun. ; Mr. Wm. Ivory, W.S.; Dr. Par- nell; Mr. James Cunningham, W.S.; Mr. J. T. Syme; Professor Christison ; Professor Goodsir; Mr. Charles Murchison; Mr. J. S. Sanderson ; Mr. Benjamin Carrington. Treasurer. —Mr. Brand. Honorary Secretary.—Dr. Greville. Foreign Secretary.—Dr. Douglas Maclagan. Assistant Secretary.—Mr. Evans. Curator of Museum.—Mr. Wyville T. C. Thomson. Artist.—Mr. J. M‘Nab. Assistant Curator.—Mr. G. Lawson. Jan. 10, 1850.—Professor Fleming, President, in the Chair. Many donations were announced. The following papers were read :— : 1. “On the British species of Chara,” by Charles C. Babington, M.A., F.L.S. &. (See p. 81.) 2. ‘On the Watery Secretion of the Ice-plant, Mesembryanthemum erystallinum, L.,” by Dr. Augustus Voelcker, Professor of Chemistry in the Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester. . (This paper will ap- pear in our next Number.) 3. “ List of Plants found in the Island of Rathlin,” by Miss C. Gage. The picturesque and interesting island of Rathlin or Raghery is situ- ated on the coast of Antrim, bemg three miles distant from the pro- montory of Fair Head, on the mainland, and nearly five and a half miles from Ballycastle. In its geological formation it is basaltic, and presents fine cliffs, with some remarkable columns, more especially at Doon point on the south-eastern side. Among the plants noticed were the following :—Galium pusillum, Anagallis tenella, Beta ma- ritima, Cuscuta epilinum, Helosciadium nodiflorum, Cicuta virosa, Conium maculatum, Ginanthe fistulosa, Smyrnium Olusatrum, Scilla verna, Alisma ranunculoides, Elatine hexandra, Sedum reflecum, S. Rhodiola, Nymphea alba, Nuphar lutea, Ranunculus hirsutus, Oro- banche major, Draba muralis, Crambe maritima, Brassica oleracea, Raphanus maritimus, Lavatera arborea, Ulex nanus (introduced), Hypericum Androsemum, Artemisia maritima, Inula Helenium, I. dysenterica, Pyrethrum maritimum, Malaxis paludosa, Littorella Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. LO 146 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. lacustris, Eriocaulon septangulare, Ceratophyllum demersum, and Asplenium marinum. From Miss Gage’s list there would appear to be nearly 300 phanerogamous plants and ferns in the island. Dr. Cleghorn stated that in August last he visited the Giant’s Causeway and Isle of Rathlin in company with Dr. Merriman of Kensington and Mr. T. Merriman. They traversed a considerable portion of the island, observing many of the plants mentioned in the list, Ulex nanus being in profusion. Sedum reflecum occurs at Fair Head and in various localities along the Antrim cliffs. Whoever has experienced the strong currents or boisterous gales in these seas, will not hesitate to attribute the dissemination of species to their agency—along with the transport of innumerable migratory sea birds which whiten the cliff. The party received much kindness under the hospitable roof of the Rev. R. Gage. Dr. Cleghorn exhibited the large ligneous fruit of Hydnocarpus inebrians (Vahl), which is used for poisoning fish in Malabar. Lamp oil is extracted from the seeds. He showed a drawing of Hrythropsis Roxburghiana (Lindl.), an extremely handsome tree. The rich scarlet panicles of flowers burst forth after the monsoon, long before the foliage appears. Also the fruit of Sterculia feetida (Linn.), a com- mon forest tree of stately size, widely diffused: the flowers yield an offensive odour, indicating to the traveller its immediate vicinity when riding through the jungle. The seeds are roasted and eaten like chestnuts. Dr. Cleghorn adverted to the difficulty of studyimg timber trees in the primeeval forests, and stated it to be one of the most dif- ficult departments of tropical botany. Dr. Balfour read a letter which he had received from Professor Fries, dated Upsal, 1st November 1849. In this letter, Fries thanks the Society for the specimens of Hieracia which had been transmitted to him, and states that he had found them useful m compiling his recent work, ‘Symbolz ad Historiam Hieraciorum.’ He promises to send some critical species in return. Mr. Wyville T. C. Thomson read a letter from Mr. Westwood, Dollar, mentioning the discovery of Potentilla tridentata on Ben Wyvis several years ago. No specimens were sent, and some doubts were expressed as to the discovery. Mr, Thomson also exhibited a specimen of Salix retusa which had been gathered by a friend of his on Ben Lawers. Mr. M‘Nab exhibited a specimen of the spathe and flowering spa- dix of Huterpe montana (mountain cabbage palm), and noticed the rapidity with which the branched spadix is developed. It would ap- pear that the branches of the spadix are confined by the spathe until their resiliency bursts it, and the branches at once spread out at right angles from the common rachis. Although this palm has flowered frequently of late in the Palm House of the Botanic Garden, it has not produced perfect fruit as it used to do many years ago. Dr. Balfour exhibited a specimen of wood hyacinth (dgraphis nu- tans), gathered by Mr. John Jeffrey, Edinburgh Botanic Garden, near Lochar, in Fife, in which all the bracts were converted into green leaves, many of them four to five inches long and one-eighth broad, giving Ipswich Museum. 147 the plant a very peculiar aspect. This variety was originally intro- duced from Inverness-shire, and has been cultivated many years in the Garden at Lochar. A letter was read from Mr. Hailstone, mentioning that he had gathered specimens of Cynosurus echinatus near Thorpe Arch, York- shire. Mr. J. T. Syme exhibited a specimen of Melilotus arvensis picked between Inverkeithing and Limekilns. This plant has been observed in several spots near Edinburgh, more especially at St. David’s and other parts of Fife. Dr. Balfour exhibited a specimen of Eriophorum alpinum picked by him in Durness, Sutherlandshire, 21st August 1827, when accom- panying the late Professor Graham on a botanical trip. Dr. Balfour stated that, at that time, he had just commenced the study of botany, and that the plant was put by him among specimens of Scirpus ce- spitosus. IPSWICH MUSEUM. «On the Gigantic Birds of New Zealand, and on the Geographical Distribution of Animals :’’ the substance ofa Lecture delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Ipswich Museum, by Professor Owen. After some appropriate introductory remarks, Professor Owen en- tered upon the subject of his discourse by narrating the circum- stances which first brought to his knowledge the fact of the exist- ence, at some former period, if not at the present time, of gigantic birds, incapable of flight, in the islands of New Zealand. He exhi- bited a single fragment of bone, which had been submitted to him in 1839, which was affirmed to have been found in New Zealand, and he defined the steps in the series of comparisons which led to the con- clusion that it must have formed part of a bird as large as the Ostrich, but of a heavier and less agile species. He next gave an account of the different species of wingless or struthious birds which were known to science at that time; he more especially described the Apteryx of New Zealand, and the Dodo of the Mauritius; and pointed out the remarkable character of their geographical position. The progressive steps in the restoration of the probably extinct wingless birds of New Zealand were then explained and illustrated by the plates of the works which Professor Owen had published on the subject, and by enlarged diagrams. The importance attached to the first fragment of bone stimulating the colonists to special researches, the remains of these extraordinary birds, which had escaped the notice of Banks and Solander, and successive naturalists, up to the year 1839, were soon obtained, and in unexpected abundance and perfection. The bones of the leg were first transmitted in October 1843, by the Rev. Mr. Williams, a church missionary, now Archdeacon of the Diocese of New Zealand. Casts and figures of some of the most remarkable of these bones were exhibited and explained. They indicated at least five distinct species, varying in height from three feet to eleven feet. The average stature of the Ostrich is six feet. The absence of air- cells in these bones, and their dense structure, confirmed the original 10% 148 Ipswich Museum. deduction as to the terrestrial character of the birds, and the relative shortness of the ankle-bone (metatarsus) as compared with that in the Ostrich, proved the original surmise as to the more sluggish character of the bird to have been correct. Successive sets of bones of the great extinct birds were subsequently acquired, either by purchase or donation, by Professor Owen, who in 1846 published his third memoir on the subject, describing the structure of the back-bone (vertebree) and the breast-bone (sternum) of the Dinornis. The latter he described as one of the most charac- teristic bones in the skeleton of a bird; it usually presents a part called the “keel,” the depth of which is in the ratio of the size and power of the muscles used in flight, the keel being totally wanting in birds that are unable to fly. Thus the breast-bone resembles a shield in the Ostrich, Emeu, Cassowary, and Apteryx, but each of the existing wingless birds has the shield-shaped sternum of a peculiar pattern. The sternum of the Dmornis was equally devoid of a keel, and in its shape it most resembled the sternum of the Apteryx. From the size and strength of a bone of the neck (cervical vertebrze), also described and figured in the third memoir, the author had been led to certain inferences as to the kind of food on which these gigantic birds found subsistence in the small island to which they had been so singu- larly restricted; but still the head and beak were wanting, upon which any precise idea of the food of the species could be founded. In 1847, the researches of Mr. Walter Mantell in New Zealand were rewarded by the discovery of the much-wished-for bones of the head and beak, and these specimens formed the subject of a memoir, published in 1848, in which they were described and figured, and referred to four distinct genera of birds. To two of these genera belong the largest bones of the wingless birds that have been dis- covered in New Zealand. They were called Dinornis and Palapteryx respectively. Magnified diagrams of the skull and beak of each were exhibited and explained by the Professor ; who concluded by some general remarks on the geographical distribution of the known exist- ing and extinct birds, the laws or conditions of which were illustrated by analogous facts in the distribution of the species of quadrupeds. Had all the terrestrial animals, he observed, that now exist, diverged from one common centre within the limited period of a few thousand years, it might have been expected that the remoteness of their actual localities from such ideal centre would bear a certain ratio with their respective powers of locomotion. With regard to the class of Birds, one might have expected to find that those which were deprived of the power of flight, and were adapted to subsist on the vegetation of a warm or temperate latitude, would still be met with more or less associated together, and least distant from the original centre of dispersion, situated in such a latitude. But what is the fact? The species of no one order of birds is more widely dispersed over the earth than the wingless or struthious kind. Assuming that the original centre has been somewhere in the south-western mountain range of Asia, there is but one of the species of flightless birds whose habitat can be reconciled with the hypothesis. By the neck of land still Ipswich Museum. 149 uniting Asia with Africa, the progeny of the primary pair created or liberated at the hypothetical centre might have travelled to the latter continent, and there have propagated and dispersed themselves south- ward to the Cape of Good Hope. It is remarkable, however, that the Ostrich should not have migrated eastward over the vast plains or steppes which extend along the warmer temperate zone of Asia, or have reached the southern tropical regions ; it is in fact scarcely known in the Asiatic continent, being restricted to the Arabian De- serts, and being rare even in those parts which are most contiguous to what we may call its proper continent—Africa. If we next con- sider the locality of the Cassowary, we find great difficulty in con- ceiving how such a bird could have migrated to the islands of Java, the Moluccas, or New Guinea, from the continent of Asia. The Cassowary is not web-footed like the swimming birds ; for wings it has only a few short and strong quills. How could it have overcome the obstacles which some hundreds of miles of ocean would present to its passage from the continent of Asia to those islands; and furthermore, how is it that no individuals have remained in the warm tropical southern border of Asia, where the vegetable suste- nance of the Cassowary seems as abundantly developed as in the islands to which this wingless bird is now exclusively confined? If the difficulty already be felt to be great in regard to the insular posi- tion of the Cassowary, it is still greater when we come to apply the hypothesis of dispersion from a single centre to the Dodo of the island of Mauritius, or the Solitaire of the island of Rodriguez. How, again, could the Emeu have overcome the natural obstacles to the migration of a wingless terrestrial bird from Asia to Australia? and why should not the great continent of Asia have offered in its fertile plains a locality suited to its existence, if it ever at any period had existed on that continent? A bird of the nature of the Emeu was hardly less likely to have escaped the notice of naturalist travellers than the Ostrich itself ; but save in the Arabian Deserts, the Ostrich has not been found in any part of Asia, and no other species of wingless bird has ever been met with on that continent : the evidence in regard to such large and conspicuous birds was conclusive as to that fact. In order that the Rhea, or three-toed Ostrich, should reach South America, by travelling along that element on which alone it is organized and adapted to make progress, it must, on the hypothesis of dispersion from a single Asiatic centre, have travelled northward into the inhospitable wilds of Siberia: it must have braved and over- come the severer regions of the arctic zone : it must have maintained its life with strength adequate to the extraordinary power of walking and running over more than a thousand miles of land or frozen ocean utterly devoid of the vegetables that now constitute its food, before it could gain the northern division of America, to the southern divi- sion of which it is at present, and seems ever to have been, confined. The migration in this case could not have been gradual, and accom- plished by successive generations. No individual of the large vegetable-feeding wingless bird that now subsists in South America could have maintained its existence, much less hatched its eggs, in 150 Ipswich Museum. arctic latitudes, where the food of the species is wholly absent. If we are still to apply the current hypothesis to this problem in Natural History, we must suppose that the pair or pairs of the Rhea that started from the highest temperate zone in Asia capable of sustaining their life, must have also been the same individuals which began to propagate their kind when they had reached the corresponding tem- perate latitude of America. But no individuals of the Rhea have remained in the prairies or in any part of North America—they are limited to the middle and southern division of the South American continent. And now, finally, consider the abode of the little Apteryx at the Antipodes, in the comparatively small insulated patch of dry land formed by New Zealand. Let us call to mind its very restricted means of migration—the wings reduced to the minutest rudiments, the feet webless like the common fowl’s, its power of swimming as feeble! How could it ever have traversed six hundred miles of sea, that separate it from the nearest land intervening between New Zea- land and Asia? How pass from the southern extremity of that con- tinent to the nearest island of the Indian Archipelago, and so from member to member of that group to Australia—and yet leave no trace behind of such migration by the arrest of any descendants of the migratory generations in Asia itself, or in any island between Asia and New Zealand ? If these facts were inexplicable on the hypothesis of the dispersion of the species of the air-breathing animals from a singular Asiatic centre, we must next endeavour to collect analogous facts, and classify them, and so try to explain intelligibly, ¢. e. agreeably with the facts, the true law or cause of the actual geographical distribution of ani- mals. The time allotted to the lecture obliged the Professor to limit his remarks on this subject to the quadrupeds of the class Mammalia. The dry land of our planet might be divided, in relation to this inquiry, into the followmg parts :—1. Asia and Europe, which ob- viously formed one natural tract or continent; 2. Africa; 3. North America ; 4. South America; 5. Australia; 6. Scattered islands, as New Zealand, separated by hundreds of miles of sea from any con- tinent. The most characteristic aboriginal quadrupeds of the first division were the elephant, rhinoceros, ox, deer, tiger, bear, hyzena, beaver, hares and rabbits, certain kinds of ape and monkey. In Africa, the quadrupeds were for the most part similar as to genus, but different in species. The elephant differed in the structure of its teeth and feet from that of Asia. The rhinoceros of Africa had two horns, that of Asia one horn. The camel of Asia has two humps, that of Africa one hump. The lion represented in Africa the tiger of Bengal. The hyzena of Southern Africa was spotted, that of Asia was striped. There were also several quadrupeds of which no species now exists in Asia, and which are peculiar to Africa; e. g. the hippopotamus, the giraffe, the orycteropus, &c. Africa is also remarkable for its numerous species of large antelopes, of which but few exist in Asia, and none at all in America. In the northern division of the American continent, many of the mammalian genera Ipswich Museum. ToL of the old world were represented, but by distinct species. The black bear of North America differed from the brown bear of Europe ; the bison from the aurochs, or any other bovine animal of Europe, Asia, or Africa. The beaver of Canada was distinct from the beaver of Europe; but there were some genera of the smaller quadrupeds quite peculiar to North America. When we come to compare the mammalia of South America, almost every aboriginal species belongs to a genus unknown in any other part of the world. The monkeys which abound in the tropical part of this continent differ from those of the old world by having an additional number of certain teeth, and, for the most part, a pre- hensile tail ; they have also a different physiognomy—the nostrils are wider apart, giving greater breadth and flatness to the nose: this is the case without exception among the South American monkeys, whence they are called Platyrhines in Systematic Natural History. All the monkeys of the Old World, equally, without exception, have the nostrils approximated, and they are called Catarrhines: none of them have the prehensile tail. This fifth member in the Platyrhine group gives them additional power of grasping and climbing—makes them even more peculiarly arboreal ; and a similar relation to a forest country may be traced through most of the peculiar forms of South American mammalia. The sloths are so expressly adapted for living in trees, that every other kind of life and mode of locomotion has been sacrificed, so to speak, to the perfection of their organization as climbers. Much compassion has been wasted upon their helpless condition when contemplated in their awkward attempt to move on level ground—the common theatre of the activities of mammalian quadrupeds. At the foot of these trees lived the races of armadillo and ant-eater, also peculiar to South America. Both were destined to feed on the countless swarms of termites that subsist on the de- caying timbers, and the armadillos were particularly protected by their bony armour from the effects of falling boughs and trees. In Australia the native quadrupeds were not merely distinct in species and genus from those in other parts of the world, but belonged to a peculiar division of the class Mammalia, characterized by a port- able nest for the young, called the ‘marsupium.” Some of these “marsupial ’’ animals were carnivorous, others herbivorous,—some terrestrial, others arboreal,—some were burrowers, others swimmers : among the latter was the curious Ornithorhynchus, with the tail of a beaver, the skin of a mole, the beak of a duck, and the spurs of a cock. These creatures performed in Australia all the parts which the other kinds of quadrupeds performed on the larger continents, but were of a different and lower grade of organization. New Zea- land was remarkable for the total absence of any aboriginal species of terrestrial quadruped. Those that now abound in the island had been imported by the colonists from Europe, and there was no natural obstacle to their well-bemg and increase in New Zealand. Finally, the Professor entered upon the question—How long has this geographical distribution of animals prevailed wpon the earth ? and showed that the results of the acquisition and determimation of 152 Miscellaneous. the fossil remains of the animals buried in the newer tertiary strata, established the fact that in Europe and Asia, during the period ante- cedent to any natural evidence of the existence of man, the same peculiar forms of mammalia, which he had cited as now characteristic of that tract of dry land, were distributed abundantly over that great natural continent, from which England had not then become sepa- rated. That in South America, instead of elephants, rhinoceroses, oxen, deer, bears, hyzenas, &c., there were found, in the freshwater deposits of the corresponding period, fossil remains of sloths, arma- dillos, ant-eaters, many of them of larger size than the existing kinds, and some, as the megatherium e. g., gigantic. That in Australia the bone-caves and newer tertiary deposits had already revealed fossil re- mains of both existing and extinct “ marsupial”’ animals, some also of gigantic bulk, and all allied or belonging to the present peculiar genera of that continent. But that no fossil relic of any genus or species of quadruped known in the rest of the world had been found in Australia. Lastly, in New Zealand, the strata contemporary with those from which the fossil quadrupeds above mentioned had been obtained, had not been found to contain the fossil remaims of any species of land quadruped, but abounded in the remains of the wingless birds allied to the little Apteryx, now peculiar to New Zea- land, but of larger dimensions, and some towering to the extraordinary height of eleven feet. MISCELLANEOUS. Notice of specimens of the Wheat Midge from Nova Scotia. By J. W. Dawson. Tuts destructive little creature has, within the last four or five years, extended its ravages to Nova Scotia. It made its appearance first in the western counties, and has gradually extended its limits eastward. It is now found in every part of the province, and has, in some di- stricts, caused an almost total abandonment of wheat culture. The specimens accompanying this notice were reared from the larva state ; and as I believe this has not often been attempted with success, I shall shortly state the means by which they were obtained. When I first became acquainted with this insect, I procured speci- mens of the full-grown larvee and placed them in a phial, with the view of observing their assumption of the perfect state in spring. None of them however appeared, and I subsequently learned that similar experiments had been tried without success ; the belief among entomologists being, that the larva descends into the ground to com- plete its changes. I could not however ascertain that this belief had been confirmed by actual experiment or observation. To satisfy myself on this point, (obviously of importance in refer- ence to the means which may be devised for destroying these animals, ) I obtained a fresh supply of the larvee in that motionless and appa- rently torpid state in which they are found in the ripe wheat in au- tumn. In the month of November, a few dozens of these larvee were Miscellaneous. 1538 placed on the surface of moist soil in a flower-pot, in which a carna- tion was growing. In the course of two days they had, with the exception of a few which were crushed or otherwise injured, descended into the ground, leaving their delicate membranous cases on the sur- face. Their power of burrowing having been thus ascertained, they were allowed to remain undisturbed during winter, the spot where they had disappeared being covered with a glass shade. During winter the flower-pot was watered as the growth of the carnation re- quired. A similar experiment having been tried in another pot, the insects were sought for in the ground after their disappearance. Very few were found, and these had still the larva form. They were however most flexible, and showed some degree of activity. On being placed on the surface they endeavoured to burrow, by means of a worm-like motion, and in doing so they seemed to have the power of fixing the anterior part of the body pretty firmly to the soil. They were found to have penetrated to the depth of about an inch. It thus appeared that the stiffness and torpidity of the larvee in the ripe grain are but temporary, and that when they fall from their place within the chaff scales, upon the moist ground, and cast their skins, they acquire the activity and strength necessary for penetrating into the soil, while still in the larva form. The insects were not again seen until the last week of June, when they began to appear in the imago state, and as early as the 10th of July the whole had emerged. At that date there was no wheat in blossom in this vicinity, but the development of the insects had pro- bably been hastened by the warmth and shelter of the house. The emergence of the midges appeared to take place in the evening, but was not actually observed. After they had taken wing, their pupa- cases remained projecting from the ground, and were white and membranous. When examined by the microscope, they showed the true chrysalis form, the wings and other external organs being di- stinctly marked on them. The remainder of the larvee procured in autumn having been kept dry in a paper box, have lost their orange colour, and appear to be quite dead, moisture being apparently absolutely necessary to their entering on the pupa stage. The insects obtained in the above-described manner were of both sexes. The females agree in their characters with the figures and descriptions of the European Cecidomyia Tritici*. The males, which I have not seen figured or described, are distinguished by their smaller size, differently-formed abdomen, and longer and more hairy antennee. I am not aware whether the mode of hybernation of the wheat midge or ‘‘ weevil’’ is generally known to farmers in the United States. If not, it is well worthy of attention, since, by cutting the wheat early, and carefully collecting the larvee contained in the chaff, and dust separated from the grain, a large proportion of the ensuing * Curtis, Journ. of Agric. Soc. England. 154: Miscellaneous. year’s brood may be destroyed. On the other hand, if the larvee be allowed to be scattered over the fields or barn-yard, a plentiful supply of “weevils’’ for the next crop is secured. This method was pro- posed several years since by Prof. Henslow, but I have not been able to ascertain whether it has been used extensively in America.—Pro- ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. iv. p- 210. On the Characters and Intimate Structure of the Odoriferous Glands of the Invertebrata. By Dr. Lrrpy. Nature has supplied most or all animals with some means of de- fence or protection, through which their destruction is rendered limited. The character of such means varies exceedingly : some are encased in hard armour; some are endowed with great muscular strength, some with great rapidity of movement ; others trust to their minuteness, some to their colour ; others feign death ; many are fur- nished with formidable instruments, such as teeth, claws, aculei, &e. ; others are supplied with organs which emit an odour so offensive that an aggressor is frequently compelled to leave what otherwise would have been its victim, &c. It is to the last-mentioned organs to which I at present wish to direct, for a few moments, the attention of the members; to the organs denominated odoriferous glands of animals. Bodies of this, or of a homologous character, are possessed by nearly all animals, but they are not in all used as a means of defence. They give origin to the odour which appears to be more or less peculiar to each species of animal, and which probably is in some way connected with the sexual instinct. The scent-bag of the Moschus moschiferus is the homologue of the glandulz odoriferze Tysoni of the human. prepuce; the tegumentary mucous glands of mollusea, of annelides, of fishes, the tegumentary glands of reptiles, the perspiratory and sebaceous glands of birds, and of mammals, the odoriferous glands of insects, the anal sacs of carnivora, &c., are all probably of a homologous character. Although varying in the degree of their complexity in different animals, and in the character of their secretion, yet the essential structure is the same throughout. Consistmg of tubes or follicles of basement membrane, their complexity depends upon their greater or lesser length, their being simple or compound, straight or more or less convoluted, and isolated or aggregated, in connection with the mode of supplying to them thew nutritive fluid. On the interior these cavities or tubes are covered with a single layer of nucleolo-nucleated organic cells, the true elaborators or manufacturers of the secreted matters of the glandular bodies. The secreted matter varies exceedingly in its properties in different animals ; in odour being found from that of the perspiratory fluid of man, through a great variety of shades, to that most powerful and odious of all odours, the secretion of the anal glands of the Mephitis Americana ; in consistence from a semi-fluid state to the gaseous fluid of the Brachinus crepitans, &c. It is this which constitutes Miscellaneous. 155 the material contained within the organic cells intermediate to the cell-wall and the nucleus. The cell-wall and nucleus are the agents im connection with the organic force which produce or elaborate the contained matter. And, indeed, this is the ultimate fact of all organization ; for all the innu- merable objects of living nature, with such variety of form, composi- tion, and colour, from the simplest to the most complex; from the vibrionic filament to the noble oak, from the Bodo, or Monas, up to man, are the result of a force in connection with an amorphous vesi- cle, the organic cell-wall, with the contained nucleus. Wonderful, indeed, is it that the human mind at length has been enabled to penetrate so deeply into the mysteries of nature as to discover the starting-point of life, the stile at which an invisible intangible cause operates in the production of all those bemgs we call organized. From this digression I return once more to the consideration of the odoriferous glands. In many of the higher animals, the structure of these has been carefully investigated, but not to the same extent in the lower animals. In Hemipterous insects these bodies are situated within the pos- terior part of the metathorax or anterior part of the abdomen, and consist of one or two, more or less long and convoluted ceeca, which open exteriorly usually between the coxze of the middle and posterior legs. “In the carnivorous Coleoptera they are situated im the posterior part of the abdomen, on each side of the rectum, and usually open exteriorly upon the membrane, connecting the inferior and superior plate of the last abdominal segment on each side of the anal aperture. They generally consist of a number of follicles, which converge to one or more ducts, which join the neck of a reservoir for containing the secreted fluid. A number of these are figured by Dufour in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ for 1826. In the genus of Myriapoda, Julus, the odoriferous glands are placed upon each side of the body, every segment which has a double pair of legs possessing a pair of the glands, commencing anteriorly with the sixth segment, excepting the head, and terminating pos- teriorly with the penultimate segment. As the number of segments of the animal varies with its age, so will also the number of the odoriferous glands. The adult Julus marginatus has usually fifty pairs ; the Julus maximus, from New Grenada, 8. A., has fifty-eight pairs, &c. The orifices of these glands opening exteriorly, correspond to a row of minute black dots on each side of the body, situated about midway between the superior and inferior median line. The glands of Julus consist of a globular body or sac, with an elon- gated conical neck, and resemble in form a Florence flask with the mouth drawn to a point. In Julus marginatus they measure 11 line long, the body being 4 of a line in diameter. In structure they con- sist of an amorphous transparent basement membrane covered upon the interior surface with a single layer of secreting cells. The cells are polygonal, from mutual pressure, measure 1-1612th inch in dia- 156 Miscellaneous. meter, and are filled with a yellowish fluid, and a fine purplish gra- nular matter, which in mass gives them a dark purple colour, and which, in the aggregate of the cells, gives the glands a very deep pur- ple or almost black colour. When the cells are compressed, or the contents pressed out, the granules exhibit lively molecular movement. In the centre of the mass of granular matter of the cell, and only seen upon compressing the latter, is a round, translucent nucleus, measuring the 1-5000th inch in diameter, and containing a minute refractive nucleolus. The secreting cells vary in colour in different insects, and in the ag- gregate give the colour to the glandular bodies. The reservoir also is lined with cells. In Upis Pennsylvanica they are brownish, or nearly colourless, measure the 1-750th inch in diameter, contain some finely granular brownish matter, and a large round or oval translucent, faintly granular nucleus, measuring 1-1250th inch, with a large, round or oval nucleolus 1-2727th inch in diameter. The secretion of the glands of Julus marginatus, contained within the interior of the body, is deep yellow in colour, and contains a few of the purplish granules of the cells. It resembles oil in consistence, but is soluble in water and alcohol. It is neither acid nor alkaline ; evaporates at a temperature of 250° F., without residue ; is acrid to the tongue, Schneiderian membrane, and conjunctiva; smells like hy- driodic acid, and stains the cuticle brown. The last two properties led me to suspect the existence of iodine, but the usual reagents pre- sented none. It probably belongs to a class of peculiar organic com- pounds, found in the odoriferous principles of animals, not yet in- vestigated. Exteriorly the reservoirs of the odoriferous glands of insects are furnished with transverse muscular bands of a brownish colour, about 1-1578th inch in breadth, and separated by wide intervals. In Julus the body of the glands possesses no distinct muscular bands, but the neck is provided with them.—Proceedings of the Aca- demy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. iv. p. 234. JOURNEY TO EXPLORE THE NATURAL HISTORY OF SOUTH AMERICA. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, 24 Bloomsbury Street, Jan. 19, 1850. In the January Number of your valuable Magazine for 1849, you were good enough to insert extracts from a letter I had received from Messrs. Wallace and Bates, two gentlemen who are investigating the Natural History of the Amazon River and its tributaries in South America, and who consign their collections to me for sale. I now send you extracts from a letter just received from Mr. Wallace, dated Sautarem, Sept. 12, 1849, which, if you think sufficiently interesting, you may perhaps feel inclined to insert :— “T have got thus far up the river, and take the opportunity of sending youa few lines. To come here, though such a short distance, took me a month. I am now waiting here to get to Montalegre, but the difficulties of getting men even for a few days are very great. Here Miscellaneous. 157 the country is very sandy and dry, with a scrubby, shrubby vegeta- tion ; there are however some patches of forest, and in these, Lepi- doptera are rather abundant ; there are several lovely Hrycinide new to me, and many common insects, such as Heliconia Melpomone and 4graulis Dido, abundant, which we hardly ever saw at Para: Coleoptera I am sorry to find as scarce as ever. I hope however to do better at Montalegre, as the hills there are near a thousand feet high, and must I should think produce some. I wish to know what is thought of Cuyaba in the province of Matto Grosso as a locality ; it is at the head of the Tapajoz and Paraguay River ; there is a com- munication from here, salt bemg taken up. I could also from Rio Nigro get up the Madeira to Matto Grosso city, or up some branches into Bolivia. Is Bolivia at all known? I see in the Museum Cata- logue only five or six Erycinide from it, from Mr. Brydges’ collec- tions. I see there is a branch of the Andes in it the highest in America, and its capital cities appear higher ground than even Bogota or Quito. Hither of the localities can be I think quite as easily reached as the Andes up the Amazon ; at all events I should like to know if the ground is open and likely to be good, for some future time, if not just at present. I shall I think get up the Rio Nigro towards the sources of the Orinooko, but I am rather fearful that all N. Brazil is rather poor in Coleoptera. “September 14th.—I believe I shall now start for Montalegre tomorrow, having a canoe lent me ; I have however found so many new species of Lepidoptera, that I shall probably stay here a month on my return before going to Rio Nigro, unless indeed I find Montalegre so very good as to induce me to spend till December there. I do not think that you need send me anything till I write again. Pray write whenever you can, and give me all the information you may be able to obtain, both as to what things are wanted in any class or order and as to localities. “The Tapajoz here is clear water with a sandy beach, and the bathing is luxurious ; we bathe here in the middle of the day, when dripping with perspiration, and you can have no idea of the excessive luxury of it; the water is so warm that then is the healthiest time. Oranges are about fourpence a bushel here, and are far the best fruit ; large pineapples twopence to fourpence, but we seldom eat them. The more | see of the country, the more I want to, and I can see no end of, the species of butterflies when the whole country is well explored. Remember me to all friends.”’ 1 am, Gentlemen, your obedient Servant, SAMUEL STEVENS. ON THE GENUS GREGORINA. M. L. Dufour has applied the name uf Gregorina to some micro- scopic organisms which live as parasites in the intestinal canal of some insects, especially of larve. M. Koelliker found that these creatures were composed of a single cell, and are as simple as some of the lower genera of plants. ‘Some objections urged against this monocellular nature, by Henle and Fantzius, have induced M. Koel- 158 Miscellaneous. liker to submit the Gregorine to fresh observation. The following are the conclusions at which he arrives in his last memoir :— 1. The Gregorine are animals. 2. The simple Gregorine are decidedly composed of a single cell. Their membrane corresponds to the cellular membrane; their con- tents are those of acell; the vesicle which it contains represents the nucleus; the granulations (sometimes there is only one) of the latter are simple or disaggregated nucleoli. These simple Gregorine are only met with in Annelides. 3. The Gregorine with constricted body most probably correspond also to a simple cell of a peculiar form. They are met with in in- sects and crustacea. 4. There is no reason for not considering the Gregorine as animals which have attained their most perfect state. 5. The cases of pseudo-navicelle with granular contents and with vesicles probably proceed from a transformation of the Gregorine. 6. The presence of two nuclei or of two cells in the interior of certain Gregorine indicates either the commencement of their repro- duction or their transformation into pseudo-navicelle.—Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, i. p. 1. NYCTOTHERUS, a new genus of PotyGastrRica allied to PLESCONIA. By Dr. Lerpy. Body ovate, dilated posteriorly, compressed anteriorly, granulated, longitudinally lined, with an apparent operculum covering its an- terior half, and having a semicircle of cilia just within its margin in- feriorly and posteriorly. Centre of the operculated portion furnished with a large trapezoidal finely granular areola. Posterior part of the body with a short fissure passing inwards and downwards. Nyctotherus velox. Body white, ovate, conoidal, anterior margin rounded, obtuse ; pesteriorly acute. Posterior margin of the apparent operculum passing in a curved line upwards upon the middle of the body to within a short distance of the back, and furnished inferiorly with a point projecting backwards ; with a line passing down from the back about the middle of the operculum to the trapezoidal areola, giving the part of the body anterior to this the appearance of a head. Trapezoidal areola with curved sides, finely granular. Posterior fissure communicating with the exterior, just above the acute termi- nation of the body, and passing inwards and downwards, resembles an anal aperture. Areole of the interior sarcous mass generally minute, one large and round pretty constantly to be observed at the inner termination of the posterior fissure. Length from 1-254th to 1-180th in.; breadth from 1-320th to 1-254th in. Hab. Commencement of the large intestine of Julus marginatus, often found in considerable numbers. Remarks. This genus is closely allied to Plesconia, but possesses no appendages excepting the semicircle of cilia, just within the edge of the apparent operculum. The animal swims in water with great ease and grace. After being Meteorological Observations. ~ 159 in this fluid some time, the external investment bursts, and allows the protrusion of globular masses of sarcous matter, as in Leucophrys, but not to such a great extent.— Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. iv. p. 233. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR DEC. 1849. Chiswick.— December 1. Very fine. 2. Heavy rain throughout. 3. Rain. 4. Hazy clouds: fine: frosty. 5. Rain with fog: overcast at night: slight frost. 6. Clear sky and low ground-fog: exceedingly fine. 7. Overcast. 8. Rain: cloudless, and very fine. 9. Frosty and foggy: fine: dense fog. 10. Foggy: uniform haze: overcast. 11. Overcast. 12. Foggy: cloudy and cold. 13. Slight drizzle: hazy. 14. Rain: drizzly. 15. Rain: clear atnight. 16. Cloudy: very fine: drizzly. 17. Boisterous: fine: clear. 18. Densely overcast: rain. 19. Cloudy: fine: clear. 20. Clear and fine. 21. Slight snow-showers. 22. Frosty: densely clouded. 23. Clear and frosty: cloudless: clear and frosty. 24. Hazy: slight snow: cloudy at night. 25. Clear and fine. 26. Drizzly: densely overcast. 27. Clear. 28. Drifting snow: clear and frosty throughout : severe frost at night. 29. Clandy: clear. 20. Clear. 31. Cloudy : fine: overcast. Mean temperature of the Month .........sssseeeseeeevenees Poo eit’ Mean temperature of Dec. 1848 ............cescescecscecesces 41°75 Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-three years 59 °85 Average amount of rain in December ...........-.0s0eeeeee0e 1°58 inch. Boston.— Dee. 1. Fine. 2. Rain: rain a.m. andr.m. 93. Rain: rain a.m. 4, Fine. 5. Cloudy: raina.m. andr.m. 6. Fine. 7. Cloudy. 8. Rain: rain a.M. 9. Fine. 10. Cloudy. 11. Rain: rain a.m.and p.m. 12. Fine. 13, 14. Cloudy. 15. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 16. Fine. 17. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 18. Cloudy: rain a.m. and p.m. 19. Fine: rain a.m. and stormy. 20. Fine. 21. Cloudy: rain a.m. 22, Cloudy. 23. Fine. 24. Cloudy: rain a.m. 25. Cloudy. 26. Fine. 27, 28. Fine: stormy. 29. Fine: snow a.m. 30. Fine. 31. Cloudy. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Dec. 1. Frost a.m.: fog: wet pM. 2. Storm of wind and rain. 3. Blowing hard: wet: calmr.m. 4. Fine clear frosty day. 5. Snow a.m.: wet e.m. 6. Rain and wind. 7. High wind: rain p.m. 8. Rain, but not heavy. 9. Fog and lightrain. 10. Fogallday. 11. Fair and frosty. 12. Clearand cold. 13. Dull and cold: sleet p.m. 14. Fine a.m.: cloudy and stormy p.m. 15. Foggy, with showers. 16. Fine a.m.: dull and damp p.m. 17. Fine, with slight showers. 18. Wet all day. 19, 20. Slight frost: fine. 21. Slight frost: fine: cloudy. 22. Slight frost: clear and fine. 23. Hard frost: cloudy p.m. 24. Change: soft: slight shower. 25. Frost again: mild v.m. 26. Slight frost: shower p.m. 27. Frost: clear: high wind P.M. 28, 29. Very hard frost: sprinkling of snow. 30. Frost: clear and fine. 31. Frost very hard : thermometer 18°. Mean temperature of the Month .......esseececeesseeceneeeees Seeks aE Mean-temperature Of Deci-1848 (3. 5. ccc-cccve+seoseacsceocssadss 39 °8 Mean temperature of Dec. for the last twenty-five years ... 38 °1 AVLen ner ainiitls PICEEMADCTIS Tentnscces ke sccw ee aiisclcdtaslicbe's cos sense 1:40 inch. Ditto average for twenty years in December .............0000+ 2°94 inches. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Dec. 1. Fine: cloudy. 2,3. Showers. 4. Snow- showers. 5. Showers. 6. Cloudy: clear. 7. Cloudy: drizzle. 8. Showers: drizzle. 9. Cloudy: showers: rain. 10. Drizzle: clear: aurora, 11, 12. Cloudy: clear: aurora. 13. Cloudy. 14. Rain: cloudy. 15. Cloudy: showers. 16. Rain : showers: clear. 17. Cloudy: showers... 18, Showers: damp: showers. 19. Bright: showers: sleet. 20. Fine: frost: fine. 21. Fine: frost: aurora. 22. Clear: frost: hazy. 23. Rain: cloudy. 24. Fine: damp. 25, 26. Showers, 27. Hail-showers. 28. Snow-drift: thunder: snow-drift. 29. Cloudy: clear. 30. Showers: cloudy. 31. Clear: cloudy. { | | | | 3 . ‘\S@P |OV-T LIE 8o-1 69-0F/06-07 |P-EE |1-ZP |2-9€ £6-0€ ZP-EP 026-62 |006-6z ‘08.62 nbE.6F 65-62 P28-6z 81660 “URaTK “muu | “MU | “MU Pe Sh) erie Of) 12) 21 BE |S1-0€ | €%.0€ | 18.0€ | ¥z-0€ ‘£0.08 ZOL-0€ BZE-08| TE. M 90- 00-0 ZO. |""""""| -m | cu | ema} cau | 2] LE | 62) e€| €€| gu | SE |0%-0F |81.0€ | 0Z.0€ | So.0F 08-62 %S6-6% 61Z-0€| “of Rowse ees sz ‘u tu [tau |emu| LE] ge | 42) F6E} 1€] 92 | OE |00-0€ | 92.6% | 69.62 | 19-62 %2-6% 8hS.6z 1t9:63| “6cO renee ‘u |*muul| ‘mun! cu v& | b% | 1%) €€| €%) ot | La |LP-6G | 10.62 | 8¥.6z | OF-6z 80.6% OFE.64 259-62) “Ez 1Z- tu [cma jcmu | cu | 77%} 3 | ie] Sv) Se} bo | 1b |16-62 | £b.6z | ob.6z | oF-62 91-62 PEb-6% C6r-62) “Lz ST. fry". | smu | tm |tmum) ema | 17 | tov | LE) Le} Le) VE | eh Bb-6% | 08.6% | PS.6z | 20-0 08-62 g6L-62 8PI-0£; ‘9% OL. }""""" GO. | 10. | mu | tau | -mu | cau | PP | f9V | 62] IV) CE) gs | RE |€%-0€ | CP.0€ | O£-0€ | 0G-0€ '2z-0€ 'yZE.0€ O£S-0£; °Sz epee | 802 | tmu | tau | mu | ma} 67 | f1h | 26) Z| VE) TZ | OE |19-0€ |19.0€ |€S-0€ | ob-0€ 'Lo.o€ ZLE-.0€ Pob-0f| “tz TE. |09-0 «""" ‘muu| ‘au | ‘au | cau | $9 | $9h | 8%| €€] EF) 2 | GSE \SS.0f |0G.0€ |9PF-0€ | 29.06 E£.0F 916.08 ZLS-0€| “fz ROMO) COGIC he ‘ms | sau | ‘auu] ‘ou Of | $€€ | 1€| Se} we) ga | LE \€L-0€ |€L-0€ |99.08 | 09-0F O€-0€ 615-08 O£S-08 | ts C oearesutl se" OT. ‘s | cms | ‘ou | cou} PE | FLE | 62) LH S-FE 62 | SE \OL-0€ |29.0€ | 65-08 |0S-0€ 91-08 T6E-08 16F-0€| “1Z Gomis > To: "| smuu} mum} smu | Bf | ¥g€ |1Z€| gp} €€| O€ | IP |1S-0€ | 8E-0€ |9E.0£ | Sz.0€ '26-60 E€%-0€ ZIE-0F| ‘0% Wait 4G. “mu | ¢s tu |*mu | Sf | $1V |79€| Lb] sb] sE | Sb SI-0€ | [.6z |O1-0€ | 06.62 05-6% 818-62 9rz-0£| “61 Ze 00: ‘mu | cms | *s |cms | P| oh | Zh) 6b Gh sy | ZG SS.6% | 1P.6z | 0P.6z | 0£.6% Sz-6% 9ZF-6% 99L-62| ‘gI Edo PE: ‘a [ms | tm [om | SP | Sh |izv| 6h G.-Eb| OF | EG BP.6z | 18.6% | 0S-6z | 82-62 F1-6% GzS.6z 693-62) “LI GZ. |0€-0 g&- ‘| *m |tms | emss| sms | TEV | Sp | th f6P| oF OF | 8G |PE.6z | 86.62 | 0€-62 | 05.62 0F-6Z 199-62 116-62 “OI Lie frre") 60. | om | “ms | mss| ms | Lb | fob | €h| 6b| Ly) ob | LS (9b.6z | 09.6% | 99-62 | 09-62 |SP.6% €21-60'196-68) °S1 1s Fin ean ole (70 eleEa l e ‘s | 7€) | ob | O€| 9b) 1h) Bh | SS |OP.6% | 8£.6z | 62-62 | 09.62 09-62 808-62 598-6 | r1@ tettetleseeee teeeesleeeees| agg fa reg 5 oP —— | —- | | |__| —————_ - ee weeeleeeces cereesl estes ‘aso | ‘au | ‘asa | ‘a 6€ | ov | VE; GE) SE} O€ | OF |81-0€ | Lz.0€ | 08.6% | 01.08 |08.62 618-62 0€0-0€ ‘SI ‘asa | ‘a | ‘au | tau} 68 | 6€ |F€E|F1b/G.ce| VE | If |9£-0€ |O€.0€ | 11-0€ |Z1-0F PL.6% 680-08 621-08; ‘11 TQ. frrrrrreeressyrees"| casa | cau | smu | sou | 6€ | Sh | 6€)F2PiS-be) SE | 6€ |ZE.0€ |LI-0€ |O1-0€ | 09.6% |Sg.6% |SS1-0€ 6£1-08| -ol Bnet een To eects Soa POON salon = ato) SV | oF | ZV) €h| VE; 9% | SH |P0.0€ | 96.6% | 68-62 | 69.6% 66-62 918-62 810-0€| °6 OI- |0G-0 €€. | 10. | ‘as |*eua} ‘a | «ms | €P | 1h |86€) EF! IV] SZ | 6h |€8.6z |SL.6z | SV-6% | 18-62 01-60 |Z6€-6% Z29-6%| °8 “errefreeessireees1 QO. | tas | tas | ‘as | tas | $27 | Sh | gf| Sh! oF] IF | 6P |9L.6e | LL.6% | SE.62 | 6.62 ILE.62 IZZE-62'€z9-60| “L | Vig] (PSR O3 brs aa CS ace i) s *s GV | $9F | 9€| CPiG.Le| VE | 2S |LS9.6% | g£.6z | 0S-.6% | 02-62% |€€.6% \0v9-6z |ZZL-62| “9 D| (O}e 2] POCB OS REBOOT ap lea [eae ‘as | ‘asa | 's ov | 17 | 6%| 6E\S-0€| 6% | LP |8h.6z | LP-6% | 80-62 | 22-62 181.6% |SLZ-6z 6LE-60| °S ile | Recemelecscns acct 5) | EU gf | SE | La} SE} O€| 61 | GE |89.6% | 98.6% | 0£-6z | ZS-6% |9Z-6z [029-62 |tbS-62| ‘TV LO. |*****/ 92. |90. | ‘as | ‘as | taua | ‘au | $2€ | 17 | gE] oFIG-6€) I€ | OF |20.0€ | £6.62 | 29-62 | PS-62 |9z-62 |S1V-62|12S-62| ‘Ef LOw ee O9. | Ovs)|* ‘aS =|) Gost |p cass |» “Ss VP | St | If] oF] P| OV | OS |0L.6z | €L-62 | 82-62 | 25-62% |OV.6% |617-62 1128-62) *% OSC AD CS ROLE i) (a aa ‘as | “m | ‘Mm | Shh | 6€ | Lz! sv} Z€| 6% | SP |SL-6Z | 28-62 | OL-62 | 28-62 |9L-6% ¥E6-6 911-08 uf n y Qa | 0 fon SSS Wee WS = = ‘urd | “ore | smd |) “me : : 09 Sh aw 3 = ay eyiet S sh Die PS BS : 3 P| Se 3 = Pe mista “auentl 28 *yOIMstyg ER i *aILYs-salyUn(] Ze “yormstyo, 25 : eel: ce “ule y “PUL “19{9WOWIOYT, *1ajauLOIeg Sa ee: | “KANWU() ‘asunpy yoNpungy pv “uoysno]_D *— ‘aay ay7 4g pup faulHs-saruanacy ‘asunyy yzunsarddy yo ‘vequng * Ay ‘ey 247 49 $Norsog D WRIA “AW 49 Suopuoy avau ‘MOIMSIHD Jv hja100g Joaninoysopy ayy fo uapuvy ayg qo UOsdWOY], “AIA 49 apou sucywacasq() qunsojowoaqayy THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SECOND SERIES.] No. 27. MARCH 1850. XVI.—On the recent Foraminifera. By Wiiiiam Crark, Esq. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, Dec. 1, 1849. THERE appeared in the ‘ Annals’ for May 1849, a paper of mine on the recent Foraminifera, containing some new facts and hy- potheses on the anatomical structure of these polypi; a further examination during the summer months of this year has enabled me to confirm the facts I have already made known, to add much new matter, and to afford such rectifications of the hypothetical inductions as will stamp them with their proper value. I per- sist in my view, that all the calcareous organisms styled Fora- minifera are fixtures for life, as is the case with every other polyparium of the calcareous division. I considered the speci- mens alluded to in my first paper decidedly recent, but the pos- session of others which were undoubtedly alive an hour before I received them, has convinced me of my mistake. The first spe- cimens of Dentalina linearis and Marginulina legumen exhibited. in the same shell one half hyaline, and the other with the am- mal remains, from which I concluded that the polypi inhabited only the two or three anterior cells, and the posterior ones were rendered hyaline by the withdrawal of their contents, either by absorption or desiccation ; but it is more probable that the entire shells so often met with, having all their chambers perfectly hyaline, have been cleared out, at least in those species that have decided visible apertures, by very minute parasites, and that where the chambers are partially emptied the enemy has died before its work was accomplished, in consequence of the orifice being closed up by agglutinated fine grains of sand. I confi- dently rely on this explanation, as in long and careful examina- tions of the Miliolide, I have found in them so many variously Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.2. Vol. v. 11 162 Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. formed parasites as to baffle, as yet, any positive determinations of the real animal inhabitant. It is necessary at once to describe the animal of Dentulina linearis, an inhabitant of the coral- line zone of the Devon coast, six miles from shore, in fifteen fathoms water, as it appeared in a beautiful recent adult speci- men of many chambers, that it may be referred to in illustration of the additional observations I propose to make. I believe they will be found more comprehensive than any that have hitherto appeared on this very distinct section of the calcareous polypi. I consider this animal and that of the Marginulina legumen as the types of a great majority of the Foraminifera. Genus Dentalina, D’Orbigny. Dentalina linearis, Mont. Animal elongated, yellowish or pale red-brown ; it has’ a con- tinuous subcylindrical membranous tube, coasting one of the sides of the polyparium or shell from the posterior to the an- terior chamber. The lobes or parenchymatous matter forming the mass of the body of the animal are deposited in the palest brown membranes, and fully fill each and every division of the shell, being moulded on their forms; these segments are united to and open into the common canal, which appears to serve for defecation, the admission of aliment, as an oviduct, and to con- vey moisture to the animal: the orifice thereof is in the adult shell terminated by eight slender equidistant pale red pointed minute tentacula. In the genial season, July and August, each lobe on its flat surface is marked with a circle of deeper red than the other part, and which I may safely term a gemmiferous pullulation, as therefrom a line of minor gemme is seen proceeding from each bud to the margin of the common canal to discharge therein these undoubted germs of reproduction. Thus far, as regards the animal, no doubt can exist ; but with respect to respiration, the circulation, the mode of growth of the animal and polyparium, | these points must be received with caution, as they have not the test of certainty, though I believe they are substantially correct. I now state what I have perceived of the increase of the animal from segment to segment, and the corresponding formation of the same parts of the polyparium. In the examination of nume- rous specimens of this species and of Marginulina legumen, in which the last chamber was incomplete and not domed over, I have seen at the neck of the antepenultimate chamber a mem- brane encircling and lining the unfinished wall, and a mass of parenchyma adjacent, and apparently growing pari passu with the common membranous tube, which is always kept free and open, and thus the lobe, tube and chambers are gradually formed Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. 163 by the pullulation of the parenchyme and exudation of calcareous matter from the enveloping membrane until the lobe is complete and receives the final stigma of eight new tentacula, the old ones being merged in or become the germs of the new production, and so on, until nature has finally completed her work. We thus see that this animal, when the first germ is cast, mereases by pullulation, and at the same time performs the function of re- production by committing its gemme to fix themselves in their natural habitats. From these circumstances it is probable that the calcareous organisms are solitary, distributed without order, and fixed to rocks, corals, and other hard submarine substances by the pointed stylet which is attached to the posterior terminus of many of the species ; and in fresh specimens of this genus and Marginulina legumen, the fracture of the attaching stylet is very visible by a lens of common power; but from the tenuity and fragility of the penultimate appendages, these organisms almost always come to us detached, as the substances on which they are naturally fixed are probably rocks and coral reefs ; we therefore can scarcely hope to see them in situ; and if they ever come into the dredge on fragments, they have from their small volume been passed over without observation, and again cast into the deep. I still however hope to see them in a state of nature: I have directed my dredger to bring in all masses from the coralline zone. To return to the animal, a curious question arises: Is it a com- pound being, though a solitary organism? Does the formation of gemmez on all the lobes indicate that each is a distinct being, which, instead of opening exteriorly as in many of the other sec- tions of the compound polypi, receives sustentation from the common canal? can this continuous tube be merely to serve as an oviduct ? is it not also to supply each lobe with water, food, and for depuration ? If these questions are answered in the affir- mative, each segment may be so far a distinct being, as a com- mon connection between the whole mass admits of ; on the other hand, does the isochronal development of gemme in all, the almost isolated lobes, evidence that the animal is a simple one? If this creature had the segments inclosed in a simple tube, as in the Annelidz, I should answer, it is not a compound animal ; and perhaps even in the first case, those better qualified to judge than myself, will decide it is a simple being, and that the con- temporaneous appearance of gemmz merely shows that each lobe is under a similar stimulus. As to the movement of the fluids, I cannot believe that the common canal serves for four distinct functions—for food, the dejections, regeneration, and aération, without an inconvenient interference of one organ with another; I am therefore in- 11* 164 Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. clined to think there are longitudinal vessels attached to the walls of the common canal to supply some of these functions, particularly that to administer, in conjunction with the capillary filaments, the oxygen. I do not believe there is a circulation be- yond that of flotation, arising from nervous contraction—I say nervous, because I shall presently enunciate the reasons for using this term. The respiration is effected by the very fine capillary filaments which issue from the foramina of such of these animals that have them, and which have been named “ pseudopodia,”’ or “nedes spurii ;” the filaments are only protruded from the last- formed chambers, which, until new ones are constructed, consti- tute the limits of the respiratory apparatus, the preceding ones being closed by the exudation of calcareous matter from the en- veloping membrane of each lobe, and though the punctures of former foramina are always seen, they are imperforate. The sustentation of these animals is undoubtedly the minute animal- cule received through the orifice into the common canal—the eight tentacula prove this—and are there digested, and the nutri- tive fluids enter probably by absorption into each mass of paren- chyme, the rejectamenta being discharged by the aperture. On the question of the nervous and muscular influences, which Lamarck only admits, as independent of sensation and interior sentiment, in his apathetic animals, amongst which are the Po- lypi, I must be allowed to make a few observations, to explain my reasons for not concurring in the views of that great natu- relist. Lamarck contends that sensation, or interior sentiment, does not exist in the lower animals, and that in them all move- ments arise from irritabilities excited by external impressions : I demur to this doctrine, and firmly believe that no created being can exist and exhibit evidences of vitality, by motion, without having implanted in it a certain degree of sensation or interior sentiment, by the influence of which the nervous and muscular powers are put in action. I grant that external causes may pro- duce motions and contractions, not I think by exciting an irrita- bility mdependent of sensation, as Lamarck terms it, but by the agents and after the manner I have just stated. It will be admitted that the sensations in the lower animals, which are the origin of the nervous and muscular influences, are of the most subdued qualities ; and though their points of de- parture, and the muscular supports dependent on them, may not be discernible by the most powerful instruments, still I believe that they exist, and produce those movements which are observed in the monad as well as in man. In the superior and larger ani- mals, we can perceive the causes of these influences and admit their existence, because they are apparent; and why not in the smallest, though they escape our vision? In the nearest fixed » Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. 165 stars we can observe their proper motions, but in those which are plunged in the deeper regions of the sphere, these motions, though we may presume that they undoubtedly exist, are inap- preciable. Why may we not apply a similar reasoning to the doctrine of the sensations or interior sentiment, and the resulting nervous and muscular influences, being implanted i in the lowest as well as the highly organized animals, according to their seve- ral structures, and not consign vast classes to exist without sen- sation? It appears to me that the lines of separation between apathy, sensation, interior sentiment, and intelligence, as laid down by Lamarck, are erroneous and arbitrary. I believe that apathy in its strict sense, as applied to animals, does not exist ; and I repeat, that the most inferior created animal being is not without that portion of sensation or interior sentiment, and its concomitant nervous and muscular influence, that produces the motions which are the tests of vitality. I may state that Lamarck does not admit the distinction of intelligence and instinct ; he very justly considers the different degrees of what is called in- stinct, in animals, as only subdued intelligences consequent on their imperfect organs, when compared with the highest standard —man. There is a great gulf between the intelligence of the brute creation and that of man; the impassable line is, that the one does not fear death, and has no idea of the future, because the beneficent Creator has not given it sufficient intelligence to rea- son on matters which will never be granted ; but man fears death and ardently desires immortality, because his Maker has con- ferred on him the knowledge of life and death, and it may therefore reasonably be inferred, that we shall not be tantalized with a prospective view and hope of these things, if they were not to be accomplished. To return to the Foraminifera: I am inclined to think ia the major part of these organisms, whether straight, arcuated, dis- coid, alternate, enveloping, rolled en peloton, or whatever confi- guration they may take, will conform in all the essential gene- ralities with the structure of the animal—I mean of those parts of it which I have clearly determined in the Dentalina linearis and Marginulina legumen, and which I consider may fairly be constituted the type of that section of the calcareous Polypi termed Foraminifera: these organisms, from their distinct and separate growth, show an advance in organization that justly places them at the head of the calcareous Polypi, and I think it will be long before this assigned position in the progressive order of creation will be disturbed. That specialty-differences of a more or less decided character exist in the component parts of this group cannot be doubted; such variations are seen in every 166 Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. 167 division of nature. In this class the greatest deviations are the polyparia of certain of the Nodosarie, improperly called Lagene, as the L. levis and its variety L. amphora, and the L. striata of authors and its numerous varieties, which undoubtedly have their chambers piled on each other, and form polypiferous stems varying in the number of the strangulations of separation of one globe from another; these constrictions are often so in- tense, as to afford the smallest possible, often doubtful perfo- rations; they taper from bulb to bulb, and perhaps may only be hollow on the principle of the wheat straw, to afford increased elas- ticity to the stems to withstand the agitation of the waters in their natural habitats of fixity. When a stem is broken into frag- ments, as I have seen in the Nodosaria levis, the Lagena levis of authors, by the mere contraction of the drying of a solution of gum arabic to fix it on a card, in consequence of the extreme brittleness of the necks of the flask-shaped globules, the ter- minus, or what conchologists term the aperture, will always be found under the microscope to be formed, in fresh specimens, of five or six rough-edged radiations, of a very different character from the symmetrical ones of those polypi that have eight ten- tacula, and the counterparts of these irregular radiations in shape and number will be seen at the basal part of the same object; a very strong argument that these fragments have parted from succeeding bulbs at the smallest part of the strangulation, or in other words at the aperture, leaving the base of the bulb from which it has been separated imperforate, and showing that the cylinder of strangulation is only hollow up to that pomt in which the principle of flexibility is involved. Conchologists have always considered the long tapering tubes, often as long or longer than the bulb itself, to be the aperture of an inclosed animal: if they are nght, it must become enveloped and die, having. first deposited the germ of the succeeding nodule. This un- usual and extended form of the neck and aperture only exists, I believe, in two species of the entire class of Foraminifera, the Nodosaria levis and N. striata; every other form rarely extends its neck or aperture much beyond the bulb. These two very sin- gular exceptions, combined with the extraordinary length of the strangulations, almost amount to a demonstration, that the Nodo- saria striata, the only organism admitting of the slightest doubt, falls into the same category as the N. levis, of which I have seen a stem of four united strangulations or chambers, and others of two and three. I therefore think it not improbable that the orga- nisms, Nodosaria levis and N. striata, are the frames of polyparia forming stems of nodules, which, when fresh from the coral zone, are always more or less incrusted, like many of the corallines, with pulpy eretaceous matter that serves as a nidus for the mi- Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. 167 nute polypiferous constructors, which may be either compound or single animals. Cabinet specimens are almost always polished by attrition. This statement is, I believe, the true solution of the condi- tions of the only two Foraminifera about which doubts can exist as to the animal; all the rest, without exception, follow the type of the animals I have described above as to gene- ralities. I may add, that I have examined with the highest powers many of the Nodosaria striata, and have not detected a membranous animal ling, which better observers say they have seen. When there is a minute perforation at the side of the neck of the bulb, occasioned by a boring animal, in such, the chambers sometimes contain the remains of parasites and fine mud and sand that cause discoloration of the globules, which authors may have mistaken for parenchymatous matter. It is also possible that very minute parasites may enter at the stran- gulated necks when the stem is broken up, and locate themselves within, in like manner as in the Miliolide, which, I have stated above, are constantly inhabited by parasites of various species. Whatever doubt may exist as to the animals of Nodosaria levis and N. striata, I think there can be none of the N. striata having its unilocular globules piled one on the other. In this opinion I am strongly supported by an article in the February Number of the ‘Annals’ for 1849 by Mr. M‘Coy, who thus observes on his Nodosaria fusulinaformis :— “Shell of two or more inflated, pyriform, easily separable lodges, the first one having a small mucronate point at its posterior end, and contracted to a very slender, short neck at the anterior end which joins the pyriform second cell, which is also contracted to a similar minute neck in front; surface smooth.” Mr. M‘Coy also observes, “ that the lodges or cells are almost always found separated (from the minuteness of the connecting neck).” Mr. M‘Coy also says, “I have however heard of several of them being found united in a line by their little necks, and the posterior cell not being a terminal one.” This is substantially my account of Lagena levis in my first paper, and I can truly say, that Mr. M‘Coy’s article never came to my knowledge until long after it and the present notes were written. I have scarcely a doubt from the extracts, that these organisms are of a nearly, if not absolutely identical structure with Montagu’s Vermiculum leve, our Nodosaria, and the Lagena levis of authors ; they have the same slender strangulations of the nodulous Lagene, the fragments of which have so long been mistaken for distinet objects. The typical Nodosarie have nothing hke the aspect of the very recent lageniform species, first, I 168 Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. believe, introduced into that genus by myself; the necks of the typical Nodosarie are strangulated, but generally so slightly as scarcely to detract from their strength, and are consequently usually found united. It has been stated that the rough sketch of Nodosaria levis, in my first paper on the Foraminifera, and which had no reference to the exact outline of that species, and was merely intended to illustrate the structure of this organism, has been mistaken by me for a Nodosaria, not the levis ; I therefore in decided terms state, that the mistake is not with me, and that the fragment which all authors constitute the Vermiculum leve of Montagu, alias their Lagena levis, is the true and identical object I have seen in a stem of two, three, and four united nodules with elon- gated necks. I exclude the family of the Miliolide, hitherto and perhaps correctly included in the Foraminifera ; I have them now under investigation ; and will at present only observe, that whatever their position may turn out to be, they are all inhabited by an internal animal, as my observations on the buccal pouches of the Dentaha sutticiently prove. I hasten to conclude with some remarks on the neglect in which this microscopic branch of natural history has long been involved. The causes that have prevented the due consideration of the ani- mals of the Foraminifera, and their singularly beautiful orga- nisms, are entirely owing to mistaken ideas of the difficulties at- tendant on their investigation, the acquisition of the objects, and the supposed injury to the sight by the use of high microscopic powers. ‘These objections I think I shall prove to be ideal, and if we apply the trite aphorism “‘ Omne ignotum pro magnifico ” to our case, we shall find that if we devote ourselves determi- nately to careful examination and investigation, all difficulties will soon disappear, and we shall be surprised at their simple solutions, because in many cases they have assumed the aspect of something miraculous, merely from being enveloped in the meshes of ignorance. The acquisition of these elegant objects, adorned with sculp- ture of surpassing beauty, presents no msurmountable difficul- ties ; every shore coated with sands has a certain line which is instantly perceived by the experienced observer, and will furnish a supply of the more common species, and the finer sands of the coralline zone, five or six miles from the shore, by the dredge, will afford abundance of the rarer species. There are also in certain districts marine deposits formed by the subsidence of the waters, which, though of great antiquity, still exhibit the freshness of recent origin without a trace of fossiliferous aspect. As to the sight being injured by a continuous examination of Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. 169 these minute objects, I can truly say that this idea is wholly without foundation if the pursuit is properly conducted, and that, on the contrary, it is materially strengthened by the use of pro- perly adapted glasses even of high powers ; and in proof I state that twenty years ago I used spectacles, but the continued and daily examination of these minutiz has so greatly increased the power of vision, that I now read the smallest type without diffi- culty and without aid. The great point to be attended to is not to use a power that in the least exceeds the necessity, not to continue the exercise of vision too long, and never by artificial light, and to reserve the high powers of certain lenses and the microscope for important investigations of very moderate conti- nuance: the really observant eye seizes at a glance the intelli- gence required, whilst strained, poring, and long optical exertions are delusive and unsatisfactory, and produce those fanciful ima- ginations of objects which have really no existence. The proper time for research after microscopic objects is for one hour after breakfast, when we are in the fittest state for exertion. The very minute Foraminifera are always in fine sand, and the best way to find them is to take from the parcel of sand only as much as will lie on the point of a very small penknife blade, spreading it by a slender-pointed cedar stick on a large card, covered with dull black paper, when, with a proper lens, the objects by their symmetry and beauty are at once distinguished, and gathered up by a sable brush into proper receptacles. This apparently slow but sure mode of finding these minutie by purely optical exertions will produce a greater supply than by the wholesale immersion of sand in water and the resulting collection of a few buoyant objects ; for after all that can be done by this mode, the sand, when abandoned, will then produce three times the number that have been acquired otherwise. In the search of shells of one-tenth inch diameter, perhaps the plan of immersion may succeed well. Having disposed of two of the greatest drawbacks in the in- vestigation of the Foraminifera, it only remains, as concisely as possible, to conclude the present paper by some remarks illus- trative of my views in being anxious to rescue this branch of natural history from its present, I may say, retrograde position, as regards the knowledge of the animal. The field of the British testaceous mollusca has been for many years so sedulously cultivated, that although its products are not yet exhausted, they have nevertheless become so much dimi- nished, as is proved by the increasing far-betweens in the disco- very of new species, as to render it almost a matter of necessity to look out for “fresh woods and pastures new ;” and where can we find a more delightful resource, partaking so much of the 170 Mr. W. Clark on the recent Foraminifera. same character of our accustomed researches amongst the mol- lusca? Indeed the two pursuits will march in line, as the rescue from their present neglected and false position of those beautiful microscopic structures the Foraminifera, which have nearly run the gauntlet through the invertebrate portion of the order of nature in search of a resting-place. These objects are not only interesting to the mere collector, as they admit of an indefinite preservation without diminution of their singular structural and sculptural elegances, which, with lenses of ordinary powers, can be so well observed if they are properly mounted ; but to the geo- logist the examination of these microcosms and the constructors thereof, and the bringing to light the vast numbers of still un- discovered species, are objects of the highest interest and greatest importance to assist in the solution of many intricate problems, relative to the structure, conditions, and changes of the crust of our globe. To accomplish the important views I have endeavoured to sketch, and to infuse life, activity and interest into this portion of zoology, nothing more is required than a point of departure, which can only be effected by an energetic naturalist imbued with the “ divinus afflatus,” and whose years are not numbered as mine, who will undertake the useful and delightful task of giving a start, or rather an impetus to the present dormant position of this section of natural history, by throwing our indi- gena into divisions, genera and species, accompanied by faith- ful figures. As to classification, the work would be very light. We cannot adopt one characterized more concisely and distinct- ively than that of M. D’Orbigny, which I believe will prove more than sufficiently comprehensive for our hitherto discovered species. His first prodrome, the Foraminifera, ‘Voyage dans Y Amérique méridionale, de l’ile de Cuba, des iles des Canaries,’ &c. &c., must form the bases of the classification. The mere sub- stitution of one artificial system for another will be of no advan- tage to this branch of science, which, from its malacological neg- lect, must remain for some years in an unsatisfactory position, until the animals are more thoroughly investigated ; and when that is done, the membranous sac, the continuous tube, the lobes from one to twenty or more, and the terminal tentacula, will form the main features of all the animals of this class, ex- cept perhaps a small section of the Stzchostegid@, and possibly the Miliolide ; these two latter pomts I fully expect in the approach- ing summer, with the aid of the coralline zones of the South Devon coasts, to settle in such manner as will be conducive to the interest of this branch of zoology. The principal labour would be the collection of the British articles from various cabinets ; and who will hesitate to offer the On the Secretion of the Leaves and Stems of the Ice-plant. 171 necessary contributions from his stores in furtherance of such objects, if undertaken under favourable auspices and competent qualification ? I have opened a new field for exertion, particularly for the younger naturalists, in which honour is to be acquired, and fur- nished in the higher walks of observation,—a new theme, and I trust that the “ Hanc exorna”’ will be carried out with a zeal cor- respondent to the importance of the subject. I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant, WitiiaM Crark. XVII.—On the Watery Secretion of the Leaves and Stems of the Ice-plant (Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, Z.). By Dr. Aveustus VoELcKER, Prof. of Chemistry Royal Agricult. Col- lege, Cirencester *. A rew months ago I had the pleasure of communicating to the Botanical Society of Edinburgh the results of an examination of the watery liquid in the ascidia of Nepenthes destillatoria. Those present at the meeting, as well as the readers of the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’ will remember that, in opposition to the state- ments of most botanists who have directed their attention to the subject of the watery secretions of the leaves of plants, I found the liquid in the ascidia of Nepenthes to differ materially from pure water, inasmuch as it contained from 0°30 to nearly 1 per cent. of solid substances, partly organic partly imorganic. I stated at that time my doubts as to the watery secretion of plants being nothing but pure water, and gave some reasons for this opinion ; Prof. Balfour, with whom I discussed the subject, kindly furnished me with the means of investigating this point still further by favourmg me with fresh specimens of the curious Ice-plant (Mesembryanthemum crystallinum), a plant which is re- markable on account of the gland-like vesicular eminences with which its leaves and stems are covered. The result of the examina- tion of the fluid secreted by the leaves of this plant has fully con- firmed the opinion expressed in regard to the watery secretions of plants; at all events it has shown me that the secretion of the leaves of the Ice-plant is not merely pure water, but water containing several substances in solution. Though I was unable to determine quantitatively the composition of this secretion on account of the small quantity of liquid at my command—a quantity insufficient even for a minute qualitative analysis—yet I had no difficulty in detecting the chief constituent parts of the flud. The secre- tion I procured by lacerating the gland-like eminences with * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Jan. 10, 1850, 172 On the Secretion of the Leaves and Stems of the Ice-plant. which the leaves are covered, with a needle, and collecting the fluid in a glass bottle. The fluid thus obtained was colourless and nearly” clear, without smell, and possessing no distinctly pronounced taste. Litmus-paper dipped in it was very slightly turned red, showing the presence of merely traces of a free acid or an acid salt. In order to free it entirely from any particles of epidermis which might accidentally have mingled with the liquid, I filtered it through white filtermg-paper. The fluid passing through the filter slowly was now perfectly clear. On heating to 212° F. white flakes were separated, which proved to be iden- tical with vegetable albumen. They were collected ina filter, and the filtrate evaporated to dryness on a water-bath. During the evaporation the liquid turned yellow, particularly when evapo- rated to a small bulk, and left a brownish-coloured, very hygro- scopic residue, which redissolved in a small quantity of distilled water, leaving but a trace of a humus-like, dark-coloured organic substance undissolved. The chemical nature of the fluid from which the albumen had been separated, was ascertained as far as possible by the follow- ing tests :— ‘Ammonia produced no change. Carbonate of ammonia gave no precipitate. Carbonate of soda on boiling gave a white precipitate. Oxalate of ammonia produced no change. Phosphate of soda and ammonia, added to the concentrated liquid, gave a crystalline white precipitate of phosphate of mag- nesia aud ammonia. Chloride of platinum, added to the concentrated liquid after the removal of the magnesia, produced a crystalline yellow pre- cipitate. The presence of soda was indicated by the yellow colour given to the alcohol flame. Lime-water produced a white precipitate. Sulphate of lime hkewise produced a white precipitate. Chloride of barium gave a heavy white precipitate. Nitrate of silver gave a white flaky precipitate, soluble in am- monia, but insoluble in nitric acid. Acetate of lead produced a white precipitate. Basic acetate of lead gave a voluminous white precipitate. A portion of the water evaporated to dryness and heated to redness left a white ash which effervesced with acids, indicating the presence of echanptes, originated from organic acids present in the fluid. The nature of the organic acids, which in all likelihood ac- companied the oxalic acid, I could not determine from want of material. The presence of oxalic acid however is distinctly indi- Mr. Hancock on the Anatomy of the Freshwater Bryozoa. 173 eated by the above reactions. They likewise show the presence of chloride of sodium, potash, sulphuric acid and magnesia. In comparing this secretion of the leaves of the Ice-plant with the fluid in the ascidia of Nepenthes, we find a material difference in their respective compositions, as will be seen by the annexed table, which exhibits the composition of both fluids. :— Composition of the fluid in the Composition of the watery secretion ascidia of Nepeuthes. of the leaves of Mesembryanthe- mum crystallinum. Organic matter, chiefly malic anda Organic matter (albumen, oxalic little citric acid. acid, &c.). Chloride of potassium. Chloride of sodium. Soda. Potash. Lime. Magnesia. Magnesia. Sulphuric acid. XVIII.—On the Anatomy of the Freshwater Bryozoa, with de- scriptions of three new Species. By Atpany Hancock, Esq.* [With four Plates. ] Durine a ramble made last July in company with “The Tyne- side Naturalists’ Field Club ” to the Northumberland lakes, I was fortunate enough to find two or three species of Bryozoa. Since then I have revisited the locality twice, and on each occasion additional species occurred. Thus six or seven forms of these interesting animals have been found to inhabit two of these lakes, namely Bromley Lough and Crag Lough. Three of the species appear to be undescribed ; these I propose to characterize towards the close of this communication, giving previously an account of the anatomy of the freshwater Bryozoa so far as I have been able to determine it. Amongst the known species was a fragment of Alcyonella, most probably A. stagnorum; but its characters could not be determined on account of the imperfection of the specimen. Fredericella sultana occurred abundantly and of very luxuriant growth, spreading over the under surface of stones in patches of three or four inches’ extent. Of the new species two belong to Plumatella and one to Paludicella, a rare genus, of which there was but one species previously known, and that I believe had been found only in Ireland, and in two or three localities on the continent. The anatomy of the freshwater Bryozoa had been very little studied on this side of the Channel before Professor Allman took up the subject, and he has handled it so well that little is left to — * Read at a Meeting of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, Dec. 1849. 174. Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the be done. Indeed so complete are the results of this naturalist, that, perhaps, the publication of my own may appear almost un- necessary. My investigations, however, carried on as they have been perfectly independent of the researches of others, may not be without some value even where novelty is wanting. Micro- scopic investigations conducted by the aid of transmitted hight are liable to error. Frequent examinations in such cases are therefore necessary, and observations independently prosecuted are of peculiar value. Consequently I do not hesitate to give the result of my own labours on this subject, fraught as it is with difficulty, not fearing to mislead in a path already so well trodden. Of the anatomy of these animals I shall have to confine myself almost entirely to that of Plumatella, Fredericella and Paludicella. Of Alcyonella I can say but little, having seen only an imperfect specimen, and none of the other freshwater forms have come under my notice. Plumatella and Fredericella resemble each other very closely in their anatomical structure, notwithstanding the external differ- ence of their polypes. Paludicella however shows some very in- teresting modifications, particularly in the muscular system: but before entering on the internal anatomy it will be necessary to examine the characters of the polypidom, and to trace its rela- tionship to the polype. The polypidom of Plumatella Allmani, Pl. V. figs. 8, 4 & 5, and of Fredericella sultana is tubular, branched and carinated on the upper surface; the walls opake, tough and membranous, in- clining to horny. Those of the latter, when examined through the microscope, exhibit a sort of dendritic structure ; the divisions or branches passing in an irregular spiral direction round the tube, are flattened, and extensively anastomosing form for the most part a dense tissue, nowhere more open than just to display the branched character. The walls of Plumatella do not in the least exhibit this structure. In Paludicella the polypidom, fig. 2, is likewise branched and tubular, but not carinated ; it is mem- branous or horny, and becomes enlarged and contracted at cer- tain intervals, dividing the whole, as Gf were, into cells or com- partments, the external surface beg smooth and very glossy. All these genera have the polypidom lined with a delicate membrane—the tunic, Pl. IL]. figs. 46,6 & 54, and Pl. IV. fig. 1b, which is attached only at certain points to the inner sur- face of the external tube or cell-wall. This in Plumatella and Fredericella becomes excessively delicate towards the orifice, where it apparently blends with the tunic. But in Paludicella the union at this point of the horny wall and tunic cannot be mistaken, though the blending is so gradual that it is impossible to say where one ends and the other begins. And when this polype is Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 175 exserted, there is a delicate membranous cup, Pl. IV. fig. 1 d, projecting upwards from the inner surface of the mouth of the cell. This cup is the homologue of the circle of setze surrounding the aperture of Bowerbankia and other marine genera. In Palu- dicella the tunic is sprinkled with large nucleated cells, fig. 4m, and at certain intervals bends abruptly inwards, figs. 1 & 2 u,7r, dividing the polypidom into cells at the points indicated by the constrictions in the horny tube. Thus each polype is isolated, is contained in fact within a distinct membranous cell, the end-walls of which abut against the end-walls of the adjoining cells. The divisions are therefore double, and being of living membrane and iu contact, it is probable that all the inhabitants of the polypidom are in some degree connected in vital action. The end-walls are considerably thickened in the centre, forming a bulb or boss pro- jecting into the cell. The polypes of Fredericella are not sepa- rated the one from the other, though a few divisions appear to exist ‘at distant points. Thus it would seem that groups of ani- mals are associated together as it were in one tube. Neither in Plumatella are the polypes separated. The polype hes in the longitudinal axis of the cell, Plates IT. & IV. figs. 2, 2, being provided with numerous muscles for pro- trusion and retraction. It is held in its place principally by a membranous tube—the tentacular sheath, Pl. IL. fig. 2 m,n, and PI. IV. fig. 2d’, d', which blends with the inverted lips of the tunic, Pl. II. fig. 2 7, a little below the orifice of the cell, and con- tinuing downwards within the cell incloses the bundle of re- tracted tentacles, and is attached round the tentacular disc a’. Digestive System.—The organs of digestion, comprising nearly the whole of the polype, float freely in the visceral cavity. The entrance to the alimentary canal is furnished with tentacles, Pl. IL. fig. 16; these arise from a margin surrounding the oral opening in two different fashions ; in the one they form a com- plete circle round the mouth, in the other they are arranged in a crescentic manner, the limbs of the crescent bemg two arms, Pl. ILI. figs. 1, 2 & 3c, e& c, extending from the sides of the mouth, fig. 3 a, having their bases confluent and with a row of tentacles on their inner and outer margins. Paludicella and Fredericella, P\. IV. fig. 1 f, and Pl. II. fig. 14, are examples of the first mode of arrangement ; and Plumatella, P1. ILI. figs. 1, 2 & 3, and Alcyonella of the second. In Paludicella the tentacles when spread out form a very exact inverted cone, closely resem- bling the shape they assume in some of the marine species. The base or dise supporting the tentacles is not exactly circular in Fredericella ; in this genus it is a little flattened at the point cor- responding to the space between the oral arms in Plumatella ; and there is also a delicate transparent membrane, PI. II. fig. 1 176 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the c',c, uniting the bases of the tentacles. In these respects Frede- ricella shows an approximation to those with oral arms, or as it is generally termed, a crescentic disc. In these there is always a similar membrane, Pl. III. figs. 1, 2 & 3e, f & d, at the base of the tentacles, and in all of them, as well as in Fredericella, this membrane is attached to the external surface of the tentacles, and is much wider at the margin than the spaces between them, and consequently it bags out, giving to the upper portion a flounced appearance, particularly in the latter, Pl. LI. fig. 1 ce. The tentacles themselves in all these genera are rather stout and linear with the end obtuse; they have the appearance of being tubular, as have likewise the oral arms of Plumatella: the tentacles are clothed with long cilia, which vibrate upwards on one side and downwards on the other in the same manner as de- scribed in the marine species ; and as in them, when the polype is retracted the tentacles are drawn down in an erect position, having first been brought together into a compact linear bundle, Pl. Il. fig. 2 a, and Pl. IV. fig. 2d. They do not appear to be at all contractile, and in all the species are transparent and almost homogeneous in their structure. There can be little doubt that they are not merely tentacles, but that they are likewise respi- ratory organs: food is brought to the mouth by their ciliary currents, and also by the action of the tentacles themselves, one or more of which may frequently be seen bending suddenly in- wards, and securing such particles as come within their reach. They occasionally act in concert in the capture of animalcules by bringing their tips together, thus forming, in those with a cir- cular disc, a very elegant oval cage, within which the imprisoned prey may be seen for an instant or two dashing about previously to passing into the cesophagus or to liberation, which not unfre- quently happens, the captive proving distasteful to the polype. The tentacles then may be considered prehensile labial or oral appendages, notwithstanding their respiratory function, and as such they are a portion of the alimentary system. The oral orifice of Plumatella is semicircular, Pl. III. fig. 3 a, and protected by a strong, rounded, fleshy valve, b, which, ari- sing from the side of the mouth at the point on the inner margin of the crescent where the two arms unite, projects upwards and slightly overhangs the opening. ‘This valve is completely under the control of the animal, and can be made to act as a sort of operculum, closing the orifice to prevent the admittance of food ; or it can be used to force food into the pharynx. The mouth, Pl. II. fig. 1 d, of Fredericella is likewise semicircular, and is also provided with a similar valve, e. It is immediately behind it that the tentacular disc is a little flattened, proving that this point corresponds to the space between the arms in Plumatella ; indeed Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 177 in some points of view the angles formed by this flattening have not a little the appearance of rudimentary arms just sprouting. The cesophagus descends at once in a straight line from the oral opening. In Fredericella, Pl. I. figs. 1 f & 2 4, it is rather short and wide, and the walls, which are thick and fleshy, are parallel throughout, except at the commencement, where they are a little bulged, forming a sort of pharynx which is lined with vibratile cilia: the other extremity communicates with the stomach by a distinct valvular orifice, Pl. IL. figs. 1 g & 2¢— the cardiac, projecting downwards. The whole surface is covered with minute circular cells resembling very much the peculiar structure observed in the marine species, and pointed out by Dr. Farre in his valuable paper on the Marine Ascidian Polypes published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1837. The stomach, figs. 1 2 & 2 d, is more than twice the length of the cesophagus, tapering slightly downwards and truncate above ; the lower extremity being obtuse : the walls, like those of the cesophagus, are thick and fleshy, and are covered with nu- merous, minute, close-set cells of a glandular character. The pyloric orifice is circular and well marked, and has the appearance of being guarded by a sphincter muscle; it is likewise supplied with vibratile cilia which extend some little way into the stomach. This orifice is situated above, at one side and a little below the cardiac opening. ‘The intestine, figs. 1 & 2%, e, is straight, and a little longer than and nearly as wide as the cesophagus, with which it lies in contact and to which it is apparently attached ; the pyloric extremity is obtusely pointed, and communicates by the side with the stomach; from thence the intestine tapers a little upwards towards the anal extremity, which, turning out- wards, passes through the tentacular sheath just below its attach- ment to the disc supporting the tentacles, and there terminates in an obtuse perforated point, figs. 1 & 27 & f, which can be either protruded or retracted to a considerable extent at the will of the animal. The whole of the alimentary canal is highly irri- table, particularly the cesophagus and stomach, in the walls of both of which, minute, transverse strize are distinctly visible, pro- bably indicating the presence of muscles. The stomach is per- petually in motion when the animal is displayed, contracting in an undulating or vermicular manner from above downwards. The contractions of the cesophagus, too, are very decided on re- ceiving food, which for a second or two rests in the pharyngeal enlargement, and is then hurried to the stomach with great rapidity. The alimentary canal of Plumatella and Alcyonella does not vary in any important manner from that of Fredericella. In the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 12 178 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the two former, however, both the cesophagus and stomach are shorter than they are in the latter genus. In all these genera no disturbance of the parts of the alimen- tary canal takes place on the retraction of the polype: the ani- mal sinks into the cell with the cesophagus, stomach and intes- tine erect as they were when the tentacles were exserted and in full play. Not so however in Paludicella, Pl. IV. fig. 2; mm this genus the alimentary canal is doubled upon itself when the po- lype is retracted ; and moreover the parts are somewhat modified, approximating this form more closely to that of the marine species. When the animal of Paludicella is protruded, the cesophagus, fig. 1 A, is observed to be long and slender, and to have a di- stinct pharyngeal dilatation at the commencement, where vibra- tile cilia can be seen in vigorous action. It communicates with the upper extremity of the stomach by a circular orifice, fig. 2/f. The stomach, fig. ] 2, is rather short, considerably enlarged above and tapering to the inferior extremity, where it is rounded: the walls are thick, and apparently filled with yellowish brown co- loured granules, probably hepatic as in the marine species. The intestine, 7, arises from the superior extremity close behind and a little above the cardia. The pyloric opening is well defined and circular ; soon after its origin the intestine is suddenly enlarged, forming an oval swelling, 4, in which the feeces may be seen col- lecting ; it contracts above this swelling, and continues afterwards for nearly its whole length of equal diameter ; it passes upwards in a straight line parallel with the cesophagus, but unattached to it, and terminates in a rounded anal extremity, /, immediately below the base of the tentacles where it perforates the tentacular sheath. The upper end of the stomach, close to the pyloric ori- fice, is furnished with vibratile cilia, and here the alimentary matters may be seen rapidly rotating by their influence. The feeces are formed into small pellets, which, coming from the en- larged portion, pass up the imtestine and are expelled at the anal orifice. The whole of the canal is as highly irritable as m the other species ; the stomach undulating from above downwards in the same manner, and the cesophagus is equally expert in transmitting food to the stomach. But neither in Paludicella nor in the species before alluded to does the pharyngeal swelling - exhibit in any marked manner the sudden puflings and contrac- tions so conspicuous in the marine species, and noticed originally by Dr. Farre. On retraction of the polype, the alimentary canal of Paludicella is doubled upon itself im much the same way as in Bowerbankia. The basal dise of the tentacles is then brought down as far as Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 179 the upper extremity of the stomach, and the consequence is that the intestine, fig. 2 2, is doubled upon itself a little above the enlargement, 7, and the cesophagus, e, is forced down by the side of the stomach, g, and turning upwards again is bent into the form of an 8. Vascular System.—This appears to be entirely wanting in these animals: a species of circulation nevertheless exists. I have seen on two or three occasions a pretty regular flow of the fluid in the visceral cavity of Plumatella and Fredericella. Under ordinary circumstances no fluid can be recognized in this cavity, from the apparent deficiency of blood-globules or corpuscles of any kind. Such however probably exist, but the thickness and opacity of the cell-walls are sufficient to prevent the detection of minute bodies of this nature. On the occasions alluded to some of the tissues of the animal appear to have been ruptured, and small fragmentary particles mingling with the contained fluid were perceived moving in certain directions. By the aid of these particles, which were numerous and of various forms and sizes, it was easy to ascertain that the fluid which bathes the polype cir- culates in a regular manner within the cavity in which the viscera float. There can be no doubt that this circulation is caused by the action of cilia which cover the inner surface of the liming membrane or tunic, and also clothe the external wall of the re- tracted tentacular sheath. The current flowed regularly and steadily ; but when the floating particles approached the surface of the tunic or tentacular sheath, their motion became accelerated in a manner that sufficiently evinced the presence of vibratile cilia. Those on the tunic chiefly determined the direction of the current, which went with great regularity up one side, crossed over at the top of the cell, and then went down the other side ; it crossed again in an opposite direction a little below the stomach, and so completed the circuit. It was not difficult to ascertain that the cilia of the tunic on one side of the cell vibrate upwards, on the other side downwards ; and that all those on the tentacular sheath vibrate upwards. On one side therefore the currents of the sheath and tunic oppose each other; and consequently an eddy was visible near the top of the cell. It is quite evident then that fluid circulates within the visceral cavity. What is the nature of this circulation? Is it merely respiratory, or is it nutritive? It can scarcely be considered an aérating current, as there is no visible communication between this cavity and the external water ; and indeed if an orifice exists, it must be minute and under the control of the animal, or the protrusion of the polype could not be effected in the manner to be afterwards described. It is more hkely to be for the purpose of nutrition,—standing, indeed, in the place of a vascular system. 12* 180 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the The fluid must therefore hold in suspension the products of di- gestion. These may be supposed to exude through the walls of the intestinal canal, probably from the enlarged portion of it im Paludicella, and perhaps also from the upper portion of the stomach ; and passing into this circulation will go at once to nourish the various organs of the animal, all of which are bathed with this vivifying fluid, except the tentacles, which we shall afterwards see, in all probability, receive blood into their interior for the purpose of aération. In this way, too, we can understand the nourishment and growth of the tunic and the maintenance of the buds (which germinate from it) until they are able by the aid of their own tentacles to procure food. In no other way can the development of these buds be so easily explained. The mem- brane in which they take their origin must either be supplied with the nutritive fluid in this way or by the agency of vessels ; but none can be discovered either in the tunic or elsewhere. The external cell-walls whilst in a growing state must also be nou- rished by the tunic, which we have seen is united to the external walls at the orifice of the cell. The respiratory function we have stated to be exercised by the tentacles, but there can be no doubt that all the exposed parts will assist in aératmg the blood. The tentacles are hollow, and though I could not detect any fluid within them, it is pro- bable that the blood finds its way into their tubular cavities through the basal disc; and as they are clothed with strong vibratile cilia which keep a constant flow of the oxygenating medium over their surfaces, they would appear well adapted for breathing organs. It is however difficult to understand how the oxygenation of the blood goes on when the polype is retracted ; for at this time the orifice is completely closed by the folding in of the lips of the cell, and by muscles provided for the purpose. Professor Allman has supposed that the tube retractors of Palu- dicella exercise the function also of opening the aperture when in this state for the purpose of admitting the surrounding fluid. But I have seen nothing to warrant such supposition; and in- deed the tentacles being then packed close together within the sheath, the cilia cease to vibrate, and there is no room in which the water can flow around them, even supposing an opening to be so maintained. The tips of the tentacles too of Paludicella and of several of the marine species when retracted are generally bent down in a manner to forbid the flow of any fluid whatever amongst them. It would therefore seem clear, that when not in action the oxygenation of the blood must almost, if not entirely, cease in these polypes, as it must do in most of the Mollusca when closed up in their shelly armature. Nervous System.—Some years ago Professor Allman discovered Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 181 a ganglion in these animals, and has more recently ascertained the existence of nerves. I have also detected a large ganglion, Pl. II. fig. 1 &, in Plumatella and Fredericella. It is situated just below the entrance to the cesophagus on the external surface, close to the base of the tentacles and just above the anal orifice. It is therefore placed between the oral arms in Plumatella, and in Fredericella at the corresponding point. In the latter I have observed two or three nerves passing from the ganglion upwards in the direction of the tentacles, and one apparently going to embrace the cesophagus ; another that comes from the lower ex- tremity of the ganglion may also be seen passing downwards close to the esophagus. This is all I have been able to make out respecting the nervous system, though undoubtedly more is to be learnt. Muscular System.—There are three distinct sets of muscles in Plumatella and Fredericella ; one for the retraction of the polype, another to assist in the act of protrusion, and the third probably accessory in closing the orifice. The first and most conspicuous set of muscles, the polype retractors, Pl. II. figs. 29,9 & 4f, and Pl. III. figs. 4 g & 5 3, i, is divided into two equal bundles, one passing on each side of the polype. These bundles are com- posed of numerous, stout, isolated fibres, having their origin in the walls of the cell a considerable way below the retracted po- lype; and passing upwards have their superior extremities in- serted at the tentacular disc or base of the oral arms and at the upper portion of the cesophagus. There are also two similar bundles of muscular fibres in Alcyonella, but in this genus they have their origin at or close to the bottom of the cell. When the animal of Plumatella is exserted, two or three of the stoutest, Pl. II. fig. 4.9, of these fibres are seen to be attached on each side further forward than the rest at the base of the oral arms. Also in Fredericella similar fibres are inserted at the correspond- ing parts of the tentacular disc. These stout fibres have their origin a little lower down the cell than the rest. The function of these two bundles of muscular fibres cannot for a moment be mistaken: they are for the purpose of drawing the polype back into the cell; and when it is so withdrawn, the fibres of this, the most powerful muscle of the animal, may be seen in a relaxed state and bent upon themselves in a loose un- dulating manner about the tentacular disc and downwards to their origin. The few strong fibres alluded to undoubtedly as- sist in the retraction of the polype; but are also apparently the principal agents in rotating the head, so to speak, of the polype when exserted. The second set of muscles, PI. II. figs. 1 & 2 m, h, 1s composed of a circle of stout, isolated, radiating fibres, all placed in the 182 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the same horizontal plane, considerably apart from each other, and attached by their outer extremities to the inner surface of the tunic some way below the opening ; their mner extremities con- verging towards the tentacular sheath are attached to it about one-third from its superior termination. Plumatella has fifteen or sixteen of these fibres, Fredericella about fourteen. Their ar- rangement is perfectly symmetrical. They are for the purpose of preventing the inversion of the whole of the tentacular sheath on the protrusion of the polype; and thus to confine the oral extremity within a convenient distance above the mouth of the cell. The true value of these muscles will be fully understood if we refer to the marine genus Bowerbankia, in which they are defi- cient, and of course the tentacular sheath can be completely in- verted, and accordingly the animal is enabled to reach toa greater distance than it could otherwise have done. But an apparatus of extraordinary beauty 1s provided to obviate the inconvenience that must have arisen from the great elevation of the tentacular disc above the support of the horny cell. This is effected by what may be considered an elongation upwards of the cell. Numerous setee bound together by a membrane are attached to the lips of the orifice, so that when the polype is exserted they stand up in a circle surrounding the lower part of the exposed portion of the animal and give support to it. By this means the far-outstretched tentacular disc is brought completely under the control of the muscles for directing its movements*. We thus clearly see that this set of radiatimg muscles is a compensation for the deficiency of the circle of setz in the freshwater polypes. The third set of muscles, figs. 1 & 2 n, 2, consists of numerous, separate, fine thread-like filaments placed considerably apart, without order, but in the same radiating manner as those last * Dr. Farre has described this apparatus in his paper so frequently re- ferred to, but seems scarcely to have arrived at a full knowledge of its fune- tion. He considers that it 1s “‘ for allowing of the freest possible motion to the upper part of the body in its expanded state, to which it affords at the same time support and protection.” On examining the animal in action it is evident that the use of the apparatus is as I have pomted out. The circle of setze is then seen to compress the lower portion of the extended polype ; and when the tentacular dise moves from side to side the neck always bends from the top of the sete at a decided angle, and does not gradually arch away from the lips of the cell as might be expected were this contrivance + for the purpose of giving flexibility. The delicate membrane uniting the setze is strengthened with numerous, minute transverse fibres, forming the whole into a powerful sphincter, thus giving great firmness to the part. By this ar- rangement Bowerbankia is enabled to raise the tentacular dise far above the polype-cell, and yet to remain as perfectly under the control of the rota- tory aud retractor muscles as is the tentacular dise of Fredericella and Plu- matelia, in both of which it is confined close to the orifice of the cell by the action of the radiating muscular fibres, Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 183 described, immediately above them and extending upwards to the termination of the cell. These filaments have their outer ex- tremities attached to the inner surface of the tunic; and con- verging towards the axis of the cell, their inner extremities are attached to the upper portion of the tentacular sheath and the inverted margin of the tunic. These fibres are equally numerous and fine in both Plumatella and Fredericella, and appear to be for the purpose of assisting in closing the orifice, acting in har- mony with the contraction of the upper portion of the tentacular sheath and the inverted lips of the orifice. They may, acting in the opposite direction, also assist in opening the channel, but the tentacles themselves would appear quite adequate to force a passage on the relaxation of the contractions about the orifice. The function of these fibres is in fact to keep in unison the tunic near the opening and the upper portion of the tentacular sheath. The upper portion of the tentacular sheath and inverted lips of the tunic are highly contractile, and it is by their agency prin- cipally that the orifice is closed when the animal is retracted. I have not however been able to detect any muscular fibres for the purpose, though at the point, Pl. II. fig. 2, where the inverted lips of the tanic join to the tentacular sheath, it is suddenly con- stricted as ii by a powerful sphincter muscle. In fact the whole of the tunic is undoubtedly contractile, yet in no part of it have 1 detected muscular fibres. By the contraction of this lining membrane the capacity of the visceral cavity is diminished ; and thus by the pressure of the contained fluid the protrusion of the polype is effected. This matter however will be discussed more fully when we come to speak of this portion of the anatomy of Paludicella. To understand the combined action of the various sets of muscles in Plumatella and Fredericella, we have only to watch the animal when about to issue from the cell. The first change observed is the contraction of the tunic, Pl. II. fig. 47,7, and Pl. III. fig. 4.5, the walls of which are brought nearer together towards the lower portion of the cell. The pressure thus occa- sioned on the contained fluid compels the polype to begin its ascent ; at the same time the sphincter contraction of the upper portion of the tentacular sheath relaxes, so that the bundle of tentacles can force their way without difficulty. As the polype gradually advances upwards the circle of strong radiating muscles comes into play, and it is a sight of no little interest to watch them drag upon the tentacular sheath, allowing the inferior por- tion of it to roll upwards attached to the tentacular disc. As soon as the ascent is arrested by these muscles, the sheath being in- verted as far as they will permit, protrusion is complete, and the tentacles at once assume their proper arrangement. 184 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the The muscular apparatus of Paludicella differs in some respects from that of Plumatella and Fredericella. In the former there are six sets of muscles—three in connexion with retraction, two with protrusion, and one for closing the orifice on the retreat of the polype. Of the retractors one set acts directly upon the ani- mal, the other two upon the tubular orifice of the cell. The former set, Pl. IV. fig. 1 0, the most powerful in the animal, is similar to the tentacular retractors of Dr. Farre: it differs only from the polype-retractors in Plumatella and the other genera already spoken of in not being divided into two bundles. It is composed of numerous, stout, long, linear fibres originating from the inner surface of the anterior wall of the cell more than half- way down; then passing up in front of the polype the superior extremities are inserted around the base of the tentacular disc. These fibres draw the polype down into the cell, and like those of the same muscle in the other Bryozoa, when unemployed lie in a somewhat cramped and disordered state, fig. 2 J, L. The second and third sets of muscles are the tube-retractors ; the former or inferior, figs. 1 p & 2m, m, is much the larger ; it is composed of four compressed bundles of stout, linear fibres placed close together, but distinct from each other. These bundles are associated together in pairs, one on each side of the tube ; the inferior ends of these pairs of bundles arise wide apart from the posterior wall of the cell opposite the orifice. As they pass up the tube the bundles converge, and reaching within a short di- stance of the lips of the orifice, they are inserted upon the inner surface of the tube-walls at four opposite points ; the fibres of each bundle being attached one above the other in the same lon- gitudinal plane. This peculiar arrangement causes the margins of the orifice to fold into four portions on the retraction of the tube ; and its end, fig. 8, consequently assumes a square form, the angles corresponding to the insertions of the muscular bundles. The third set of muscles, figs. 1 g & 2 n, n, the superior tube- retractors, are made up of only four fibres, two on each side of the cell, having their origin immediately below that of the set just described ; their other ends are attached to the inner surface of the tube above the insertion of the inferior set, and at the base of the membranous cup, fig. 1 /, before alluded to, at the mouth of the cell. The inferior and superior tube-retractors are ho- mologous to the double set of opercular muscles described by Dr. Farre in the marine species, differing only from those in Bowerbankia densa by being divided into four bundles instead of into three as they are in that species. The action of these muscles is obvious. The superior retractors, having their insertion at the base of the membranous cup at the mouth of the cell, draw it down base first in the axis of the tube, at the same time folding Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 185 in around it the lips of the cell. The inferior set then taking up the work complete the mversion of the tube. Dr. Farre, how- ever, supposed that the opercular muscles were not merely for drawing the tube in after the retreating animal, but also for the purpose of closing the orifice. Professor Allman has pointed out the error of this opinion, and endeavoured to explain the closing of the orifice by the pressure of the fluid within the cell against the walls of the inverted tube. We shall directly see, however, that this theory is unnecessary, there being special muscles pro- vided for the purpose. Professor Allman is likewise disinclined to believe that the opercular muscles are really tube-retractors, as he supposes the muscles for drawing in the polype are sufficient for the purpose also of drawing in the tube. Were these latter muscles used to invaginate the tubular orifice of the cell, we should expect to find them in action so long as the animal was retracted ; but we have already seen, that when the polype is in this state, they are invariably relaxed and lie in a disordered undulating manner, perfectly at rest. The tube-retractors on the contrary are always tense and in vigorous action during the retracted state of the polype, evincing I think in a satisfactory manner that their function is to retract the tube and to maintain it in an invaginated state,—unless we are to suppose that they are constantly employed in keeping open the channel as sug- gested by Professor Allman. They will certainly have a tendency to pull asunder the walls of the mverted tube, yet I have never seen the channel thus opened, although these muscles are never otherwise than as represented in Pl. IV. fig. 2, when the polype is retracted. And moreover the tips of the tentacles, as exhibited in this figure, are frequently doubled down, showing that the tentacular sheath must be to some extent relaxed, and that there is no stress whatever on it, as there would be were the polype-retractors used to draw in the orifice. The fourth set of muscles to be described is for closing the orifice. This set is composed of two sphincters: one, fig. 2 0, of these is made up of several fibres passing round the tube at the place of insertion of the inferior tube-retractors, and is of consi- derable breadth ; the other, p, is formed of only two or three fibres, which encircle the same tube at the insertion of the supe- rior tube-retractors. The action of these sphincters cannot be mistaken ; they effect the closing of the orifice on the retraction of the animal; being at the same time antagonistic to the open- ing tendency of the tube-retractors, which, diverging from their insertions, must in some measure bring the walls of the inverted tube asunder. These sphincters are not readily distinguished, but having seen them in several individuals, I have not the slightest doubt of their existence. Deeming however that it would be 186 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the satisfactory to see whether a similar apparatus for closing the orifice could be found in the marine species, I examined specimens of Bowerbankia, and had the satisfaction of detecting sphincter muscles in the same situations. At the point of insertion of the inferior tube-retractors—according to Dr. Farre of the upper set of opercular muscles—the circular fibres are very distinct and nu- merous, forming a large portion of the inverted tube into a broad sphincter. These fibres are so conspicuous that it seems strange how they could have escaped the notice of so close and accurate an observer as Dr. Farre. It is possible enough, however, that they might be less developed in the species examined by him*. The sphincter at the point of insertion of the superior tube-re- tractors 1s not readily observed ; but when the polype is exserted there can be no doubt of its existence. The fifth set of muscles, figs. 1 & 5 ¢, h, isin connexion with the tunic or lining membrane of the cell, and is precisely similar to the parietal muscles described by Dr. Farre in the marine spe- cies. This set is formed of short, transverse belts, arranged in pairs, considerably apart from each other, which are to be found almost from end to end of the cell, but most conspicuously to- wards the lower extremity. There appears to be two sets of these fibres, one down the back, the other down the front of the cell ; but I could not arrive at any very satisfactory conclusion respect- ing their arrangement, neither could I determine their exact re- lationship to the tunic,—whether they are attached to it by their extremities only as supposed by Dr. Farre, or connected with it throughout their entire length. Professor Allman appears to be of the latter opinion, and certainly I saw nothing in confirmation of that expressed by Dr. Farre; though I am not sure that the extremities are not attached to the cell-walls, thus giving to these muscular belts fixed points of action. Howsoever this may be, these parietal muscles undoubtedly have the power of contracting the tunic, and so lessening the space within which the polype is confined ; the contained fluid is made to press on the surface of the polype, constraining it to pass upwards, and thus to effect its * In the species examined by Dr. Farre and named by him Bowerbankia densa, the tube-retractors have a “‘triradiate arrangement,” and consequently the orifice is puckered mto three folds when the polype is retracted. The species referred to in the text we have seen has four such folds—the tube- retractors being divided into as many bundles. ‘The circle of tentacles also assumes a different form in the two species: in that examined by me the tentacles rise from the disc im a straight, slightly diverging lme, and arch considerably outwards at the tips. In Dr. Farre’s species they arch out- wards immediately above the disc, and are very little recurved at the tips. It is therefore pretty evident that there are two species, and that B. densa should not be merged in B. imbricata, which is most probably the form that I have seen. . Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 187 protrusion much in the same manner as in Plumatelia and Fre- dericella. In these however there is some little difficulty, the cells being continuous ; but in Paludicella, in which they are all separated, this act can be clearly understood. I have certainly observed in Plumatella and Fredericella the appearance of divi- sions here and there, forming as it were the cells into groups or systems, but nothing to warrant the belief that each cell is iso- lated. It might therefore be thought that protrusion of a few of the polypes would necessitate that of the others, or at least would cause an inconvenient pressure on the other members belonging to the same group. It is difficult to arrive at a full explanation of the propulsion of the polype in these cases ; but there can be no doubt that in them, as in the other Bryozoa, the contraction of the tunic is the sole agent. Dr. Farre believed that the act of protrusion did not so much depend on the contraction of the tunic as on the straightening of the alimentary canal, which in the marine spe- cies and in Paludicella is doubled upon itself when the polype is retracted. But in Plumatella, Fredericella, and Alcyonella it is always straight ; m these genera, therefore, protrusion cannot in the least be assisted by the alimentary canal. Professor All- man has referred to this fact to prove the error of Dr. Farre’s opinion ; and indeed, if it be allowed, and I suppose it must, that the pressure of the fluid maintaims the protruded animal in its position, it is more than probable that the same power would be sufficient to perform the act of protrusion. From the movements of the alimentary canal it is pretty evident that it has the power of straightening itself: but when quite straight only a portion of the tentacles would be protruded beyond the cell; and here they would remain, for it is very clear that whether straight or bent, the alimentary canal will displace the same quantity of fluid, and that there would be no increase of pressure to force the ani- mal upwards. It is at the moment when the alimentary canal is being straightened that the parietal muscles come into play, and compel the animal to rise above the cell: these acts are perfectly simultaneous. The protrusion therefore of the polype with a bent cesophagus and intestine is effected in the same manner as that in which these organs are straight ; only that in the former it is accompanied with the straightening of the alimentary canal. The sixth and last set of muscles to be described is for the purpose of preventing the entire eversion of the tentacular sheath, This set, Pl. IV. figs. lr, r & 2 g, q, 1s the homologue of the strong radiating muscles in Plumatella and Fredericella ; but the fibres are much less numerous. In Paludicella they are only four m number, and take their origin from the inner surface of the 188 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the cell, two in front immediately below where the tube joins the cell, and two behind in a line with the upper wall of the tube; hence the fibres are placed in front of and behind the polype, and are inserted into opposite points of the tentacular sheath a little way below its summit, having on each side of them the two bundles of the tube-retractors. In the retracted state of the polype these fibres are seen passing downwards towards their msertion. When the polype is protruded these muscles cause the sheath to double upon itself, and thus retain a portion of it within the tube ; but not to the same extent as in Plumatella and Fredericella. Tt has already been pointed out that in these genera this set of muscles compensates for the want of the circle of setze which surmounts the orifice in the marine species. In Paludicella, however, we have already seen that there is a wide, delicate, membranous cup which rises from the inner surface of the tube a little within the orifice. This cup is undoubtedly the homologue of the circle of setee alluded to, but in a very rudimentary state, and probably of little or no functional utility: consequently these muscles are still present, though, as might be expected, not so fully developed as in those genera entirely deprived of this appendage. We have now gone through the wholeeof the muscular appa- ratus for retraction and propulsion, and to verify the use of the various sets of muscles, we must once more observe the animal while issuing from the cell. The first symptom indicative of the polype’s inclination to come forth is the contraction of the parietal muscles, causing the tunic in certain places to leave the walls of the cell, par ticularly towards the lower portion ; on this the polype commences to move up the cell, and at the same instant the tube- retractors relaxing the inverted lips of the orifice begin to be evolved, and as the contraction of the parietal muscles goes on the polype advances upwards, and more and more of the tube is turned out, in the manner of the eversion of the horn of the com- mon snail; at length the membranous cup makes its appearance, not doubled upon itself, but im an erect position—the margin first, just as the circle of sete is exserted in Bowerbankia. The cup at first is laterally compressed, having been packed longitudinally in the axis of the tube: the tips of the tentacles now emerge through the centre of this cup, and as they pass upwards pressed together in a line side by side, its lateral folds give way, and by the time that the tentacular disc has reached the mouth of the cell, the cup is perfectly expanded. The muscles preventing the entire eversion of the tentacular sheath may now be seen in ac- tion near the upper extremity of the tube, holding back the mem- branous sheath and causing it to roll upon itself. The polype is now fairly above the mouth of the cell, and as the tentacles ex Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 189 pand it has attained its greatest elevation; the cilia then com- mence to play, and all kinds of particles are hurried towards the mouth. The retraction of the polype is instantaneous, so rapid indeed that it is quite impossible to follow with the eye the actions of the muscles ;—such is the velocity with which this feat is per- formed, that from complete protrusion to mvagination nothing can be perceived but the settling of the polype upwards, after having apparently been dragged too far down the cell. It is not difficult however to understand how the act of retraction is ac- complished ; the operation of the muscles will be reversed. First the parietal muscles must relax, allowing the tunic to assume its place close to the cell-walls ; at the same instant the polype-re- tractors will contract, and as the animal sinks into the cell the superior tube-retractors will also contract ; next the inferior tube- retractors will come into play; and finally, after retraction is complete, the sphincters will close the orifice. On comparing the muscular system of the freshwater Bryozoa with that of the marine forms, a great similarity is observed ; some interesting modifications however are deserving of notice. The most remarkable of these are found in connexion with the orifice. In Plumatella and Fredericella there is no tubular in- version on the retreat of the animal ; the tunic is certainly doubled upon itself for a short distance within the orifice, but it remains permanently so. Paludicella on the contrary has the walls of the tubular orifice invaginated to a considerable extent when the polype is retracted, and when protruded nearly the whole is evolved. But Bowerbankia and other marine forms differ from the freshwater species in having the mouth of the cell completely unrolled when the polype is protruded, the same having been invaginated to a great extent when it was retracted. Thus in the first and last modifications we see the extremes of variation, and consequently the most extensive alterations in the muscular arrangements of these parts. Paludicella bemg in a middle state has the muscular apparatus to some extent of both ; and in this respect connects the freshwater with the marine forms. The tube-retractors are wanting in Plumatella and Fredericella, and are present in Paludicella and in all the marine species, being most developed in the latter. Neither in these nor in Paludicella, however, is there anything like the small radiating muscles near the orifice in Plumatella and Fredericella ; and the marine species, too, are destitute of the large radiating muscles in connexion with the tentacular sheath. These, though present, we have seen are less developed in Paludicella than in Plumatella and Fredericella, the former resembling Bowerbankia in having a cup at the mouth of the cell. The polype-retractors are very 190 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the similar in all the Bryozoa, only those at the inferior extremity of the stomach im the marine species appear deficient in the freshwater forms. They all have, however, one or more appen- dages to this part, but these we shall afterwards see are most probably connected with the reproductive system. The parietal and sphincter muscles are common to both Paludicella and the marine forms. On the whole, then, im the muscular system as well as in the digestive apparatus, Paludicella shows a close re- lationship to Bowerbankia and its congeners ; and is, in fact, an intermediate link between them and the other freshwater Bryozoa. Even the minute structure of the muscles themselves would seem to confirm this. In all they are composed of trans- parent, linear fibres separated from each other and apparently homogeneous. When broken they become irregularly nodulous ; but I have not succeeded in detecting transverse strize observed by Professor Allman, probably from having used insufficient mag- nifying powers. The smal] knot-lhke swelling so remarkable in the centre of the fibre of the marine species is not to be found in either Plumatella or Fredericella ; im Paludicella, however, I have observed it in the parietal, but im no other muscles. Reproductive System.—In the freshwater as in the marie Bryozoa there are two methods of reproduction,—one by buds, the other by eggs. The buds always germinate from the same part of the cell, “hence the definite form of the polypidom. In Fredericella the germ is found in connexion with the imner sur- face of the tunic not far below the orifice of the cell on its lower side. As the bud enlarges the wall bulges, showing externally the appearance of a new shoot. At first the bud, Pl. II. fig. 3a, is small and oval, and is attached for nearly its whole length ; it, fig. 2.0, soon becomes irregular in form, with the upper portion broad and somewhat bifid, the lower extremity prolonged: the upper portion then gradually exhibits a circle of short rudi- mentary tentacles, fig. 4/7; and the lower end is seen to be di- vided jongitudinally_ into ‘cesophagus and intestine, fig. 5 3, d, continuous at their lower extremities, which still elongating form the stomach, figs. 4m & 5c. To this is seen an appended fila- ment binding it below to the wall of the cell. Imbedded in this filament there is a large, distinct globule with nucleus and nu- cleolus: this we shall afterwards learn is the incipient ovum, figs. 4 0 & 5 e, lying in the ovary. The polype-retractors, figs. 2 ¢ & 4n, now make their appearance, passing from the tentacular base to the side of the cell formed apparently out of the lower portion of the original attachment of the bud; the up- per portion of this attachment dilating becomes the tentacular sheath, fig. 2 p, into which the tentacles are gradually msinuated as they are developed: The polype being now, as it were, Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 191 sketched out within the cell of the parent, its own chamber ra- pidly forms. and in the course of a day or two, the muscles in connexion with the orifice being added, the fresh-born member of the community bursts from the extremity of its cell, and is ready to take upon itself the work of its own maintenance. The development of the bud in Plumatella differs in no respect from that of Fredericella ; and in Paludicella there is no very im- portant deviation, except at the commencement of the process. In this the first apparent step in the growth of a new polype is the preparation of a distinct cell for its reception. If the top of the last-formed cell be carefully examined, even before its tenant is fully grown, the linmg membrane may be seen terminating in a blind sac, Pl. IV. fig. 4.0', a little below the extremity. Within this extremity will also be observed a membranous sac, /; at first the base of this sac is moulded on the convex blind termination of the lining of the old cell. The convexity however soon flat- tens and the sac rapidly increases in size, the external horny covering becoming at the same time elongated and attenuated. After awhile, an oval, somewhat opake body, the new bud, fig. 5 m, germinates from the mner surface of the lming membrane, J. This body is attached by its side to the front wall of the cell, and resembles the young bud in Fredericella. A long and very deli- cate membranous sac, fig. 6 d, afterwards the tentacular sheath, is now observed to be forming im contact with and above the oval bud; whilst from the lower extremity filaments, e, are seen to be produced which form the polype-retractors. From the upper end of the bud, the tentacles, fig. 4 d, soon make their appearance within the lower part of the membranous sheath, 7; at first very short, no more than the scalloped margin of the cup-formed disc ; but rapidly lengthening, fig. 5 a, they soon advance more than halfway up the sheath. The polype-retractors, figs. 47 & 5 g, by this time are considerably developed, and the retractors, k, 2, of the tube are distinctly visible ; the tube, fig. 47, now begins to bulge, and the inverted margins of the orifice are seen within, united to the upper end of the tentacular sheath: the parietal muscles, h, also make their appearance at this time, and the stomach, c, intestine, d, esophagus, b, and tentacles having all assumed their proper forms, the young animal is ready for protrusion. The buds of Paludicella, however, do not all originate from the extremity of the old cell ; sone sprout from the side, and then a slight swell- ing takes place on the inner surface of the tunic. The horny sheath soon afterwards begins to bulge, and an external cell being formed with its liming membrane, an oval bud makes its appearance, and development goes on as just described. It has been long known that these animals propagate by eggs as well as buds; Raspail appears to have described the anatomy 192 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the of the egg and the hatching of it, and the subsequent growth of the young polype has been minutely investigated by Sir J. G. Dalyell. But the generative organ remained unrecognised until it was pointed out by Professor Allman. The appendage to the lower extremity of the stomach, considered by Trembley to be muscular, Professor Allman believes to be an ovary: that it is so there can be no doubt, as eggs may occasionally be seen in connexion with it. Appendages of this kind exist in Alcyonella, Plumatella, Frederiéella and Paludicella, and will probably be found in all Ascidian polypes. In Plumatella and Fredericella there are however three of these appendages or filaments, Pl. IIT. figs.4f,d,d, & 5 e,ée,h,h, which are all attached to the lowest part of the stomach, and passing down have their other ends attached to the wall of the cell not far from the insertion of the polype-re- tractors. It is difficult to say whether all three are connected with the generative function, or whether some of them are not muscles for the retraction of the stomach. A bundle of such retractors has been described by Dr. Farre in the marine species, attaching the inferior end of the stomach to the base of the cell; but one of them is generally thicker than the rest, and may probably be connected with the reproductive system. Paludicella has two such filaments; one, Pl. IV. figs. 1 & 7 n, g, passing in the usual manner from the lower end of the stomach ; the other, m, d, from the upper. ‘These two filaments are mserted upon the posterior wall of the cell, one a considerable way above the other. When the polype is retracted these insertions are found to be a little above the gastric attachments, and the filaments, fig. 2 7, k, doubled upon themselves. These are thick, cylindrical and ap- parently tubular, and do not at all resemble muscles, and indeed, from the relative position of their attachments, they seem ill adapted for retraction. In Plumatella and Fredericella, one, P\. III. figs. 4d, d& 5 e, é, of the filaments is generally stouter than the other two, and this has frequently an egg, e, f, attached to it. When the ovum is much developed, it is difficult to make out its relationship to the filament or ovary; but when quite young, it has all appearance of originating from the interior. On one occasion | observed two eggs in connexion with the ovary, one almost mature, the other only forming. The former, fig. 5, was attached rather below the middle of the generative organ. When the polype was pro- truded, this organ dragged forward the upper end of the egg; the other end of it was then seen to be attached to the wall of the cell by the continuation of the filamentous ovary e’. A little below the egg there was a slight oval swelling, in the interior of which was seen a nucleated cell, g, undoubtedly an ovum in a very early stage of development, and apparently in the interior Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 193 of the ovary*. In Fredericella a similar nucleated cell, Pl. II. figs. 4.0 & 5 e, has been observed in the appendage to the stomach, while the polype was yet in a very rudimentary state, as exhibited in the bud before alluded to. In this genus I have likewise seen the ovum im a considerably advanced state, in which also its relationship to the ovary could not be mistaken. In this instance the lower portion of the generative organ had dilated into a sort of capsule, within which the egg, Pl. II. fig. 6a & Pl. III. fig. 4e, was enveloped. The portion of the ovary, Pl. IT. fig. 6c, below it was short and thick, having the appearance of a pedicle, by which the egg was fixed to the side of the cell; above the capsule, the ovary, c, was much thinner, contracting suddenly upwards. This would seem to demonstrate that the egg is developed in the interior of the ovary. I have also seen what I take to be the ovum of Paludicella, but as it differs considerably from the egg of the other freshwater Bryozoa, we must not pronounce with certainty. This supposed egg was first observed in the cell of the dead polype; two or three occurred ; they were attached to the upper portion of the interior of the cell. Afterwards one, Pl. IV. fig. 7 e, was found in connexion with the living animal, and in this case was fixed by a delicate membranous sac, f, to the side of the cell at the point of attachment of the filament coming from the upper end of the stomach, the base of the filament being apparently sur- rounded by the sac. This filament then, in Paludicella, is pro- bably an ovary ; and if so, the egg must pass in a very early stage from it into the membraoas sac at its base, and there be ma- tured. And, judging from analogy, the other filament is also pro- bably connected with generation. In Plumatella and Fredericella however there can be no doubt of the ovarian character of one of the filaments attached to the stomach ; but the nature of the other two, Pl. III. figs. 4f& 5 h, h, is not so easily determined. They certainly do not look al- together unlike muscular fibres; but from their attachments close to that of the ovary, and from their resemblance to it, they are most probably connected with the generative function. It may be that each filament is.a separate ovary, or that one or two of them is the male organ. These polypes are most probably hermaphrodites—at least, in all the specimens of Plumatella All- mant that I have examined, there was scarcely a cell that did not contain one egg or more. It may therefore be presumed that each individual is provided with male and female organs. Dr. Farre discovered moving bodies in the visceral cavity of Valkeria and some other of the marine forms, and described them as re- * T have also seen a similar nucleated cell im the enlarged filament from the lower end of the stomach of Bowerbankia. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 2. Vol. v. 13 194 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the sembling Cercarie. I have detected similar bodies in Bower- bankia with large rounded heads and long tails ; they were very numerous, and moved rapidly about im the interior of the cell in the manner of tadpoles, that is, with a lateral undulating motion, and are assuredly Spermatozoa. A testis may then be expected to exist in the freshwater Bryozoa coextensively developed with the ovary, and from analogy to be associated with it. It is not unlikely therefore that these additional filaments from the stomach may be really the male organ. Each polype does not appear to produce more than two or three eggs; in Plumatella frequently only one. In P. Allmani they, Pl. III. fig.5 f, are considerably depressed, of an oval form, sometimes very long with the sides almost parallel ; they are very large, being sometimes almost as wide as the diameter of the cell, within which they are placed lengthwise ; the margins are reticu- lated, yellow, pellucid, thin, and sharp, forming a well-defined rim about the central portion, which is opake and black ; the covering is smooth, tough, aud membranous. In Fredericella the egg is broader and more regularly oval, of a brownish colour with the margin narrow, plain and of a paler hue. The egg, Pl. IV. fig. 7 e, of Paludicella, if egg it be, differs considerably from the above. It is of an irregular oval shape, about half as wide as the cell, colourless and pellucid; the surface is marked with a few indi- stinct, irregular, nucleated cells ; one larger and much more con- spicuous than the rest, with a distinct round nucleus in the cen- tre, is always to be seen on one side. The circumference of the ege exhibits a double margin indicating an enveloping shield. The great size of the egg forbids the possibility of its escape without the destruction of the polype*. In Plumatella, the * The polype of the marine species must also perish on the escape of the gemmule. On examining some specimens of Bowerbankia in August, al- most every cell was found to contaim a large, round, opake, bright yellow corpuscle. These corpuscles were for the most part in the lower portion of the cells ; some however were halfway up, and others not far from the top : those lowest down were the smallest, and as they approached the top they increased in size until their diameter was nearly equal to that of the cell. As long as the corpuscle remained near the lower extremity of the cell, the polype was alive and active; but was invariably dead when it had advanced far upwards. At first the corpuscle does not appear to have any envelope, but as it increases in size a distinct margin makes its appearance, which afterwards becoming wider and perfectly transparent, the corpuscle can be seen rotating within by the aid of the long cilia that clothe its sur- face. While watching one in this state under the microscope, I observed it gradually elongate itself and pass with a slow gliding motion to the top of the cell; then forcing its way through the previously closed orifice, and passing into the surrounding fiuid, commenced to rotate with extraordinary velocity : in an instant after this its envelopiig membrane was torn open and cast aside, and the little being, a broadly. ovate gemmule, dashed at once beyond the field of view. It afterwards kept moving about im various Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 195 ova on maturity become attached to that side of the cell which is connected to the substance sustaming the polypidom. And here they remain fixed, indicating the track of the various branches of the Bryoozon long after its decay and disappearance in autumn. The free branches however must scatter their eggs. Most likely in Fredericella, too, they are dispersed, and borne away by the currents on the destruction of the polypidom, which is very freely branched ; and in no instance have I seen its eggs left adhermg to the surface of its attachment. Having now gone through the details of the anatomy and de- velopment of the freshwater Bryozoa as far as I have been able to study them during a very short but laborious investigation of the subject, it is quite evident that these animals are as highly organized as the marine Ascidian polypes. Plumatella and Fre- dericella certainly show some interesting deviations from that type; but in Paludicella we perceive an almost complete resem- blance to it ; proving the close affinity that exists, and the pro- priety of uniting the whole into one group. The approximation of this genus to the marine forms is evinced not only by the muscular system, but likewise by the digestive apparatus ; and by the bright, pellucid, horny character of the external polypidom. It is also equally evident that the organization of this group is very much above that of the typical Radiata. This Professor Allman has already clearly demonstrated; and yet perhaps we ought to hesitate before removing the Bryozoa into the subking- dom Mollusca as proposed by this naturalist. The immediate relationship of these animals to the Ascidie is too obvious to be called in question,—a relationship which has long been acknowledged, though the homology of the parts does not appear to be correctly understood; at least it will bear another interpretation, which I am inclined to look upon as the true one. Dr. Farre observes in his paper, that “in Tunicata the tentacles are reduced to mere rudiments at the entrance of the respiratory sac, and the cilia are distributed over the surface of this cavity, which is im proportion magnified, and is analogous to the pharynx of Ciliobrachiata. The more immediate entrance to the alimentary canal, thence called mouth, being situated at the bottom of this sac, corresponds with the part that I have called cardia.” This view of the relationship of the parts has with some modifications been generally followed by subsequent writers. In all the Ascidians however, there is a well-defined cesophagus, directions and evinced great activity, cilia densely clothing it from end to end. The cell after the escape of the gemmule continued gaping; and the polype, which before was indistinctly visible, had now quite disappeared, nothing but slight traces of the retractor muscles remaining. 13* 196 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the which in C/avelina is frequently of great length. Why then should the entrance to it be considered to correspond to the cardia in Bryozoa? These as well as the Ascidie have a well- marked stomach with cardiac and pyloric orifices ; in both, too, there is a distinct cesophagus ; then should not the orifice leading to it be assumed to be the mouth, or analogous to the mouth in both? In the polype a series of respiratory tentacles, in the Ascidie the branchial sac, surrounds this mouth ; should not these then be considered homologous? The affirmative of this would appear to be the natural inference in the first instance. But we are referred to the tentacular filaments at the entrance of the respiratory sac as the true representatives of the tentacles of the polype. With the view to ascertain how far this is correct, I examined with much care Ascidia sordida and Molgula arenosa, and found that these tentacular filaments are not anatomically connected with the branchial sac, but are developments from the tunic. The sac terminates a little way below these filaments, and they fringe the inner circumference of the belt of sphincter muscles which guard the respiratory orifice. These tentacular filaments, then, originating in the tunic, cannot possibly be the homologue of the tentacles of the polype, as these undoubtedly belong to the alimentary canal; but are in fact a new develop- ment in connexion with the sphineter of the tunic, and share its function. The tentacles then of the polype and the branchial sac of the Ascidian would appear to be homologous ;—unless indeed the tentacles of the one have died out, and the branchial sac of the other is altogether a new development, which is not by any means likely. In confirmation that the former is the fact, we have only to look at the growing bud of the polype, which so closely resembles an Ascidian, particularly when young, that it might at first sight be taken to be one. The tentacles at this time, all lying parallel to each other within the membranous sheath, have quite the ap- pearance of a branchial sac ; and when we take in connexion with it the alimentary canal, the resemblance is almost complete. Indeed, all that is wanting to turn the polype into an Ascidian, so far as the alimentary and respiratary organs are concerned, is the union of the tentacles by a vascular membrane. And we have already seen that such an union has commenced in Frede- ricella, Plumatella and Alcyonella. We lave seen that in all these genera the tentacles are united at the base by a delicate membrane ; and in the former this membrane is so extensive as to suggest the idea of a rudimentary form of the branchial sac of the Tunicata. Taking this view of the homology of the parts, the longitudinal lamin in the interior of the branchial sac of the Ascidie will Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 197 represent the tentacles of the Bryozoa ; and the membrane at the base of the tentacles being external corresponds exactly in posi- tion to the vascular membrane of the Ascidi@, which is also ex- ternal to the lamine. The position of the nervous ganglion in the two forms might at first sight appear to favour the contrary opinion ; but on closer inquiry it is evident that the ganglion of the Bryozoa is not homologous with that of the Ascidie: in the former it is a cerebral ganglion resting on the cesophagus imme- diately behind the mouth ; in the latter, if it has relationship to any of the nervous centres of the Mollusca, it is apparently analogous to the branchial ganglion of the Lamellibranchiata ; but its position in the mantle is anomalous. We thus see how very intimate is the connexion between the Bryozoa and the Ascidia ; and as the latter are generally sup- posed to be as closely connected with the Lamellibranchiata, no great distance would appear to divide them from the former. They are not, however, so closely related as might be supposed. At first sight an Ascidian undoubtedly seems very closely to ap- proximate to a bivalve shell; but this similarity on careful investigation would appear to be more that of analogy than homology—a mere resemblance rather than a true relationship. The branchial sac of the Ascidian is frequently assumed to be the same organ as the gill-plates of the Lamellibranchiata some- what modified ;—in function there is no difference; but anato- mically they are distinct. The former is a development from the alimentary canal; the latter, according to Professor Owen, “ are essentially internal folds of the pallial membrane.” The breathing organs then of these animals are not homologous. To turn therefore an Ascidian into a Lamellibranchiate mollusk, a new branchial organ must be developed. The vascular system, too, if not anatomically different in the Ascidian, is in a remarkable manner functionally so. In this the heart is at once systemic and pulmonic. And it is worthy of remark, that thus, on the first appearance of the vascular apparatus in this type of animals, it should shadow forth the peculiarities of both the molluscan and the piscine heart ; and this, too, in connexion with a pha- ryngeal gill. The test or outer sac, and the inner sac or tunic of the Tunicata are not related to each other in the same manner as the shell and mantle of the mollusk. In this the shell is extra-vascular, and is secreted by the mantle; in the former the test is vascular, and its growth is therefore not dependent on that of the inner sac or tunic. The reproductive system of the La- mellibranchiata is likewise very different from that of the Tunicata. In these it is formed on the type of the Radiata; another and very striking proof of the relationship that exists between the former and the Bryozoa. These and other points of difference 198 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the led Professor Milne-Edwards, in his valuable memoir on the ‘ Ascidiens Composées,’ to propose the separation of the Tunicata from the Mollusca, and the formation of them into a distinct group to be placed between the bivalves and the ‘polypes. We then cannot find a passage from the Bryozoa through the Ascidie into the Lamellibranchiata. There are however two distinct branches of the Ascidian polypes,—one with the tentacles arranged in a circle about the mouth,—-the other having them supported on two lateral oral arms. The former of these branches passes into the Ascidian,—the latter I shall endeavour to show is connected with the Brachiopoda. This connexion is at once suggested by the resemblance that exists between the oral arms of P/umatella and Alcyonella and the characteristic brachial organs in the Brachiopoda, parti- cularly of those in Lingula. In both the Brachiopoda and the Bryozoa, the arms rise from the sides of the mouth im the same manner, the bases of the arms being confluent ; and the tentacles or cirrhi forming a continuous series. In both the arms are hollow, and the tentacles and cirrhi are tough and non-contractile ; and in both they are prehensile organs after the same fashion. The digestive organs of both are very similar; and the whole of the Brachiopoda are fixed, and so are the Bryozoa, with but one exception. But what is still more remarkable, the muscular systems of both are arranged much in the same manner, particularly as respects Terebratula and Paludicella with most of its marine congeners. In TJerebratula, as the animal is fixed within the shell, of course there can be nothing resembling the polype retractors; but the shell muscles of Terebratula will be found to work exactly on the same principle as those provided to draw in the margins of the cell-orifice in Paludicella and Bowerbankia, and called by Dr. Farre opercular muscles. There are four sets of muscles in connexion with the shell m Terebratula chilensis as dissected by Owen, two from each valve ; and they all pass diagonally downwards, and with one exception go to be inserted in the pedicle ; so that when they contract the valves will be closed. These muscles then have in fact their origin in the pedicle as stated by Owen, and acting from thence upon the moveable points of their imsertions, operate precisely in the same way as the tube-retractors of the polypes last men- tioned do on the lips of the orifice. The action is the same in both ; and were the cell-walls of Bowerbankia, for instance, eal- eified and divided longitudinally mto two portions or valves, they would be made to close just as the valves do in Terebratula. The set of muscles alluded to as not passing mto the pedicle comcs from the perforate valve, and inclinmg downwards is Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 199 attached by the other end to the base of the imperforate valve, binding the parts of the hinge-joint together—a substitute in fact for a ligament. In some species this set assumes in part the function of an adductor muscle. We have then evidently some reason for supposing that the Brachiopoda as well as the Ascidie are related to the Bryozoa; and it is in this way that these latter are connected with the La- mellibranchiata. After a careful examination of the Brachiopoda, it is impossible to doubt the connexion that exists between the two great divisions of the testaceous Acephala. Indeed this is ‘evident, whether we look to the digestive organs, the vascular system, or to the reproductive apparatus. It is in these animals, too, that the respiratory organ is first found im connexion with the mantle,—in Terebratula quite rudimentary, in Lingula to some extent specialized. On comparing dnomia with Orbicula, this relationship is best seen. In both the mantle is completely separated, and in both it is connected with the ovary; the large oral palpi of the one form the homologue of the branchial organs of the other; and we sce this relationship in the deficiency of pedal organ in Anomia, and in the extensive union that still subsists between its breathing apparatus and the mantle: the perforation of the under-valve of both is also remarkable; but not more so than that the great muscle of both should be divided,—part forming the adductor, part the adhesive disc. We have now endeavoured to trace the affinities of both branches of Bryozoa ; one appears to pass at once into the As- cidie, which, how closely soever related analogically to the Lamelli- branchiata, are nevertheless removed far from them by the nature of their vascular, respiratory and reproductive systems. In the Mollusca the heart is always systemic, and the gill is universally an appendage to the mantle. In the Ascidie the heart is as much pulmonic as systemic, and the breathing apparatus is a development from the alimentary canal—is in fact pharyngeal. In these respects the Ascidian deviates from the Molluscan type and approximates to that of the lower Vertebrata,—the fishes, in which the heart is pulmonic and the breathing organ pharyngeal. The reality of this relationship is revealed by the anatomy of the Lancelet so ably described by Professor John Goodsir, who has pointed out the resemblance of its respiratory system to that of the Tunicata. Indeed the branchial sac and vascular apparatus of this curious fish almost completely resemble those organs in the Ascidian. The other branch of the Bryozoa, comprising those with oral arms, passes into the Brachiopoda; or at least this is rendered more than probable by the resemblance of the brachial organs of the latter to the arms of the former, and by the similarity of the 200 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the muscular arrangement. Thus the Bryozoa become related to the Lamellibranchiata, which are apparentlyclosely related to the Brachiopoda. We may conclude then, if we have arrived at a right understanding of the affinities of these animals, that both the Mollusca and Vertebrata are connected with the Bryozoa. It would be well therefore to pause before including the Bryozoa in the Mollusca, and consider the propriety of uniting the former with the Tunicata, and perhaps with some of the higher forms of Rotifera, nto a group to be placed at the head of the Radiata. Descriptions of new Species. Plumatella punctate. Pl. V. figs. 6 & 7, and Pl. III. fig. 1. Polypidom adhering throughout, coriaceous, pellucid, of a pale watery green colour, irregularly but not much branched, seldom extending more than half an inch; branches composed of a series of large, conical cells tapering upwards towards the aperture, sometimes considerably and rather suddenly dilated at the base ; resembling in form some of the Ascidians; the upper portion of the cell almost colourless and freckled with minute opake white spots, most crowded towards the orifice. Tentacles white, not more than sixty in number; membrane at their origin rather wide, scalloped, the points of the scallop extending for some di- stance up the back of the tentacles in the form of broadish laminz arched outwards. (Hsophagus and stomach appearing through the transparent walls of the cell of a pale yellow colour. Egg perfectly black, large, broad and oval. Upwards of a dozen specimens of this fine species occurred in Bromley Lough, adhering to the underside of stones ; it was like- wise taken in Crag Lough, None of the individuals much ex- ceeded in size that represented i in the figure, nor did they vary im any remarkable manner either in ee or colour. It is not, however, without hesitation that I have ventured to characterize this as a new species, as Professor Allman informs me that it may perhaps turn out to be P. repens ; but that form is stated to be large and of luxuriant growth, and to have the polypidom tubular with the cells dilated at the orifice—characters which do not at all agree with P. punctata. Indeed it can scarcely be considered a true Plumatella. P. Allmani. PI. V. figs. 3 & 4, and Pl. III. figs. 2 & 3. Polypidom attached to the underside of stones, adhering throughout, membranous, opake, yellowish brown, slightly branched, extending in patches sometimes three or four inches wide, the patches being made up of several polypidoms; the branches composed apparently of a series of tubular cells, Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 201 tapering to their origin, and attached for more than half their length ; the enlarged extremity, being free and bending upwards, inclines a little to one side, and is occasionally bifid, forming two cells; an obtuse ridge or keel extends the entire length of the cell, increasing imperceptibly im thickness upwards ; orifice somewhat constricted, the walls immediately below being pellucid, and suddenly dilating become abruptly opake and thickly covered for some distance downwards with agglutinated sand. Tentacles forty-two in number, slightly tinged with yellow, the colour best seen when they are formed into a compact bundle; membrane at their base distinct, scalloped, the pots bemg prolonged a little up the tentacles. Egg black, long, oval; sides nearly parallel ; margins pellucid, yellow, sharp, broad and reticulated. This species was procured rather abundantly in Bromley Lough, and does not appear to vary much. At first sight large patches of it have the appearance of being formed of a single polypidom ; but on close examination are found to be composed of many, and rarely to number more than six or eight cells m each. The com- mencement of each polypidom has the black envelope of the ori- ginating egg adherent. Two or three specimens of a more branched form of carinated Plumatella were taken in Bromley Lough, which may probably prove a distinct species ; more individuals however are necessary before it can be characterized. Paludicella procumbens. PI. V. figs. 1 & 2, and Pl. IV. Polypidom membranous, subhorny, pellucid, smooth and glossy, of a brownish horn-colour, much and irregularly branched, form- ing large patches on the underside of stones, for the most part adhering, with rather numerous, short, free, almost simple branches ; the branches composed of a single series of narrow cells arranged longitudinally, contracting towards the base and widening upwards ; aperture lateral, near to the upper extremity of the cell, forming a rather long and somewhat constricted tube inclining upwards ; margin entire, surmounted by a widish, deli- cate, hyaline, membranous cup. Tentacles sixteen in number, arranged in a complete circle, and when spread out forming a very exact inverted cone. This, the second species of the genus, resembles very closely P. articulata of Allman, but that form appears to have about twenty-six tentacles, and is likewise more densely and luxuri- antly branched ; the cells, too, are larger and of a different colour. The P. procumbens occurred in both Bromley and Crag Loughs, but most abundantly in the latter, where it spreads over the under surface of stones in patches of 5 or 6 inches diaméter. 202 Mr. A. Hancock on the Anatomy of the EXPLANATION OF PLATES II., IIL., IV. anp V. Puate II. Fig. 1. Upper portion of Fredericella sultana seen as a transparent object very much magnified: a, tentacular disc; 5, tentacles; c', mem- brane at base of ditto; c, flomced margin of ditto; d, mouth; e, oral valve; f, oesophagus; g, projecting lips of cardiac orifice ; h, stomach ; 7, intestine; 7, anus; k, nervous ganglion giving off nerves ; J, tentacular sheath doubled upon itself; m, strong ra- diating muscles for preventing complete inversion of ditto ; n, de- licate radiating muscles in connexion with the orifice of cell; o, outer wall of cell; p, mner wall or tunic; q, inverted lips of orifice ; r, the point where the same unite to the tentacular sheath, immediately below which is the sphincter for closing the cell. Fig. 2. Retracted polype of Plwmatella Alimani seen by transmitted light and much magnified : a, bundle of tentacles enveloped in mem- branous sheath; a’, fentaculan disc; 6, cesophagus ; ¢, project- ing lips of eee opening ; d, Susu he e, intestine; f, anus ; gg, muscles for retracting the polype; h, large radiating muscles for preventing complete mversion of tentacular sheath ; 7, delicate radiating muscles in connexion with the orifice of cell; j, outer wall of cell; &, immer membrane or tunic; /, verted margin or lips of orifice; m, tentacular sheath; , sphincter contraction of ditto ; o, bud in second stage of development ; p, tentacular sheath of ditto forming; q, retractor muscles in an incipient state. Fig. 3. Upper portion of the cell of Plumatella Alimani much enlarged : a, bud in first stage of development attached to the mner surface of lining membrane of cell. Fig. 4. Cell with exserted polype of Fredericella sultana much enlarged Fig. Fig. ye 1g. Fig. Fig. and seen as a transparent object : a, tentacular dise ; b, oral valve ; c, cesophagus; d, stomach; e, intestine; f, the two bundles of polype retractors ; g, two fibres of same for rotating tentacular dise ; h, egg in connexion with ovary, attaching it to lower end of stomach and wall of cell; h’, appendage to the lower end of stomach, probably generative ; 7 7, outer wall of cell; jj, immg membrane or tunic; k, bud in third stage of development 3 J, tentacles of ditto as they at first appear ; m, stomach of do. ; , retractor muscles of ditto; o, nucleated cell—the incipient egg im connexion with the ovary. . Bud in third stage of development more highly magnified: a, ten- tacular disc ; , ; esophagus ; c, stomach ; d, mtestine ; e, incipient egg in enlarged portion of ovary ; f, wall of cell. . Egg and ovary much enlarged of Fredericella sultana: a, egg im- bedded in ovary 3 b, wall of cell to which lower end, ¢, of ovary is attached ; ec’, upper portion of ovary leading to stomach. PuaTe III. . Side view of exserted tentacular apparatus much enlarged of Plu- matella punctata: a, oesophagus ; 4, oral valve; c, tentacular or oral arms ; d, tentacles; e, membrane at base of ditto; f, laminz at back of ditto. . Enlarged view of under side of tentacular apparatus of Plumatella Almanks a, margin of orifice of cell; b, intestine ; c, cesophagus ; d, oral valve ; e e, oral arms; f, membrane at base of tentacles. . Enlarged view of the upper side of tentacular apparatus of Pluma- Freshwater Bryozoa, with descriptions of new Species. 208 tella Allmani: a, mouth; 6, oral valve; cc, oral arms ; d, mem- brane at base of tentacles. Fig. 4. Much-enlarged view of the reproductive organs of Fredericella sul- tana: aa, outer wall of cell; 5 6, linimg membrane or tunic; c, lower portion of stomach ; d d, ovary ; e, egg imbedded in same ; J, two filaments attached to the lower end of stomach, probably connected with the reproductive system ; g, retractor muscles. Fig. 5. Enlarged view of a cell of Plumatella Alimani exhibiting reproduc- tive organs: a, pase of oral arms; 5, cesophagus; c, stomach ; d, intestine ; ; ee, ovary; f, egg nearly mature, still attached to ditto ; g, an egg just forming likewise attached to ovary ; hh, two Giniients attached to the aotiaeht probably connected with the reproductive system; 77, the two bundles of retractor muscles ; j, outer wall of cell; &, lhmmg membrane or tunic. Puate IV. Fig. 1. Enlarged view of a cell of Paludicella procumbens seen as a trans- parent object, the polype being exserted: aa, outer wall of cell; 666, limmg membrane or tunic ; c, tubular orifice ; d, membranous cup surmounting ditto; e, tentacular disc ; f, tentacles; g, pha- ryngeal swelling ; 4, cesophagus; 7, stomach; 7, mtestine ; k, en- largement at commencement of ditto; 7, anus ; m, supposed ovary ; n, filament attached to the lower extremity of stomach, probably connected with the reproductive system; 0, polype retractor muscles; pp, inferior tube-retractors; g, two fibres of superior tube-retractors ; 77, muscles to prevent the complete version of tentacular sheath ; s, tentacular sheath doubled upon itself ; ¢, pa- rietal muscles; wu, end-walls of two cells abutting against each other. Fig. 2. Enlarged view of a single cell of P. procumbens with polype re- tracted: a, outer wall of cell; 5, ling membrane of ditto ; ¢, re- tracted tubular orifice; d, tentacles; d! d', tentacular sheath ; e, cesophagus ; f, cardiac orifice ; g, stomach ; h, intestine ; 7, enlarged portion of ditto ; 7, supposed ovary doubled upon itself; &, filament attached to lower end of stomach, probably connected with repro- ductive system ; //, polype retractor muscles ; mm, inferior tube- retractors ; nn, superior tube-retractors ; 0, sphincter muscles for closing orifice ; p, do. do.; g g, muscles to prevent complete in- version of tentacular sheath ; r, end-wall of cell formed by the tunic exhibiting enlargement in the centre. Fig. 3. End of retracted tube of P. procumbens exhibitmg the manner in which it folds in. Fig. 4. Termimation of a branch of P. procumbens comprising two cells in different stages of development: a, outer wall of cell in fourth stage of development ; 0, lmmg membrane of ditto; 5', blind ter- arnt of do. do.; ce, place of future orifice ; “y fentanies of polype in state of development ; e, cesophagus ; f, stomach ; g, in- teste ; h, lower reproductive organ; 7, tentacular sheath ; j, po- lype retractor muscles ; k, tube-retractors ; /, new cell in first or earliest stage of development, exhibiting liming membrane and ex- ternal wall; m, nucleated cells in linimg membrane. Fig. 5. Two terminal cells of P. procumbens containing buds in different stages of development: a, tentacles of bud far advanced or in fifth stage of development ; a’, tentacular sheath; 6, oesophagus ; e, stomach ; d, intestine ; e, anus; f, lower reproductive organ ; i. polype-retractors ; h, parietal muscles ; 7, tube-retractors ; 7, ube 204 ~ Mr. J. Miers on the genus Browallia. just forming ; k, outer wall of last-formed cell exhibiting bud in second stage of development ; /, lining membrane of ditto ; m, bud as it appears at first. Fig. 6. Terminal cell exhibiting bud in third stage of development: a, outer wall of cell; 5, linmg membrane; c, bud; d, tentacular sheath ; e, polype-retractors just making their appearance. Fig. 7. Enlarged view of a portion of the polype of P. procumbens exhibit- ing reproductive system : a, oesophagus ; , stomach ; ¢, intestine ; d, supposed ovary with the egg, e, attached ; f, membranous en- velope of the egg; g, lower filament supposed to be connected with the reproductive system. Puate V. Fig. 1. Polypidom of Paludicella procumbens slightly enlarged. Fig. 2. A portion of ditto much enlarged, exhibiting two or three series of cells. Fig. 3. A patch of Plumatella Allmani magnified two times, comprising se- veral polypidoms. Fig. 4. Two or three polypidoms of ditto more highly magnified, exhibiting the polypes exserted and the envelope of the origimating egg a a. Fig. 5. A single cell of same still more highly magnified: a, keel or ridge : on the upper surface of cell. Fig. 6. Plumatella punctata five or six times magnified, exhibiting polypes exserted : a, envelope of originating egg. Fig. 7. Three cells of ditto more highly magnified and more produced than usual, with the polypes exserted. XIX.—Contributions to the Botany of South America. By Joun Mrurs, Hsq., F.R.S., F.L.S. [Continued from p. 35. ] BrowAL.LLia. Tue affinity of Browallia with Salpiglossis is sufficiently evident, but in many respects it approaches very closely to Petunia. In the tabular arrangement suggested on a former occasion (hu). op. iii. p. 172), Browallia was associated with the Salpiglossidea, on account of the apparent zstivation of its corolla, combined with its other characters. I regret very much, that since my attention has been directed to this investigation, I have had no opportunity of examining a flower in its living state, as by this means only could its precise mode of prefloration be ascertained : it is certainly not imbricative as in Franciscea, but is either re- plicative or reciprocative, as in Petunia or Salpiglossis ; judging from its appearance after bemg pressed and dried, it seems to be rather that of the last-named genus. The following generic features have been derived wholly from an examination of dried specimens :— ' Browauui1a, Linn. (char. reform.) —Calyx tubulosus, subeylin- dricus, 10-nervis, 5-dentatus, dentibus inequalibus, 3-nerviis, Mr. J. Miers on the genus Browallia. 205 augescens et persistens. Corolla hypocraterimorpha, tubo an- gusto, cylindrico, calyce 2—8-plo longiore, superne et antice ventricoso, fauce in oram elevatam constricto, limbo obliquo, plano, breviter 5-partito, lobis rotundatis, emarginatis, ineequa- libus, rarius oblongis, acutis, antico paulo majore, estivatione reciprocativa ? Stamina 4, didynama, inclusa ; fi/amenta brevia, 2 antica inferiora, sublongiora, hemicyclice curvata, imo dila- tata, apice expansa, inflexa et pilosa ; anthere sagittato-bilobe, inverse, lobis ovatis, rma marginali dehiscentibus, superiorum lobo altero minimo casso. Ovarium obovatum, apice pilosum, inferne glaberrimum, sepe stipitatum, rarius omnino glabrum, 2-loculare, placentis carnosis prominulis dissepimento utrinque adnatis, multi-ovulatis. Stydus simplex, apice incrassatus, in- flexus, transversim rugulosus. Séigma dilatato-bilobum, lobis emarginatis altero majore, intus septis cruciatim in locellis 4 stigmatosis divisum. Capsu/a membranacea, calyce per- sistente tecta, 2-locularis, 2-valvis, valvis bifidis, dissepimento tenuissimo demum libero parallelis. Semina plurima, minuta, obovata, lateribus angulata, dorso convexa, ventre concava et infra medium hilo notata ; testa reticulato-foveolata. Embryo in axi albuminis carnosi homotrope subincurvus, cotyledoni- bus ovatis, compressis, radicula tereti infera 3-plo brevioribus et 2-plo latioribus.—Herbz , mature state. APHANIZOMENON, Morren. Filaments simple, flaccid, obsoletely jointed, “ cohering laterally into flat lamelle,” aggregated into a mucous stratum ; vesicular cells none ; sporangia linear, interstitial. (Aphanizomenon, Morren. Limnochlide, Kiitz.) Aphanizomenon forms a thin, tender, mucous stratum of a bluish colour. The filaments are extremely slender, flaccid, and very obscurely joimted. No vesicular cells have been detected. The sporangia are much elongated, either scattered or, more usually, solitary near the centre of the filament. I have examined an authentic specimen of Limnochlide Flos- aque, and as there seems to be no essential difference between Aphanizomenon and Limnochlide I have united them, retaining the former appellation on account of its priority. The filaments in both genera are described as cohering in flat lamellee, but that character is sometimes so little obviqus in dried specimens, that I am not inclined to place much dependence upon it as a generic distinction, especially as I could not detect it in recent specimens of a plant, presently to be described, which I think should by no means be placed in a different genus. Authors differ widely respecting the proper situation of this genus. In Harvey’s ‘ Manual of British Algze’ it is placed at the end of the Confervee, Montagne appends it to the Oscilla- toriee, Endlicher omits it altogether, and Kiitzing instituted for it a distinct family, which he placed between Leptotrichee and Nostochinee. Mr. Hassall, I believe, first placed it in this family, and I fully concur with his observation that “the true position of the genus is undoubtedly amongst the Nostochinee, connecting them with the Oscillatoriee.” 22% 340 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Nostochinez. Aphanizomenon agrees in its filament with Oscillaturia, but is sufficiently separated by its conspicuous sporangia, which are si- milar to those of Dolichospermum. It differs from all the other genera in the Nostochinee by the absence of vesicular cells and by its obsoletely articulated filament. 1, A. Flos-aque (Linn.). Filaments cohering laterally in flat lamellze which separate at their extremities into fasciculi; sporangia cylin- drical with an inconspicuous covering. Byssus farinacea virescens, aque inspersa, Linnzeus, Flora Lapponica, no. 532 (1737), ed. 2nd, p- 388 (Smith, 1792); Flora Suecica, ed. Ist, no. 1128. Byssus Flos-aque, Linn. Species Plantarum, no. 1168 (1753), ed. 2nd, p: 1637. Conferva Flos-aque, Roth, Catalecta Botanica, fasc. 3. p- 192 (1806). Oscillatoria Flos-aque, Agardh, Synopsis Alga- rum Scandinavie, p. 107 (1817) ; Syst. Algarum, p. 59. _Nostoe Flos-aque, Jiirgens, Algze aquaticze. Limnanthe Linnei, Kitzing in Linnea, vol. xvi. p. 86. Limnochlide Flos-aque, Kitzing, Phycologia Generalis, p.203 (1843) ; Phycologia Germanica, p. 168; Species Algarum, p. 286; Tabulee Phycologicee,t.91. fig.2a. dpha- mizomenon incurvum, Allman in lit. cum specimine. Probably not uncommon. Grand Canal Docks, Dublin, Professor Allman. Sweden, Linneus ; Germany, Kiitzing. I am indebted to Professor Allman for a beautiful and cha- racteristic specimen of this species. In its dried state the stra- tum appears to be composed of minute flocculi, and, with the exception of colour, might not unaptly be compared to scattered snow-flakes. The colour is opake, zruginous green, which how- ever becomes more or less altered after being dried a second time. The microscope shows that the flocculi consist of parallel filaments united together laterally, and forming a flat layer which appears plumose from the filaments converging at the ends into little conical or subulate tufts or pencils. The filaments are straight, obtuse, not attenuated ; the joints are rather longer than broad, faintly visible, and especially difficult of detection in con- sequence of their granular contents. Kiitzing describes the spo- rangia as elliptic. In the Dublin specimen they are few in number and immature ; but in specimens given me by Professor Kiitzing they are linear, much elongated, often ten or twelve times longer than broad, and resemble those of the next species except in having a far less conspicuous hyaline covering. The best di- stinctive mark between these species is the lateral coherence of the filaments in A. Flos-aque. In the dried state, the only condition. in which I have seen it, the Aphanizomenon Flos-aqua i is easily recognized by its floccu- lent appearance, even to the naked eye. I believe that not only was it one of the earliest-known plants in this group, but that it Mr. J. Ralfs on the Nostochinez. 841 is the true Flos-aque of almost every algologist prior to Lyngbye, whose error has misled many succeeding writers and confounded plants of widely different aspect. The descriptions of Linneus, Roth and Agardh, although more or less deficient, agree far better with this species than with any others which have been confused with it. Lyngbye, indeed, suspected that his Nostoc Flos-aque was distinct from the plant of the two latter writers*, an opinion confirmed by Agardh so far as regards himself. Mr. Borrer has sent me a specimen of Byssus Flos-aque distri- buted by Mohr, who, there is every reason to suppose, was fully acquainted with the plant then known by that name: the speci- men, which is a very good one, scarcely differs even in colour from those recently gathered by Professors Kiitzing and Allman. I cannot obtain the slightest clue to the Flos-aque of our earlier British writers. They give no habitats, and although the specific definition of Hudson, Lightfoot and Withering agrees with this species (“filamentis plumosis natantibus”), yet, as it is a mere copy from Linnzus, no dependence can be placed upon it. The two former authors give no original remarks, and Withering’s own observations agree but indifferently with his specific quotation ; for his description, “jointed filaments straight or curled like a cork- screw,” is more applicable to a Trichormus. PuaTE IX. fig. 6. a, portion of foreign specimen magnified; 6, Dub- lin sp. ditto; c, filaments highly magnified. 2. A. cyaneum ( ). Filaments free, aggregated into a thin mucous stratum ; sporangia linear, eight to twelve times longer than broad, furnished with a conspicuous hyaline covering. Limnochlide Flos. aque, B. hercynica, Kitzing, Species Algarum, p. 286 (1849) ; Tabule Phycologice, t. 91. f. 11? On aquatic plants in boggy pools at Llyn Gwernan and Dolmelynlyn near Dolgelley, J. R. Germany, Kiitzing. Stratum minute, thin, tender, of an opake light blue colour. Filaments very slender, straight, nearly colourless, having a slightly dotted appearance from the scattered granular endo- chrome, not constricted at the dissepiments, which are very in- distinct, and only to be detected by careful examination in a favourable light ; ends obtuse, not attenuated. Joints or ordi- nary cells nearly equal in length and breadth. Sporangia elon- gated, cylindrical, generally solitary near the centre of each fila- ment, but sometimes scattered, each inclosed in a broad, hyaline covering. * “ An sit Conferva Flos-aque, Roth, Oscillatoria Flos-aque, Ag., justo amnbigitur ; ille enim filis rectis et parallelis gaudere describuntur, hee vero filis curvatis, implexis.instructa est.”’—Lyugbye, Tentamen Hydrophyto- logie Danicee, p. 202. 342 Mr. J. Ralfs on the Nostochinee. Aphanizomenon cyaneum differs from A. Flos-aque by its stra- tum not appearing flocculose, by its paler inconspicuous filaments, which do not cohere in lamine, and would often escape detection under the microscope but for the presence of the sporangium, which has a far broader hyaline covering in this than in the latter species. Puate IX. fig. 7. Filament highly magnified. 3. A. incurvum (Morren). ‘ Filaments articulated, cohering together in flat laminze, laciniated at the apex; articulations two to eight times longer than broad.” Trichodesmium Flos-aque, Ehrenb. in Poggend. Annal. 1830, p. 168 (according to Kiitzing). Aphani- _zomenon tncurvum, Morren in Memoir (1837) ; Thompson in An- nals of Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 82; Harvey, Manual of Brit. Algz, p- 145; Hassall, Brit. Freshwater Algze, p. 280. t. 76. fig.6. Lim- nochlide Flos-aque y. Harveyana, Kitzing, Species Algarum, p- 286 (1849) ; Tabule Phycologice, t. 91. fig. 2. Ballydrain Lake, Mr. W. Thompson ; Lough Neagh, Mr. D. Moore. Belgium, Morren ; Germany, Kiitzing. I regret that I am unable to afford any satisfactory informa- tion respecting this plant, for although Mr. Thompson has sup- plied me with specimens, they are unfortunately preserved upon paper, and could not be removed in a condition fit for examination. Respecting the Ballydrain species, one would suppose there could be no reasonable doubt as Dr. Morren has determined it. Still it is very possible that his Aphanizomenon incurvum has been rightly supposed by Kiitzing to be merely the Flos-aque, for nothing in the descriptions renders the opinion improbable. The Dublin plant at least is decidedly the A. Flos-aque. Mr. Thomp- son’s A. mncurvum however differs materially from all my speci- mens of the A. Flos-aque both in colour and in the form of the particles, which are circular and dot-like, very unlike the larger and lobed flakes of the other. Mr. Hassall’s figure represents the filaments as tapering—a character, indeed, amply sufficient to distinguish the A. incurvum from the preceding species ; but unfortunately, if the filaments really possess this character, neither Dr. Morren nor Mr. Hassall have noticed it in their de- scriptions, and so the matter is still in doubt. Since the above was written, I have received from Mr. Moore some specimens better suited for examination. Although not from the same station as Mr. Thompson’s plant, they exactly agree with it in appearance ; the specks are unlike any other spe- cies that I have seen, and in form as well as in size and scattered habit resemble the small dots made by house-flies. Under the microscope the filaments appear parallel; they do not closely cohere as in 4. Flos-aque, but are rather held together by the On Trichites, a fossil genus of Bivalve Mollusks. 348 mucous matrix, and are neither fasciculated nor laciniated at their ends ; they are so very slender that the triplet is not suffi- ciently powerful to afford a proper examination. I was unable to perceive either dissepiments or sporangia. In no respect, except in their parallel arrangement, did the filaments correspond with Morren’s description. PiaTe IX. fig. 8. a, portion of stratum from Lough Neagh ; 4, filament. XXX.—On Trichites, a fossil yenus of Bivalve Mollusks. By Joun Lycert, Esq.* [With a Plate. ] Tuts generic form is distributed over an extensive area both in this country and upon the continent ; it occurs in more than one of the oolitic formations; the Cotteswold Hills more especially produce it abundantly ; nevertheless it is almost entirely absent from the cabinets of English collectors ; and if we examine that section of modern literature which professes to illustrate fossil conchology, our search will scarcely be more successful or satis- factory. In both cases the defect may be accounted for by a dif- ficulty almost insurmountable experienced in obtaining illustra- tive specimens in a condition perfect, or even approaching to perfect ; fragments indeed are easily detached, but these alone do not convey any precise or adequate idea of the generic characters. The shells are large, the very Titans of their period, sometimes extending to upwards of a yard across, of a thickness far sur- ’ passing that of bivalves generally, but of a structure peculiarly fra- gile (prismatic crystaliine), consisting of fibres closely arranged, placed perpendicularly to the surface and breaking readily m the direction of the fibres with any slight concussion ; this is a serious obstacle to their separation, to which may be added, that the up- per ragstone bed of the Inferior Oolite in which they most com- monly occur is very hard and intractable in the nature of its fracture. In almost every open quarry of this rock, and more especially in the stratum called Trigonia grit, these thick fibrous masses may be noticed; more rarely also in the middle portion of the same formation and in the shelly beds of the Great Oolite. They have usually been referred to a gigantic species of Pinna, probably from a similarity of structure. The Cotteswolds have produced two species, which are distinct from another recorded from the Jura which will subsequently be noticed. Dr. Plott, the historian of Oxfordshire, appears to have been the first per- son who applied the term Trichites to these shells. Woodward, * Read to the Cotswold Naturalists’ Club, Jan. 22, 1850. 344 Mr. J. Lycett on Trichites, in his ‘Catalogue of English Fossils,’ 1725, part 2. p. 101, 102, ‘De testis aliisque incerti generis,’ mentions that Lhwyd sent a specimen of this genus from the Oolite of Bullmgton Green near Oxford, with the title “ Trichites Plottii, Hist. Oxon. Veneris crimes forsan Plinio,” and adds the caustie remark, that these two writers, Dr. Plott of mere simplicity, and Lhwyd of design, “ darken counsel by words without knowledge,” Job. xxxvit. 2; he also records fragments in his collection from Risington and Birdlip Hill in Gloucestershire. The generic name was of course de- rived from its capillary or hair-like structure. Far from joming in the foregoing censure, we are rather disposed to respect the discrimination which recognized this obseure generic form in the earliest infancy of conchology. It was observed by Saussure in the Coralline Oolite of Mount Saléve near Geneva, and described by Deluc in the first volume of the great work of Saussure on the Alps, p. 192, and figured in part 2. fig. 5, 6. This eminent naturalist ascertained some of the general features of the genus ; the great thickness of the test, its fibrous structure, analogous, he observed, to that of Pinna, and its inequivalve form ; this latter character, he observed, compelled a generie separation, and he proposed to call it Pixnegene. Deluc seems to have been unac- quainted with the prior claim of Lhwyd. Guettard and De- france observed it in the oolitic rocks of Normandy; they re- garded it as a distinct genus, but do not appear to have con- tributed anything material to its elucidation. 'The latter author’s views are contained in an article contributed by him to the ‘Dic- tionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,’ tom. lv. 1828. Deshayes, in his last edition of Lamarck’s Conchology, does not recognize its generic value, but describes Deluc’s species (tom. vii. p.-68) under the designation Pina Saussurei; the materials at his disposal seem to have been very imperfect, and in consequence his description is incomplete and calculated to give an erroneous idea of its characteristic features. The term ‘ subsequivalvis ’ for instance does not accord with Deluc’s figures ; it is stated to gape posteriorly, which, judging from our speci- mens, must be an error ; the character of the terminal extremity and interior of the hinge-line are not mentioned. The only other recent notice of the genus which we have discovered is contained in the volume of Dr. Pictet, which is devoted to fossil concho- logy, where the figures of Deluc ave copied on a reduced scale, but no additional information is given. From the absence of all notice of the genus by the leading systematic writers on concho- logy, it may be concluded that they did not recognize the di- stinction of Deluc’s shell from Pinna, or having no personal knowledge of the form, they hesitated to allow it a place with recognized genera. It has therefore hitherto existed almost on a fossil genus of Bivalve Mollusks. 345 the horizon of science as an obscure and problematical object, which it will be our present endeavour to bring more nearly within the grasp of the conchologist. Generic Character. Shell of fibrous structure, thick, ovate, oblong, inequivalve, ine- quilateral and irregular; umbones terminal, produced and funnel-shaped, the apex gaping. Hinge-margin oblique and elongated, the margins undulated, anterior margin corrugated and thickened beneath the umbones. Hinge lateral, linear and without teeth. Our specimens, though not numerous, exemplify the genus in a satisfactory manner, and place its characters free from ambi- guity. The valves are both separated and in apposition ; in one instance the interior of the cardinal border and terminal extre- mity have been cleared, but the muscular impressions have not been seen. The general figure is oblique and nearly quadri- lateral, one valve being convex, the other flattened or even a little concave ; the margins undulate, are rather irregular, including even the hinge-line, and there is always a considerable undula- tion occupying the posterior border, at which part the valves are thinner, more expanded and flattened ; the undulations of both valves correspond ; they are rounded, having no posterior trun- cation, and when closed leave no hiatus. In the concavity of the anterior border is a corrugation which marks the probable place of exit for a byssus, a feature exactly corresponding with that in Perna, Avicula, &c., but there is scarcely any distinct hiatus per- ceptible. The umbones form a hollow funnel-shaped cavity nar- rowing to the extremity, but open, the opening being rounded, and formed by the termination of both the valves; the shell about its middle and anterior parts attaims a thickness exceeding any recent bivalve, and comparable only with the fossil genus Catillus ; the smaller valve is the thinnest. With respect to its affinities, that to Pinna, which has engaged the attention of natu- ralists, would appear, to say the least of it, to be very remote. What do we find in conformity with a delicate, almost papyra- eeous shell, straight, equivalve and regular, with a truncated, widely gaping posterior extremity ? Absolutely nothing ; on the contrary we have a shell of monstrous thickness, very oblique, inequivalve and irregular, its posterior side being neither trun- cated nor gaping—in fact nearly every generic feature of import- ance is reversed ; the fibrous structure common to both seems to have misled observers into a supposed generic identity. But even the structure of the two genera when carefully examined presents a difference equally marked and characteristic: the strength of 346. . Mr. J. Lycett on Trichites, the thin and delicate Pinna is produced by a double structure, by its substance consisting of two layers, the outer being fibrous, the fibres placed perpendicular to the surface as in Trichites ; but the inner one is nacreous or lamellar, a contrivance which effectually obviates the fragility which pertains to the fibrous structure. Trichites on the contrary has one structure through- out ; the perpendicular fibres are crossed by a few extremely fine parallel laminz, which do not break off the continuity of the fibres, and impede fracture only to a very limited extent. The genus Catillus, found only in the eretaceous rocks, is that which. seems to approximate most nearly to the present form. Both have very much the same general figure, fibrous structure and thick substance ; on the other hand, the Catilli are nearly equivalve and regular, the hinge consists internally of a linear series of crenu- lations, and the terminal character of the.umbones is likewise distinct. The position of Trichites in the conchological series should therefore be near to Catillus; its irregularity is such that no two of our specimens are exactly alike either in outline, con- vexity or surface. Two individuals were nearly covered with small adherent shells, a sufficient indication that their habits were se- dentary or sluggish. The great fragility is certainly not the effect of fossilization, but a consequence of its structure, and must always have existed ; the condition in which the shells are found presents a sufficient confirmation of this idea. After frequent and persevermg, but for the most part fruitless exertions with the hammer and chisel, we are enabled to state that Trichites usually occurs in the state of distinct portions or fragments, and that entire individuals are rare; the fracture too not unfrequently is found across the thickest part of the test. A mollusk, whose shell was thus constituted, could scarcely have been the denizen of a shelly beach within the influence of the tide, or exposed to frequent rolling and collisions with other fragmentary bodies ; its habitat must have been tranquil, and probably covered deeply and defended by soft mud or sand. Specimens which occur in the chaotic shelly beds of the Great Oolite, locally termed ‘ plank- ing,’ may be regarded as travelled, and, as might be anticipated, are usually in portions only, and these seldom large ; individuals perfect or approaching to perfect are the exceptions to the rule. In the upper portion of the Inferior Oolite the conditions of sea- bottom appear to have been somewhat different ; there is an ab- sence of shelly detritus ; the valves of the Conchifera are most frequently in apposition, and Trichites, as far as can be ascer- tained, appears more frequently to approach to the perfect con- dition. . a fossil genus of Bivalve Mollusks. 347 EXAMPLE. Trichites nodosus. Plate X. (Great and Inferior Oolite.) Shell quadrately curved, with longitudinal waved nodose ribs ; ribs few, diverging, some bifid. The larger valve convex, the lesser rather concave, with nodules nearly obsolete, disposed in two concentric series. Our specimens differ much in the degree of convexity and cha- racter of the ribs, the latter being occasionally scarcely distin- guishable; the terminal umbones are very much curved and turned forwards. The planking beds of the Great Oolite at Min- chinhampton Common and freestone of the Inferior Oolite near to the same locality produce it, but it has not been recognized in the upper portion of the Inferior Oolite ; from the intractable character of that rock, however, this circumstance must not be considered as conclusive of its absence. Our examples in point of size convey but a very inadequate notion of the magnitude often attained by the genus ; but it would appear that the larger sections belong to the second, or possibly even to a third and more gigantic species. The Pinna Saussurei (Pinnegene of Deluc) is distinct from our Cotteswold shells ; his figures, taken from specimens broken and partly enveloped in the stone, do not con- vey any precise idea of the external form, but the portion which exhibits the character of the surface is altogether different. Trichites undatus. (Inferior Oolite.) Shell oblong ; umbones . . . .; ribs obscure, few, concentric, irre- gular and undulated, sometimes obsolete in the larger valve. The smaller valve unknown. Length 9 inches, breadth 74 inches. The only well-preserved example in our possession has lost the terminal extremity, but in other respects is nearly perfect ; the hinge-line is more nearly horizontal than in the 7. nodosus, and the entire form is less convex ; the other valve, though attached, cannot be cleared from the hard matrix. It occurs abundantly in the upper ragstone of the Inferior Oolite, a rock which usually defies all attempts to separate the shell in a tolerable condition ; in this instance a large portion of the surface fortunately coincided with the natural parting of the bed. 348 Mr. W. H. Benson on new species of Planorbis XXXI.—Characters of nine new or imperfectly described species of Planorbis inhabiting India and China. By W. H. Ben- son, Esq. 1. Planorbis hemispherula, Cantor MSS.; Benson, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. Testa nitida, olivaceo-cornea, leviter exilissime radiato-str iata, subdia- phana, supra valde convexa, ae planulata, apice vix depresso ; sutura impressa ; anfractibus.4, ultimo extus declinato, majusculo, inferne obtuse subangulato, aia laminis raris radiantibus munito, subtus excavato; umbilico mediocri profundo, margine subangulato ; apertura obliqua subcordata, margine superiori arcuato, prominente, inferiori recedente. Diam. major 6 mill., minor 5, axis vix 3 mill. Tab. in insula Chusan Imperii Sinensis. Theo. Cantor. In describing this shell I formerly omitted any notice of the internal lamine, which indicate an approach to the more regular structure observable in the English Pl. lineatus (segmentina of Leach), as they were not very apparent through the substance of the shell in the specimen examined, and are not visible in the aperture. This species as weil as Pl. papyraceus of the same paper having been originally named by Dr. Cantor, will retain his name as the authority, although the asterisks denoting that circumstance have been too indiscriminately placed, as in the case of Helix ra- vida, mihi, and Novaculina (Solen) constricta, Lamarck. 2. Planorbis Calathus, nobis, n. s. Testa nitidiuscula, albido-cornea, vel lutescente cornea, subdiaphana, exiliter radiato-striata, supra convexa, versus apicem planulata, apice concavo, sutura impressa; anfractibus 4, ultimo extus de- presso, inferne angulato, intus laminis denticulisque radiatis fre- quentioribus munito, subtus subplanulato, versus umbilicum an- gustum, profundum excavato ; apertura obliqua, cordato-sagittata, intus remote labiata, margine superiori arcuato, prominente, infe- riori subrecto, recedente. Diam. major 42, minor 4, axis 2 mill. Hab. in lacubus Bhimtal et Neini Tal, regionis Kemaonensis Hima- layanze ; necnon in stagnis nonnullis agri Rohillani, prope urbem Moradabad, Indize septentrionalis. In a note to a paper on the singular genus Camptoceras, and on the minute Melaniadous genus Tricu/a, contained in the ‘Calcutta Journal of Natural History’ for 1842, I noticed the unusual structure of this species, but omitted to add a specific description. The shell belongs to the same type as the Chinese forms above described, and with the English species Pl. lineatus, and the Bengal P/. trochoides, forms a fourth species of analogous but varying internal structure. ayes inhabiting India and China. 349 It is a very local species, but abundant in the places indicated. Besides size, it differs from the Chusan species in sculpture, in its more angular form at the periphery, and in its less excavated lower disc, and narrower umbilicus. It is somewhat singular that the only species of Planorbis which have been observed with internal lamine, should inhabit such widely separated localities as westernmost Europe, the eastern part of Asia (both of them insular situations), the north-western part of India, and the mouth of the Ganges. Planorbis umbilicalis, nobis (Journ. As. Soc. vol. v.), an allied Bengal form, is utterly destitute of any internal teeth or lamin, as is also the species next to be described. 3. Planorbis cenosus, nobis, n. s. Testa nitida, luteo-cornea vel olivaceo-cornea, oblique et rude (preecipue subtus) radiato-striata, subdiaphana, supra depresso-convexa; spira parvula, apice excavato ; sutura impressa; anfractibus 3}, ultimo majori, extus depressiusculo, inferne carinato, subtus planato, versus umbilicum majorem leviter excavato ; apertura obliqua, sagittiformi, margine superiori arcuato, prominente, inferiori recedente, recto. Diam. maj. vix 6 mill., minor 5, axis 1}. Hab. in stagno prope urbem Moradabad, agris Rohillanis. Less abundant and still more confined in locality than Pl. Ca- lathus. The specimens taken by Dr. Bacon and myself were supposed to be merely a large variety of that species, but on clearing them, lately, from a thick ochreous deposit with which they were disfigured, I perceived that not only were they destitute of internal laminz, but that the shells were more de- pressed and more angular at the keel, and that the relative pro- portions of various parts differed. 4. Planorbis Cantori, nobis, n. s. Testa nitidula, cornea, subdiaphana, radiato-striata, depressa, supra convexiuscula, spira planata, apice concavo, sutura bene impressa ; anfractibus 53, convexiusculis, lente crescentibus, ultimo antice majori, subtus convexo, periphzeria subcarinata; umbilico aperto, profundiusculo; apertura obliqua subcordiformi, margine supra valde arcuato, fuscato, infra leviter rotundato. Diam. maj. 7, minor 64, alt. 2 mill. Diam. spire 31; lat. anfract. ult., antice, 3 mill. Hab. in stagnis Bengalensibus prope castra Barrackpore. Teste Theo. Cantor. This shell, of a sublenticular form, is intermediate between the subtrochoid species and the more symmetrical smaller Planorbes. It comes much nearer to P/. convexiusculus, Hutton, Journ. As. Soe. Calcutta, July 1849, than P. umbilicalis, nobis, which, from the tenor of his foot-note in page 657, Capt. Hutton has never seen. The forms of the European and American shells with 350 - Mr. W.H. Benson on new species of Planorbis which I compared it, and the slope of the last whorl, underneath, towards the penultimate whorl, independently of other characters noted, ought to have indicated that the description was quite in- applicable to Pl. conveaiusculus, which is wound on a regularly increasing open spiral, instead of rapidly increasing in the breadth of the last whorl. This rapidity of increase, “but in a less degree, is observable in Pl. Cantori. Pl. umbilicalis, moreover, could never, by possibility, have been overlooked among examples. of Pl. compressus, as Capt. Hutton states to have been the case with his Pinjore specimens of Pl. convextusculus. 5. Planorbis labiatus, nobis, n. s. Testa solidiuscula, plano-depressa, nitida, albido-cornea, subdiaphana, oblique arcuato-striata, striis remotiusculis spiralibus decussata ; apice profunde concavo; sutura profunda; anfractibus 3}, cito crescentibus, convexis, ultimo antice majori, ab axe superiorum discedenti, rotundato, carina mediana levissima submembranacea instructo, infra valde convexo; umbilico subaperto profundiori, margine interiori subangulato ; apertura obliqua, cordiformi, tus albo-labiata ; margine superiori arcuato, inferiori rotundato. Diam. maj. 5, minor 4, axis vix 2 mill. Hab. in stagno prope urbem Moradabad. Inter specimina Pl. com- pressi (Hutton) detexi. This little shell is remarkable for the departure of the last whorl from the axis which governs the previous volutions. This is especially apparent underneath, where the earlier whorls in the umbilicus proceed regularly, the last whorl becoming suddenly excentric. The whitish rib within the lip is also a marked cha- racter, as well as the proportion of the axis to the diameter. 6. Planorbis Sindicus, nobis, n. s. Testa minuta, perforata, sublenticulari, albida, leevi, subdiaphana, supra convexa; spira planulata, apice depresso ; anfractibus 2}, ultimo medio obtuse angulato, subtus convexo ; apertura cordata, obliqua, margine superiori arcuato, prominente, inferiori recedente. Diam. 21 mill.; axis 2 mill. Hab. in fluvio Indo, regione Sindica superiori. This very distinct and minute species, remarkable, after Pl. trochoides, nobis, for its small umbilicus, but of a less trochoid, and more lenticular form, I found adhering to the inside of a specimen of Paludina Bengalensis sent to me, with other shells common to the Gangetic Provinces, from the banks of the Indus above Sukkur, by my friend Major FitzGerald, Bengal Cavalry, from the expedition which accompanied Shah Shujah under Lord Keane to Cabul. No other specimen appears to have been met with. inhabiting India and China. 351 7. Planorbis rotula, nobis, n. s. Testa minuta, depresso-planata, apertissime umbilicata, luteo-cornea, diaphana, impolita, spiraliter obsolete striata; anfractibus 34, cy- lindraceis, lente horizontaliter increscentibus, supra et subtus eequa- liter apparentibus ; ultimo ad periphzriam rotundato, nullo modo angulato; sutura supra infraque profunde impressa; umbilico minime profundo ; apertura vix obliqua, rotundato-lunata ; margine superiori arcuato. Diam. maj. 22, minor 2, paulo plus, axis 1 mill. Hab. in agro Rohillano, prope urbem Moradabad, raro occurrens. This is the most agile freshwater mollusk which has ever fallen under my observation. I discovered it in 1841, on high ground westward of a house belonging to the Nuwab of Rampore at Moradabad, which became flooded during heavy rain, and which had no communication with tank, marsh, or other body of water. The shells must have lain under ground during at least nine months in the year, and I failed to find them in the same spot at the corresponding season in subsequent years. The little animal suspended itself below the surface in the shallow water, and projected itself at a rapid rate by a series of quick and sudden jerks, the disc of the shell acting below as a kind of oar. The sudden starts called to mind the manner of the oceanic Pteropodes. The motions of Pl. compressus and other allied species exhibit nothing similar. I had ample opportunities of ascertaining this point from having kept P. compressus for months in a glass vase in which I watched its habits. Pl. rotula is thus enabled to escape from the drying-up shallows, and to enjoy, for as long a period as possible, its short-lived liberty, which a slower mode of progression would much tend to abridge. The inaccessibility of the work, in which I originally described the two following species, to the generality of readers, induces me to take advantage of the present opportunity of redescribing them more fully. Comparative remarks on the species, and other ob- servations on the genus, will be found on reference to the journal quoted. 8. Planorbis umbilicalis, nobis. Testa polita, luteo-cornea, subopaca, leviter radiato-striata, supra con- vexa, spira planulata; apice concavo; sutura impressa; anfractibus 4, ultimo extus depresso, majusculo, inferne obtuse angulato, infra planiusculo, majori, versus umbilicum subapertum, profundum declivi ; apertura obliqua, subcordata, margine superiori arcuato, prominente, inferiori recedente. Diam. major 7 mill., minor 5}, axis 2}. Diam. spire 3 mill., anfr. ult. 4, supra. Pl. umbilicalis, Benson, Journ. As. Soc. Calcutta, 1836, vol. v. p- 741-2. Hab. in rivis Bengaliz orientalis. 392 Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. 9. Planorbis trochoides, nobis. Testa vix perforata, diaphana, nitida, inconspicue radiato-striata, sub- trochiformi, convexa; spira parvula, arcte convoluta, concava ; su- tura profunde impressa ; anfractibus 35, penultimo valde convexo, ultimo majori, versus suturam obtuse angulato, extus depresso, in- ferne acute carinato, intus laminis rarissimis plerumque munito, subtus planato, medio, versus umbilicum inconspicuum, leviter ex- cavato, versus peripheriam vix declivi; apertura obliqua, sub- sagittata, margine superiori arcuato, prominente, inferiori rece- dente. Diam. 3 mill., axis vix 2. Pl. trochoides, Benson, Journ. As. Soc. vol. v. p. 742-3. fab. in hortis palatii proregalis apud castra Barrackpore Bengaliz. Specimina pauca detexi. The infrequency and irregularity of the internal laminz in this species, causing them to look more like accidental thickenings of the shell, made me overlook this structure in my original de- scription. The species is singular from the nearly total absence of umbilicus, and from its rendering nugatory, as far as this species is concerned, the characters of the genus “ anfractibus omnibus utraque conspicuis,” and “apertura ab axe remotissima;” but for the reason stated in the work referred to, its removal from the genus Planorbis appears inexpedient, and the subsequent discovery of a species, proximate in this respect, in Pl. Sindicus, confirms my formerly expressed opinion. It is desirable to observe, that in all the above descriptions I have treated the shells as practically dextral, with reference to the true position of the animal contained in them. April 10th, 1850. XX XII.— Observations on the Littorinide: By Wix11am Crark, Esq. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, Norfolk Crescent, Bath, April 2, 1850. I orrer for the consideration of malacologists a tolerably com- plete memoir on the true Littorinide ; that is, I have given de- scriptions of the types of each genus. This account was written during the summer months of the last year, 1849, after a pro- tracted examination of many hundreds of, I may say, nearly all the varieties of Littorina rudis, which have long occupied a posi- tion as species, to which it will appear they are not entitled. In close connection with this subject is a very short correspondence Mr. W. Clark on the Littormide. 353 between Professor Forbes and myself. I have no copies of my letters, for it has always been an irksome task to me to copy what I write; I trust to memory; and if I have misdated any point, I humbly submit to correction. As Professor Forbes’s letter is strictly malacological, I feel confident, from his well- known liberality, that he will not consider an apology necessary for the insertion of the following extract :— “ West Lulworth, near Wareham, Dorset, Nov. 1849. “T should like to know what opinion you have come to re- specting the specific value of the forms of the Littorie you enumerate. For my part I can only recognize Littorina litiorea, L. petrea, L. neritoides and L. rudis. 1 am in doubt however whether ZL. jugosa should not also be held distinct.” Being in a position to answer decisively, I wrote to the effect, that having carefully examined nearly all the animals of the va- rieties termed by authors L. tenebrosa, L. jugosa, L. zonaria, L. rudissima, L. fabalis, L. neglecta, &e., I found them to be identical with each other, and mere varieties of ZL. rudis, and consequently that that portion of the genus Li¢torina consisted, agreeably to his views, of only L. fittorea and L. rudis ; | however added, that I believed the Lacuna, not excepting L. crassior, were confined to one or two species. As the genus Littorina has long been the depdt of many of its varieties improperly promoted to species, it occurred to me that a good opportunity offered itself for making a few remarks, with the view of checking, if pos- sible, this ingonvenient practice, by pointing out the great detri- ment that resulted to science from the fabrication of species on insufficient grounds. I have been wishing for an apt opportu- nity to emit my paper, which only occurred in the April Number of the ‘ British Mollusca,’ wherein malacologists will observe that Professor Forbes with singular coincidence corroborates - with his views, mine, written many months ago, from actual ex- amination of the animals. Though the learned Professor has admitted into his work varieties that have not the slightest pre- tensions to be styled species, for the sake of exciting further in- vestigation of them, yet in page 52 of his summary of the Litto- rine, he boldly and emphatically repudiates all paternity with the pseudo-species. He says— “Tn the preceding- account. of the Litiorine several are de- scribed as species which many of our ablest naturalists regard as varieties, whilst others are considered as varieties which some hold to be worthy of specific rank ; our conviction is, that the re- sult of a completed knowledge of this genus would be a reduction in the number of true British species. Taking the most perma- nent features of the animal and its shell as our guide, we are Amn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 23 354 Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. inclined to reduce the true specific types to L. neritoides, L. lit- torea, L. littoralis and L. rudis.” My views being thus supported, I send forth without besita- tion these observations made long ago, and I feel gratified that my investigations of this tribe have received the corroboration enunciated by that eminent Professor. Before I give the descriptions of the types of the genera of the Inttorinide, 1 will make some remarks on the prevalent practice of naturalists to create species from mere varieties: this anxiety can only be attributed to their wish to extend our knowledge of new and interesting objects: that these views are desirable and laudable cannot be questioned, but it is to be feared that the zeal of these gentlemen, combined with the ardour of rivalry in the race with their brethren in the same pursuits, have been the cause of a departure from those principles and laws which are considered indispensable to arrive at just conclusions in the esta- blishment of genera and species; or in other words, in laying down the true bases of the differential features of the families, genera and species of a class, so as to enable the student to de- posit his objects with certainty in their natural position, and to distinguish them from others, however numerous, of the same family, by concise and well-defined specialties. If these rules were rigorously attended to, we should have fewer complaints of the almost impossibility of identifying many of the objects of natural history. The inconveniences that have arisen from the neglect of these precepts are so great and pressing, that I pro- pose to attempt to point out their origin, and suggest a remedy as far as regards malacology and conchology, and to evidence and illustrate my arguments by references to the present state of certain groups of the Mollusca. If conchologists are determined to form numerous species from * mere varietal conchological indicia, they must have their way, but malacologists will not concur with them to give a dozen names to the same animal. These gentlemen cannot escape having the phrase “ Dies docebit ” verified ; the day of retractation will as- suredly arrive; it will therefore be better for the interests of science and their amour propre, at once to apply the remedy for this singular creative monomania, . . » “O medici mediam pertundite venam.”’ I apologise for my irreverent quotation, and trust I may claim for this once, ih eo Se beriusier Dixero quid, si forte jocosius, hoc mihi juris Cum venia dabis.”’ The practice I have just described is fraught with great detri- Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. 355 ment to the advancement of science, because in many instances it destroys every attempt at identity, and renders our books bulky and expensive by the insertion of worthless synonyms, which have no existence as objects ; and every writer feels obhged to notice all, because he has not the means of separating the ri- gorously defined and well-founded species from the pseudo and unsubstantial articles. It results from this false position of the science, that when a student, with his object in hand, con- sults the authorities, he finds ten or twelve others so nearly resembling his, that he becomes bewildered in the mazes of distinctions often without differences, despairs of identifying his object, and perhaps retires altogether from a rational and highly important pursuit, under the idea that the science is full of per- plexities, which he, as a tyro, has neither time nor inclination to unravel. ~The unsatisfactory state of this branch of natural history ori- ginates in the practice of determining specific distinctions from the shell or a half of the animal; these are consequently arbi- trary and artificial ; and though in decided forms this plan may produce correct results, it signally fails when structures begin to shade into each other; then the sheet-anchor, the animal, can alone solve doubts, and often shows that shells apparently well- marked by specific distinction are not in reality distinct, and vice versa. This neglect to consult the most important, the soft parts of the animal, has in some measure been occasioned by the sup- posed difficulties of procuring living objects for examination, and a disinclination to enter into the imaginary repulsive details of dissection and anatomical inductions ; every day’s experience di- minishes these obstacles. Naturalists may be assured that every attempt to establish specific identity, without taking into account both the hard and soft parts of the animal, will be unsatisfactory and deceptive. The unpleasant operations of anatomy to per- sons of great sensibility may often be dispensed with, and in the majority of cases of specific discrimination are unnecessary. Every person, even ladies, can deposit animals in sea-water and describe their habitudes and external organs, as the head, ten- tacula, eyes, and how they are placed, whether at the external or internal bases of the tentacula, and if on pedicles, what is their proportion to the length of the tentacula, the shape of the foot, operculum, the mouth, and coloration of the animal, &c.; these points, with the sculpture of the shell, will in almost all cases ensure specific distinctions, and consequently remove the incon- veniences of the arbitrary ereation of species on couchological bases. I see with pleasure that the system I advocate has received a 23% 856 Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. great impulse from that valuable work, ‘The British Mollusca,’ wherein the learned Professor and his coadjutor have boldly broken through the trammels of the old system, and as far as possible, founded the classification on natural organization, and at a great expense of arduous research, though still from neces- sity retaining hundreds of unmeaning and worthless synonyms, expunged and weeded out a multitude of exotic species which disfigured and almost choked up our indigena ; these are great services, and every naturalist in this line will feel a lively satis- faction, that by these aids he can now pursue a delightful study agreeably to the order of nature. A new era has commenced in British malacology ; it stands disenthralled from arbitrary and defective dispositions, and in future will march hand in hand with its elder sister, conchology. And lastly, that I may not be misunderstood on the subject of the varieties, I beg to state, that I consider the mention of all, very desirable and of great import- ance as varieties, but not as species, and on this point I give an extract from a deservedly high authority. M. Philippi says, “Semper varietates sedulo notavi, hoc etiam valde necessarrum duxi, cum auctores qui in muszeis modo conchylia describunt, 1d minus apte facere possint, quam ille qui centena specimina in maris littore ipse colligit et observat ; sed nimium plerumque colori, aliisque notis variabilibus, dignitatem tribuant, aut etates diversas pro speciebus diversis sumant, sicut ex. gr. multoties clarissimus Risso fecit.” This opmion is expressly given sub modo, that especial care is to be taken that varieties are not in- serted as species. It now remains by examples to illustrate and impress on the minds of young naturalists the value and pressure of the prece- ding observations. Perhaps a stronger case of the improper mul- tiplication of species on frivolous grounds cannot be brought for- ward than that of the genus Anomia, which, as I believe, only contains a single British species, the Anomia ephippium, the mere varieties of which have constituted the sixteen or seventeen spe- cies that are consigned to our conchological annals, and are based on the arbitrary and artificial distinctions of colour, the various adscititious markings, and forms resuiting from the substances on which they are fixed, combined with the influencing effects of habitat, food, and depth of water. I have the last summer examined and dissected 500 Anomie of all forms, sizes and colours from different habitats, and in the endless variety of colour and markings of this proteiform genus I have not discovered a single specific character, either as regards the anatomy or external organs of this genus, that would justify the creation of a single species. I have now done with the Ano- miz, as the learned editozs of the ‘ British Mollusca’ have, though Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. 357 without any particular concurrence therein, recorded these opi- nions in their interesting work. But in corroboration of these views I shall adduce some considerations on another genus, which has largely contributed to the increase of pseudo-species ; I allude to that portion of the genus Littorina designated L. lit- torea and L. rudis. I now take a rapid glance at the family of the Littorinide, and then conclude my paper by giving the notes and specific descrip- tions of the types of each genus as proofs, and in support of what I have advanced, and to afford data to malacologists to come to just conclusions on what I have submitted to their consideration. LitToRINID&. This well-known family as now constituted consists of the genera Lacuna, Assiminia, Rissoa, and Littorina. he Lacune of authors are scarcely distinguishable from the Littorina littoralis ;. the animals are all but identical, and the two genera appear to be separated on conchological grounds,—the groove in the columella rather than an animal distinction. I think it would conduce to the interests of science if the Lacune were merged in the genus _Litiorina, and marched pari passu with Littorina littoralis as species. I shall show malacologically, in a memoir I am preparing on the Lacuna, that the difference of the animal of Lacuna and Lit- torina littoralis is scarcely appreciable. The Lacune have only one or two species instead of the eight or ten of authors. Assiminia was established by Mr. Gray, and differs chiefly from the Rissoa ulve and R. subumbilicata of Montagu, in having the eyes fixed at the extremities of the tentacula, m consequence of being placed on adnate pedicles of concurrent length. The Rissoe are very minute ; they inhabit the littoral and la- minarian zones; the types of the first zone are the Kissoa ulve and R. subumbilicata, and of the second R. parva. These are true littoral Rissoe. Many minute shells which conchologically appear Aissoe inhabit only the corallie zones, and as most of the animals are unknown, the true relations between the ani- mals of the littoral and coralline districts are not as yet satisfac- torily ascertained. Litiorina has only four species, L. littorea, L. rudis, L. neri- toides, and L. littoralis. I now proceed to the specific descriptions :— Assiminia, Gray and Leach. Assiminia Grayana. Animal spiral, yellowish brown; mantle simple; head with a 358 Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. moderately long deeply-cloven annulate muzzle. Eyes at the extremities of pedicles soldered to the shortish blunt tentacula, being of concurrent length with them; a canaliferous groove runs from their bases to the branchial cavity. Foot large, broad, auricled, truncate in front, with an obtuse posterior termination, double-lobed ; the upper one, being much the smaller, carries the usual horny suboval spiral operculum of the Littorine. It in- habits in sufficient abundance the small streams which discharge into the Greenwich marshes, but generally within the reach of the tidal and brackish waters. Rissoa ulve. R. ulve, | é R. subumbilicata r} Montagu. Animal spiral, varying iv colour from locality from nearly black to pale brown ; mantle plain ; the head is a long dark pro- boscidiform muzzle, emarginate in the centre in front, marked with two transverse bars, and its margins edged with the same dark colour ; mouth pale brown or yellow with a vertical fissure ; tentacula very long, cylindrical, slender, poimted, of a frosted or setose whitish yellow, with a black bar at a short distance from their termini; eyes at the external bases on short thick offsets ; the foot is short, truncate and auricled in front, rounded, and slightly, in some individuals, emarginate posteriorly. In the lighter colour variety the upper part is a pale brown, and beneath yellowish white with a border of minute pale g golden flakes, with sometimes a dark bar running through the centre of its posterior part. In the darker variety the upper part of the foot is clouded with very fine dark lead-colour tu its paler hues, underneath pale brown. It carries a light suboval corneous operculum. These animals creep with great rapidity, and float with the foot upper- most by means of an hydrostatic apparatus, as air-bubbles are seen continually to proceed from the aperture; they are strictly littoral, and inhabit in myriads the green oozes of the estuaries. I have no hesitation in consigning this species to the genus Rissoa. It differs in many points from the true Littorme, espe- cially in having the foot short, truncate, auricled in front, and rounding to an obtuse poimt behind; its under surface is not subdivided as in ZL. littorea ; it has the entire aspect of the foot of the Rissoz, except that it has not the posterior filamentary appendage ; nevertheless there are the rudiments of it in the pre- ~ sent species ; and in its progression it has not a trace of the oscil- latory action so conspicuous in the foot of the typical Lettorine, which I believe never swim, but the Rissoe in general are oftener seen floating 15 a reversed position than otherw wise. The shells of this section of the Rissoe are subject to great Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. 359 variety from locality, varying in number and in the inflation of the volutions, and in colour from pale brown or yellowish white to dark red-brown or horn-colour. I think that one of the light varieties with the tumid volutions is Montagu’s Turbo subumbi- licatus, which species appears to be in great obscurity. Having carefully examined the animals of all the varieties, I can decidedly state that they are identical with the typical Rissoa ulve. I am much inclined to think that the Rissoa Barleei is one of the varieties. ‘ Rissoa, Fréminville. Rissoa parva, Mont. et auctorum, R. costulata. R. rufilabris. R. scalariformis. R. interrupta, §c. Animal spiral ; mantle plain, just even with the shell; the head is a short dark brown muzzle, cloven with a vertical orifice be- neath, the disk of which is yellow; tentacula long, slender and cylindrical, yellow, with a longitudinal row of white detached flakes, and often the reverse, white, with yellow imterrupted flakes ; eyes on short offsets at the external bases. Foot flaky- white above and beneath, long, narrow, truncate in front, slightly auricled ; the point is blunt, from whence a small upper lobe or membrane springs, on which is fixed a suboval corneous oper- culum with spiral loose striz, and at its extremity a single short white tentacular filament is seen. The branchial plume consists of 15-18 minute vessels attached under and to the mantle and back of the neck. This is another of the genera the conchologists have taken possession of for the manufacture of varieties into species. The type Rissoa parva is a most variable species, resulting from loca- lity and other causes. The animals of all the varieties enume- rated above are identical; we have examined them all, and can find no appreciable difference except varieties of colour and oe- casional variations in the length of the terminal filament, which is never in any two selected shells precisely similar. The R. costulata is an elongated variety; the R. rufilabris a short tumid one, with a red or pink peristome, which may often be seen in its congeners. The R. interrupta is a more slender, thin, less plicated, dwarf variety. The R. scalariformis has the plice more numerous, white and delicate ; and lastly, the typical Rissoa parva varies so much that it is difficult to find two shells alike. These varieties live in company in the lower levels of the littoral zone, but are more plentiful at the borders of the laminarian district. 360 Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. Littorina, Férussac. Littorina neritoides, Linneeus. Turbo petreus, Montagu et aliorum. Animal spiral ; mantle even with the shell; the head is a long proboscidiform cloven muzzle, the upper part of an intense black cloud-colour ; orifice of the mouth white with a vertical fissure ; tentacula awl-shaped, moderately long, flattened ; eyes large, not on pedicles, but placed on the substance of the skin at the bases of the tentacula, inclining externally only in a trifling degree. The buccal mass is plain brown, supported by two thin coriaceous plates of the same colour, from whence a very long white spiny tongue proceeds to the stomach, and there hes coiled as in Lit- torina littorea ; but it is proportionately longer than in that spe- cies, being 2 inches long. Foot nearly as in L. littorea, very slightly auricled and curved in front, rounded posteriorly to a terminus, which is a little jagged or dentated, forming an oval when not in action, but on the march a very elongated oval ; above its colour is black ; underneath a pale lead ground mixed with two shades of white and one of purple. These colours are divided into three portions ; the anterior one is the narrowest, of an intense hyaline white, the middle is also hyaline, and the third is hyaline pale purple. The foot is not strictly divided into two longitudinal half-parts as in L. hittorea, but at the anterior part, where the intense hyaline white terminates, appears transversely broken or furrowed, so as to allow of a subdued alternate undu- latory gait, or quality of progression, something like that of L. littorea, in which the whole of the longitudinal half is first ad- vanced, and then the other; but here only half of the auterior part of the foot is moved forward, and then the other, and so on, dragging the other part in alternate times. This alternate action of parts of the foot is a very smgular character, which obtains, more or less, in all the true Littorine, and is with very few exceptions confined to that genus. There is only one branchial plume, and the internal and external organs are nearly those of L. lidtorea. The sexes are distinct in all the Pectinibranchiata. I ought to have mentioned the suboval cor- neous dark operculum, pointed superiorly with about two rapidly increasing gyrations, the nucleus being at the basal end. This species is one of those that inhabit the highest levels of the littoral zone, and often dwells for an indefinite time far be- yond even the spray of the sea. It appears a mystery how the branchize are kept moist; I suspect the minute saline particles earried by the winds suffice, especially as the long exposure to atmospheric influences has almost rendered the branchie of pul- moniferous quality. They clothe the rocks in myriads on the Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. 361 South Devon coasts. I sum up, and conclude the present species to be a true Littorina. I omit a description of the animal of the very common L. /it- toralis, which I reserve as a standard of comparison for my me- _m0ir on the animals of the Lacune. Littorina littorea, auctorum. This exceedingly common, but very curious and interesting animal, has not met with the attention it deserves ; we are sure that we shall afford gratification in producing a detailed account of it. Animal spiral ; mantle simple, exactly lining the aperture of the shell ; the head is long, cylindrical, not deeply cloven ; mouth a vertical fissure, and with the neck and tentacula are marked on their upper surfaces on a yellow gronnd, with very close-set dark transverse lines, which, with the lead-colour anastomosing lon- gitudinal waved markings, give the animal almost a black ap- pearance. The tentacula are moderately long, conical, pointed, very tumid at their bases, black above, white beneath, on which, a little raised, the eyes are set externally. The foot is a very singular organ, short, rounded before and behind, scarcely auricled, and when in action forms an oblong suboval disk, divided by a central sunken line into two longitudinal lobes, which, when the animal marches, are each advanced alter- nately with an undulating vermicular motion. This curious lon- gitudinally divided foot and peculiar locomotion are only to be found in one or two other genera; they are particularly conspi- cuous in the Phasianella pullus. The under part of the foot is yellowish white, bordered by a deep line at a little distance within the margin, from which fine transverse ones radiate, giving the foot the appearance of being encompassed by a fine fringe ; the upper posterior part carries a dark, corneous, suboval operculum, with about two turns of elliptical strie, and a very excentric nucleus. The buccal apparatus is a deep red fleshy mass, supported by two thin coriaceous plates, between which, in ordinary-sized animals, a long, at least two inches, riband-like white spiny tongue issues, passing down the cesophagus, and be- comes closely coiled im the stomach ; its termination is tinged with red ; immediately behind the buccal mass is the esophageal cordon, which consists of only two white subrotund flattish gan- glions, one on each side, and behind them are the salivary glands, each formed of a mass of foliaceous granules; there is only one branchial plume, of light yellow, attached to the left side of the mantle and neck of the animal; the verge is a Jarge flat or- gan grooved longitudinally, ridged transversely, dentated on one side with two points, one below the other, the lower one with 362 Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. a minute orifice; the female is oviparous; the antepenultimate whorls are always flat-in this species, being a condition resulting from the shape and size of the ovarium, which is only adapted for ova; it is however much more prolific than the Littorina rudis and varieties. This is the common edible periwinkle of the London markets, and the only one, as the females of the Z. rudis and all its va- rieties are viviparous, and cannot be used for food in consequence of the grittiness arising from craunching the testaceous pull ; it is found in all’situations often exposed to the full influences of an open sea, but more usually in estuaries and muddy inlets, which are also the habitats of certain varieties of the L. rudts ; it grows to 13 inch in length and | inch diameter. Littorina rudis, Donovan. L. patula, L. neglecta, L. fabalis, L. saxatilis, and, sub fide Forbes, LZ. palliata, Xc., This well-marked species has nearly the same organs as L. fit- torea ; | have compared the nervous ganglions and other internal parts of both forms, without finding distinction. To enumerate the greater part of the other organs, in comparison with those of L. littorea, would be a repetition; I will only mention the essential specific distinction, which is, that in the females of this species the large bulky ovarium is usually filled with strings of testaceous pulli ; that is, if they are examined at the season when, O! Alma Venus, thy votaries are “ perculse corde tua vi,’ the ovaries fill up the tumid antepenultimate volutions. The markings and colours of the animal have the same character as those of Litto- rina littorea, except that they are much less intense ; but though closely allied, it is very particularly distinguished by the much higher littoral level of its habitat, the greater tumidity of the volutions, colour, and above all by the very different ovarium, its contents and mode of reproduction. It rarely exceeds an inch in length and three-quarters of an inch im diameter. To describe the varieties enumerated above, which are the pseudo-species of authors, would be to say, that the organs of all, both internal and external, do not vary im the slightest degree in form ; the only differences are modifications of colour, size, and in the striz, depending entirely on habitat. The L. rudis, L. tene- brosa, L. zonaria and L. rudissima are usually inhabitants of the estuaries and muddy oozes, and rarely exposed to the full action of an open sea. We earnestly recommend naturalists in their respective loca- lities to consign the four species above-named to basins of water, together with all the dwarf varieties inhabiting the crevices of L. tenebrosa, L. zonaria, L. rudissima, L. jugosa, auctorum. Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. 863 rocks, when they will at once perceive that they are all identical with each other and the type L. rudis, and will afford a practical proof that species founded on the characters of the shells are ar- tificial and delusive, and that the soft parts must also be consi- dered to obtain specific distinction. The L. rudis, and all the varieties, are extremely impatient of continued immersion in water ; when deposited in basins, the first object is to escape therefrom and attach themselves to a dry spot. In estuaries, where they are often affused by the fresh water, they become, particularly the L. tenebrosa, thin and depauperated in their shells ; they are sometimes for weeks deprived of even being sprinkled by sea water. Though decided Pectinibranchiata, they live in the open air with nearly equal facility as the Pulmonifera ; and in reference to this fact, as regards another family, the Cono- vuli, there are still malacologists, who, notwithstanding the va- luable observations of the Rey. T. Lowe, are not quite satisfied that they are pulmoniferous ; we have ourselves attempted to corroborate Mr. Lowe’s views, but failed from want of sufficient specimens. The L. littorea is the only species of this particular form that requires, to attain full growth, a regular bi-hodiernal immersion in sea water, and to obtain it the bulk of that species live in the lower littoral levels ; if they are deprived of it, they become stunted and dwarf. That variety of the L. rudis which is undoubtedly the L. ju- gosa of Montagu varies from quite smooth to highly striated, and has even ridged, reflected, spiral volutions, as are repre- sented in the figure of Montagu’s ‘ Testacea Britannica ;’ it clothes the interstices of rocks on the Devon coasts in myriads ; they are rarely or never immersed, as they dwell in the same highest littoral levels, in most exposed situations, in hke manner as their congeners the L. rudis and L. tenebrosa inhabit the highest levels of the sheltered and protected estuaries. They are the parents of all the dwarf varieties, the L. patula, L. subsaxatils, L. neglecta and L. fabalis, &e. As a proof that habitat is the cause of these dwarf varieties of the L. rudis, I mention that the L. littorea in company with them, at a few yards’ lower level, are small, stunted, and nearly as dwarfish. By the favour of Mr. Bean of Scarborough I have compared his L. zonaria, L. rudissima, L. neglecta and L. fabalis with Devon specimens, and found them identical ; consequently I presume the animals are so likewise. These so-called species are without exception viviparous. How happens this singular coincidence ? how is it that none of them follow the plan of the reproduction of the other species? This 1s a very significant fact, and is, I think, a strong circumstance, in conjunction with the positive similarity of the animals, in favour 364 Mr. W. Clark on the Littorinide. of my position, that the spurious species belong to L. rudis, and of course follow the habitudes implanted by nature in the parent. It may be asked, does not the very important fact of the vivipa- rous reproduction of L. rudis and its varieties indicate something more than specific distinction? I partook of this opinion, but on consulting a naturalist of the highest authority, he informed me, that in the lower classes, the fact of an animal being vivipa- rous, without other circumstances, when its congener was ovo- viviparous, did not constitute sufficient grounds for generic di- stinction. The question is open, and I leave the solution of this problem to those who are better versed than myself in the my- sterious laws of nature which relate to the genesis of the Mol- lusca. I could adduce many more examples of various values, of the sad confusion that has crept mto and disfigured this highly in- teresting department of natural history, from the introduction of phantoms into our records, instead of soundly settled species. I refrain, and rest for the present on the great examples I have ad- duced in illustration of these observations, on the principle that “omne majus in se minus continet.” If the preceding remarks have the effect of causing greater circumspection in future in the creation of species, the object I have had in view will be accom- plished. I am, Gentlemen, your most obedient servant, WitiraM Crark. Postscript.—I take this opportunity to refer to some species of Mollusca which have lately been mentioned in our records. Having obtained fifty specimens of the Trochus pusillus of authors, I am enabled beyond doubt to state, that it is the living proto- type of the fossil Delphinula nitens of M. Philippi, tab. 25. fig. 4, and that the Skenea Cutleriana discovered by me is scarcely di- stinguishable from M. Philippi’s Delphinula elegantula, also a fossil, tab. 25. fig. 3; the only distinction 1s, that the spiral striz of Skenea Cutleriana are twice as numerous as those of D. ele- gantula ; this may arise from habitat, but I thmk the two distinct. The Trochus exilis of Philippi has not the slightest approach to S. Cutleriana. Whatever generic appellation may ultimately be applied to the Skenea divisa of authors, the same must be- long to the S. Cutleriana, as the character of the capillary striz is precisely similar. They are not Trochi, and I believe the Trochus pusillus is a Skenea; I shall however soon have an op- portunity of deciding, by seeing the animal. I am enabled to state that the Modiola phaseolina is a mere variety of Modiola modiolus, which when young, and indeed at all ages, varies both in shape and lustre.—I have fresh proofs of the fixity of the Foraminifera which shall appear shortly.—W. C. Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 365 XXXIII.—Notices of British Fungi. By the Rev. M. J. Berxe- LEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, Esq. [Continued from vol. ii. Ser. 2. p. 268. ] [With two Plates. ] 380. Pilacre faginea, Berk. & Br. Stipite nigrescente prui- noso ; capitulo subgloboso ; sporis buxeis. Onygena faginea, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 209. On beech sticks, Spye Park, Wilts, Aug. 1844, C. E. Broome. About 2 lines high. Stem 13 line high, pruinose, at length brown or blackish. Head subglobose or turbinate, at first prui- nose, umbilicate or (in our specimens) without any trace of an umbilicus ; flocci branched, especially above, somewhat fastigiate, more or less flexuous; spores minute, broadly elliptic, with a distinct nucleus. This appears to be nearly identical with specimens from Ohio gathered by Mr. Lea, and with others from the Santee river, South Carolina, collected by Mr. Ravenel. In these latter however, though the outward resemblance is perfect, the flocci are not fastigiate, but are strongly curled and frequently anastomose ; the spores in either are exactly the same. We have seen no authentic specimen of the plant of Fries. The structure of a very similar fungus from Valais, for which we are indebted to Dr. Montagne, is totally different, resembling that of some compound Oidiwm. The species has little in common with Onygena except external appearance. Puate XI. fig. 5. a. Flocciand spores magnified; 0. a single spore more highly magnified. 381. Lycogala parietinum, Fr. 1. c. vol. ii. p. 83. Didymium parietinum, Schrad. Nov. Gen. p. 24. t.6.f.1. On damp paper, old willow baskets, &c., King’s Cliffe. 382. Didymium melanopus, Fr. 1. c. vol. 11. p.114. On bramble, Speke Hall, Lancashire, 1842, M. J. Berkeley. 383. D. tigrinum, Schrad. Nov. Gen. p. 22. t. 6. fig. 2,3. Phy- sarum tigrinum, Fl. Dan. t. 1434. fig. 1. On mosses and Jun- germanniz, Bolton Woods, Wharfdale, R. Spruce, Esq., Dee. 1841. . Our plant agrees precisely with the ‘ Flora Danica’ species, which has stouter stems than that of Schrader, but which Fries considers identical. The same species has been kindly sent by M. Lenormand from Falaise. 384. D. congestum, n. s. Congestum, stipitibus submembra- naceis hyalinis, vix botryosis ; peridiis obovatis elongatis ; sporis atris floccis candidis variegatis. On dead leaves, grass, &c., King’s Cliffe ; also in Upper Carolina. 366 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. Forming crowded patches very much resembling those of Diachea elegans. Peridia obovate-oblong, cinereous, with a white mealy coat ; stems hyaline, membranaceous, generally distinct though crowded, springing from a thin subjacent membrane. Spores black, variegated with the white, coarse, irregular, here and there lacunose flocci. The lower figure in ‘ Fl. Dan.’ t. 1973. fig. 1, 1s probably a representation of the species before us, which is evidently widely diffused. The plant represented in the upper figure with a sepa- rate membranous outer peridium seems to be quite different. At any rate our plant is no Diderma, and could not have been placed by Fries in that genus. We are compelled therefore to consider it as undescribed. The globose spores appear at first sight to be granulated, but on closer inspection the granules are found to arise from the disintegrated outer peridium. It may be men- tioned that in D. Spumariozdes the flocci are black. 385. D. dedaleum, n. s. Stipitibus brevibus coalitis peridiis- que deedalino-connatis sinuatis pallide lateritiis albo farmaceis ; floccis candidis ; sporis atro-purpureis. In great abundance in a cucumber-frame, Milton, Norths., Mr. J. Henderson, April 26, 1843. Spreading far and wide in little subglobose masses; stems reddish brown, inclining to orange, connate, as if composed of a mass of little flat bran-like membranes ; peridia connate, sinuated, forming a deedaloid mass of the same colour as the stem, but sprinkled with white meal and having to the eye a grayish tinge from the contained spores, which are purplish black, smooth and globose, variegated with the white flocci, which are frequently forked and vary greatly in width, being in parts broad, flat and membranous: A very beautiful species allied to D. fulvipes, but differing evidently in its white flocci and otber particulars. 386. Stemonitis Physaroides, A. & 8. p. 108. t. 2. fig. 8. On mossy stumps of trees, Northamptonshire. Our specimens have a beautiful coppery tinge, but are doubt- less referable to the species cited above. We have precisely the same thing from Ohio. 387. S. violacea, Fr. l. c. vol. 1. p. 162. On different species of moss : common. We have gathered this near Cambridge and in Somersetshire, and it has been sent to us from Shropshire by Mr. Leighton, and from Berwick by Dr. Johnston. 388. Enerthenema elegans, Bowm. in Linn. Tr. vol. xvi. p. 151. $163 Perfect specimens of this very curious production have lately been transmitted by the Rev. M. A. Curtis from Lower Carolina, Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. BE. Broome on British Fungi. 367 which show that it is quite distinct from Stemonztis papillaia, the spores being produced in little heads surrounded by a common vesicle at the free apices of the flocci, which all spring from a dise at the top of the percurrent stem. No such structure exists in S. papillata. The genus therefore may be thus characterized :— Peridium simplex tenuissimum membranaceum fugax eva- nescens. Capillitium determinatum e membrana stipitem coro- nante cum peridio continua oriens. Spore globose 5—6 ad liberos apices floccorum conglomeratz vesicula communi circumdate. The structure is in Myxogastri precisely what that of Hlapho- myces 1s in Lycoperdinee, and would perhaps go far towards justi- fying the retention of that genus amongst the puff-balls, remind- ing one of the strange anomaly observed by Messrs. Tulasne in the fructification of a species of Hymenogaster and of the vesicular heads of Mucorint. This is almost the only case in which the spores of a Myzxogaster have been observed in situ ; Ptychogaster is the single exception, and in that Corda represents them as forming little heads. Piate XI. fig. 7. Flocci with spores and cysts highly magnified. 389. Arcyria umbrina, Schum. Sell. vol. ii. p. 213; Fl. Dan. t. 1975. fig. 1. Wothorpe, Norths., on wood. It does not seem to have been noticed that in this genus the threads of the capillitium have a row of little tubercles on one side only, or if not confined to one side, some of them are more strongly developed. In some instances they form rings round the threads. 390. Trichia Ayresti, n. s. Congesta; peridiis obovatis cas- taneo-fulvis nitidis ; stipitibus brevissimis connatis ; capillitio for- titer echimulato sporidusque crocato-fulvis. On decayed wood, Thame, Oxfordshire, Dr. Ayres. Forming crowded masses. Peridia obovate, shining, of a bright tawny chestnut. Elaters of the capillitium thicker than in 7. py- riformis and strongly echmulate, tawny. Spores globose, tawny. This differs from 7. pyriformis in the much thicker strongly echinulate elaters, which in that species are at first sight appa- rently smooth, as indeed they are represented by Corda. Trichia Neesiana, Corda, is referred by Fries in his ‘Summa Vegetabi- lum Scandinavie’ to T. rubiformis, with which view we are in- clined to accord. 391. Trichia serotina, Schrad. Journ. Bot. 1799, vol. ii. p. 67. t. 5. fig.2. Bristol, H. O. Stephens, Esq. 392. Licea perreptans, Berk. Effusa, demum hic illic conglo- merata; peridus oblongis ut plurimum distinctis; sporis atro- purpureis, Berk. im Gard. Chron. 1848, p. 451. Lycoperdon echimformis, Sow. ! Fung. t. 400. fig. 1. In great abundance in 368 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. a cucumber-frame heated with spent hops, Rolleston, Stafford- shire, Mr. Townshend. Found also by Mr. Sowerby. Hypothallus white, creeping far and wide, and protruding here and there masses of oblong peridia, which are mostly di- stinct ; assuming gradually a reddish brown tint, and in cases of premature exsiccation becoming black. Spores very abundant, purple-brown, mixed with a few flocci. This very curious species, which is analogous to Reticularia maxima, is of extremely rapid growth. When to all appearance completely destroyed, in twelve hours it was again as vigorous as ever, involving everything at first in a slimy and then in a dusty mass. Its mode of growth is that of Licea fragiformis; the spores however are quite different, and the mucilage never ac- quires the beautiful strawberry tint of that species. An oppor- tunity of inspecting good authentic specimens of the plant of Sowerby cited above, shows that it is identical with our plant, and not with Reticularia maxima, Fr., a species which has how- ever occurred at Apethorpe, and is therefore to be retained in the British Flora. It has smaller, darker and more exactly globose spores, besides possessing the filaments proper to Reticularia. Ignorance of the real structure of Sowerby’s plant at the time the species was published in the Gardeners’ Chronicle prevented the adoption of his specific name, which it is now too late to restore. 393. L. applanata, Berk. Depressa conglomerata ; peridiis brevissimis arcte connatis rufis; sporis magnis. Berk. in Hook. Lond. Journ. vol. iv. p. 67. On dead twigs of currant, &c., Somersetshire, C. E. Broome ; Apethorpe, Norths. Forming little, thin, flat, distinct rounded or elongated patches, which are at first scarlet and then liver-brown. Peridia short, densely crowded, invisible to the naked eye. Spores large, broadly elliptic with one or more nuclei, argillaceous, tinged with red, mixed with a few flexuous threads very much larger than m L. fragiformis or L. cylindrica. The spores in the Swan River specimens described in Sir W. J. Hooker’s Journal are of the same size, but have a more di- stinct border, and occasionally but not always a single nucleus. The Australian specimens, it 1s to be observed, are scarcely ma- ture, and in consequence the colour of the spores is brighter, though now, after some years’ sojourn in the herbarium and after repeated application of turpentine and corrosive sublimate, they can scarcely be called saffron-coloured. These differences are trifling, and arise probably from little peculiarities of condition. We have no doubt of the identity of the British and Australian species. 394. Phoma asteriscus, n.s. Uniloculare convexum piceum Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 369 margine nebuloso ; sporis oblongis subellipticis. On the dead stems of Heracleum Sphondylium, Guernsey, Nov., Rev.'T. Salwey. Unilocular, forming little pitch-brown rather convex dots with a paler cloudy narrow border. Mass of spores surrounded by a dark cellular stratum, consisting of hexagonal cells confused with the matrix, but scar cely presenting a definite perithecium. Spores narrow oblong, subelliptic, but by no means filiform. This species has somewhat the appearance of Sph. amberbis, Fr. We have not yet seen the text of the ‘ Flora Algerensis,’ and can- not therefore avail ourselves of the characters of Phoma and its allied genera as worked out by Dr. Montagne. Our plant is a good Phoma according to Fries’ notion of the genus, but has not a sufficiently definite ‘perithecium to justify its being placed in Spheropsis, which it seems is to receive such fungi as have uni- locular spores seated on sporophores and a definite perithecium. Tt will however probably be found necessary to place certain species with extremely minute spores in Spheronema, or if the hyaline elongated species alone are to remain in that genus, in Zythia, Fr. M. Desmaziéres has lately proposed as the distin- guishing character of Phoma, spores with a sporidiolum at either extremity. If this view is rigorously followed, our species must find another habitation. In point of fact the names assigned to these obscure fungi must, till the genera are settled, be consi- dered provisional. We add one or two species, which, with the exception of the first, accord exactly with M. Desmaziéres’ definition. 395. P. nothum, nu. s. Tectum ; peritheciis spuriis subtus hic illic elevatis ; sporis obovatis. On dead plane twigs, Batheaston, February, C. E. Broome. Pustules slightly raised. Perithecia spurious, orbicular, the base protruding here and there into their cavity. Spores obovate, rather pointed at the narrow extremity. This cannot be placed in Spheropsis on account of its spurious perithecium, which has a tendency to become multilocular, and the spores do not accord with those of Cytispora; for the present therefore we are compelled to place it with the last in Phoma. 395*. P. lingam, Desm. Exs. no. 1877. On old cabbage-stalks, King’s Cliffe. 396. P. radula, n.s. Tectum, peritheciis teneris lato-conicis ; sporis oblongo-ellipticis. On dead twigs of plane, Batheaston, C. E. Broome, Feb. 1850. Sprinkled over the twigs, which it renders rough like a little rasp or grater. Epidermis split on each perithecium. Perithecia delicate, composed of subhexagonal cells ; spores minute, oblong- elliptic, with a sporidiolum at “either extremity. Very rarely we Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. 370 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. have observed an additional sporidiolum in the centre. A peri- thecium, though delicate, is decidedly present in this species, 397. P. depressum, n.s. Tectum; quandoque pluriloculare peritheciis spuriis valde depressis supra stromate crassiusculo olivaceo tectis; sporis oblongo-ellipticis. On twigs of Robinia Pseudacacia, Batheaston, C. K. Broome, Feb. 1850; on elm, King’s Cliffe. Scattered, forming little pustules pierced by the orifice. Peri- thecia much depressed, spurious, covered by an olive-coloured stroma. Spores minute, oblong-elliptic, rather pointed at either extremity, towards which there is a sporidiolum. Sometimes there is more than a single cell, when the species approaches Cytispora. This will probably form the nucleus of a distinct genus. 398. P. Samarorum, Desm.; Duby, Bot. Gall. p. 727; Desm. Exs. no. 349. 1875. On Samari of ash, Batheaston, Jan. 1850, C. E. Broome. Forming conspicuous black spots; cuticle closely applied to the perithecia. Perithecia convex, black, pierced in the centre. Spores minute, oblong-elliptic, with a sporidiolum towards either extremity. This is more conspicuous than several other species, and re- sembles Spheria clypeata. It occurs also on Ptelea trifoliata. 899. P.piceum,n.s. Hypophyllum ; peritheciis spuriis piceis convexis epidermide arcte tectis; sporis oblongo-ellipticis. On the under surface of dead rose-leaves, King’s Cliffe, Feb. 1850. Scattered ; pustules conspicuous, convex, pitch-brown ; cuticle closely connected with the spurious perithecia ; spores pure white, minute, oblong-elliptic, with a sporidiolum at either extremity. Resembling Cytispora foliicola in appearance, but differmg greatly in structure. Ceuthospora concava, Desm., which has the same place of growth, is much larger. 400. P. sticticum, n.s. Minimum; peritheciis epidermide demum longitudinaliter fissa obtectis ; sporis oblongo-ellipticis. On dead twigs of box, Batheaston, C. E. Broome, Feb. 1850. Scattered, very minute, covered by the cuticle, which at length splits lengthwise. Spores oblong-elliptic, with a sporidiolum at either extremity. 400*. P. exiguum, Desm. Exs. no. 1869. On shoots of elder, Batheaston, C. E. Broome. Another small species grows on decorticated twigs with elliptic or nearly globose dark spores, which we purpose calling P. Sam- buci, but we have scarcely specimens enough to describe it pro- perly. 401. P. microscopicum, n. s._ Peritheciis subglobosis sub epi- Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 371 dermide dealbata supra ostiola nigrefacta sparsis ; sporis oblongo- ellipticis. On dead stems of a Potamogeton, West of England, C. EK. Broome. Forming scattered very minute dark brown dots on discoloured patches. Beneath each dot is seated a distinct subglobose smooth perithecium, with no visible mycelium, very slightly conical above, pierced with a round simple ostiolum. Spores oblong-elliptic, variable in size, having occasionally but not constantly a spori- diolum at either extremity. 402. Leptothyrium Juglandis, Lib. Pl. Crypt. Ard. no. 164. On half-dead walnut-leaves, Bungay, Mr. D. Stock. 403. Cryptosporium Caricis, Corda in St. Deutsch. FI. t. 50. On leaves of different Carices, Oxton, Notts, Rev. M. J. Berkeley ; Spye Park, Wilts, C. E. Broome. The specimens given for this species by Rabenhorst, no. 1168, are Arthrinium Caricola. Such errors are unfortunately too fre- quent in his published specimens. 404. C. Neesii, Cord. St. Deutsch. Fl. t. 51. On dead twigs of birch, King’s Cliffe; West of England, C. E. Broome. This is scarcely congeneric with the foregoing, though placed in the same genus by Fries, who names it C. vulgare. 405. Spheronema leucoconium, n. s. Gregarium ; peridiis hya- linis plano-convexis depressis subirregularibus floccis niveis insi- dentibus. On decaying roots of Silesian beet, King’s Cliffe, Nov. 1847. ; Forming a thin stratum consisting of minute depressed sub- hemispherical or irregular white perithecia simply pierced with a minute pore, and seated on branched white threads, of which a few spring from the sides. Spores minute, elliptic. We are unable to point out any closely allied species. There is no papilleform or elongated ostiolum, but the convex peri- thecium is merely pierced in the centre. 406. Diplodia Cowdellii, n.s. Peritheciis liberis globosis atris apice demum dehiscentibus; sporis minoribus ellipticis unisep- tatis. On the thick cotton curtains of a shower-bath which were constantly damp. Oundle, Norths. Pointed out by Dr. Cowdell, the author of the treatise on the Fungous Origin of Cholera. Forming dirty black spots on the matrix, but without any evi- dent floccose stratum. Perithecia globose, at length cracking above, black. Spores minute, elliptic, uniseptate. An obscure species, but remarkable for its singular habitat and free mode of growth. 406*. D. paupercula, n.s. Perithecuis primum tectis de- mum liberatis globosis ore prominulis ; sporis minoribus sero uniseptatis. On dead twigs of plane, Batheaston, C. E. Broome. 24% 372 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. Resembling Phoma nothum and P. radula. Perithecia one or two together, at first concealed, at length exposed, globose, with a rather prominent orifice. Spores small, at first hyaline, elliptic or obovate, and falling off in that state, at length oblong, brownish and uniseptate. The infant perithecia are filled with a compact white cellular mass, as in many Spherie when young, and perhaps all. Spores at first resembling those of Phoma nothum, which is distinguished from every state of this species by its spurious, im- perfect, somewhat irregular perithecia. 407. D. mutila, Fr. in litt. Common on dead twigs of poplar. 408. D. confluens, n. s. Perithecus confluentibus maculas parvas efformantibus depressis subcollapsis ostiolo obsoleto. D. mutila, Desm. no. 1880. On twigs of Daphne Laureola, Milton, Norths., Mr. J. Henderson, July 1840. Forming small, often confluent spots surrounded by the free raised cuticle. Perithecia irregular, confluent, depressed, some- what collapsed, with no evident ostiolum. Spores oblong, simple in our specimens, but probably immature. This species has exactly the appearance of some Spherie of the section Confluentes, and forms far larger patches than in D. mutila, of which it is considered a form by M. Desmaziéres. 409. D. cespitosa, n.s. Czespitosa nigra; peritheciis globosis ostiolo papilleformi ; sporis oblongis. On twigs of ivy, King’s Cliffe. Bursting in little black tufts through the cuticle. Perithecia globose, black ; ostiolum papilleform. Spores pale yellow, hya- line, oblong, with a broad distinct border ; endochrome simple, without any distinct nuclei; the spores however are doubtless immature. A well-marked species, resembling externally some ceespitose Spherie. The spores in this as in the last exhibit no trace of a dissepiment, but we do not doubt that when mature they present in both the common type of Diplodia. It differs from D. mu- tila in its ceespitose habit. 410. D. vulgaris, Lév.in Ann. d. Sc. Nat. May 1846, p. 291. On twigs of various trees, as at Rudloe, Wilts. 411. D. tecta, n.s. Peritheciis tectis gregariis epidermidem elevantibus, ostiolo cuticula denigrata polita velato; sporis ma- joribus oblongis. On dead leaves of Prunus Lauro- Cerasus : very common. The leaves are rough with little elevated pustules disposed often in dry discoloured patches marked in the centre with a shining black speck. Spores oblong; endochrome simple as observed at present. This is technically a Spheropsis, but as every Diplodia is a Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 373 Spheropsis at an early stage of growth, it requires some caution in assigning the genus where the spores present the usual type of the young spores of Diplodia. 412. D.consors, n.s. Peritheciis gregariis tectis ; epidermide polita nigrefacta centro dehiscente albida ; sporis minoribus ob- longis. Growing on the same leaves with D. tecta, but gene- rally in distinct patches and equally common. Forming broad patches. Perithecia covered, indicated by small shining black dots which open in the centre by an irre- gular orifice, the edges of which are white. Spores only two- thirds of the length of those of D. tecta, oblong-elliptic, uni- septate. The two species are extremely common, but we cannot find any notice of them. 413. Hendersonia macrospora, n.s. Peritheciis omnino tectis ; _sporis rectis anguste lanceolatis 5-8-septatis. On dead twigs of Philadelphus coronarius, Apethorpe, Oct. 1848. Entirely concealed by the cuticle, which is very slightly raised. Perithecia globose. Spores narrowly lanceolate, 5-6-septate. Distinguished by its concealed habit and long fusiform spores. 413*. H. arcus,n.s. Peritheciis denudatis globosis, sub mi- croscopio chalybeis; sporis arcuatis medio incrassatis 3-septatis. On box twigs, Batheaston, C. E. Broome. Perithecia globose, at length naked, subgregarious, black, but when seen by transmitted light steel-blue. Sporophores branched ; spores elongated, curved, swollen in the centre, attenuated at either extremity, hyaline, triseptate. Resembling closely in form and colour Spheria pulicaris, with which it often grows. The fructification is however totally dif- ferent, and can scarcely be a transformation of the asci of that species. 414. H. mutabilis, n. s. Pustulis depresso-ellipticis intus cel- lulosis sporis oblongo-ellipticis 3-4-septatis articulis hic illic longitudinaliter divisis. On dead twigs of plane, Batheaston, C. H. Broome. Pustules small, scarcely bursting the cuticle, elliptic, black, with a few central cells besides the large cell or perithecium, which occupies the whole of the pustule. The central cells are developed later than the main cell, so that the spores in the former are simple or uniseptate, while im the larger cell they have acquired a much larger size, and have three or four trans- verse septa with the articulations here and there divided. A section with the central cells and the large one surrounding them filled with spores in different stages of development pre- sents a very curious appearance under the microscope. 374 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 415. H. polycystis,n.s. Pustulis sub epidermide lanatis intus multilocularibus ; sporis maximis cum pedicellis septatis clavatis, demum deciduis effusis oblongo-ellipticis multilocularibus. On dead twigs of birch, Batheaston, C. E. Broome. Pustules depressed, elevating the cuticle slightly, beneath which they are densely clothed with white or cinereous flocci ; perithecia globose ; spores large, supported on septate peduncles, at first taken with the peduncles, clavate, at length deciduous, oblong-elliptic, multilocular, oozing out and forming an irre- gular black mass, clothed till mature with a pellucid gelatinous annulated envelope. 416. H. macropus, n. s. Peritheciis depressis subcollapsis ; sporis pedicellatis, elongatis cylindricis curvulis sporidiolis 3-6 repletis. On dead leaves, probably of some Carex, Spye Park, Wilts, Jan. 1850. Perithecia depressed, somewhat collapsed, entirely covered and pouring out their spores by a minute orifice, so as to make little black stains on the leaves. Spores furnished with a long peduncle, cylindrical, but slightly attenuated at either end, many times longer than their diameter, somewhat curved, containing 3-6 sporidiola. 417. H. typhoidearum, Desm. Ann. d. Se. Nat. June 1849, p- 344; Exs. no. 1891. On leaves of Typha and Sparganium ramosum, Spye Park, Wilts, C. E. Broome, Feb. 1850. The spores of this species as of the foregoing, H. uredineecola and some others, are not distinctly septate, but contain a row of sporidiola. In separating Hendersonie from Spheropsis, care must be taken not to confound mere oil-globules with sporidiola. Species like the present, in fact, forming M. Desmaziéres’ second section, will, in all probability, at some future period be consi- dered generically distinct. Our specimens are somewhat larger than M. Desmaziéres’, but otherwise accord with them. 418. Spheropsis cylindrospora, Desm. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. May 1849, p. 277. Diplodia Desmazierit, Berk. in Gardiner’s Fl. of Forfars. p. 298. On both surfaces and on the petioles of ivy- leaves, West Water, Forfarshire, Mr. W. Gardiner ; Aberystwyth, J. Ralfs, Esq. Remarkable for the linear straight spores exceeding their dia- meter in length 6-7 times. The spots are far smaller than in mature specimens of S. leucostigma. 419. S. Ralfsii, n.s. Perithectis sparsis tectis punctiformibus fortiter collapsis; sporis minutissimis oblongis. On ivy-leaves, Aberystwyth, J. Ralfs, Esq., with the foregoing, which was how- ever confined to the petioles. Scattered over the upper surface of the leaf, punctiform, black, Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 375 strongly collapsed, and presenting the appearance of accurately defined excipula. Spores oozing out on the application of moisture from a central pore, extremely minute, oblong. 420. S. leucostigma, Lév. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. May 1846, p. 296. Spheria Hedere, Sow., and partly of Fries. Not uncommon on dead ivy-leaves, England and Wales. 420*, S. parca,n.s. Peritheciis minutis tectis collapsis; sporis oblongis diametro 4—5 longioribus. On leaves of Abies excelsa, Wiltshire, C. E. Broome, Jan. 1850. Scattered sparingly on the leaves. Perithecia collapsed when dry, so as not to rise at all above the surface, black. Spores oblong, subcylindrical, obtuse at either end, but often suddenly attenuated at one extremity, 4—5 times longer than their diameter. Resembling very much Sph. Buai, DeC., which is also a Sphe- _ ropsis, but differing in its collapsed perithecia and narrower spores. 421. S. Strobi,n.s. Peritheciis minutis tectis collapsis; sporis linearibus diametro 6-7 longioribus. On leaves of Pinus Strobus, Wilts, C. E. Broome, March 1850. Very like S. parca, but scarcely so much collapsed. It differs in the longer narrower spores, which are never attenuated sud- denly. 421*. 8. geniculata, n.s. Peritheciis globosis tectis, ostiolo conico prominente; sporis curvis zqualibus obtusis diametro 4—5 longioribus angulo obtuso affixis. With the last on leaves of Pinus Strobus, C. KE. Broome. Perithecia globose, covered by the epidermis, which they pierce by means of their prominent conical ostiola. Spores cylindrical, curved, obtuse at either end, fixed at an obtuse angle obliquely to long delicate sporophores ; sometimes there is a nucleus at either extremity. 422. S. epitricha,u.s. Perithectis globosis omnino tectis my- celio furcatu-ramoso parco insidentibus ; sporis oblongis diametro triplo longioribus. On dead stems of Hquisetum palustre, Wilt- shire, C. E. Broome. Perithecia globose, seated beneath a discoloured cinereous spot springing from forked septate threads. Spores oblong, about three times longer than their diameter. We have unfortunately no specimen of Spheria Equiseti, Desm. ; but from the author’s remark that it is scarcely different from his Phoma albicans, it cannot be the same thing with what we have in view. Phoma Equiseti, Lév., is also unknown to us, but the description is at variance with our plant, which could scarcely be placed in Phoma. The forked septate threads of the mycelium with their obtuse apices are very remarkable. It is probably very common. 376 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. — 422*, S. mutica, u. s. Erumpens, peritheciis globosis obtusis subcespitosis ; sporis minimis ellipticis vel obovatis hyalinis. On small branches of elder, Batheaston, C. E. Broome. Erumpent. Perithecia more or less czespitose, globose, blunt, black, shining. Spores very small, hyaline, elliptic or obovate. This has exactly the habit of a Diplodia. 423. S. Candollii= Spheria Buxi, DeC. FI. Fr. vol. vi. p. 146 ; Berk. Fung. n. 180, quoad specimina proveetiora. Septoria Pha- cidioides, Desm. no. 1719. The spores in this species are hyaline, oblong, about twice as long as broad, varying from elliptic to obovate. 424. S. thecicola, n. s. Superficialis convexa collabescendo rugosa ; sporis tenuissimis linearibus rectis. On thece of Poly- trichum piliferum, Aberdeen, Dr. Dickie. Perithecia black, scattered, convex, at length collapsing, open- ing by a definite orifice. Spores very slender, hyaline, linear, straight, of various lengths. The spores in this species are longer and more slender than in S. cylindrospora, and resemble those of such Septorie as S. Le-. pidi. Spheria emperigonia, Auerswald in Rab. no. 850, which grows on a Polytrichum, has asci with subcymbiform uniseptate spores, and is therefore a true Spheria. 425. S. menispora, n. s. Teeta ellipsoidea nigra poro rotundo demum pertusa; sporis arcuatis longis ; nucleis globosis hic ilhe sparsis. On dead leaves of Typha latifolia, Spye Park, Wilts, C. E. Broome. Entirely conceaied beneath the cuticle, with the exception of the round ostiolum. Perithecia ellipsoidal, black. Spores very long, curved, acute at either end, containing many scattered globose pellucid nuclei. The nuclei are not arranged regularly in a single row, and therefore probably do not represent endochromes. DiscELLa, n. g. Perithecium spurium subsimplex supra quandoque obsoletum vel omnino deficiens indeque excipuliforme ; sporis elongatis simplicibus vel uniseptatis sporophoris suffultis. The perithecium in this genus is so little distinct from the stratum of sporophores, that it is frequently difficult in examining a slice under the microscope to say that it really exists, though the two together are sometimes of considerable thickness ; neither, on the other hand, is the limit between the external cells and those of the matrix very accurately defined. In the same spe- cies it is sometimes entirely wanting above, and the sporophorous stratum merely covered by the cuticle, which at last splits and exposes the excipuliform disc, while in other cases the spurious Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 377 perithecium extends all round, being intimately blended with the cuticular cells. The cavity is essentially simple, but there is sometimes a slight fold or two below, showing a tendency to be- come multicellular ; occasionally the centre is vacant, and the perithecium then forms an irregular ring. The species would probably be comprised by Corda in his Nemaspora, which how- ever comprehends more than one distinct form. Sporonema, Desm., seems to be the nearest ally of this genus. 426. D. carbonacea. Perithecio nigro; sporis elongatis sub- fusiformibus sub lente prasinis uniseptatis. Phacidium carbo- naceum, Fr.! Scl. Suec. no. 210; Berk. Br. Fung. ed. 1. no. 44in part. Stilbospora microsperma, Johnst.! Fl. Berw. vol. ii. p. 192. Common on dead shoots of sallows. We have this species from Paris, communicated by Messrs. Tulasne. Forming small scattered disc-like spots covered with the cu- ticle, which splits from the centre and ultimately separates. Perithecia black, generally excipuliform, but sometimes extend- ing all round, and then bursting above with the cuticle. Spores oblong, subfusiform, pale yellow-green when seen by transmitted light, uniseptate. M. Desmaziéres has more than once called our attention to the structure of this species, a structure which we had recognized soon after its publication in the ‘ British Fungi,’ and of which we had previously made an analysis in the following interesting spe- cies, with which we have been acquainted many years. We should have preferred leaving the matter in his hands, but as he has not yet published the genus, and we do not like to omit the follow- Ing very singular production, we feel sure that he will pardon us in trespassing for a moment on his manor. It is to be observed that two things appear under no. 44 cited above, the present species, and one with much smaller spores which we have named D. microsperma. Pilidium carbonaceum, Libert, which has been supposed to be the real plant of Fries, is the same with Cenan- gium fuliginosum, Fr. It is not however ascophorous. Piate XII. fig. 8. d. Spores magnified 340 diameters. 427. D. Desmazierti, n.s. Perithecio molli externe hyalino intus cyaneo ; sporophoris elongatis ; sporis fusiformibus simpli- cibus cyaneis. On twigs of lime, Northamptonshire. Forming like the last scattered discs, which however are blacker from the spores being darker. Perithecium delicate, hyaline next to the matrix, then blue, obsolete above. Sporophores elon- gated, strongly developed, sometimes forked. Spores of a beau- tiful indigo-blue, truly fusiform, though not much elongated, without any septum as far as we have observed, distinctly bor- dered, larger than in D. carbonacea. 378 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. The perithecium is but slightly compacted in this species, and the part nearest to the cortex is hyaline. The colour of the spores is deep sea-blue, exactly the vitreus of the Latins. PuaATE XII. fig. 8. a. Section of perithecium magnified; 5, c. spores and sporophores magnified 340 diameters. 428. D. platyspora, n.s. Peritheciis minoribus supra pro maxima parte deficientibus; sporophoris validis cum sporis ob- longis amplis utrinque obtusis seepe deciduis. On dead twigs of plane, Batheaston, Feb. 1850. Forming rather minute slightly raised pustules ; perithecia but slightly developed, generally if not always deficient above. Spo- rophores short, stout, obtuse, simple, often breaking off with the oblong obtuse spores, the cavity of which is simple, but the con- tents decidedly granular, so as at first to give a granulated aspect to the outer wall. 429. D. microsperma, n.s. Perithecio nigro sub lente pal- lido; sporis minoribus oblongis simplicibus. On dead twigs of sallows, King’s Cliffe, and in the West of England, C. E. Broome. Resembling strongly D. carbonacea, but somewhat larger, and distinguished at once by the minute oblong simple spores seve- ral times smaller than in that species. In some pustules of this species we have seen the perithecia open by a minute fissure, the lips of which being elongated by the oozing out of the spores make a spurious ostiolum. It is given in the first edition of ‘ British Fungi’ with D. car- bonacea, at no. 44, as a state of Phacidium carbonaceum, Fr. PuaTte XII. fig. 8. e. Spores magnified 340 diameters. 429*. D. abnormis, n. s. Perithecio globoso spurio prorsus tecto poro pertuso ; sporis breviter fusiformibus luteo-fuscis uni- septatis. On shoots of elder, Batheaston, C. E. Broome. Perithecia small, entirely covered with the cuticle, globose, confused with the matrix, pierced above with a round pore. Spores shortly fusiform or lanceolate, uniseptate, yellow-brown. This species approaches the type of Diplodia. It is mixed with a Phoma, no. 406*, which is more conspicuous, though smaller. 430. Vermicularia atramentaria, n. s. Effusa gregaria macu- leeformis ; sporis rectis brevibus endochromate utrinque retracto. On decayed stems of potatoes: extremely common. Forming large ink-black velvety patches, crowded with minute perithecia clothed with long straight subulate bristles, connected at the base by intricate fibres creeping beneath the cuticle of the matrix. Spores minute, linear, rather short ; endochrome re- tracted to either extremity. Distinguished at once by its straight spores. In general ap- Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 379 pearance it resembles somewhat Spheria Dematium, Fr., which is also a Vermicularia (V. Dematium, Fr.), but in that species the spores are longer and curved. 431. Septoria Lepidi, Desm. Exs. no. 1177. On Lepidium Smithii, Penzance ; Aberystwyth, J. Ralfs, Esq. 432. S. Aceris, Berk. & Br. Ascoxyta Aceris, Lib. Ard. no. 54. On the under side of the leaves of Acer Pseudo-Platanus, North Wales, J. Ralfs, Esq. The spores in this species form little pallid cirrhi. In Mr. Ralfs’s specimens these are in general shorter than Madame Li- bert’s, but there is no other difference. The spores are very di- stinctly septate, especially in the Welsh specimens. 433. S. nodorum, Berk. Maculis pallide cervinis limitatis depressis demum confluentibus, peritheciis subprominulis ; sporis oblongis elongatis curvulis libet irregularibus. Berk. in Gard. Chron. 1845, p. 601. On the joints of wheat-stalks just before the wheat is ripe. Spores elongated, very slightly curved or irre- gular, with several nuclei. 434. S. Hippocastani, n.s. Maculis rufis, cirrhis teneris ; sporis curvis flexuosis linearibus simplicibus. On leaves of the horse-chestnut, Essex, Rev. J. E. Leefe. Spots at first minute and scattered, then becoming confluent, and forming broad rufous patches. Cirrhi delicate, pale. Spores long, linear, simple, curved, flexuous. This species belongs evidently to a different genus from As- coxyta Hippocastane, Libert. 435. Neottiospora Caricum, Desm. Exs. no. 1388. Spheria Caricina, Desm. Exs. no. 717. On dead leaves of Carices, Rud- loe, Spye Park, Wilts, C. E. Broome. A most interesting production, remarkable for the appendage of short hyaline threads with which the spores are furnished at one extremity. A variety occurs with larger olive-coloured spores, which we should at once have considered distinct, but for speci- mens in which the spores, though olive-coloured, without any orange tinge, are exactly of the same size as in the original form. We do not therefore venture at present to consider the two as distinct, though we think it probable that further observations may justify their separation. 436. Cytispora Hendersoni, n. s. Perithecio subregulari ; ge- latina albida ; sporis majoribus oblongis brevibus leviter curvatis. On Rosa arvensis, Milton, Mr. Henderson. Forming minute scattered pustules ; perithecia nearly regular, but sometimes lobed at the edge and raised in the centre from the elevation of the subjacent bark. Spores larger than in most Cytispore, oblong but short, very slightly curved, oozing forth im the form of a dirty-white shapeless jelly. 380 Mr. J. E. Gray on some species of Cercolabes. This species is exactly intermediate between Cytispora and Spheropsis, scarcely agreeing with either genus ; resembling the former in its delicate perithecium and oozing spores, and the latter in its simple cavity and spores. In both these points how- ever an approach is made to Cytispora, therefore the predomi- nance of characters points to this rather than the other. Nema- spora grisea, Corda, is we believe a young Diplodia. 437. Micropera Drupacearum, Lév. Ann. des Sc. Nat. May 1846, p. 283. On dead branches of cherry, King’s Cliffe. Centhospora Phacidioides, b. Desm. no. 1626= Cytispora folu- cola, Lib. no. 64 = Cyt. pulveracea, Berk. Br. FI. vol. v. P. 2. p: 282. [To be continued. | XXXIV.—On the species of Cercolabes confounded under the name of C. prehensilis. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., Pres. Bot. Soc. &e. Mr. Wareruovss in his ‘ History of Mammalia’ observes, that C. prehensilis “is frequently met with in Brazil and Guiana, and it occurs likewise in Santa Cruz de la Sierra, a district of Bolivia, in which nearly all the mammalia are identical in species with those of Brazil,” ii. 411. Further on he proceeds to describe a specimen in the British Museum brought from Bolivia by Mr. Bridges. When Mr. Waterhouse made these observations the specimen was not stuffed, and he could not examine the skull; since that period the skull has been removed, and I think its examination proves that the Bolivian species is perfectly distinct from those which are received from Brazil. It may be thus defined :— 1. Cercolabes prehensilis. Brazilian Coendon. Black and white varied. Quills white, with a broad subtermi- nal reddish brown (or black) band; under part of the body and upper part of the base of the tail whitish, under part of the base and end of the tail dark brown; whiskers slender, black to the base ; upper cutting-teeth smooth in front. Young. Fur reddish with a few scattered spines. Hab. Brazils, adult and young. Var. ? On spines and under part and end of tail black. Half-grown ? Hab: Spanish Main. 2. Cercolabes Boliviensis. Bolivian Coendou. White, slightly black varied. Quills white, with a rather nar- On the characteristic Fossils of the Chalk Formation. 381 row subterminal black-brown band ; tail and underside of body white, scarcely black varied ; whiskers thick, black, white at the base ; upper cutting-teeth with a distinct subcentral longitudinal groove. Young. Fur ——? Cercolabes prehensilis, var. Waterhouse, N. H. Mamm. ii. 414. The skull of the Bolivian specimen is much larger, wider over the orbits and much higher from the palate to the nose and forehead than in the Brazilian specimens : the grinders are con- siderably smaller, and it has the peculiar groove on the upper grinders, but the latter may be an accidental or individual pecu- liarity. The followmg measurements in inches and lines of three skulls im the Museum collection will show these peculiarities. No. 1] is the skull of the Bolivian specimen ; No. 2 that of the Brazilian specimen: these animals are nearly of the same size. No. 3 is a skull of a skeleton from the Brazils. : in, lin in. lin in c MAL MLN GEM, CHEE Llores. tit stectucsercsecetnes 4 2 3.5 3 7k NVLGEN tis OFIIIE } A ow sdoai ole sick vik. Gelagay 2464 2 2 2 3 = OVE OLDIE), eer ecacsccncisvenaents cee 2 4 Tl Of.. Al eee ALANLOSC wictasie se orasoas sac acclcsaeisaces Pie wle. o. ene 0 112 Height from palate to tip of nose... 1 5 ip eee ——-— from palate to top of forehead. 2. 2 1 9 1410 Of teeth Series)... 565 cseces0e 0» 98 )..0) DR. bO 10 There is a specimen in the Museum which- Mr. Waterhouse has described as a variety (Hist. Mamm. ni. 415). It is very di- stinct in appearance from either of the above, but best agrees with the specimen from the Brazils in the blackness and slenderness of the whiskers and the smoothness of the upper cutting-teeth, and the blackness of the tip of the tail, but differs in the general co- lours being much blacker, and in the underside of the body and tail being nearly black and only very slightly grizzled, and espe- cially in the tips of some of the spines on the sides being yellow. I strongly suspect it will prove a third species, to which the name of C. tricolor might be attached. XXX V.—On the characteristic Fossils of the Chalk Formation. By L. Von Bucu*. Communicated by Prof. J. Nicot. TurovucHourt all the members of the chalk formation, three chief forms of organic beings seem especially adapted to serve as cha- racteristic fossils. These are the Ammonide, the Trigonie, and * From Betrachtungen iiber die Verbreitung und die Grenzen der Kreide- Bildungen. Bonn, 1849. 382 M. Von Buch on the characteristic Fossils the Exogyre. A few words explaining the general character of these forms may not prove unacceptable. 1. Toe AMMONID&. It is well known, that the Ammonites, still so remarkably abundant in the lowest cretaceous beds, or the Néocomien, ra- pidly decrease in the higher strata; so much so, that even in the upper chalk they no longer occur, and that every trace of them has since vanished from the surface of the earth. There is how- ever something very remarkable in the manner of this disappear- ance. The greater number of the Ammonites seem to suffer - from the disease which at length expels them from creation. The whorls in many no longer lie exactly in one plane, but the one side projects somewhat forwards and draws the other after it. Soon after they even lose the power to attach themselves closely to the previous whorl; and these are now unconnected (F. A. Romer, Kreide, p. 135), when the Crioceras, which is only found in the chalk, is formed. The formation of such unattached whorls soon exceeds the power of the animal to bend its body, and thus to contract itself into such protecting limits,—it is compelled to extend itself lengthwise, and the singular forms of the Toxoceras, the Ancyloceras, the Ptychoceras, finally those of the Hamites, and of the Baculites, straight like a staff and directed perpendicularly upwards, are produced, and are the last attempts of the animal to maintain its existence. Subsequently nothing appears in nature which can remind us of this kind of Cepha- lopod. All these forms therefore, diverging from the perfect Am- monite, mark in the most decided manner one or other portion of the cretaceous formation,—they are leading forms, which, where they occur, exclude the supposition of any other formation. It is truly remarkable, that in the same manner as the Ammo- nide vanish from the world, in the same manner exactly do the Nautilide make their appearance in the oldest strata. The en- tirely straight Orthoceratites are the most ancient of all known Cephalopods ; they endeavour, at least when young, to attach themselves to the previous whorl, an attempt which, however, must be given up in its further growth, when the animal can only increase lengthwise ;—the Lituite is produced ;—the Clymenie succeed in attaching themselves throughout to the previous whorl, in a continuous spiral entirely situated in one plane ; the Nautilus finally—of which a weak remnant, the Nautilus pompi- dius, has continued to the present time—surrounds all the pre- vious whorls with the last one, and thus withdraws itself more perfectly from the attacks of its enemies. The Ammonite va- nishes through a series of forms intermediate between it and the of the Chalk Formation. 383 outstretched Baculite ; the Nautilus on the other hand arises through a similar series of forms from the long-extended Ortho- ceratites. | Very many Ammonites of the chalk possess another peculiarity by which they are easily recognized, and consequently also the formation in which they are found. The plications (Falten) or ribs on the sides become always stronger and thicker the nearer they approach the back; in the Jura Ammonites they become weaker from below upwards ; on the margin of the back itself they are often so much expanded (aufgeblaht) that they do not pass over the back and cannot unite with each other from the two sides. The sipho then remains (bleibt zuriick) in a deep furrow. The secondary plications (Hiilfsrippen) are of equal strength with the chief plications, especially on the margin of the back, but they disappear even on the middle of the side and rarely unite with the chief plications. This gives the whole form an unhandsome, almost clumsy aspect, which distinguishes it very much from the handsome Jura Ammonites. Instances may be taken from very different families: Am. Syriacus, interruptus, Rhotomagensis, denarius, varicosus, Sow. &c. This formation evidently arises from the endeavour of the upper half of the ani- mal to move quicker forwards on the back than the lower ventral portion can follow. It is just this endeavour also that produces the singular form of the Scaphites. On more close investigation it would evidently be pronounced a disease of the Ammonite, were not the form too constant, and did it not show too complete an agreement in widely distant regions. It is universally seen in all Scaphites, that they only then first forsake the regular form of an Ammonite when the last septum is formed. The shell sud- denly expands immoderately, the former law of the increase of the whorls is entirely suppressed, the lateral ribs and promi- nences are disproportionately separated from each other, new ribs run down from the back and push themselves strongly for- wards. The ventral side separates itself entirely from the whorl, and the shell grows in a straight, no longer spiral direction ; yet not long ; the expanded portion again contracts, the last chamber appears as if drawn together, it anew curves round towards the centre, but by this contraction the life of the animal is soon ter- minated. If it is a disease of the Ammonites, then it is a real epidemic which has attacked the Ammonites in the cretaceous period, for the Scaphites are far from rare, of very various forms, and almost peculiar to the middle cretaceous strata ; hence they must be especially regarded as characteristic fossils for the cre- taceous formations. And these deposits even on the Missouri are no less marked by them than by the large Inocerami. For one of the most beautiful Scaphites, the S. Nicolletii, which 384 M. Von Buch on the characteristic Fossils has not yet been figured, was brought from the Black Hills in lat. 46° *, by F. Romer. 2. Tae TRIGoNIA. Not only by their numbers, but still more by the richness of their specific divisions, by the peculiar prominence of individuali- zation, do the species of the remarkable genus Trigonia attain their maximum point in the lower chalk. They do not long maintain themselves at this elevation ; like so many other races they quickly decline again, and the only species of Trzgonia still living, in the warm waters of the Pacific near the Fidji islands, is but a very miserable remnant of the fine forms which are still preserved in the rocky strata. From this multiplicity of forms many might easily be selected as fully characteristic of the chalk ; these would however be isolated, and found not universally, but perhaps only in a few localities. On the contrary, that remark- able family of Trigonie, which Agassiz has named ‘ Trigonie scabre,’ is dispersed over every land where the chalk occurs, and such a Trigonia is alone sufficient to determine the age of the formation in which it occurs. The peculiar and prominent cha- racteristic of these forms is a remarkably produced ventral mar- gin, when the area of the posterior side is brought, as usually happens, into a concave position. This is produced by the very oblique angle at which the posterior and anterior sides meet at the hinge, an angle which seldom exceeds 60°, whereas in other families these two sides meet at a right angle. Along with this all the Scubre appear much intumesced at the hinge, and fall quickly off with some degree of acuteness before attaining the posterior termination. The sides are adorned with ribs, running down perpendicularly, of which only a few curve round below the hinge and become united on the anterior surface. These ribs are divided, crenulated, by more or less acute divisions, placed close together, and they are also sometimes slightly curved towards the posterior area, when the side of the shell declines somewhat more quickly backwards. From such minute distinctions Agassiz and D’Orbigny have formed many distinct species, Trzgonia scabra, aliformis, carinata and others. However, the characters on which these various species have been founded have no fixed limits, but pass insensibly into each other ; the numerous crenulations of the Trigonia carinata are easily lost on the Tr. scabra and aliformis ; the depression of the posterior part of 7’r. aliformis is very often altogether wanting. On the other hand, the number of the ribs, with nearly equal size, continues almost constant. Eighteen to twenty ribs are almost invariably counted on the sides of these T77- * A description of this new species is then given by the author.— TRANS. of the Chalk Formation. 385 gonie, of about 24 inches in size, as well in France as in England and America. This is also the case with the Mexican Trigonia, described (Bulletin de Bruxelles, tom. vii. no. 10) by MM. Nyst and Galeotti, which they have named 7’. plicato-costata. It is not distinct from the 7rigonia crenulata of Lamarck and Agassiz, and when of the same size has the same number of ribs on the side. When thus limited and again referred to the oldest name proposed by Sowerby of Zrigonia aliformis, this remarkable Tri- gonia is dispersed over the whole extent of America, and every- where characterizes the middle chalk. Even the Trigonia tho- racica described by Morton from Alabama is now recognized by him as Trigonia aliformis. M. Galeotti relates that the Trigonia discovered and published by him occurs in the marls of a very extensive limestone formation in the middle of the great and principal Cordillera of Anahuac, twelve French miles W.N.W, from the town of Tehuacan in the district of Puebla, and four to seven thousand feet above the sea level. In that place it is so abundant and large that it may be considered the chief and most characteristic fossil of the whole formation. It is wonderful, says Galeotti, to find in one place such vast accumulations of fossil shells, fragments of so many Ammonites several feet m diameter, or of gigantic stems of corals ; so much so, that perhaps there is no other locality on the whole surface of the earth, where over several square miles such an immense mass of organic remains are dispersed. Some Ammonites are figured by Galeotti and de- scribed by Nyst, but neither the description nor the figure gives a clear view of the whole; they remind us chiefly of the Ammo- nites Carderoni of D’Orbigny. This same Trigonia again appears in South America, in the mountains of S. Fé de Bogota, whence they were first brought to us by Von Humboldt (Pétréf. recueillies en Amérique, p. 8. f.10). It occurs here dispersed over a wide space, from Socorro on the north to Tocaymo on the south of Santa Fé. It also shows the same depression of the lower border, the same acute angle, scarcely exceeding 60°, of the anterior and pos- terior margin, the same number of perpendicular plications on the sides, and the same crenulations on the plications. It seems therefore without sufficient foundation that some naturalists be- lieve this Trigonia to be a new species. D’Orbigny has quoted it with some doubt as Trigonia subcrenulata*, and Lea under the name of Trigonia Tocaymaanat. Since now the mountains of Santa Fé are proved most distinctly by the organic remains in- closed in the strata to belong to the middle eretaceous series, as I have endeavoured to prove in the description of Humboldt and * Coquilles de Colombie par M. Boussingault : Paris, 1842, p. 52. pl. 4. f. 7-9. + Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 2nd ser. vol. vii. p. 6. pl. 9. f.8. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.v. 2 386 M. Von Buch on the characteristic Fossils Degenhardt’s ‘ American Fossils’ (Berlin, 1839), and as still more clearly appears from Alcide D’Orbigny’s learned work on Bous- singault’s collections, it follows that the strata discovered by Galeotti above Tehuacan must be joined, with all their organic remains, to the middle chalk. The collections made by Burkart, Councillor of Mines in Bonn, in the mountains of Guanaxuato, contain nothing opposed to this view. We do not again find this Trigonia further south in America, in Peru or in Chili, at least it has not yet been observed in the cretaceous strata so common in all this region. On the other hand it appears in other quarters of the globe. The enterprising and talented Director Kraus of Stuttgart has brought from Zwartkopp, Algoa Bay at the Cape of Good Hope, a Trigonia which in all essential characters agrees with the Trigonia aliformis—even the acute angle, under 60°, of the anterior and posterior margins, and the direction of the ribs with the fine crenulations on them. Herr Kraus has named this shell Trigonia ventricosa. It is almost surprising to find this same Trigonia aliformis in the chalk hills which appear as if blown by the winds over the vast peninsula of Hindostan, quite in the south, near the point at Verdachellum to the south-west of Pon- dichery, and nearly in the same circumstances as in Europe and America. Prof. Edward Forbes, the most distinguished palon- tologist in England, affirms that he could find no distinction whatever between the Indian Trigonie and those from Black- down*, Along with it Cardium Hillanum, Pecten quinquecostatus, orbicularis, obliquus, occur, so that Mr. Forbes has no difficulty in referring the strata of the hill of Verdachellum to the upper greensand and the gault, or exactly the place to which the thick beds of St. Fé de Bogota, of Tehuacan and of Alabama, must be referred. Still the Indian beds contain a great number of forms which are peculiar to them alone, and perhaps bear some rela- tion to tropical conditions of climate, and which by themselves might be a reason for suspecting that these hills form a very highly developed tertiary formation. The Trigonia alone is suf- ficient to lead us to a better conclusion. It is a characteristic fossil. ; 3. THe Exocyre. Still more even than the Trigonie, we may regard the Exogyre as a stamp impressed on the whole cretaceous formation. These singular oysters appear for the first time in the Jura deposits, but only small, hardly an inch in size, and in most cases (Hzo- gyra virgula, Knorri, spiralis, auriformis) scarcely larger than beans. Wherever they are several inches in size, it may be un- conditionally assumed that they declare the formation to be cre- * Geol. Trans. 2nd ser. vol. vii. P. ui. p. 151. pl. 14. f. 3. of the Chalk Formation. 387 taceous. They then exhibit great diversity of form, but are at the same time so remarkably regular in their geological position, that each of the four divisions of the chalk may be distinguished by certaim forms of Ezogyre ; and hence they are of the greatest importance for deteymining to which of these divisions of the chalk a particular bed belongs. The beak of all the Ezogyre is very much twisted, sometimes turned round two or three times like a ram’s horn. This twisting is always found on the right side of the deeper (lower) valve, when the hinge or beak is turned towards the observer. On this side of the beak also there always appears a more or less distinct, narrower or broader depression, which is continued from the margin to the beak. In the inte- rior of the shell this depression forms a swelling on which the muscular impression is seen. Hence it is evidently the muscle that pulls up the mantle and along with it also the shell which it produces, and thus causes the furrow or depression on the ex- terior surface. This is a chief character of all the Hxogyre, which is wanting in the Gryphee and still more in the oysters. This also explains why the right side of the Ezogyre is always the smaller one, and much less expanded than the left side. All the Ezogyre may be divided into two sections accord- ing to the form of this side with the muscle :—into those m which this side is vertical to the surface of greatest expansion in the shell, and then forms a sharp keel on the back,—and those in which this side expands somewhat in a wing-like form, with a rounded and not a projecting back; that is (1) the Exogyre carinate, and (2) the Ezogyre expanse. Singularly enough these two divisions correspond to the geological occurrence of the genus ;—the first section, or the Hxogyre carinate, appearing especially in the lower; the other section, or the Exogyre ex- panse, mostly in the upper strata of the chalk deposits. These two divisions are represented in a remarkable manner by the Ezxogyra Couloni, or aquila, Goldfuss, and the Ex. columba ; the first characteristic of the Néocomien, the second of the upper chloritic chalk [chalk-marl]. Throughout the whole of Europe this Exogyra columba is never looked for in vain, but in North America it has not yet been seen except in Texas, and there only of a small size (Rémer). Its place appears to be supplied by the large, scaly, wide-expanded Exogyra costata, Say, which, ac- cording to Morton’s statement, occurs wherever the cretaceous strata are found. On the other hand, the absence of Exogyra Couloni from this portion of America is quite in accordance with its position in the lower beds which are wanting in North America. * 258 388 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. XXXVI.—Descriptions of British Aphides. By Francis Watxer, F.L.S. [Continued from p. 281. ] 82. Aphis Pruni. Aphis Pruni, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 218. 14; Syst. Rhyn. 296. 14; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2202; Geoffr. Ins. 1. 497. 10; De- geer, Ins. i. 49. 5. t. 2. f. 1-8; Reaum. Ins. 11. t. 23. f. 9-10; Scopoli, Ent. Carn. 1388. 406; Rossi, Faun. Etr. 260. 1874; Stew. El. nu. 110; Turt. n. 704; Schrank, Faun. Boie. ii. 115. 1217; Gotze, Ent. Beitr. 1. 3812; Latr. Gen. Cr. i. 173; St. Farg. et Serv. Encycl. x. 245; Kaltenbach, Mon. Pflan. 1. 52. 37; Ratz. Forst. Ins. mi. 216. A. Arundinis, Fabr. Syst. Ins. 885. 7; Ent. Syst. iv. 212. 8; Syst. Rhyn. 295.8; Gmel. ed. Syst. Nat. 1. 2202; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. 1. 54. 38. Prunifex, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 476. Calamaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 2 série, v. 477. The viviparous wingless female. This Aphis dwells beneath the leaves of the plum-tree (Prunus domestica), and is said to feed also on P. spinosa and on P. Armeniaca, from the middle of June to the end of October. It exudes much floccose matter with which the leaves on which it feeds are covered ; the body is light green, elliptical, long, narrow, and thickly covered with white. powder: the limbs are white: the feelers have brown tips, and are much shorter than the body: the tip of the mouth, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown, and the eyes are darker: the nectaries are pale green with black tips, and about one- twentieth of the length of the body: the front is rather narrow, and nearly straight : the first and second joints of the feelers are not angular; the fourth joimt is very much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter than the fourth; the sixth is ’ much shorter than the fifth ; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth. It also sometimes appears in abundance on Arundo Phragmitis and on A. Epigyos, and it assumes there a variety of tints, which will be mentioned when its history is more fully detailed. The viviparous winged female. The pupa much resembles the larva, but is shorter, and the tips of the rudimentary wings are pale brown. The winged Aphis is also light green, and very much covered with white powder: the head, the middle chest, and the middle breast are black or gray: the feelers have the same colours, and vary in length, being a little shorter or much shorter than the body; the fourth joint is more than half the length of the third; the fifth is shorter than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is more than Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 389 twice the length of the sixth: the eyes are dark red or black: the mouth is green or pale green; its tip and the nectaries are black, the latter are about one-twelfth or one-twentieth of the length of the body: the legs are pale green; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the wings are white or colourless and much longer than the body ; the wing- ribs, the rib-veins and the wing-brands are pale green, the latter are sometimes pale brown; the other veins are brown; the first vein is more perpendicular than is usual in this group, and the second vein diverges much more from it than it does from the third ; the first fork of the latter vein is a little after one-third and the second much more after two-thirds of its length; the fourth vein is curved moderately and equally throughout its length, and the angle whence it springs is very slight. 1st var. The legs are white ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. The oviparous wingless female. The body is small, slender, nearly linear, rather flat, smooth, whitish green tinged with yellow, not shining: there is a dark green stripe along the back : the head is yellow: the feelers are black, pale yellow at the base and about half the length of the body: the eyes are dark red: the mouth and the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and the latter are hardly one-tenth of the length of the body: the legs are pale yellow and rather short ; the knees, the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. On Elymus or Calamagrostis are- narius. lst var. The body is green : the eyes are nearly black. 2nd var. The back of the body hasa bluish tinge. On Salsola Kal in the beginning of October near Fleetwood. The wingless male. Like the oviparous female, but smaller : the feelers are about half the length of the body. Length of the body 3-3 line; of the wings 24 lines. 83. Aphis Lythri, Schrank. Aphis Lythri, Schrank, Faun. Boic. i. 1. 115. 1215; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 51. 36. Lythraphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 477. The viviparous wingless female. This insect feeds on Lythrum Salicaria in the summer. It is small, pale green, oval, shining, and slightly convex: the feelers are pale yellow, and shorter than the body, their tips and the eyes are black: the mouth and the nectaries are also pale yellow with black tips, and the latter are as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are pale yellow, and moderately long; the feet are darker. While young it is nar- rower and more linear. The front has three small tubercles ; the first and the second joints of the feelers are not angular; the fourth is much shorter than the third; the fifth is a little shorter 390 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. than the fourth; the sixth is much shorter than the fifth; the seventh is more than twice the length of the sixth. Ist var. The body is dull yellowish green varied with red: the feelers are dull yellow, black towards their tips, and a little shorter than the body: the mouth is yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are dull yellow with black tips: the legs are yellow ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. Found in September, near Newcastle, by Mr. Hardy. The viviparous winged female. The body is black and rather small: the borders and the underside of the fore-chest and the abdomen are dark yellowish green; the dise of the latter is black: the feelers and the nectaries are black, and the latter are nearly one-fifth of the length of the body: the legs are yellow ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black : the wings are colourless and very much longer than the body ; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow; the brands and the veins are brown. Length of the body } line; of the wings 2 lines. 84. Aphis Tussilaginis, n. s. The viviparous wingless female. This species was found in the latter part of October near Lancaster on Tussilago Farfara. The body is large, convex, narrow, linear and brown: the head is black : the feelers are pale yellow, and as long as the body ; the tips of the joints are black : the mouth is pale yellow, and reaches the hind-hips; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are pale yellow, black at the base and at the tips, and as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are long and pale yellow ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. While young it is linear pale greenish yellow, and has a large lively green spot in the middle of the body. 1st var. The abdomen is yellowish brown: the feelers are black, pale brown towards the base, and nearly twice the length of the body: the nectaries are yellow with black tips ; they are also black at the base, where there is a large spot of the same colour. The viviparous winged female. The body is brown : the borders and the underside of the fore-chest are pale green : the abdomen is pale green with a row of narrow black bands along its back, and a row of black spots on each side: the feelers are black, and a little longer than the body: the mouth is pale yellow; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are yellow with black tips, and as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are long and yellow; the hind-thighs except the base, the feet, and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the wings are colourless; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale yellow ; the wing-brands and the other veins are brown. Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 391 85. Aphis Dianthi, Schrank. Aphis Dianthi, Schrank, Faun. Boic. ui. 114. 1213; Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 42. 29. e A. vulgaris, Kyber, Germ. Mag. i. A. Rape, Curtis, Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc. 11. 53. pl. C. fig. 1-3. A, dubia, Curtis, Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc. 11. 54. pl. C. f. 4. A. vastator, Smee, The Potatoe Plant, &c. 81. A. Solani? Kalt. Mon. Pflan. i. 15. 5. Dianthaphis, Amyot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 24 série, v. 477. - The viviparous wingless female. The body is small, oval, dull, rather flat, pale yellowish green ; it has a row of punctures anda slight rim on each side: the feelers are pale yellow, black towards the tips, and a little more than half the length of the body: the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and as long as one-sixth of the body : the tube at the tip of the abdomen is also pale yellow with a darker tip: the legs are pale yellow and moderately long; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. Ist var. The body is mottled with red. 2nd var. The feelers are longer than the body ; the tips of the latter jomts are darker: the nectaries are as long as one-fourth of the body: the legs are pale yellow; the tips of the feet are darker. When young it is pale yellow, linear and flat. 3rd var. The body is pale red. 4th var. Body rose-colour: the head is almost white: the limbs are white: the eyes, the feet, the tip of the mouth, and the tips of the nectaries are black: the feelers are nearly as long as the body ; the nectaries are one-fifth of its length. 5th var. The body is pale yellowish green, tinged with red : the feelers are a little shorter than the body: the nectaries are as long as one-fourth of the body : the legs are pale greenish yellow ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. 6th var. The body is pale red, slightly streaked with black : the head is yellow: the feelers and the mouth are pale yellow with black tips, and the former are longer than the body: the nectaries are pale yellow, and as long as one-fourth of the body ; its tip and the eyes are black: the legs are yellow; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. 7th var. The body is pale whitish green: the feelers are pale green, black towards the tips, and much shorter than the body : the eyes are dark red : the mouth and the nectaries are pale green with black tips : the legs are pale green : the feet and the tips of the shanks are darker. On Sonchus. 8th var. The body is grass-green and shining : the head is pale yellow : the feelers are white, black towards the tips, and rather more than half the length of the body : the mouth is white with 392 Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. a black tip: the tube at the tip of the abdomen and the nectaries are white ; the latter have darker tips and are as long as one- fourth of the body: the legs are greenish white; the knees are brown ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black. 9th var. Like the last, but the body is deep green and mottled with dark colour: the feelers are black, yellow at the base: the nectaries are pale yellow with dark tips: the thighs are green ; the shanks are yellow, with black tips. 10th var. The nectaries are slightly spindle-shaped. _ lth var. The body is yellow: the borders of the abdomen are black : the feelers are black, yellow at the base, and shorter than the body: the mouth is pale yellow; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are yellow with black tips, and as long as one-fourth of the body : the legs are pale red ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. Mr. Hardy, on Urtica urens. 12th var. The body is dull green tinged with buff: the feelers are pale yellow, darker towards their tips, and a little shorter than the body: the eyes are dark brown: the mouth and the nectaries are pale yellow with brown tips, and the latter are as long as one-fourth of the body : the legs are also pale yellow ; the feet and the tips of the shanks are brown. On Carduus. 13th var. The body is small, oval, convex, pale green, not shining, whitish towards the head: the feelers are pale yellow, black towards the tips, and longer than the body: the mouth is pale yellow; its tip and the eyes are black: the nectaries are ~ pale yellow with black tips, and about one-fourth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow, and rather long ; the knees, the feet, and the tips of the shanks are black. An Aphis of this variety has one hind-shank much longer than the other, and black in the middle as well as at the end. 14th var. The body is rose-colour mottled with pale yellow: the head and the limbs are yellowish white : the feelers are longer than the body ; the tips of the joints are black : the eyes are very dark red: the mouth and the nectaries have black tips, and the latter are about one-fifth of the length of the body: the feet are black. 15th var. The body is green, and shining. 16th var. The body is yellow. 17th var. The body is red. 18th var. The body is bright red. 19th var. The body is pale orange. 20th var. The body is streaked with black. 21st var. The body is nearly all black. These colours vary in intensity, and are either separate, or mixed together on the body, which is sometimes dull, sometimes shining. The limbs also yary im colour: the feelers are rather less or Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. 393 rather more than the length of the body; their colour passes from pale yellow or pale green to brown or black; the dark colour begins at the last joints and at the tip of each joint, and spreads thence over the whole feeler: the eyes are bright red, or dark red, or brown, or black: the mouth is dull yellow, or pale yellow, or green, or pale green; its tip is brown or black: the nectaries likewise vary in colour, they have black or brown tips, and are one-fourth or one-fifth of the length of the body : the legs have the same variations in colour, and also vary slightly in length ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are brown or black ; thé thighs are paler than the shanks, and the dark colour in the former sometimes occupies half their length ; the hind-shanks and even the hind-thighs are some- times but very rarely brown or black: the limbs as usual are almost white when the skin has been lately shed. The viviparous winged female. While a pupa it is red: the feelers are yellow, black towards the tips, and as long as the body : the mouth is pale yellow ; its tip and the eyes are black : the nectaries are pale yellow with black tips, and as long as one- fourth of the body: the legs are pale red; the feet and the tips of the shanks are black: the rudimentary wings are whitish or pale green, or with brown or black tips. When the wings are unfolded the insect is black: the borders of the fore-chest, the fore-breast, and the abdomen are greenish yellow : the feelers are hardly shorter than the body: the mouth is pale yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-sixth of the body : the legs are pale yellow ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black: the wings are colourless, and much longer than the body; the wing-ribs and the rib-veins are pale brown ; the other veins are brown. lst var. The body is dull green varied with black and red: the feelers are pale yellow towards the base, and a little longer than the body. 2nd var. The body is rose-colour: the limbs and the rudi- mentary wings are white. 3rd var. The body is black, and very small: the abdomen is dull green : the feelers are much shorter than the body : the mouth is dull yellow with a black tip: the nectaries are black, and as long as one-sixth of the body : the legs are yellow ; the feet and the tips of the thighs and of the shanks are black : the wing-ribs are pale yellow; the wing-brands and the veins are pale brown. 4th var. While a pupa it is pale greenish yellow: the feelers are yellow, brown towards the tips, and a little shorter than the body : the nectaries also are yellow with brown tips, and nearly one-fifth of the length of the body : the legs are pale yellow ; the feet, and the tips of the shanks are brown. The winged Aphis is as variable in colour as the wingless ; it 394: Mr. F. Walker’s Descriptions of Aphides. is greenish black, or black, or brown, or pale brown, or bright yellow: the borders of the fore-chest and the fore-breast are yellow, or red, or reddish brown, or green: the abdomen is yellow, or green, or dark green, or reddish brown tinged with green ; its disc is usually more or less black, and it has sometimes one or two rows of black dots on each side: the feelers are black, but sometimes pale green at the base : the mouth is green, or pale green, or pale yellow; its tip is black : the tube at the tip of the abdomen is yellow: the nectaries are sometimes only one-sixth of the length of the body: the greater part of the hind-thighs is some- times black, and more rarely all the thighs are black from the middle to the tips, or even from near the base to the tips: the wing-ribs are pale yellow, or pale green, or yellowish white ; the rib-veins and the wing-brands are pale yellow or pale brown ; the other veins are pale brown or brown. Length of the body 3 line ; of the wings 2 lines. Variations in the wing-veins. The third vein has no second fork. It feeds on the following plants :— Leontodon taraxacum. Plantago lanceolata. Thalictrum minus. Ranunculus bulbosus. hirsutus. Mentha hirsuta. repens. Heliotropium Peruvianum. acris. Beta vulgaris. Aquilegia vulgaris. maritima. Papaver Rheeas. Calceolaria pimnata. Fumaria officinalis. Callistemma. Nasturtium officimale. Tussilago. Geranium Robertianum. Spergula arvensis. Cochlearia Armoracea. Alhiaria officinalis. Erysimum barbarea. Bunias Kakile. Capsella Bursa-pastoris. Galium Mollugo. Cakile maritima. Crocus. Brassica oleracea. Dianthus Caryophyllus. Rapa. prolifer. campestris. Tulipa. Napus. Fuchsia coccinea. Sinapis arvensis. globosa. alba. micrantha. nigra. Narcissus. Raphanus sativus. Mesembryanthemum. Raphanistrum. Hyacinthus. Dianthus. Verbena. Euphorbia Peplus. Crepis tectorum. Potentilla anserina. Pyrethrum inodorum. Tropxolum tricolor. Solanum tuberosum. Polygonum Persicaria. Pimelea sylvatica. Myosotis scorpioides. Myrtus. Inula dysenterica. Citrus. Digitalis. Ruscus androgynus. Sonchus. Cactus. And on many other hot-house, green-house, cultivated and wild plants which will be mentioned in a future notice of this Aphis. Zoological Society. 395 The following extracts from the observations of Mr. William Curtis in the year 1800 refer chiefly to this species, or to A. Malve, on columbine : “Tn very cold weather Aphides are oviparous, for this obvious reason: the eggs are capable of resisting cold more powerfully than the young. On the 22nd of November I found a con- siderable number of eggs which had been deposited in some auricula plants by a small green Aphis, which infests plants very generally, while the same species, on a geranium that I kept within doors, produced young. In mild winters I have observed im the month of January the same species of Aphis in great numbers on the same species of Primula, without doors, and all the females viviparous. These are facts that prove that all Aphides are not oviparous and viviparous at the same season, but that some may be wholly viviparous; that all such as are both oviparous and viviparous do not lay eggs towards the mid- dle of autumn, nor at all during the winter, unless a certain degree of cold takes place.” ‘Seasons sometimes occur very irregularly indeed, on an average, perhaps, once in four or six years, in which they (the Aphides) are multiplied to such an extent that the usual means of diminution fail in preventing them from doimg irreparable injury to certain crops. In severe winters we have no doubt but that Aphides are very con- siderably diminished ; in very mild winters we know that they are very considerably increased ; for they not only exist during such seasons, but continue to multiply.” “ The common green Aphis, which is so generally destructive, lives during the winter season on such herbaceous plants as it remained on during the autumn, either in its egg or perfect state. Ifthe weather be mild, it multiphes greatly on such herbage ; as the spring advances, in May the males and females of these insects acquire wings: and thus the business of increase, hitherto confined, is widely and rapidly extended.” [To be continued. ] PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. March 27, 1849.—Wm. Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. MonoGRAPH OF THE LARGE AFRICAN SPECIES OF NOCTURNAL LEPIDOPTERA BELONGING OR ALLIED TO THE GENUS SATUR- nia. By J. O. Westwoop, F.L.S. erc. (Continued from p- 306. Section C. Sp. 13. Sarurnia Epimetuea. SV. alis anticis subfalcatis ; sub- JSuscis striga communi subapicali obscura extus pallide griseo 396 Zoological Society. marginata ; macula minuta mediana triangulart vitrea ; posticis acute angulato-caudatis, ocello magno medio fulvo iride nigra an- nulo puniceo cinereoque cincta, margine antico alarum obscuriori. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 5-6. Hab. in Guinea. In Mus. Britann. Syn. Phalena Attacus Epimethea, Drury, vol. ii. pl. 13. fig. 1; Fab. Ent. Syst. ili. a. p.414; Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. 2404; Once Ins. t. 176 A; Oliv. Ene. Méth. v. 29. The paren of the male are rather small, with only 34 rays on each side, thirteen of the apical joints being destitute of rays. The palpi are small and distinct, rather dependent, but not extending be- yond the hairs of the face. Sp. 14. Sarurnia Atcrnog, Cramer. S. alis anticis falcatis rufo-badiis ; anticis costa lata alba, striga communi recta trans- versa prope basin, fascia lata alba pone medium in qua striga recta fusca; anticis macula mediana vitrea subquadrata, pos- ticis ocello ovali pupilla vitrea, iride lata fulva, annulo nigro circumdata. Expans. alar. antic. cire. unc. 6. Syn. B. Alcinoe, Cramer, pl. 322A. B. Caffraria, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. 31. fig. 2 & 2e. Saturnia Caffra, Boisduval in Dele- gorgue, Voy. dans Afriq. Austr. i. p. 601. Hab. in Caffraria, Amazoolu. In Mus. Britann. The palpi are distinct and slender, but do not extend beyond the hairs of the clypeus. The antenne of the males have 54 rays on each side, the two basal rays of each joint converging inwardly and being bent more obliquely, so that the tips of the rays form four distinct rows ; ; all the rays are moreover set on more obliquely than in the typical species. The antenne of the female are moderately pectinated, the two apical rays of each joint being almost obliterated. A beautiful figure of this species 1s given in Mr. Angas’s plate of Zoolu Moths, fig. 15. Sp. 15. Sarurnia Anrnpa, Drury. S. alis rufo-brunneis mar- gine externo saturatiort strigisque variis undulatis obscuris presertim pone medium, macula semiovali mediana vitrea, pos- ticis ocello magno pupilla vitrea iride fulva annulo nigro cincta. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 732. fab. Sierra Leone. Syn. Phalena Attacus Alinda, Drury, Mlustr. ii. pl. 19; Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. p. 26. 10. I have not seen a specimen of this species. Sp. 16. Sarurnia Puapvusa, Drury. S. alis anticis falcatis griseo-fuscis anticis strigis tribus transversis saturatioribus maculaque parva triangulari mediana vitrea; posticis obscu- rioribus ocello maximo pupilla minuta vitrea, iride lata nigra annulis concentricis anguste sanguinea, pallide punicea, et fer- rugmea circumeincta. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 73. Hab. Sierra Leone. In Mus. Britann. Syn. Phalena Attacus Phedusa, Drury, Mlustr. ii. pl. 24 & 25. Zoological Society. 397 Bombyx Saturnus, Fab. Ent. Syst. ui. a. p.409 ; Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. aa he The palpi are short and thin, but distinct. The antenne are short, each joint emitting four rays lying flat. The specimen in the British Museum collection is pale russet- coloured beneath with a pinkish bloom, the centre of each wing with a group of brown spots much larger im the hind- than in the fore- wings; a small brown spot also occurs at the base of the hind- wings. Sp. 17..Sarurnia Tyrruena, Westw. 8S. alis anticis falcatis griseo-fuscis basi rubidis, striga undulata prope basin alteraque lunulata subapicali fuscis, macula parva mediana subtrigona vitrea ; limbo apicali rufo ; alis posticis rufis ocello magno ovali nigra pupilla parva vitrea ; striga undata obscuriori, limbo lato pallide griseo-fusco. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 4—53. Hab. Port Natal. In Mus. Britann. The fore-wings are pale greyish-brown, sometimes with a reddish tinge ; they are acute at the tip in both sexes, but the outer margin - is considerably more emarginate than in the female; the base of the wing is red, and near the base is a red, very much angulated striga almost suffused into the ground colour of the wing, and outwardly edged with a slight dusky striga; across the middle of the wing is a waved but nearly obsolete striga, and in the middle of the wing to- wards the fore-margin is a small subtriangular vitreous spot without any appearance of ocellus: beyond the middle is a row of reddish arches inwardly slightly edged with a thin dusky line. The hind-wings are redaish, with a broad pale greyish-brown border ; in the middle of the wing is a large round black spot, with a very small vitreous lunar spot in the middle, preceded snd followed by a slight dusky waved striga. The body above is of the ground colour of the wings, with the hind part of the thorax marked with red. The underside of the body, collar, and spot at the base of the hind- wings are white. The head, antennz and legs dark brown. The wings beneath are very pale buff,with the centre of each marked by a large brown irregular spot, traversed by the pale veins. Antenne of the male with 32 rays on each side (four from each joint). One-third of the apical part of each antenna is destitute of rays. The antennee of the female are slightly pectinated for two-thirds of the base, the two apical rays of each joint being almost obsolete. The tips are serrated. The palpi are deflexed, and the tips appear just beyond the hairs of the lower part of the face. Var. Smaller, with the fore-wings and body destitute of the red colour, and the hind-wings fulvous with the outer margin purplish- grey, with the eye as in the others. Sp. 18. Saturnia Forpa, Westw. S. pallide griseo-fusca 3, pal- lide cervino-lutea 2, striga subobsoleta pone medium, posticis 398 Zoological Society. etiam ocello parvo subvitreo, fusco, medio; alis posticis maris angulato-subcaudatis ; foeemine rotundatis. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 45-43. Hab. in Natalia. Mus. Brit. Male with the fore-wings very slightly emarginate along the outer margin; hind-wings produced into a strong angle in the middle of the hind-margin ; all on the upper side of a silky, pale brownish-grey, uniform colour, traversed by a slightly distinct, slender, brown striga ‘beyond the middle. The hind-ones marked moreover in the middle with asmall, round, dusky spot, having an indistinct vitreous lunule in the middle, and surrounded by an indistinct whitish circle. The antennze are dark brown ; those of the male are moderately bipectinated, each having about thirty-six rays on each side, a few of the apical joints being destitute of rays, and some of the preceding having the second ray gradually becoming obsolete. The female antennez are only slightly serrated, the second spur on each side of each joint being obliterated. The veins are those of the typical Saturnia. The female has the body“and wings of a pale reddish buff, with the dusky striga beyond the middle almost obliterated, and the dusky spot in the middle semicircular. On the underside the hind-wings have also a small oval dark spot towards the base. Sp. 19. Sarurnra ANGASANA, Westw. S. alis anticis apice acutis isabellinis, fascia pallide grisea ante medium, strigaque tenui oblique fusca pone medium maculaque parva semi-ovali vitrea mediana; posticis ocello magno ngro, pupilla minuta vitrea, annulis concentricis testaceo, puniceo-albo, et sanguineo cincta. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 53. Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. Isabelle-coloured or pale rufous brown, with an irregular pale greyish bar before the middle, followed by an oblique darker fascia, on the outside of which is a small semi-oval tale-like spot ; beyond this, extending from near the tip of the wings towards the middle of the inner margin, is a nearly straight, slender, darker line, edged with greyish on each side; the apical margin of the wing beyond the dark line becoming grey, shaded off to the ground colour of the wmg. The hind-wings have a large ocellus, black in the centre, with a minute vitreous dot in the middle, with a red lead-coloured ring outside the black, followed by a fleshy-coloured one, and this by a purple-carmine one: the outside of the ocellus rests upon a dark, slender, curved line. The collar and underside of the body whitish ; head and legs darker olive-brown ; antenne black. Wings beneath pale reddish buff, of a redder brown near the tip, with the dusky subapical line as above, and the vitreous spot pre- ceded and followed by a dark claret-brown spot : hind-wings destitute of the ocellus, which is replaced’by an indistinct claret-brown spot, followed by a red-brown fascia, widest at the anal margin. Near the base is also a small brown spot. The antennee of the female are serrated, the two terminal rays of each joint nearly obliterated, with one-fourth at the apex simple. Zoological Society. 399 This species is figured by Mr. Angas in his plate of Amazoolu Lepidoptera, fig. 16. Sp. 20. Sarurnia Acetes, Westw. S. alis anticis apice acutis obscure fulvis striga valde undulata cinerea prope basin ocello mediocri mediano fusco et vitreo strigaque recta fusca sub- apicali, posticis magis ferrugineis ocello magno medio pupilla vitrea, iride nigra annulo albo cincta strigaque tenui transversa JSusca recta prope medium (¢?). Expans. alar. antic. unc. 63. Hab. apud Caput Palmarum (D. Savage). In mus. nostr. The fore-wings are of a dark reddish fulvous colour, tinged with red-brown between the middle and the apex. Near the base is a very irregular, rather indistinct, ashy-purplish striga, and in the middle of the wing is an oval moderate-sized ocellus, the basal half being brown, and the apical half vitreous, the latter surrounded by a slender brown line ; halfway between this ocellus and the apical margin of the wing is a straight, slender, brown line, ramnimg from near the apex of the wing towards the middle of the inner margin. The hind-wings are of a much redder hue, especially on the anterior portion, with a slight appearance of the sub-basal ashy striga of the fore-wings near the base; the middle of the wing occupied by a large ocellus, with a vitreous centre, having a rather broad greyish-black iris surrounded by a white ring, the outer extremity of which rests on a slender dusky striga running from near the outer angle of the wing towards the middle of the anal margin. The body is rich brownish fulvous, with an ashy-brown collar and legs. The antennz black and very slightly: pectinated in the female, consisting of about thirty-five joints, the first twenty-five emitting a pair of short slender branches from the base, the tip of the joints being also slightly serrated ; the ten terminal joints are shorter, each emitting a single branck set on in front of each joint, the branches of the preceding joints being set on the upper and lower edges. The wings beneath are paler buff-brown, with a broad, subapical, dusky bar, undulated externally ; the eye of the fore-wings less di- stinct, and that of the hind-wings replaced by two brown spots and a vitreous patch. Near the base of the wings is also a round brown dot. Sp. 21. Saturnia Ists, Westw. S. alis grisets nigro fuscoque irro- ratis, striga fusca valde dentata ante medium alterisque duabus nigris pone medium, ocello parvo vitreo antice nigro; posticis ocello maximo ornatis, pupilla nigra postice subvitrea, iride ob- secure fulva annulisque concentricis nigro, subluteo, pallide car- neo, purpureo-rufescenti, iterumque carneo et pone hanc striga curvata nigra, apice obscure albido limbo griseo. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 53. Syn. Saturnia Isis, Westwood in Jard. Nat. Library, Entomol. vol. vii. p. 138. pl. 13. S. Maia, Klug, Neue Schmett. t. 5. fig. 1 (nec Ph. Maja, Drury, Ml. vii: pl. 24. fig. 3). Wings of a very pale grey colour, especially the anterior pair, which are almost entirely covered with fine black and brown scales. 4.00 ~ Loological Society. The centre of these wings is ornamented with a small oval ocellus, the basal half of which is covered with black scales, and the outer half is vitreous: between this and the base is a very curved and irre- gularly dentate dark striga, and immediately behind the eye is a nearly straight, slender, brown bar. This is succeeded by slender black wavy bars, the space between which and the apex of this wing is di- vided as it were into three compartments, the first of which is covered with small brown scales; the second is paler, and covered with very fine black speckles, and the apical part is much darker, with large black speckles ; the apical margin of the fore-wings is slightly waved. The hind-wings are entirely covered on the upper side by a most magnificent eye-like spot, surrounded by successive rings of various colours. The oval pupil is black, but the part furthest removed from the body is denuded of scales, fae would be vitreous were not the underside of the wings clothed with scales: this is surrounded by a narrow fulvous iris; then black; then a broader oval ring of dirty clay colour; then a narrow oval of pale flesh-colour; then a broad, rich, claret, oval ring: between this and the base of the wing is first a bar of flesh-colour, then black, shaded into claret ; towards the ex- tremity of the wing the claret is succeeded by a half-ring of flesh- colour; then a narrow one of black; then of paie buff stone-colour, and another moderately broad of grey speckled with black, extending to the extremity of the wings. The thorax is dark and rich brown coloured, with two white bands across the neck and two across the extremity of the thorax whitish; the abdomen is buff, with black dots. The margin of the wings is scalloped. Beneath, all the wings are very pale buflish white with dark speckles; the fore-wings are marked nearly as on the upper side, but the hind- wings have only a very small eye in the centre, having a black pupil with a fulvous orbit surrounded by a slender black circle ; immediately connected with the posterior part of this eye is a curved row of brown arches, between which and the apex of the wings is another and more slightly marked series of black scallops. The palpi are distinct, forming a small brown muzzle, but they are not visible from above ; they, as well as the rest of the head, are brown. The spiral tongue appears to be wanting. The antenne of the male are considerably elongated, with the rays bent backwards instead of lymg flat, and there are eighty-eight rays on each side of the antenne, the rays ex- tending to the tip, so that the antennze are composed of about forty - four or forty-six jomts. The antennee of the female are setaceous, and only slightly bipectinated, being gradually more slender from about one-third of the distance from the base to the apex, each joint emitting four rays, the joint at each point of emission being swollen. The female has the wings rather shorter, and not at all emarginate along the apical margin. Sp. 22. Sarurnia nicTiTans, Fabr. 8S. alis margine apicali integro, fusco incarnatis medio obscuriore, striga tenuissima angulata prope basin alteraque recta subapicali fuscis pune- toque parvo medio vitreo; posticis concoloribus ocello magno Zoological Society. 401 medio pupilla parva vitrea, iride flava, annulis niyro, puniceo et albo cincta, strigaque transversa nigra subapicali. Expans. alar. antic. fere unc. 5. Hab. in Africa tropicali. In Mus. Banks. (Soc. Linn. Lond.), Mus. Britann. et nostro. Syn. Bombyx nictitans, Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. a. 413. The antenne of the male are 39-jomted, with fifty-eight rays on each side (four from each of the twenty-nine or thirty basal joints), the rays lying nearly flat. The antennz of the female are about 42-jointed, only slightly serrated, each joint having two serratures on each side, the basal one being most prominent, the antennee becoming gradually more slender to the tips. The palpi are short, but distinct and deflexed. Sp. 23. Sarurnia Axopia, Westw. S. alis anticis fusco-albidis, striga recta puniceo-alba ante medium maculaque parva trian- gulart mediana vitrea, strigaque postica recta fusca externe pu- niceo-tincta, posticis etiam bistrigatis ocelloque parvo vitreo, iride obscure lutea circulo nigro alteroque late puniceo-albo cir- cumdata. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 4. Hab. ? In Mus. Britann. Fore-wings brownish buff, with a pale pinkish white, nearly straight fascia across the wings before the middle, edged towards the base with a fine dark line, the other side shaded off to the ground colour of the wings; beyond the middle is a small triangular vitre- ous spot, bounded at the base by the transverse veinlet closing the discoidal cell; beyond the middle is a straight, slender, dark striga, edged with pale pinkish white ; the outer - margin of these wings slightly emarginate; hind-wings eens somewhat oval, brownish buff, the middle with a pale rosy tint, bearing an ill-defined whitish fascia towards the base, and another, followed “by a dusky line, beyond the middle ; the middle of the wing occupied by an ocellus, with a small glassy centre, surrounded by dirty buff, and this by a black circle and a larger, pale pinkish white one ; thorax in front with a white trans- verse > fascia ; antennee dark brown. The antennz of the male are small, moderately short, the rays flat, thirty-four rays on each side, one-fourth of the antennz at the tip being destitute of rays. The palpi are distinct, but small. Sp. 24. Saturnia Erura, Westw. S. alis omnibus apice un- dulatis, anticis subfalcatis, posticis in medio in caudam trun- catam productis ; fusco-albidis fusco irroratis, anticis dimidio basali pallidiore, strigis tribus fuscis undatis 2nda magis distincta mediana et cum ocello parvo medio conjuncta ; posticis ocello maximo; pupilla lunata vitrea iride nigra circulo tenut luteo, 2do nigro, 3tio latiore luteo-fulvo, 4to albo ; striga basal angulata alterisque duabus pone medium undulatis nigris ; parte antica alarum puniceo-rufa. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 53. - Hab. ? In Mus. D. Loddiges. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. - 26 402 Zoological Society. The fore-wings of this fine species are rather narrow and subfalcate, with the apical margin rather waved ; they are of a buff-brown, very much irrorated with darker scales, the basal half of the wing and costa being much paler; they are traversed by three very oblique brown strigee, of which the middle one is the thickest; the anterior one is very much waved and dentated, the second much-waved, having at- tached to it near the middle of the wing a small oval ocellus, of which the anterior half is brown and the other half vitreous: the third fascia arises on the costa from a larger brown spot. The hind-wings are similarly coloured to the apical portion of the fore-ones, except that the anterior portion is of a rich pinkish red which extends half round the ocellus, which is large and central, having a small semicircular vitreous pupil surrounded by a black iris round which is a very slender luteous ring, and another black, followed by a pinkish-buff broader ring, and this by a white one. Across the base of the wing is a brown angulated striga, being the continuation of the central one of the fore-wings, and from the inner margin of the ocellus runs a waved one to the anal margin, followed by another running across the wing parallel to the apical margin. The apical part of the wing is much freckled with brown, and a thin brown line runs just within the mar- gin. The thorax is dark brown, with a pale buff collar; the hind- part pale, with a short black bar. Wings beneath coloured as above, except that the fore-ones are tinged on the inner margin with pink, which colour is entirely wanting in the hind-wings, which are more freckled with brown than above, the ocellus being replaced by a small brown spot. The pectinations of the antennze of the only specimen I have seen (which is probably a female) are comparatively short, each antenna having thirty-eight rays on each side (four from each joimt), and about one-fourth of the antennee at the apex is destitute of rays. The palpi are very small, but distinct. This fine insect is unique in the collection of Conrad Loddiges, Esq., of Hackney, who is not aware of its locality ; but from its rela- tionship to S. Isis, I have but little doubt of its being a native of Africa. Section D. Sp. 25. Sarurnia Lucia, Drury. S. alts anticis falcatis, pos- ticis rotundatis, omnibus albido-griseis fusco multum rivulosis strigis undulatis submarginalibus, anticis maculis nonnullis me- diis ocelloque parvo apicali nigris. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 63. Hab. Sierra Leone. Syn. Phalena Attacus Lucina, Drury, Illustr. iii. pl. 34. fig. 1; Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. 31. I have not seen any specimen of this insect, the veins of which agree rather with Saturnia than Lasiocampa, although the antennze seem but narrowly pectinated. Sp. 26. Sarurnia Nenta, Westw. S. alis anticis apice rotun- datis ; plumbeo-nigris apicibus magis fuscis luteoque irroratis striga tenut irregulari nigra obliqua, ante medium alteraque Zoological Society. 403 minus distincta at magis obliqua, et ad costam valde angulata, macula media irregulari albida ; posticis nigricanii-fuscis bast puniceis macula magna media pallide flava. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 44. Hab. apud Caput Palmarum (D. Savage). In mus. nostro. This curious species has the fore-wings broad, with the fore-margin rather suddenly angulated beyond the middle, and with the apical margin rounded, the extreme tip forming a small, rounded, slightly detached lobe. The general colour of the wing is a dark leaden- coloured blackish-brown, slightly irrorated with fulvous scales, espe- cially towards the tip of the wing, which is rather paler and more varied than the rest. At about one-third from the base runs an ob- lique, black, irregular striga, which is followed by another more slender and indistinct, and more slanting, being suddenly strongly angulated near the costa, where it terminates in a strong black dash. Between the strigze is an ill-defined fulvous-buff patch in the middle of the wing. The hind-wings are blackish brown, with the base pink, and with a large, very pale yellow patch in the middle. The body is blackish brown and slightly irrorated. The abdomen is much swollen in the only specimen I have seen. Beneath, the wings are very much freckled with grey, black, buff and white, especially beyond the middle ; the fore-wings have a large patch of rose-pink along the m- side at the base, followed at some distance by a rather broad, very pale yellow bar; the hind-wings want the pink colour, but have the pale yellow patch as on the upper side. The antenne of the female consist of twenty-two joints, emitting only a pair of rays from the base of each, the apical pair being indi- cated by a very slight serration, followed by about twelve joints at the tip which are destitute of rays. The palpi are porrected into a short distinct muzzle. From these characters it will probably be necessary to form this species into a separate subgenus, when the male shall be known. The veins of the wings are arranged as in the typical Saturnia. Sp. 27. Sarurnra Heritia, Westw. S. alis apice undulatis, anticis angulatis brunneo-fulvis valde irroratis, medio fulvescentt fascia obliqua fusca abbreviata; posticis macula magna sul- phurea, limbo lato fusco, fulvo irrorato. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 43. Hab. Sierra Leone (D. Morgan). In Mus. Brit. Wings fulvous-brown, much varied with darker and lighter shades, and with numerous small dark dots and streaks ; the base with a grey shade much-mottled with small dark brown patches; before the middle of the wing is an ill-defined, pale, nearly syuare patch, resting on the median vein, but extending narrowly along the costal margin, which is much marked with dark dots; the middle of the wing is more uniformly fulvous brown, with a dark, very oblique dash arising from the costa, which is considerably curved beyond the middle: a dark brown oval patch also rests on the middle of the last branch of the median vein; the apical margin of the wing is scalloped and dark 26%* ADA Zoological Society. brown, preceded by a paler patch marked with undulating fulvous- brown lines ; the hind-angle of the wing being much dotted with dif- ferent shades of fulvons and brown. The hind-wings have a large sulphur-white patch occupying the base of the wings, except the extreme base, which is pink. The remainder is brown, varied with minute fulvous spots, the anal angle being more mottled. On the underside the wings are paler and richer coloured, more decidedly mottled ; the fore-wings having the base suffused with pink. The veins are fulvous. The antennz are but slightly pectinated. The body is fulvous-brown, the thoracic portion tinged with pink. Sp. 28. Sarurnra AGATHYLLA, Westw. S. alis anticis subfalcatis posticis denticulatis; supra pallide rufo-fulvis (in specimine nostro unico valde detritis), in medio ut videtur exocellatis. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 34. Hab. Congo. In Mus. Brit. A single specimen only of this insect exists in the British Museum, having the wings so completely denuded of scales, except at the base, that it is impossible to give a detailed charater ; their outline is how- ever entire. The anterior ones are subfalcate, and the hind ones are denticulated along the outer margin, the tooth at the extremity of the middle branch of the median vein being the most acute. All that remains of the colouring of the fore-wings is a reddish-fulvous buff, which seems indeed to have extended all over these wings, as well as over the hind-wings, which are suffused with pink on the upper side towards the anterior margin. On the under side the wings are co- loured as above; the fore-wings are also suffused with pink along the posterior margin at the base, and they, as well as the hind-wings, have the anterior margin somewhat streaked transversely with brown. I can discern no trace of eyes in the middle of the wings. The body both above and below is fulvous brown, as are also the antennee and legs. The basal joint of the antennze is clothed beneath with a thick mass of hairs ; each is furnished with eighty rays, each of the twenty joints succeeding the basal one emitting four rays, one close at the base and one close at the apex on each side, the inside of the two on each side beg furnished with fine hairs, the tips of which come in contact with each other. The thirteen terminal joints are destitute of rays. The palpi are quite distinct, but scarcely extend beyond the hairs of the face. Section E. Sp. 29. Sarurnia (Henucnua) Grimnia, Hiibner. S. alis an- ticis nigris albo irroratis lunulisque magnis albis, ocello medio Sulvo maculam mediam virgatam includente ; posticis basi puni- ceis medio albis maculis duabus nigris, majort ocellum fulvum (cum lunula alba) includente, limbo nigro albo irrorato, maculis marginalibus albidis. Expans. alar. antic. cire. unc. 3. Hab. Africa meridionali. ~ Syn. Phalena (Henucha) Grimmia, Hiibner, Exot. Sehm. F. 3, 4. Zoological Society. 405 Sp. 30. Sarurnia (Henucua?) DeLecorGuel, Bdv. 8S. alis anticis (maris) valde falcatis ; posticis subtriangularibus ; om- nibus (famine) subrotundatis et parum sinuatis ; anticis brun- neis basi costa et limbo apicali cinerascentibus, pone medium macula parva vitrea angulata; posticis basi et antice roseis, limbo fusco, striga alba ; medio nigro, ocello fulvo, lunula vitreo annuloque nigro. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 2-23. Hab. in Terra Amazoolu, et apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. Syn. Saturnia Delegorguei, Boisduval in Delegorgue’s Voyage dans PAfriq. Austr. ii. p. 601. The antenne of the male are 32-jointed, each of the fourteen basal joints emitting four rays, the second ray in one joint and the first of the following joint being close together, and only gaping at the tip: one- third of the antenne at the tip is simple ; the rays are set on at right angles, lying flat. The antennze of the female are very shortly pec- tinated on each side, except about one-fourth of the length at the tip. The veins of the wings differ from those of the typical Saturnia in having the outer branch of the post-costal vein arising from the middle of the transverse veinlet which closes the discoidal cell, and the two small vitreous spots, forming the angulated spot above described, rest on the outside of the veinlet, being divided from each other by the outer branch of the post-costal vein. Sp. 31. Sarurnia (Henucua ?) Smizax, Westw. S. alis anticis maris valde falcatis obscure fulvis (3) seu griseo-fuscis (2), fascia lata obliqua livida seu castanea utrinque linea tenui pal- lida marginata, anticis plaga magna subtriloba vitrea ; posticis lunula parva media vitrea. Expans. alar. unc. 23-22. Hab. Port Natal. In Mus. Britann. et Saunders. The fore-wings of the male are rather narrow and very much hooked at the tip, and angulated beyond the middle of the costa, fulvous brown, palest along the fore-margin, with a rather broad, very oblique fascia a little beyond the middle of the wing, of a rich chestnut colour, shaded to purplish towards the costa; nearly straight along the fore- edge, but much-arched on the outer margin, both edges being marked with a pale, slender, buff line: beyond the middle of the fore-wing is a large, irregular, somewhat trilobed vitreous spot, outwardly edged with a dark line, and succeeded by a pale buff one. The apical por- tion of the wing beyond the fascia is fulvous buff, shaded to brown in the middle, and to purple. There is also a small dark dot in the middle of the costa. The hind-wings are fulvous, the middle with a darker oblique fascia tinged with purple, with a pale line on each side; the outer margin curved, and in the middle of this fascia is a small lunate vitreous spot. The female has the fore-wings slightly waved along the outer mar- gin: the general colour of the wings is darker and more ashy than in the male, the fulvous colour replaced by ashy brown. 406 Zoological Society. The head and a large patch on the thorax are dark fulvous brown in the male, chestnut in the female. The antennz of the males are scarcely pectinated beyond the middle; there are twenty-two rays on each side. The apical half simple, with only numerous short sete at the extremity of the joints. The antennez of the female are quite simple and setaceous. The veins of the wings are arranged as in the last species, the ocellus of the fore-wing resting on the outside of the transverse veinlet closing the discoidal cell, and being divided into two parts by the outer branch of the postcostal vein*. Sp. 32. Sarurnra (URora) Sinope, Westw. S. alis anticis integris, posticis breviter caudatis; anticis fulvo brunneis fasciis duabus albis singula strigam fuscam includente, punctoque parvo ovali media alba, posticis livide puniceis puncto medio albo fas- ciaque pone medium alba. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 3. Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. The wings of the male are entire and nearly straight ; along the apical margin they are buff-brown or pale reddish brown, with a transverse white bar before and another beyond the middle, each edged on each side with a thin black line, and bearing a black streak along its middle. In the middle of the wing is a small oval white spot edged with black. Hind-wings livid pink, with a white spot in the middle, followed by a white fascia: apical portion of the wing fulvous brown, produced into a short, broad, somewhat triangular tail, obtuse at the tip. Beneath similarly marked, but with all the colouring dull. Body, legs and antennze fulvous brown. The antenne are rather short, and consist of forty-eight joints, each joint with one short ray on each side; the rays set on obliquely and directed backwards, the tips of the rays being turned forwards. There are no traces of palpi to be perceived. The veins of the fore-wings are arranged as in the typical Saturnia. Sp. 33. Sarurnia (ApHELIA) ApoLirnaris, Bdy. 8. alis ea- terne rotundatis albis venis nigricantibus, anticis maculis duabus parvis medis flavis fusco-cinctis ; apice nigricanti striga com- muni extus dentata cum margine postico parallela, margine fusco- nigricanti maculis flavis ornato; abdomine albo apicibus seg- mentorum flavidis ; serieque dorsali laterali et ventrali pune- torum nigrorum, pronoti margine antico flavido. Expans. alar. antic. fere unc. 3. Hab. apud Portum Natalensem. In Mus. Britann. Syn. Saturnia Apollinaris, Boisduval in Delegorgue’s Voyage dans PAfriq. Austral. ii. p. 601. The texture of this insect, as described by Boisduval, is ‘‘ mince et délicate”’ ; the same author states that it is ‘‘ tout autant une Liparide * Mr. Angas has represented this species in his plate of Amazoolu Lepidoptera, figure 12. ; Zoological Society. 407 qu'une Saturnide.”” The veins of the fore-wings are however ar- ranged as in the typical Saturnie; but the antenne are different, consisting of about thirty-six joints, bipectinated in both sexes with only thirty-four rays on each side, each joint except one or two at the apex emitting only a pair of rays, which are rather short. The palpi are distinct and turned upwards, extending rather further than the hairs of the face: the spiral tongue is distinct. Boisduval states that this species ‘‘ vole en plein jour. Une année, aux environs de Port Natal, on aurait pu en prendre par centaines en quelques heures. Deux ou trois jours aprés il n’existait plus. La fe- melle que nous est inconnue ne vole pas, peutétre méme est-elle aptére, et tous les males voltigeaient sans doute a sa recherche.”” The female is however winged and scarcely distinguishable from the male, as I have ascertained by extracting eggs from the abdomen of a specimen in the British Museum collection, which M. Boisduval would doubt- less have taken for a male. The structure of the antennz and presence of a spiral tongue, together with the fragile texture of the insect, will require a subgenus for its reception. May 22.—Harpur Gamble, Esq., M.D., in the Chair. The following papers were read :— 1. DESCRIPTION OF SOME CORALS, INCLUDING A NEW BriTIsH CoRAL DISCOVERED BY W. MacAnprew, Esa. By J. E. Gray, Esea., F.R.S. etc. As yet only a single living species of recent stony coral has been recorded as inhabiting our coast. I am aware that M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime have described the Torbay coral as belonging to two species and to different genera, viz. Desmophyllum Stokesvi, Aun. Sci. Nat. ix. 255. t. 7. f. 12, 12 a, and Cyathina Smithii, 1. c. ix. 288 ; but from the varieties in form, and especially in the contraction of the base, which I have seen in specimens on the same stone, I believe the genera and species have been established on very unessential cha- racters. I may state, that from the observations I have been able to make, I believe that the recent corals are very much more influenced by ex- ternal circumstances, by the rarity or the abundance of food that the animals are able to procure, and by the roughness or quietness of the water they happen to inhabit, and the stations they may accidentally occupy, than the describers of corals even the most recent are willing to allow. This greatly added to the difficulty of distinguishing the species ; and if this is the case with the recent corals which we receive in a good state, how much more difficult must it be to distinguish those only found in a fossil, and often in a worn and imperfect con- dition ! The British coral here noticed is perfectly distinct from the former, and from any European coral that has come under my examination ; and when I showed it to M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime on their 408 Zoological Society. late visit to this country, they stated that it was quite unknown to them, and most nearly allied to an Australasian species. It belongs to the genus Flabel/um, established by the late M. Lesson in his ‘ Illustrations of Zoology’ in 1831 for a coral from the Japanese Seas. And more lately (in 1841) Dr. A. Philippi established a genus under the name of PAyllodes for some fossil allies. Dana, in his work on Zoophytes in 1846, has apphed the name of Huphyllia to this genus. Quoy and Gaimard referred one of the species to the genus Turdi- nolia. The only specimen of the coral found by Mr. MacAndrew is un- fortunately in an imperfect state, having been broken by the dredge, and I have some doubts if it absolutely belongs to the genus Fla- bellum, as it appears rather to form a more or less circular expanded disk, than a compressed wedge-shaped body. But Messrs. Milne- Edwards and Haime appeared to have no doubt of its belonging to that genus when it was shown to them, and I have therefore adopted their opinion until more perfect specimens are found to verify or cor- rect our knowledge. It may be described as follows :— FLABELLUM MacAnpDREWwI. Coral expanded, subcircular?; outline irregular, torn, with acute marginal processes ; outer surface smooth, polished, as if varnished ; septa thin, far apart, very finely crenulated on the edge in three series ; the primary plates large, the secondary nearly as large, but much more narrow near the centre; the tertiary plates small, very narrow. Hab. North Sea. The single imperfect specimen here described was found about twenty-five miles from East Shetland, in ninety fathoms water. Mr. MacAndrew has kindly presented the specimen to the British Museum collection. M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime, m their monograph of the genus Flabellum, published in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles,’ ix. p. 256 (in 1848), describe forty-three species, and divide them into three sections, thus :— a. Coral becoming free by the progress of age. * Coral becoming free by the cessation of the adherence of the pedicel—Flabellines pédicellés. ** Coral becoming free by the rupture of its base—F’. tronquées. 6. Coral always fixed by its enlarged base—F. fixées. The last section is very distinct from the two former, and might almost form a separate genus, for which I should be inclined to retain Dana’s name of Huphyllia. The other two sections are separated from one another by very slight characters, which I believe are not even sufficient to separate the specimens of the same species, for some specimens from the same localities retain their narrow base, while in others this part is more or less truncated. Indeed from the numerous specimens of this genus which I have Zoological Society. 409 been enabled to examine in the Japanese boxes which are sent to the Canton market, and from thence to London, and others brought from Northern China by Mr. Fortune, I have little doubt that the species is very variable. I had come to this conclusion, and arranged all the specimens together in one tray in the British Museum, before Messrs. Milne-Edwards and Haime came to examine the corals in the Museum for description in their papers in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ for 1848 ; and the examination of the characters given by these natu- ralists for their several species has not induced me to change my opinion, which has, on the contrary, been strengthened by a second comparison. I may state that we have in the British Museum two very distinct recent species: —1. Flabellum affine, Edwards and Haime, n. 3). t. 8. f. 10, from Australia, which has very close plates. 2. Flabel- lum Pavoninum, n. 1, from Japan and North China. And Milne- Edwards and M. Haime have described another from the Falkland Islands, brought to France by M. Dupetit Thouars, and hence called Flabellum Thouarsii, n. 10. t. 8. f.5, which appears to be distinct from the two former. From the examination of the numerous specimens of FVabellum Pa- voninum which I have been enabled to compare and collect, I am in- clined to believe that all the specimens which are brought from the Japanese Seas belong to a single species, which I believe will include as varieties the following species described by M. Milne-Edwards and M. Haime, viz.:— 1. Flabellum distinctum, n.2. The specimen in the British Mu- seum, from which this species is described, came from Japan, and not the Red Sea, as stated in the work cited. OP). Gebslex Net 2om bo,' Os tee. 3. EF. Sumatrense, n. 24. 4. F. spinosum, n. 25. t. 8. f. 4. 5. F. aculeatum, n. 26. t. 8. f. 3. 6. F. compressum, n. 20 = Fungia compressa, Lamk. 7. F. Bairdii, n. 32. From Japan. 8. F. Cumingii, n. 33. t. 8. f. 11. 9. F. elongatum, n. 34.t. 8. f. 7. 10. F. profundum, n. 35. China (Fortune). F. spheniscus, n. 42? ll. F. crassum, n. 36. t. 8. f. 8. 12. F. crenulatum, nu. 37. 13. F. elegans, n. 38. From Japan; B. M. 14. F. Candeanum, n. 39. t. 8. f. 13. 15. F Stokesiz, nu. 40. t.'8. f. 12. 16. F. Owenit?, n. 41. t. 8. f. 9. I thought at first that these specimens might be separated into two, according to the colour, some being red, with the sides of the coral keeled, and others white, with the sides more or less rounded; Fla- bellum Pavoninum, Lesson, being the type of one species, and Fungia compressa, of Lamarck, of the other. But there are specimens red on one side and white on the other, and some on the other hand keeled on one edge and rounded on the other; some with elongated spines 410 Zoological Society. on one edge, and spiniferous or only with a slight tubercle on the oppo- site one ; sometimes one edge has two spines and the other only one, or a tubercle, and the extent of the truncation of the base differs in every example. The same examination has also induced me to believe that the spe- cimen which these authors have described under the name of Placo- trochus levis, p. 283. t. 8. f. 15, is only a variety of the same species ; and that Acanthocyathus Grayii, 293. t. 9. f. 2, is only a specimen of the same species which has lost its compressed form. I have not seen Rhizotrochus typus, p. 282. t. 8. f. 16, or Blastotrochus nutriz, p. 284. t. 8. f. 14; but from the figures, I have great suspicions that they are only modifications of the same species. To give some idea of the variations produced by local causes in corals, I may state that the specimens which Messrs. Milne-Edwards and Haime have described under the generic name of Heterocyathus, are only specimens of the genus Cyathus which have been changed in form from their having grown attached to a spiral shell which was inhabited by parasitic crustacea. I have specimens showing all the grades of change, from the nearly normal conical form of the genus to the truncated form which has been described as the type of the genus Heterocyathus. This form was well-described by Spengler in ‘Nova Acta Hafnize,’ 1. 240, and noticed by Gmelin under the name of Madrepora Cochlea, p. 3763. Messrs. Milne-Edwards and Haime described two species of this genus under the names of H. e@quicostatus, t. 10. f. 8, and H. Rous- seanus, t. 10. f. 9. Of the former he appears only to have seen a single specimen. We have in the British Museum three very distinct species, which may be thus described :— 1. H. Cocutrea = Mad. Cochlea, Gmelin, 8. N. H. equicostatus, Milne-Edwards and Haime, 324. t. 10. f. 8. Coral subcylindric, hard, white, with narrow, equidistant, distinct grooves, crenulated on the edges; base rather dilated ; laminze nar- row, sharp-edged, very unequal, grooved on each side, and with crowded columns in the centre of the star. Hab. Chinese Seas. The holes on the outer surface are large and distinct. 2. H. HEMISPHAERICA. Coral subcircular, depressed, subhemispherical, nearly flat below, regularly convex above; sides rounded ; plates of star broad-topped, as if truncated, covered on top and sides with very numerous crowded spines and tubercles ; centre of star roundish, with small columella. Hab. Chinese Seas. The plates of this species resemble those figured as belonging to HI. Rousseanus, 1. c. 325. t. 10. f.9; but the shape of all the two specimens in the Museum, which are nearly similar, is quite distinct from the view of the side of that species. 3. H. EUPSAMMIDES. Coral polymorphous, base flat, sides shelving, sinuous, surface covered with very close, irregular, sinuous, denticulated ridges, and Linnean Society. 411 pierced with numerous minute pores; star irregular, compressed or sinuous ; laminz narrow, then cribellated on the surface, and with an oblong, elongated, convex, cribellated centre. Var. star more or less contracted in the centre, forming two more or less distinct roundish stars. Hab. Chinese Seas. This species is immediately known from the former by the pecu- liarity of the surface, which is like that of Caryophyllea ramea, and by the convex elongated form of the centre of the star. I have described these three species together on account of their having the same form and habit, but the structure of the surface and the great difference in the form and conformation of the stars induce me to believe that they probably belong to three very distinct families of corals. Since I described these corals I have shown the two latter species to M. Milne-Edwards, who states that they had not before come under his observation. LINNZAN SOCIETY. May 24, 1849.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair. This day, the anniversary of the birth of Linneus, and that ap- pointed by the Charter for the Election of Council and Officers, the President opened the business of the day, and the Secretary read the following notices of those Members of the Society with whose decease he had become acquainted during the year. Sir John Barrow, Bart. George Bennett, Esq. Edwin Charles Charlton, Esq. Edward Forster, Esq., the late lamented Treasurer of the Society, was the third son of Edward Forster, Esq., for fifty-two years Governor of the Russia Company of London, and was born at Walthamstow in the county of Essex on the 12th of October 1765. He passed the greater part of his childhood in the neighbourhood of Epping Forest, and from the age of fifteen became particularly attached to the study of English botany, which he ardently culti- vated through a long and active life. He was a partner in the eminent banking-house of Lubbock, Forster and Company, and to within a few hours of his death took a leading part in the business of the bank. In 1800 he was elected a Fellow of the Linnzan Society, of which he became Treasurer in 1816, and one of the Vice-Presidents in 1828; and his kindliness of disposition, unre- mitting attention to his duties, and zeal for the interests of the Society, will long endear his memory to all its members. He was a man of very active habits ; rising daily at 6 o’clock, usually spending an hour before breakfast in his garden, in which he cultivated many of the rarer and more obscure British species, and taking a great deal of bodily exercise, which, together with his extreme temperance, probably contributed greatly to the prolongation of his life: His ‘death, which took place in the 84th year of his age, at his residence, 412 Linnean Society. Ivy House, Woodford, on Wednesday the 21st of February in the present year, was ovcasioned by an attack of cholera, contracted, as was supposed, a few days previously at the Refuge for the Destitute, of which valuable charity he had long been a most zealous and liberal supporter. He was buried on the Ist of March in the family- vault at Walthamstow, in the immediate neighbourhood of which his whole life had been spent. Mr. Forster possessed a very complete and well-arranged herba- rium of British plants, and particularly devoted himself to those of his native county of Essex; and he had long entertained the intention of publishing its ‘‘ Flora,” the manuscript of which he has left in an imperfect state. His contributions to our ‘ Transactions’ are limited to two papers ; the one ** On Vicia angustifolia, Smith,” in vol. xvi. ; and the other ‘“‘ On Esula major Germanica of Lobel,”’ in vol. xvil. George Gardner, Esq., was born in Glasgow in May 1812, and was educated for the medical profession in the University of that city. He displayed at an early period a taste for the study of natural history, but botany in particular was his favourite pursuit. At that time Sir William Hooker filled the Chair of Botany in that Univer- sity, and Mr. Gardner so far attracted his notice as to lead him to open to him the range of his fine herbarium, and allow him the free use of his extensive botanical library. ‘The ardent zeal of the young student urged him to make the best use of these rare advantages, and his progress was great and rapid. His numerous attainments and many excellent qualities soon obtained him the steady friendship of his generous teacher, and he continued the pursuit of his studies till the end of 1835, when having expressed his eager desire to explore the botanical treasures of tropical climates, Sir William Hooker obtained the cooperation of twenty-four subscribers who contributed towards the expenses of his journey and agreed to purchase sets of the dried plants he proposed to collect, while a number of others engaged to receive from him such living plants as he might select on account of their beauty or rarity. Among the latter was the late Duke of Bedford, who was one of the young botanist’s most liberal patrons, and Brazil was selected as the most appropriate field for his exertions. Previous to his departure, he published a pocket herbarium en- titled ‘Musci Britannici,’ on the plan of Funke’s ‘ Deutschlands Moose,’ where dried specimens illustrative of each species were neatly fixed according to the arrangement in Hooker’s ‘ British Flora.’ Mr. Gardner embarked at Liverpool on his projected expedition in May 1836, and arrived in July following at Rio de Janeiro. The receipt of his first set of 400 species, collected on the Corcovado and moun- tain ranges immediately surrounding that city, showed how faithfully and successfully he discharged the duties of his mission, and proved the harbingers of the extremely fine collection he subsequently made in the interior of Brazil. The next field of his exertions was the lofty range of the Organ Mountains covered with primeval forests, which he explored with great success, being the first to scale the loftiest peak of that range, where he obtained much to reward his Linnean Society. 413 exertions. His activity was unceasing, and his time entirely devoted with the greatest ardour to a pursuit which presented him with so many novelties and opened to him so attractive a career. During his researches among the riches of this fertile region he acquired such a knowledge of the Portuguese language, and studied so to adapt himself to the habits of the people, as to enable him to carry into effect his original design of traversing the interior provinces of Northern Brazil, in quest of their botanical productions, which until that period had only been investigated by Pohl, Von Martius, A. St. Hilaire, and our countryman Dr. Burchell, and were compa- ratively little known to botanists in general. With this view he embarked at Rio de Janeiro, and reached Pernambuco in July 1837: he spent three months in exploring that province, visiting the Rio San Francisco, which he ascended as high as the falls of Pedro Affonco; hence he returned to Pernambuco, and proceeded by sea to Aracaty, from which point he penetrated inland, making very large collections in the provinces of Ceara and Piauhy. His inten- tion was to cross to the westward and explore the banks of the To- cantins, and ascending along tke course of that river to penetrate by this route as far as the city of Goyaz, and if possible to reach the cities of Cuyaba and Matto Grosso; but the political disturbances thea raging in Piauhy obliged him to alter his course in a more southerly direction: this had the advantage of offering a long tract yet untrodden by any botanist, and he accordingly traversed the westernmost portion of the province of Pernambuco and crossed the more eastern parts of that of Goyaz, examining in his way the high table-lands in these districts, which afforded him a rich harvest. Crossing then the Serra Geral, near Arrayas, he entered tke pro- vince of Minas Geraés, where he added greatly to his collections, especially among the rarities of the Diamond district, and after tra- versing this entire province he again reached Rio de Janeiro at the end of 1840. Hence he paid asecond visit to the Organ Mountains and the rich mountain country in the neighbourhood of the Parahyba River, and finally embarked with his collections for Liverpool, where he arrived in July 1841, having been absent five years and two months, during which period his collections amounted to upwards of 6000 species of Phanerogamous plants, consisting of fine and well- selected specimens, in excellent preservation. His many interesting letters to Sir William Hooker, written at various stages during his travels, were published from time to time in the ‘Companion to the Botanical Magazine,’ the ‘ Annals of Na- tural History,’ and the ‘ Journal of Botany ;’ but in 1846 he prepared a more popular Account of his Journey, which was published in an 8vo volume under the title of ‘ ‘Travels in the Interior of Brazil. He likewise contributed, after his return to England, several botanical memoirs to the ‘London Journal of Botany’ on Chresta, Pycnocephala, Trochopteris, Bowmannia, Hockinia, and several other new genera ; and in 1842 he commenced an Enumeration and description of the plants he had collected during his travels, which he continued to publish from time to time in the same journal. In 1848, in conjunction 414, Linnean Society. with Mr. Fielding, he published a ‘ Sertum Plantarum,’ containing figures and descriptions of many of the novelties of that gentleman’s collection, and he also contributed several other descriptions of his plants for Hooker’s ‘Icones Plantarum.’ He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1842; and published in the 19th volume of our ‘Transactions’ a paper ‘‘on Peltophyllum, a genus allied to Triuris.” In September 1843, at the recommendation of his friend Sir Wm. Hooker, he received from Government the appointment of Super- intendent of the Botanic Garden of Ceylon. The first object of his ambition in entering upon the duties of this appointment was the formation of a complete Flora of Ceylon, to which he constantly devoted his time and energies. In order to compare the relations of the botany of Ceylon with that of the Southern Peninsula of India, he made an excursion to Madras in the beginning of 1845, where he had the opportunity of consulting the rich herbarium of Dr. Wight, in company with whom he herborized extensively in the Neilgherry Mountains, where he formed a very interesting collection. After his return to Ceylon he made several journeys into the interior, and to many distant parts of the island, adding thus constantly and extensively to his collections. During five years he made great progress in the accumulation of materials towards his projected Flora, which he expected to complete for publication in 1851. In allusion to this great object of his ambition he wrote in 1844: “I trust to be able to publish, in the course of a few years, a Flora of the island worthy of the richness and beauty of its vegetation and of the en- couragement afforded me by the home and local Governments. This, however, as you are well able to judge, will be a work of no little labour, as it must contain descriptions of from 4000 to 5000 species, being considerably more than half of the plants defined by Linnzus in the last edition of his ‘ Species Plantarum.’ ” He returned about the middle of last year from one of his long excursions made in company with Sir Emerson Tennent to Jaffna, Trincomalee, and the eastern districts of the island: subsequently he was constantly occupied in examining and registering the characters of the plants of the large collection made during that journey, and frequently complained of pain in the head, which he attributed to too close application to these sedentary pursuits. He therefore gladly availed himself of an invitation from Lord Torrington, Governor of the island, to join him at Newera Ellia, the famed Sanitarium of Ceylon, to which place he repaired on the 10th of March last. He arrived there in excellent spirits, at three in the afternoon, and after lunching with the Governor and his family re- tired to rest after his long ride, when he was suddenly attacked by a fit of apoplexy, which rendered him quite insensible, and of which he died in a few hours. In communicating this sad news by the last overland mail, Lord Torrington, Sir Emerson Tennent, and many other persons of consideration in the island, spoke of it not only as an irreparable public loss, but expressed extreme regret upon being thus suddenly deprived of an invaluable friend, for whom they felt the Linnean Society. 415 most sincere affection ; for Mr. Gardner possessed in a rare degree the faculty of making friends in every direction. The cheerfulness of his disposition, his never-tiring energy, the variety and extent of his acquirements, his desire to impart information wherever required, his vivacity and pleasing conversational powers, secured him wherever he went the esteem and friendship of all well-informed persons. Thus has been suddenly cut off in the prime of his life one of the most active of the practical botanists of the day. It is much to be desired that the work which he has advanced so far towards completion may not be lost to science, and that a successor may be found fully competent to arrange the large mass of materials already accumulated ; and in carrying out this object, it is to be hoped, the merit which belongs to this deserving botanist will be recorded to the full extent of his due. Independently of the labours already noticed, Mr. Gardner had just completed for publication a ‘ Ma- nual of Indian Botany ;’ an elementary work of that nature having been long a great desideratum to the numerous students of botanical science in India. In addition to his contributions before mentioned, he published in the ‘ Calcutta Journal of Natural History,’ several interesting memoirs, viz. on the Cyrtandracee of Ceylon, on Anstru- theria, Sarcandra, &c., Carria, Dysodidendron, Leucocodon, and on Christisonia, &c., together with a valuable paper on the Podoste- macee of the island and of Southern India, to which he added descriptions of the plants of this order met with during his travels in Brazil. William Gordon, Esq., M.D. William Horton Lloyd, Esq., well known to us all as one of the most constant attendants on our Meetings, and for his liberal feel- ings and kindliness of disposition, was born at Chapel-Allerton in the neighbourhood of Leeds in the year 1784. His family, although not boasting any great descent, were very respectable manufacturers in Manchester. He was himself destined for the bar, and studied the law for a considerable time; but conscientious scruples with regard to the oath induced him to relinquish his idea of adopting the legal profession, and he devoted himself to the cultivation of his taste for natural science and antiquities, for which he had a stiong pre- dilection. He became a Fellow of the Linnean Society in 1807, and was also a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries, and one of the earliest Members of the Zoological Society, of the Horticultural Society, of the British Association, and of several other scientific and literary institutions. For the Linnzan Society in particular he always en- tertained the warmest regard ; and although he never published any- thing, he constantly took a deep interest in the progress of science. He died at his house in Park Square on the 18th of February in the present year, having suffered for a year or two previously several slight paralytic attacks, but retaining his faculties little impaired almost to the last. Alexander MacLeay, Esq., for more than a quarter of a century Secretary to this Society, was born in the county of Ross on the 24th of June 1767. His father, who was Provost of the town of 416 Linnean Society. Wick, was also a Deputy-Lieutenant of the county of Caithness, and the representative of one of the most ancient families in the north of Scotland. Mr. MacLeay was educated for commercial pursuits, which he relinquished early in life, and. became in 1795 Chief Clerk in the Prisoners of War Office, in 1797 head of the de- partment of Correspondence of the Transport Board, and in 1806 Secretary of that Board, which office he filled until the abolition of the Board in 1818, when he retired upon a pension. In the year 1825 he was solicited by the late Earl Bathurst to undertake the im- portant office of Colonial Secretary to the government of New South Wales, which he held until the close of 1836. Having fixed his re- sidence in the colony, with which he had now hecome completely identified, he was chosen in 1843 to be the first Speaker of the Le- gislative Council then established ; and in that capacity conducted himself with so much ability, judgment and impartiality, as to receive on his retirement from its duties in May 1846 the marked approbation of both sides of the House. In 1794 Mr. MacLeay became a Fellow of the Linnzan Society, and in 1798 he succeeded Mr. Marsham in the office of Secretary, which he held until his Colonial employment compelled him to re- linquish it in 1825. The following Minute of Council on that occa- sion, which was subsequently adopted by a General Meeting of the Society, expresses the high sense universally entertained by the Members of his long and useful services :— ‘The Linnzan Society of London take the earliest opportunity after the retirement of Alexander Macleay, Esq. from the Secre- taryship of the Society, to record upon their Minutes the high esti- mation in which he is held by them on account of twenty-seven years of unremitted and unrequited labour devoted to the interests of sci- ence ; and that in quitting for a time this sphere of usefulness to fill an honourable station in a distant country, he carries with him the cordial esteem and sincere regret of this Society.” As a naturalist, Mr. MacLeay devoted himself almost exclusively to the study of insects, of which he had formed, previous to his quitting England, the finest and most extensive collection then ex- isting in the possession of a private individual. Of this great class of animals he possessed an intimate knowledge, without, however, having published anything on the subject, although he had made preparations for a monograph of the singular genus Paussus, in which his cabinet was peculiarly rich. He became a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1809, and was also a Foreign Member of the Academy of Sciences of Stockholm, and a Corresponding Member of the Academy of Turin. Mr. MacLeay married early in life a relation of the house of Bar- clay of Urie, by whom he had a numerous family. He died at Syd- ney, New South Wales, on the 18th of July 1848, in the 82nd year of his age. William Pilkington, Esq. Robert James Nicholl Streeten, M.D. John Frederick Walter, Esq., M.D. Linnean Society. 417 Among our Foreign Members, the Society and the scientific world have sustained a severe loss by the death of Stephan Ladislaus Endlicher, Professor of Botany in the Univer- sity of Vienna, and Director of the Botanic Garden of that city. He was born at Presburg on the 24th of June 1804, and there acquired his school education. His higher studies were pursued partly at Pesth and partly at Vienna, where in 1823 he became a pupil of the Archiepiscopal Seminary, being then destined for the church. But after the completion of his theological education, and when he had already taken the minor orders, family circumstances determined him to re-enter the secular state in 1826. T'wo years afterwards he was attached to the Imperial Library at Vienna, and the circum- stances of his parents placed him in a state of easy independence. From the time of his quitting the ecclesiastical profession he devoted himself enthusiastically to the study of natural history, and more especially of botany, and to that of the languages of Eastern Asia, particularly Chinese. In botany he soon acquired so distinguished a reputation as to mark him out for the Keepership of the Herbarium in the Imperial Cabinet of Natural History; and in 1840, on the death of Baron Jacquin, he became Professor of Botany and Director of the Botanic Garden, which establishment he exerted himself greatly to reorganize and improve. Of the numerous and important works, which have proceeded from his pen, the ‘Genera Plantarum’ is that on which his fame will chiefly rest, as a work of immense labour, great research and pro- found botanical science. It will long continue to be a book of standard reference to the systematic botanist, of whose labours it is a constant and indispensable companion. In private life Professor Endlicher was a most excellent and amiable man. He died at Vienna on the 28th of March of an apo- plectic attack, caused as some physicians presumed by an effusion of pus from the pars petrosa of the left side into the brain, as he had suffered for many years from a polypus in the ear. On the previous Monday he had received his friends with his usual calmness and serenity, complaining only of a slight headache ; but at midday on Wednesday he lost his speech and became insensible, and about seven o'clock in the evening he ceased to exist, leaving a large circle of warmly attached friends to deplore his premature loss. Two Associates have also to be added to the list of deaths :— Mr. David Cameron and Mr. William M. ditto magnified; c. portion highly magnified; d. spores magnified 340 diameters. 449. Coryneum compactum, nu. s. Minutum primitus tectum sero denudatum ; sporis late fusiformibus obtusiusculis, nucleis concatenatis. On dead twigs of elm, Wraxall, Som., March 1845. It occurs also in Upper Carolina on Betula rubra. . Forming minute scattered pustules at first quite covered by the cuticle, at length exposed. Stroma convex; spores pedun- culate, widely fusiform, slightly obtuse, 4—5-septate, nuclei large, connected with one another. This species bears nearly the same relation to Stz/bospora py- riformis that the next does to S. angustata. The nuclei are con- nected with one another after the fashion of the endochromes of Sirosiphon ocellatus, Kiitz., Saccothecium Corni, Mont., Helmin- thosporium Hoffmanni, Berk. and Curt., and some others. The shape of the spores is very much that of the same organs in Hymenogaster griseus, Tul. 450. C. disciforme, Kze. Myc. Heft 1. p. 76. On dead twigs of birch, woods near King’s Cliffe. b. ellipticum, Berk. & Br. Magnum transversum ; stromate elliptico crasso pulvinato, sporis pedunculatis multiseptatis fusi- formibus ; endochromatibus ut plurimum biguttatis. On trunks of birch-trees, King’s Cliffe. . Bursting transversely through the bark, large, elliptic, pulvi- nate ; stroma thick, white, black towards the edges, consisting of closely-packed elongated cells ; spores fusiform, multiseptate ; articulations slightly constricted ; endochromes granular, con- taining generally two transversely arranged globules. We were at first inclined to consider this a new species, but specimens exactly agreeing with Corda’s figure have since oe- curred on smaller twigs, which exhibit occasionally two globules in the endochromes, and we now regard it merely as a very highly developed form. 451. C. microstictum, n.s. Tectum ; stromate obsoleto ; sporis minutis breviter lanceolatis 2- 3-septatis. Sporocadus rosacola, Rab. no. 1166. On dead twigs of rose, vine, Kerria japonica, &e. Sent by Mr. Stephens, Mrs. Hussey, &c. Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 459 Scattered over the twigs and always concealed by the cuticle, which cracks in the centre of each little pustule. Stroma obso- lete. Sporophores elongated ; spores minute, brown, shortly lan- ceolate, with two or three septa. This has very much the habit of an Hendersonia, but there are no perithecia. We cannot place it in Sti/bospora, because the spores are not ejected as in the species of that genus. It is in fact just intermediate between Stilbospora and Coryneum. The spores vary slightly, but not sufficiently to justify the proposition of more than one species. 452. Sporidesmium polymorphum, Cord. Ic. Fase. 1. fig. 119. On decorticated oak, Wraxall, Som., Feb. 1845, C. E. Broome. Remarkable for its closely septate peduncle. Corda’s speci- mens are on white birch. 453. S. antiquum, Cord. Ic. Fase. 3. fig. 11. Var. compactum, Berk. & Br. On hard wood, Wraxall, Som., C. E. Broome. Our species agrees in general character with Corda’s, of which we have a specimen from the author, but it is more compact and composed of smaller cells. 454. S. pyriforme, Cord. Ic. Fasc. 1. fig. 116. On decayed boards, Luciefelde, Shropshire, Rev. W. A. Leighton, July 1842. Our species seems to be exactly what is figured by Corda, but we have no authentic specimen. It forms a thick crust-like stratum. 455. S. melanopum, Berk. & Br. Sporis subglobosis basi cel- lulosa suffultis, stratum e pluribus soris congestum efformantibus. Spiloma melanopum, Ach. Meth. t. 1. fig.3; Eng. Bot. ! t. 2358. Common on the bark of apple-trees. We are indebted to Mr. Borrer for authentic specimens. Form- ing broad black patches made up of many smaller spots. Spores subglobose, very opake, apparently simple, but really composed of numerous cells supported by a cellular base, which varies much in length and breadth. In some specimens, but not in all, short articulated filaments occur, which seem to belong to a spe- cies of Helminthosporium. 456. S. scutellare, Berk. & Br. Soris scutelleeformibus ; sporis late obovatis cellulosis, basi brevi cellulosa suffultis. On larch- bark, Ulting, Essex, H. Piggot, Esq. Sori scattered, minute, scutelliform ; spores obovate, evidently cellular, springing from a cellular stroma and supported by a few variously arranged cells, which are sometimes reduced to merely one. TETRAPLOA, n. g. Spore nude ut plurimum 4-articulate quaternatim connate, queeque seta coronata. 457. T. aristata. On grass, Westhay Woods, King’s Cliffe. 460 Rev. M.J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. Forming a thin olive-black stratum, consisting of generally quadriarticulate oblong spores growing four together and per- fectly connate, each crowned with an articulate seta as long as itself. This most curious fungus has occurred once only. It is a compound Sporidesmium. The quadriaristate bodies may either be regarded as made up of four spores or as spores formed of four parallel rows of cells, each row being terminated by a bristle. They remind one strongly of the achenium of some Composite plant. PLaTeE XI. fig. 6. Young and mature spores highly magnified. 457%, Echinobotryum atrum, Cord. Ic. Fase. 2. fig. 6. Parasitic on some species of Pachnocybe, Milton, Mr. Henderson ; King’s Cliffe. The spores have the appearance of fascicles of minute peri- thecia. ' 458. Dictyosporium elegans, Corda in Weitenweber Beit. no. 1. p- 87; Cord. Ic. Fasc. 2. fig. 29. On barked oak-trees, Brock- ley Combe, Som., C. EH. Broome, Feb. 1845. Allied to Sportdesmium. A very curious and distinct produc- tion, of which we have specimens from the author. 459. Coniothecium effusum, Cord. Ic. Fase. 1. fig. 21. Com- mon on fence rails. Possibly the barren state of some well-known fungus. This is probably Lepraria ngra, Eng. Bot. 460. C. Amentacearum, Gord. Ic. Fase. 1. fig. 26. On dead willow-twigs : extremely common. 461. C. betulinum, Cord. 1. c. fig. 25. On dead birch-twigs, King’s Cliffe. 462. Torula Sporendonema, Berk. & Br. Sporendonema Casei, Desm. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. vol. xi. p. 246; Mougeot & Nestler, no. 998. We have lately met at King’s Cliffe with well-developed spe- cimens of this species, which is precisely the plant of Mougeot and Nestler. It has exactly the structure of Torula, and cer- tainly has not the spores contained within a tube. Corda’s To- rula Casei appears to be very different. A variety occurs on rats’ dung. The rats had probably been robbing a cheese infested with: the mould. The specimens came from “Mr. Henderson. 463. T. pulvillus, n. s. Czespitibus pulvimaribus ; floccis com- pactis rectis ramosis ; articulis oblongis leviter constrictis. On dead twigs of oak bursting in little tufts through the bark, Ape- thorpe, March 1841. Tufts cushion-shaped, half a line broad, compact, black ; flocei straight, slightly branched, often suddenly diminishing in size Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 461 and again incrassated, consisting of numerous slightly constricted oblong joints ; endochrome containing a single nucleus. Resembling somewhat in structure 7. stilbosporoides, Corda, of which we have an authentic specimen, but differing greatly in habit. 464. T. abbreviata, Cord. Ic. Fasc. 1. fig. 180. b. spherieformis, Berk. & Br. On dead stems of herbaceous plants, Apethorpe. On decorticated branches of Pinus sylvestris, Wraxall, Som. Our specimens exhibit rather a different form from that figured by Corda. Instead of being widely diffused they present little Spheria-hke tufts, and have a highly developed hyphasma, con- sisting of forked threads, at the apices of which the short chains of spores are fixed. The form of these is identical with what was observed by Corda, and we regard the species as the same with his, though constituting a distinct variety. 465. T. basicola, n. s. Hyphasmate repente ramoso hic illic assurgente ; floccis fertilibus brevibus 5-7-articulatis fastigiatis ; articulis non constrictis sero caducis, ultimo obtuso. At the base of stems of peas and of Nemophila auriculata, King’s Cliffe. Black, effused. Hyphasma creeping, branched, here and there rising from the general mass and giving off fascicles of short fas- tigiate fertile threads consisting of from 5-7 articulations. Arti- culations not constricted, ultimately separating, the last very ob- tuse. Hach endochrome has usually a single nucleus. A very curious species, distnguished from most Torule by its articulations not being constricted. In the plant on Nemophila the fertile threads grow singly, but there is no other difference. It is either destructive of the plant on which it grows, or is de- veloped on it in consequence of previous disease. Puare XI. fig. 4. a. Flocci with fructifying branches magnified; 0. a mature fructifying branch and separate articulation highly magnified. 466. Septonema spilomeum, Berk. in Lond. Journ. Bot. vol. iv. t. 12. fig. 5. On old fence rails, Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey. The Guernsey specimens exhibit longitudinal as well as trans- verse septa, and are more transparent. They differ in no other respect, the proportions of the constituent parts being precisely the same. Mr. Salwey writes that the tufts are green when fresh. We have specimens from Upper Carolina in which the threads are still more opake than in those from Ohio. SPOROSCHISMA, N. g. Flocci erecti simplices; membrana exterior inarticulata te- nax; endochroma demum in sporas quadriarticulatas emer- gentes secedens. 467. S. mirabile, Berk. & Br. Gard. Chron. 1847, p. 540. 462 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. Brockley Combe, Som., Feb. 1845 ; Stapleton, Gloucestershire, C. E. Broome and G. H. K. Thwaites, on rotten beech wood. Forming a black velvety stratum. Flocci erect, simple, taper- ing towards the base. External membrane tough, imarticulate. Endochrome breaking up into cylindrical quadriarticulate spores, at length escaping from the ruptured thread, each joint having frequently a single nucleus. A most curious genus, which has also been found near Paris by Dr. Roussel. It is accompanied both in the French and English specimens by a species of Helminthosporium. The affinities of this plant are clearly with Torula, the circum- stance of the endosporous mode of fructification being apparent rather than real. The outer membrane is very tough, and does not break up into separate portions with the spores. The plant is in fact a Septonema inclosed in an additional membrane. There is occasionally a second inarticulate membrane, a structure call- ing strongly to mind some Scytonemata. The conidia of Gra- phium penicillatum are produced in the same way. See Bot. Zeit. 1847, t. 4. fig. 4. It should be mentioned that Dr. Montagne had independently of ourselves formed a new genus for this plant, which however he has waved in favour of the name given, though certainly without any sufficient character, in the Gar- deners’ Chronicle. 468. Puccinia Rhodiole, nu. s. Maculis fuscis, soris congestis ; sporis brevibus articulis depressis constrictis, quandoque subdi- visis. Berk. in Gard. Fl. Forfars. p. 296. On leaves of Sedum Rhodiola, Glen Callater, July 1844, Mr. W. Gardiner. Spots orbicular, traversed by the central nerve, brown. Sori minute, crowded. Spores shortly pedicellate, articulations de- pressed, sometimes spuriously subdivided, showing a tendency to the structure of Triphragmium. 469. P. Smyrnii, Cord. Ic. Fase. 1. fig. 67. On Smyrnium Olusatrum, Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq. Remarkable for its coarsely tubercled spores. 470. P. Umbilici, Guépin in Dub. Bot. Gall. p. 890; Berk. Br. Fung. no. 329. On Cotyledon umbilicus, Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq. ; Guernsey, Rev. T. Salwey. 471. P. Scrophularie, Lib. no. 193. On Scrophularia aqua- tica, Penzance, J. Ralfs, Esq. 472. P. Campanule, Carm. MSS. On Jasione montana, Lam- peter, J. Ralfs, Esq. 473. P. coronata, Cord. Ie. Fasc. 1. fig. 96. Solenodonta gra- minis, Castagne Cat. p. 202. t. 2. Puccinia sertata, Preuss m Deutsch. Fl. Abt. 3. no. 25. t. 3. On Bromus giganteus, Bangor, J. Ralfs, Esq. We do not see how this differs generically from Puccinia. The Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 468 circumstance of the spores being multiapiculate instead of uni- apiculate surely cannot be of generic importance. At any rate the name Solenodonta cannot stand, as it is preoccupied by a genus of insectivorous mammals, Brandt in Mém. de VAc. d. 8S. Pet. vol. 11. 1833, p. 459. 474. Uredo Valeriane, D.C. Fl. Fr. vol. v. p. 68; Berk. Br. Fung. no. 349. On Valeriana officinalis. Received from Berwick, Suffolk, Bristol and North Wales. 475. U. Symphyti, D.C. FI. Fr. vol. v. p. 87 ; Berk. Br. Fung. no. 820. Audley End, Rev. J. E. Leefe, May 1841. 476. U. Sempervivi, A. & 8. p. 126. On leaves of the com- mon houseleek, Warwickshire, Rev. A. Bloxam. 477. Lecythea Epitea, Lévy. Ann. d. Se. Nat. Dec., 1847, p.374. Uredo Epitea, Kz. Myc. Heft 1. p. 68. On willows, North Wales, J. Ralfs, Esq. 478. L. mixta, Lév. l. e. Caoma mixtum, Lk. in Willd. Lin. vi. P. 2. p. 40. On willows, Roscobie, Forfarshire, Mr. W. Gardiner. 479. Ustilago Montagne, Tul. Ann. d. Sc. Nat. Feb. 1847, p. 88. t. 5. fig. 31. On Rhyncospora alba, Gamlingay, Prof. Hens- low. 480. U. typhoides= Erysibe Typhoides, Wallr. Fl. Crypt. Germ. vol. u. p.205. On stems of Arundo Phragmitis, which it mate- rially injures, Fens of Cambridgeshire. Forming thick bullate patches several inches long, occupying whole internodes covered by their sheath ; spores globose, larger than in U. hypodytes and U. longissima. A very good account of this species will be found in Wallroth’s book quoted above. Our plant is exactly his species. It some- times occupies distinct lines, as in U. longissima. Whether U. grandis, Fr., be the same thing or not can only be ascertained by the sight of authentic specimens. 481. U. hypodytes, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. im. p.518. This spe- cies occurred in 1848 in the greatest profusion at King’s Cliffe, affecting almost every flowering-stem of Bromus erectus. A plant of this grass being set in a garden produced none but diseased flower-stems the following year. 482. U. Salveii, n.s. Soris elongatis parallelis nigris ; sporis obovatis granulatis. On leaves of Dactylis glomerata, St. Mar- tin’s, Guernsey, 1847; on hedge-banks, Rey. T. Salwey. Forming elongated parallel sori on the upper surface of the leaves. Spores four times as long as in U. lonyissima, obovate, rough with minute granules. A most distinct and interesting species, exhibiting in its spores the type of an Uredo rather than of an Ustilago. 464 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 483. U. grammica, n.s. Minuta lineas breves parallelas in fascias transversas aggregatas efformans ; sporis minimis globosis. On stems of Aira aquatica, Oxton, Notts. Forming little transverse fasciz, consisting of short parallel black lines a line or more in length. Spores globose, far smaller than in U. longissima, not exceeding one-third of their diameter. © This species appears to me to be quite distinct from U. lon- gissima, with which it is associated by Messrs. Tulasne. 484. U. vinosa, Tul. Ann. d. Se. /. ¢. p.96. On the swollen receptacles of Oxyria reniformis, Forfarshire, Mr. W. Gardiner. Spores smaller than in U. utriculosa, and merely minutely pa- pillose instead of being reticulated. 485. Polycystis Colchict, Tul. Ann. d. Se. Nat. Feb. 1847, p- 117. Sporisorium Colchici, lab. no. 194. Uredo Colchici, Br. Fung. no. 309. On leaves of meadow saffron, Rudloe, Wilts, C. E. Broome. 486. P. parallela, Berk. & Br. U. parallela, Ying. FI. vol. v. part 2. p. 375. Uredo Agropyri, Preuss in St. Deutsch. Flora, no. 25. t. 1. Onrye, Mr. J. Sowerby; on the leaves of some Carex, Forfarshire, Mr. W. Gardiner. 487. P. Viole, Berk. & Br. Granularia Viole, Sow. t. 440. On leaves and especially petioles of violets. Druid’s Stoke, Glou- cestershire, Capt. Munro; Portland Island, C. C. Babington, Esq. The spores in this curious species are more or less globose, consisting of several cells surrounded by a common irregular crust. 488. Tuburcinia Trientalis, n.s. Hypo-epiphyllum ; soris bul- latis nigris ; sporis irregulariter depresso-subglobosis. On leaves of Trientalis europea, Aberdeen, Dr. Dickie. Sori two lines broad, bullate, containing a black mass of rather irregular depressed subglobose spores, which are very opake and distinctly cellular. Hyphasma white, branched, creeping, deli- cate. 489. T. Scabies, Berk. Sporis globosis cavis hic illic lacunosis olivaceis. Berk. in Journ. Hort. Soc. vol. i. t. 4. fig. 80, 31. Rhi- zosporium Solani, Rab. no. 900. On potatoes: very common : often confounded with the true potato scab. The spores of this species are very curious ; they are composed of minute cells forming together a hollow globe with one or more lacunze communicating with the external air. A hollow shell with one or two apertures will give a notion of their form. They are generally attached laterally by a delicate thread. 490. Acidium Galii, Pers. Syn. p.207. On leaves of Galium verum, Sands of Barrie, Mr. W. Gardiner. 491. Isaria Friesit, Mont. Ann. d. Se. Nat. ser. 2. vol. vi. p. 28 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. 465 (t. 12. fig. 3. dc. vol. v.). On dead stems of Syringa vulgaris, ash, elder, &c., Milton, Mr. J. Henderson ; Apethorpe, Norths., Spye Park, Wilts., flourishing in the middle of winter. Sometimes pale gray, sometimes pale fawn-coloured. 492. Stilbum fasciculatum, nu. s. Stipitibus flabellato-fascicu- latis basi connatis cinereis, capitatis incarnatis; sporis ellipticis minoribus. On decayed wood, Swansea, M. Moggridge, Esq. Stems gray, fasciculate, connate at the base, so as to form little flabelliform tufts. Heads flesh-coloured ; spores elliptic. This species has quite a tropical aspect, resembling somewhat the Brazilian Stilbum stromaticum and the South Carolina S. Rhoidis, but still more nearly S. clavulatum, Mont., from Suri- nam, and scarcely differmg from a species which was produced abundantly in the Orchis house at Kew, except in having smaller, less oblong spores, and the base of the stems more decidedly con- nate. ‘The Kew Garden species, which can scarcely however be considered indigenous, may be characterized :— 493. S. vaporarium, n.s. Stipitibus congestis fasciculatis basi plus minus connatis cinereis ; capitulis incarnatis ; sporis oblongis majoribus. 494. S. fimetarium, Berk. & Broome = Helotium jfimetarium, P. Syn. p. 678. This species is not uncommon on cow-dung, rabbits’-dung, &c. It is certainly no Peziza, being destitute of ascl, and approaches near to S. erythrocephalum, Dittm. Au- thentic specimens from Persoon show the identity of our plant. 495. Periconia glaucocephala, Corda, Ic. Fasc. 3. fig. 37. On rotten linen, King’s Cliffe, 1841. * Periconia discolor, Corda, /. c. fig. 38, appears to be the same with Pachnocybe grisea, Eng. Fl. vol. v. part 2. p. 334. Splendid specimens of Phycomyces nitens, Ag., have lately been sent to us by Dr. Badham which we have propagated, and have consequently been able to watch the growth of the plant from its first appear- ance. It is a true Mucor, and certainly the prince of the genus. *Volutella ciliata, Fr. = Psilonia rosea, Berk. Eng. FI. 0. ¢. . 353. ; *Chetostroma Buaxi, Cord. = Fusisporium Buxi, Fr. Syst. Mye. vol. 11. p.447. These two species are decidedly congeneric, as are also Aigerita setosa, Grev. t. 268. fig. 2, and Psilonia hyazin- thorum, Berk. 7. c. The older name of Volutella must be retained for them. We have therefore Volutella ciliata, Fr., V. Buaxi, V. setosa and V. hyacinthorum, belonging to the list of British Fungi, and the fol- lowing new species :-— 496. V. melaloma,n.s. Stromate aurantiaco ; pilis atris ; sporis breviter fusiformibus leviter lunatis appendiculatis. With Neot- tiospora Caricum, Spye Park, C. E. Broome. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol.v. 30 466 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. C. E. Broome on British Fungi. Perfectly superficial. Stroma and spores bright orange, frmged with black articulated hairs. Spores shortly fusiform, slightly lunate, resembling, except in the latter character, those of Neot- tiospora. It is most singular that a plant so different in general struc- ture, though alike in colour and spores, should exist upon the same leaf with N. Caricum. In the present state of our know- ledge of such matters we must regard it as distinct, though we cannot help suggesting the idea that the perithecium in the one is represented by the ciliatimg hairs in the other, a structure which was pointed out by one of us as a matter of analogy between Spheronema blepharistoma, Berk., and Volutella Buxi, many years sice. What makes the resemblance more striking in the pre- sent instance is that the spores in either case grow in the same mode from the stroma, which inclines to a globose form. Puate XI. fig. 3. a. Portion of plant showing the hairs and stroma with the sporophores and spores, magnified ; }. spores highly magnified. 497. Illosporium carneum, Fr. Syst. Myce. vol. ui. p. 259; Berk. Br. Fung. no. 293. On Peltidea canina, Apethorpe, Norths. 498. I. corallinum, Rob. in Desm. no. 1551. On Borrera te- nella, Ulting, Essex, H. Piggot, Esq. A beautiful specimen of this exquisite species has been just transmitted to us from Chelmsford without any distinct locality. This is clearly I. coccineum, Libert, and consequently of Corda. 499. I. coccineum, Fr. 1. c. On Pertusaria communis, Fal- mouth, Miss Warren ; Durdham Down, G. H. K. Thwaites, Esq. 500. Epicoccum neglectum, Desm. no. 540 (olim Perisporium Zee). Ona decayed water-melon, King’s Cliffe, Oct. 1840; on dead plants of Potamogeton, West of England, C. EK. Broome, 1850. At first sight our earlier specimen differs greatly, the stromata beimg seated on a broad blood-red spot, but the structure is ex- actly the same, and the greater development of the spot may de- pend upon the more juicy nature of the matrix. Uredo Equisetz, Engl. Fl., is an Epicoccum with smooth spores, but we have not at present sufficiently good specimens to propose it as a new species. 501. Cidemium atrum, Corda in St. Deutsch. Fl. Fasc. 6. t. 9. On fallen branches, King’s Cliffe, Capel Curig, M. J. Berkeley, and at Thame, Dr. Ayres. The structure of this plant is at present very imperfectly ascer- tained. The flocci are of a vinous-brown, and here and there invested with mucilage. The larger sporangiiform bodies which adhere to them seem very much to resemble an Epicoccum with its globose or somewhat obovate scabrous spores. Mr. J. Miers on the genera Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. 467 XLI.—On Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. By Joun Miers, Esq., F.R.S., F.LS. HyoscyAMvs. I am induced to offer a few remarks, and propose an emended character for this genus, in order to confirm some observations made on a previous occasion (Auj. oper. ili. 174). Although the opercular dehiscence of the capsule of Hyoscyamus has long been notorious, the fact of a glandular enlargement on the summit of the ovarium does not appear to have been anywhere described : it is however a circumstance worthy of consideration in a physio- logical point of view, and leads us to inquire what is its true nature. In the ovarium of Hyoscyamus pictus, which I examined in aliving state, this glandular appendage is seen to form a very distinct, thick, and fleshy covering over its larger superior moiety, where it is terminated by a decided margin, and as the ovarium advances towards maturity, the lower portion increases consider- ably in bulk, the pericarpial envelope being drawn out to a thin membranaceous tube, marked with numerous longitudinal and branching nervures, while the upper thickened moiety increases but little in length : these longitudinal nervures may be distinctly traced upon the inner lining from the base to the summit of the cell, while upon the external face they are visible only on the lower portion, no trace of them being seen upon the glandular moiety, which exhibits quite a different texture, proving beyond all doubt that the glandular coating in question is really superimposed, and forms no part of the endocarpial lining, and therefore that it is not an interior secretion within the cavity of the cell. It is evident that the lower half of the ovarium consists of two cohering inte- euments with little or no intervening substance; for wien the fruit is ripe they are seen to be really distinct, and may without difficulty be separated from each other on their lacerated edges : but in the upper moiety the remarkable fleshy gland before men- tioned is seen to be interposed between the continuation of these two integuments, and as it hardens by the deposition of woody matter it constitutes the well-known operculum, which forms quite an external mushroom-headed enlargement, and which falls off, not bya regular dehiscence, but by a ruptured edge, as is proved by the lacerated margin of the two integuments upon the cir- cumscissile line. The nature and purport of this apical gland do not appear manifest ; it is probably an extension from the base of the style, for the epicarpial integument terminates at the summit of the ovarium by a small ring, that forms an apparent articulation with the style, which on the contrary is continuous 30% 468 Mr. J. Miers on the genera Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. with the gland in question, this bemg evident upon making a longitudinal section just before the ripening of the fruit. Dr. Putterlick has given in Nees’s ‘Gen. Pl. Germ.’ a very good series of illustrated analytical dissections of the flower and seed of Hyoscyamus, but in many respects these details do not agree with the structure, as I have observed it ; for instance, the pla- centz are represented as being cruciform with the dissepiments, to which they are attached by a central axile line, becoming lunately expanded in the middle of each cell as in Physalis; I have found the placentz on the contrary to be thick and fleshy, both closely adnate with the dissepiment, forming one cylindrical column that fills the greater portion of the central space of the ovarium ; the embryo is also shown too thick in proportion, and the cotyledons are not incumbent as there exhibited, but accum- bent after the manner almost universally seen in this family : some of the figures there truly represent the corolla as having an imbricated estivation, which however is erroneously described in the text, as in the descriptions of all other authors, as being pli- cated : there is no indication there represented of the remarkable apical gland in the summit of the ovarium. I have annexed the specific character of a species which I found growing in Kew Gardens, and which appears nowhere given. Hyoscyamus, Tournef.—Calyzx urceolato-tubulosus, 10-nervis, 5-dentatus, dentibus erectis demum rigidis, persistens et au- gescens. Corolla infundibuliformi-campanulata, obliqua, imo constricta, limbi obliqui lobis 5, brevibus, obtusiusculis, subin- sequalibus, patentibus, seepe hince semi-fissa, estivatione im- bricata. Stamina 5, imo corolle inserta, inclusa, rarius ex- serta, declinata ; filamenta imo fornicata et puberula, superne subulata et glabra; anthere 2-loculares, loculis arcte adnatis, longitudinaliter intus dehiscentibus, imo connectivi dorsalis articulatim affixe. Ovarium conicum, disco hypogyno fere obsoleto impositum, glandula apicali magna crasso-carnosa sig- natum, 2-loculare, pluri-ovulatum, placentis valde incrassatis dissepimento utrinque adnatis. Stylus exsertus, apice incurvus. Stigma capitato-bilobum. Capsula urceolata, submembranacea, calyce aucto reticulato-coriaceo dentibus pungentibus recon- dita, 2-locularis, supra medium horizontaliter ruptilis, oper- culo deciduo, cupuliformi, crasso, corneo. Semzna reniformi- ovata, compressa, testa scrobiculata, hzlo prominulo cavo in sinu laterali. Embryo in albumen carnosum teres, subspi- ralis, radicula paulo incurvata, ad angulum basalem spectante, cotyledonibus semiteretibus zquilonga.—Herbe Gerontogee pubescentes, sepius viscose et olide, vadice perennante ; folia Mr. J. Miers on the genera Hyoseyamus and Physochlena. 469 alterna, dentata, vel sinuato-angulata, floralibus sepe geminis ; flores awillares, solitarti, secundi; corolla lutescens, sepe reti- culatim picta*. Hyoscyamus pictus, Bernh. MSS. ;—viscido-pilosus, foliis ellipticis, acutis, sub-3-lobis, infra medium szpe repandis, vel sinuatis, subamplexicaulibus, rachi, nervis, margineque lanato-pilosis ; flore breviter pedunculato, caule, pedunculo, calyceque pun- gente imo ventricoso lanato-pilosis, corolla ventricosa, glabra, sulphurea, venis violaceis reticulatim picta, ad ventrem sub- fissa, intus imo maculis magnis 5 violaceis ornata, limbi lobis subzequalibus obtusis, filamentis luteis, antheris violaceis in- clusis.—v. v. cult. PHYSOCHLANA. The plants composing this small group were for a long time considered as species of Hyoscyamus. Mr. G. Don (Dict. iv. 470) was the first to separate them as a distinct genus, on account of their entire leaves and their terminal corymbose purple flowers, but as in his generic character no feature appeared to indicate any difference from Hyoscyamus, either in the structure of the flower or the fruit, they have been retained in this latter genus by all succeeding botanists. M. Decaisne in describing an Indian species perceived the difference of its habit from that of Hyoscy- amus, and adopted it as the type of a new genus, under the name of Belenia, but this suggestion has in like manner been disre- garded. I have noticed however the following circumstances that seem to warrant the restoration of this genus. In Physo- chlena the apical gland is proportionally much smaller and far less conspicuous than in Hyoscyamus, for the ovarium being more conical, it covers only the extreme upper portion beneath the base of the style, and is distinguishable from the rest of its sur- face by its lurid purple colour: it offers also a larger and more conspicuous hypogynous, fleshy, yellow disc, which is sometimes searcely discernible in the other genus. Besides these points of variance, and the dissimilarity in habit, as well as in the colour of its corolla, the following differences are evident. In Hyoscyamus the flowers are always axillary, nearly sessile at the base of a large leaf, and generally secund ; the calyx increases very considerably in length, becomes stiff and rigid, and its teeth, conspicuous for their strong marginal nerves, ending in a long mucronate point, become hard and spiculate, and are always somewhat spreading ; the operculum is convex, nearly hemispherical, and of a bony consistence. In Physochlena, on the contrary, the flowers are never axillary, but always upon a more or less lengthened ter- * Analytical details of this genus will be given in a supplementary plate in the 2nd vol. of the ‘ Ulustr. South Amer. Plants.’ 470 Mr. J. Miers on the genera Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. minal raceme or panicle; the calyx does not increase to half the size, in proportion to that of Hyoscyamus, it is more reticulated, of thinner and more membranaceous texture, and the teeth, wanting the strong marginal nervures, are thin and blunted, and generally inflexed, nearly closing the mouth of the tube; the operculum is also much smaller, quite flat and discoid, and less bony in its substance. These different features are fully suffi- cient to constitute a valid genus, which I propose to call Phy- sochlena, a name more strictly in conformity with the usual orthoépy than that of Don, bemg derived from ¢ica, vesica, xNatvow, vestio, because of its capsule inclosed in a vesicular calyx. I here annex its generic outline :— PuysocHL#NA. Physoclaina, G. Don. Belenia, Decne.—Calyx cylindricus, seepe medio subinflatus, 10-nervis, 5-dentatus, persistens ct augescens. Corolla campanulato-infundibuli- formis, superne ventricosa, 1mo constricta et cylindrica, limbo vix obliquo, subzequaliter 5-fido, lobis subacutis, haud paten- tibus, stivatione imbricata. Stamina 5, subzequalia, decli- nata, seepius exserta, in constrictionem corolle inserta, fila- menta ortu pilosa, superne glabra, colorata; anthere ovate, imo dorsi ad connectivum articulatim affixee, 2-loculares, locu- lis adnatis, margine longitudinaliter dehiscentibus. Ovariwm conicum, disco carnoso annulari basi cinctum, glandula parva apicali vix conspicua munitum, 2-loculare, ovulis plurimis, pla- centis valde incrassatis, dissepimento utrinque adnatis. Stylus incurvus, exsertus. Stagma subbilobo-capitatum. Capsula tur- binata, membranacea, calyce reticulato inclusa, 2-locularis, apice operculatim dehiscens, operculo parvo discoideo, cori- aceo. Semina plurima, placentis crassis affixa, ovata, com- pressa, reniformia, festa reticulato-favosa, hilo laterali. Em- bryo teres, intra albumen subcarnosum hemicyclicus, radicula meurvata, ‘ad angulum basalem spectante, cotyledonibus semi- teretibus eequilongis. —Herbz Gerontogee Orientales, radice perennante, caulibus plurimis ; folia elliptica, alterna, integra, petiolata ; flores terminales, corymbost, pedicellati ; corolla pur- purascens, rarius sublutescens. 1. Physochlena physaloides. Physoclama physaloides, G. Don, Dict. iv. 470. Hyoscyamus physaloides, Linn. Amen. Acad. vil. tab. 6. fig. 1; Sims, Bot. Mag. tab. 852; Sweet, Br. Fi. Gard. i. tab. 18 ;—radice tuberoso, caulibus plurimis erectis, simplicibus ; foliis subcordato- ovatis, acutis, 1mo in petiolum canaliculatum squilongum attenuatis, utrinque glaberrimis, margine ciliatis; panicula terminali, ‘pedicellis calycibusque dene lanato- pilosis ; corolla omnino glabra, purpurascente, lacinus obtusis, albescentibus, genitalibus faucem vix exceden- Mr. J. Miers on the genera Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. 471 tibus ; calyce fructifero inflato, glabro, capsulam dimidio mi- norem claudente.—Siberia, in montibus Altaicis, et planitiis Songariz.—v. s. in herb. Hook. e locis citatis. This plant scarcely exceeds the height of 6 or 8 inches, and may at once be distinguished from all others by the smallness of its leaves, and of its stature and its tuberose root: its leaves are % inch long and 7 lines broad ; they are subcordate or auriculate at base, tapering suddenly, and decurrent on the petiole of equal length. The flowers are capitato-corymbose; the pedicels and calyx are clothed with long cottony hairs, which are articulated, but apparently not viscous ; the calyx is 3 lines long, the corolla 6 lines, the former growing to a length of 8 lines, being 3 lies broad in the mouth, ‘and 5 lines diameter in the swollen middle ; it is of transparent texture, smooth, marked with numerous reti- culations, and with ten longitudinal nervures ; the berry is about 3 lines in diameter, subglobose, with a small flattened operculum. 2. Physochlena Dahurica ;—caule violascente, foliis deltoideo- ovatis, acutis, basi auriculato-cordatis, hine subito acuminatis, et in petiolum crassum decurrentibus, rachi venisque purpu- rascentibus, utrinque glaberrimis; panicula terminali, lanato- pilosa, genitalibus inclusis—Dahuria, v. s. in herb. Hook. (Hy- oscyamus physaloides, Turczaninow). This plant differs from the preceding in its more fleshy habit, its leaves bemg much larger, more deltoid, more acute at the apex, broader at their base ; they are 13 inch long, 13 inch broad, on a fleshy petiole 11 inch long. 3. Physochlena rubricaulis. Hyoscyamus physaloides, Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. i. tab. 12;—caulibus crassis, subprostratis, sub- flexuosis, rubescentibus, nodis cupularibus cum petiolo arti- culatis ; foliis oblongo-ovatis, acutis, repando-undulatis, basi obtusis, in petiolum crassum canaliculatum longe decurren- tibus, utrinque glaberrimis ; racemo corymboso, terminali rufescente, paucifloro, pedicellis incurvis, calycibusque fuscis dense glanduloso-pilosis, corolla glabra, purpurascente, laci- niis ovatis, rotundatis, staminibus inclusis, stylo declinato ex- serto recurvo.—v. s. in hort. Kew. cult. This plant has a fusiform root: its stems are fleshy, somewhat flexuose, with internodes seldom more than half an inch apart ; its leaves in shape much resemble those of P. Dahurica ; they are 2 inches long, 14 inch broad, gradually tapering upon a fleshy petiole 14 inch in length ; this as well as the thick fleshy midmb and prominent nerves are of a dark reddish purple colour ; in drying, the blade of the leaf becomes yellow. Its inflorescence is much shorter, fewer-flowered, and covered with dense short 472 Mr. J. Miers on the genera Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. viscous down, not long woolly hairs, and its flowers are not co- rymbose and many-flowered. The calyx is 4 lines long, 2 lines in diameter ; the corolla is 7 lines long, of a reddish purple colour, and its lobes are more ovate and rounded; the ovarium is gla- brous. It makes its appearance at least a month or six weeks later in the season than the two following species *. 4. Physochlena orientalis. Physoclaina orientalis, G. Don, loc. cit. Hyoscyamus orientalis, Bieb. Fl. Taur. i. 164; Sims, Bot. Mag. tab. 2414 ;—viscoso-pubescens, foltis fusco-viridibus, deltoideo-ovatis, acutis, in petiolum sublongum attenuatis, demum subglabris; floribus corymbosis, corolla obscuriore, purpurea, staminibus atro-violaceis, styloque zequilongo longe exsertis, calyce florifero tubuloso, fructifero cylmdrico, mem- branaceo, reticulato, capsulam minorem imcludente.—Caucasia prope Narzanam : v. s. in herb. Hook. (Caucasus, Steven) et mm hort. Kew. cult. This plant grows in the open air in Kew Gardens to the height of 12 or 18 inches, its numerous stems being annually deci- duous: it is altogether covered with short viscous pubescence, which, as well as the foliage, is of a dark fuscous hue, becoming ereener after the fall of the flowers. The leaves are 23 mehes long, 14 inch broad, upon a fleshy channeled petiole of 1 meh in length, the nervures and stem being of a purplish hue: the calyx is 3 lines long, the corolla 6 lines, the stamens and style bemg exserted to a length of 3 lines: the capsule is 3 lines in diameter, inclosed in the calyx of equal diameter, and of nearly double its length, which is pilose, reticulate, submembranaceous, and in no degree swelling in the middle: the lower valve of the cap- sule is somewhat membranaceous, greenish, and marked with several longitudinal nervures ; the operculum, crowned by the persistent base of the style, is of a blackish violet hue, soft, of thin texture, and quickly shrivels up in drying: the seeds are few, proportionately rather large, yellowish brown, scrobiculated, oval, reniform and compressed : the embryo is arched in a semicircular form ; the radicle, about the length of the cotyledons, points to the basal angle below the lateral hilum. Var. 8. affinis. Hyoscyamus orientalis, Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. 1. tab. 12;—glanduloso-pubescens, foliis ovatis, acutis, In pe- tiolam sublongum attenuatis, venis pilosulis, demum sub- glabris ; corolla purpurascente, lobis subalbidis, staminibus inclusis, stylo longe exserto, calyce fructifero imflato.—v. v. cult in hort. Kew. * A drawing of this species with analytical details will be given in a sup- plementary plate in the 2nd vol. of the ‘ Illust. South Amer. Plants.’ Mr. J. Miers cn the genera Hyoscyamus and Physochlena. 473 This plant grows by the side of the former species, and little or no difference is to be seen between them in the size and shape of the leaves: they are however less fuscous, and do not become so thick and dark in drying, the pubescence is less dense, and the nervures beneath are prominent and green. The inflorescence is panicular, not corymbose; the pedicel, as well as its small sessile ovate pointed bract, and the calyx, being covered with dense, short, patent, glandular hairs: the corolla, of a pale pur- plish colour, is slightly pubescent externally ; its estivation is distinctly imbricate, with its external lobe on the contrary side to the more oblique portion, to which the stamens and style are inclined ; the ovarium exhibits several long simple hairs upon its surface. 5. Physochlena prealta. Belenia prealta, Decne. Jacq. Voy. Bot.114. tab.120. Hyoscyamus prealtus, Walp. Rep. ui. 21;— herba perennis, pilis brevibus rarisque viscidulis tota imspersa, foliis e parte infra medium lanceolatis, imo deltoideis, subiter acuminatis, et in petiolum incrassatum decurrentibus, supra glabris, subtus rachi crassissimo, et im venis prominentibus viscidulo-pilosis ; panicula terminali, elongata, ramosa, ramis longis, laxiflora, pedicellis calyce longioribus, bracteatis, cer- nuis, demum elongatis, erectis; calyce brevi, urceolato, den- tibus 5 brevibus reflexis, fructifero valde aucto, et subincurvo ; corolla viridi-lutescente, venis viridibus picta.— Himalaya. This plant appears much taller than any of the foregoing spe- cies, its inflorescence much longer and more lax, the calyx grows to a larger size considerably, and the corolla is of a greenish yel- low, marked with dark green reticulations, as in Hyoscyamus. It approaches Hyoscyamus muticus, which probably belongs rather to this genus, on account of its long, panicular, terminal inflo- rescence, the obtuse lobes of its calyx, and often purple flowers. The leaves are 33 inches long (exclusive of its decurrent petiole of 4 an inch), and 1} inch broad. The inflorescence is 7 or 8 inches long; the corolla is more campanular than that of the typical species, the stamens being included; the style alone is exserted: the calyx in flower is 4 lines long, tubular, and 2 lines in diameter ; it subsequently grows to a length of 11 lines and to a diameter of 4 lines. In the drawing above quoted, a section is given of the seed of this species, in which there appears a manifest error in the relative positions of the radicle and coty- ledons in regard to the hilum: it seems very unlikely that it should differ in this respect from the features described in the generic character, which are derived from careful observation upon several other species, and which are conformable to the structure known to exist in all the allied genera in this family. ‘ 474 Mr. T. Davidson on the genus Waltonia. XLIT.—On the genus Waltonia. By Tuomas Davipson, Esq. [With a Plate. ] M. Boucuarp and myself, in Jan. 1848*, published a detailed description of the genus Magas, Sowerby, with figures illustra- ting the internal structure of this remarkable little shell, at that period incompletely known. Some time after I wrote a papert with figures on a recent species known under the name of Tere- bratula rosea, which shell, from the peculiar arrangement of its internal organization differing from that of all known Brachio- poda, led me to propose for it a distinct generic name, that of Bouchardia, belonging to the family of Magaside; Magas pu- milus and Bouchardia rosea being the only species in each genus. During a late visit to Paris, M. Valenciennes kindly lent me specimens of recent Terebratule brought to Europe by Quoy and Gaimard ; and on a tablet on which were placed several specimens of Terebratula sanguinea, Leach, I found a small shell whose or- ganization was completely different from those with which it was surrounded, but offering characters not allowimg of its being placed in either Magas or Bouchardia, but claiming a new generic name, and forming part of the family of Magaside. M. D’Orbigny, in his ‘ Pal. Franc. Ter. Crétacés,’ vol. v, p. 52, places in this family Magas and Terebratulina ; I cannot however agree with that author in this association, as I consider the orga- nization of Ter. Caput serpentis to be completely different from that of Magas, and not to belong to the same group or family. In a very interesting paper by Mr. King { on certain genera of Palliobranchiata, the internal organization of Terebratula rosea is alluded to; and in the great work by that author on the Permian fossils of England, Mr. King has adopted and placed in the same family of Magaside the genus Mayas, Sow., and my Bouchardia. Genus Wattonta. Char. Shell bivalve, inequivalved, equilateral, subovate, slightly convex ; beak almost straight, partly truncated by a large foramen extending from the summit to the umbo of the ventral valve which it partly encircles ; deltidium small, disunited, and forming only a portion of the peduncular opening : at the base of the beak are two strong teeth corresponding with the sockets of the ventral valve. The interior of the dorsal valve is simple, with a slight central longitudinal elevation dividing the shell into two equal portions, not extending quite tothe margin. In the ventral valve * Bull. Soc. Géol. de France, vol. v. 2nd series, p. 139, pl. 2. + Ibid. vol. vi. 2nd series, 1849. { Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xvin. 1846. ee ai, «eel we Mr. T. Davidson on the genus Waltonia. 475 a strong elevated central plate arises near the umbo, describing a gentle curve, diverging more obliquely again, and by another curve attains the central ridge of the dorsal valve on which it rests, and from whence it descends, forming a gentle diagonal line to the bottom of the ventral valve. From the inner edge of both the dental sockets of this valve a ribbon-shaped lamella by a gentle curve rises to near the middle of the central plate to which they are attached. Obs. From the inspection of this shell it will be seen, that by its beak, foramen and teeth it differs considerably from Magas and Bouchardia. In the last-named genus the foramen is completely surrounded by the substance of the shell and separated from the umbo of the ventral valve, without deltidium, while in Waltonia the position of the foramen, deltidium and umbo are exactly similar to that of the genus Terebratulina, D’Orb. : it approaches also more to Magas by the simplicity of its hinge. Besides these particular family characters we find the same calcareous support, and the same central elevated plate, but more simple in its details. In Magas, besides the two ribbon- shaped lamelle described, we find two upper anchor-shaped lamellee situated parallel to the under ones: these are net to be seen in Waltonia, which has only one pair; while in Bouchardia the under ones are completely wanting, and we find only the upper or anchor-shaped pair. Thus Magas would be characterized by two pair of lamellee, Waltonia by the lower ones only, and Bouchardia by the upper ones. In all three the dental portion and foramen vary. ‘The punctuation also is less strong in Wal- tonia than in Magas, and more so than in Bouchardia. On these important differences I think myself authorized to propose for this little shell a distinct generic title, and I take much pleasure in dedicating it to my old friend William Walton, Esq. of Bath. Waltonia Valenciennesit, nob. Pl. XV. fig. 1: Shell small, of a red colour, ornamented by irregular costz or undulations disposed as in Ter. fimbria, the central coste being directed towards the umbo, but extending only from the mar- gin to about half the length of the valve. The lateral coste, instead of being directed towards the umbo as im all plicated Terebratule, diverge in a sloping manner towards the middle of the shell, and consequently could never reach the umbo (see figures). The dorsal valve is more convex than the ventral one, which is almost flat, with two ears similar to those visible in Te- rebratula Caput serpentis, &e.; foramen large. Length 2} lines, breadth 2 lines, depth 1 line; from the seas of New Zealand, where Quoy and Gaimard discovered it. 476 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Operculum I dedicate this species to M. Valenciennes, whose talents and associations with Lamarck and Cuvier place him im the first rank among our European scientific men. The only specimen known belongs to the Garden of Plants ; and in order to illustrate the distinctions between the three genera of this small family, I have given in Pl. XV. profile views of Magas (fig. 2), and Bouchardia (fig. 3), which thus express to the eye what the writer of this paper has been unable to describe. Fig. 1 is the natural size of Waltonia Valenciennesii ; the other figures are enlarged. I have also here to express my thanks to my old friend M. Bou- chard, to whom I exposed my views on this new genus, and in which he completely concurred. XLIII.—On the Operculum of Gasteropodous Mollusca, and an attempt to prove that it is homologous or identical with the second Valve of Conchifera. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, Havine for several years entertained the opinion that the oper- culum of Gasteropods is identical with the second valve of bivalve shells, and having in the ‘Synopsis’ of the British Mu- seum for 1842, and in several papers on Mollusca, mentioned it in that light, without any naturalist having attempted in any way to dispute the theory, I was mduced to believe that it had been adopted as an axiom ; but having lately mentioned the fact in the presence of Mr. Owen and several other comparative anatomists, and finding that they were not prepared to admit the propriety of the comparison, I have been induced to put on paper the reasons which led me to adopt the theory, which I have neg- lected to do before. I am the more induced to do so, as on reading Professor Lovén’s paper, I find that that very accurate and pro- found malacologist, who has paid much attention to the relation which the different classes of Moilusca bear to each other and the homologies of the different organs, though he has observed that these Mollusca are provided with a particular part, before very generally overlooked, which he calls the lobus operculigerus, but which I have long ago described as the mantle of the oper- culum, yet considers the operculum as analogous to byssus. His observations are as follows :— “The Gasteropods have also another part of the foot, which may be named /obus operculigerus, sometimes highly developed of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 477 as in Adlanta, sometimes very reduced ; on its middle the byssus is secreted, whose filaments when present are always anes into a dise-like operculum. “ The side part of the lobe is sometimes produced into cirri, as in Rissoa, Lacuna, &c., sometimes into a large extensible mem- brane capable of covering the whole shell.”—Lovén, Ofvers. Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Fork. 1847. In a paper on the Structure of Shell in the Philosophical Transactions for 1833, I showed with considerable detail that the operculum of the Gasteropodous Mollusca, like the shelly valve of those animals, 1. Is developed on the embryo long before it is hatched. 2. That it is placed on and covers a peculiar part of the body, which bears the same relation to it as the part of the body called the mantle bears to the part usually called the shell of these animals ; and it is formed and increased in size by an opercular mantle in the same way as the shells are. 3. That the operculum is more or less conical, and is increased _ in size by the addition of new matter to the inner surface, and especially to the surface near the margin; the new matter either forming more or less complete rmgs round the nucleus (or first- formed part), when they are called annular, and are homologous to the simply conical shell, as the Patella; or else the new matter is deposited almost entirely on one edge of the nucleus, when the operculum forms a more or less elongated cone, which, when long, is spirally twisted round an imaginary axis (like a spiral shell), the broad part of the cone being next the edge of the opercular mantle which secretes the new matter for enlarging its size, as the mouth of the shell is on the outer edge of the mantle of the univalve shell. 4. That the operculum is attached to the animal by means of one or more muscles, which, as in the bivalve shell, pass from the larger valve or shell to the smaller one or operculum. 5. The operculum as it increases in size is gradually moved on the end of the muscle; the many-whorled operculum of the Trochi revolves as many times on the end of the muscle, as the many-whorled spiral shell turns on its imagimary axis. 6. The operculum is moulded on the opercular mantle, and is often lined internally with a shelly coat like a shell ; and some- times, like the shell of the Cowries, it has its outer " surface co- vered with a shelly coat deposited by some special development of the opercular mantle especially destined for the purpose, as is the case in the Cowries and some other shells. From these observations it would appear, that the operculum has all the characters of the part of the animal which has been usually considered as the shell. 478 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Operculum In the paper before referred to, I stated, “The operculum agrees with the valve of shells in being developed on the embryo while included in the egg, and in increasing in size by the addition of new matter round the circumference of the base of the cone of which they are formed. They also agree in the cone being some- times simple and straight, and sometimes curved into a spiral form.” The principal difference between the operculum and the valve or shell of the Gasteropods consists— 1. In the operculum having no cavity, the cone of which it is formed being either very much depressed, so as to become nearly flat or even concave, as in the annular or subannular operculum ; or very much compressed, forming only a spiral riband, as in the spiral operculum. 2. The operculum of by far the greater number of Gasteropods is only formed of animal matter, so that the operculum is as if formed entirely of what constitutes the periostraca or drap marin of the shelly valves ; but the shells of some Gasteropods, as that of the Aplysia, Bulle, and of some land mollusks, and the valves -of some bivalves, as Lingula, have only a very thin shelly in- ternal layer, strengthening the thick periostraca; on the other hand, many opercula, like the generality of shells, have a shelly coat deposited on the inner side of the horny or periostracal coat, and others have the outer surface of this part, like Cyprea and some other genera of shells, covered with a shelly coat. The absence of a cavity is a difference only of degree, for the valves of some Gasteropods, as Umbrella for instance, are so flat as to produce no cavity, and thus greatly resemble the annular opercula of Ampullaria and Paludina, as the flat valves of some Calyptre are like the spiral opercula of Littorine ; but the greatest resemblance is to be observed in the small flat valves of Gryphea, Exogyra, Chama, and other genera of bivalve shells which are attached by one of their valves. These valves are often quite as flat and destitute of any cavity as the operculum of any Gaste- ropod ; and it is’to-be remarked that these valves exactly resemble a spiral operculum in shape, the remains of the ligament forming a spiral mark on the outer surface, showing how the valve has rotated on the body of the animal as the operculum rotates on the foot of the Gasteropods. Having thus shown the reasons which induced me to regard the operculum to be a modification of the other or shelly valve of a Gasteropod mollusk, I shall now proceed to show why I have been induced to believe that it is analogous to the second valve of a bivalve. In the Philosophical Transactions for 1833 I remarked, “ A bi- valve shell is composed of a dextral and a sinistral valve united together by a ligament. When the two valves are separated and of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 479 spread out on a table, with the umbones above and the front end towards the observer, the valve to the right (the left when on the animal and in its usual walking position) resembles a dextral, and that on the left a sinistral, very depressed, spiral shell. This is well illustrated by comparing the left valve of an Isocardia with a Concholepas. “Tn some very rare instances these shells also are reversed, but the fact is not easily observed except in the unequal-valved kinds. There were formerly in the Tankerville collection (they are now in the Museum) two specimens of Lucina Childreni, in one of which the right valve was a dextral shell in opposition to the general structure. A much more remarkable variation is to be observed in some of those bivalve shells whose under valve is at- tached to foreign bodies; thus for example, most of the Chame are attached by their left valve, but some species, such as Chama Lazarus, are frequently attached by the right valve, under which circumstance the teeth proper to the left and usually attached valve are transferred to the right, and vice versd.”—Gray, Phil. Trans. 1833, 776. ' “In bivalve shells the apex of each valve is always placed on or near the dorsal or upper margin, varying its position on this part in the different groups. Thus im the Pectines and other suborbicular shells, which having a very large subcentral poste- rior adductor muscle, were called by Lamarck Monomyaires, the apex is generally in or near the centre ; while in most of the other genera it is placed more or less towards the anterior extre- mity of this margin, and is sometimes incurved. “Tn some of these shells the apex is spirally twisted, and the spire becomes more developed as they increase in size. “ Now this could not take place if the valves remained insepa- rably united together at the same part of the dorsal margin, but it is provided for by the hinge of the shell being gradually moved backwards on the edge of the valves, the ligaments separating in front of the hinge into two parts, one of which diverges along each of the umbones and forms a spiral groove down the suture of the whorls. In Jsocardia the umbones seldom make more than half a turn, but in one specimen of Chama in my collection they have made an entire revolution, and in another a revolution and a half. The valves of these shells bemg unequal, the spiral part of the lower or attached valve is produced into an elongated cone, while in the other it is depressed and simply marked with a spiral groove like that of an operculum.”—Phil. Trans. 1838, 775. It thus appears that the valve of a bivalve shell resembles the univalve shell of a Gasteropodous mollusk— 1. In shape, one valve being like a dextral, and the other like a sinistral univalve. 480 Mr. J. E. Gray on the Operculum 2. That, like the univalves, these valves are sometimes re- versed. 3. That the valves move on the body of the animal as the uni- valve shells do, to allow the deposition of new shelly matter to the margin ; the position of the hinge on the margin being gra- dually altered to allow of this motion. The operculum agrees with the second valve of a bivalve in all the preceding particulars. ]. The position of the nucleus of the annular operculum, or the spire of the spiral operculum, is always twisted in an opposite direction from that of the shell to which it belongs, as is the case with the two valves of a Conchiferous mollusk. This is easily observed by comparing the position of the nucleus of the dextral ~ and sinistral genera of Ampullariade, or the spiral operculum of a sinistral malformation of a Gasteropodous mollusk with that of one of the normal form, 2. These valves are sometimes reversed, as in the instances above cited. 3. The operculum moves on the foot as the valves do on the body, and they always bear the same relative situation to the valves as the valves do to each other. In the ‘Synopsis’ of the British Museum for 1842, p. 56, when referring to the Phyto- phagous Gasteropods, I observed, “ Many of them have a spiral operculum or lid which is attached to the back of the hinder part of the foot of the animal. This operculum turns round. back- wards on the apex of its spire as it increases in size by the addi- tion of new matter to the edge of its last whorl, so that this edge is always in the same position in the mouth of the shell.” The two valves of the bivalve move at the same rate, and there- fore the lower attached valve of the Chama, which often has the apex produced into a conical tip like the spire of a univalve, and marked like it with a spiral groove formed by the remains of the cartilage, similar to the suture of the whorls; and the flat valve with its simple spiral groove has the same number of twists im the flat and the elevated spire of the two valves. The same ap- pears to be the case with the opercula of univalves, as the num- ber of volutions of the operculum appears to bear a relation to the number of whorls in the shelly valve. Thus all the shells which have many gradually increasing whorls, as the Trochi, Tur- ritelle and Cerithia, have also an operculum with many whorls which very gradually increase in size ; while the Littorine, Nerite, . and Natice, which have a few more or less rapidly increasing whorls, have an operculum of that character which have hence been called neritoids; but there appear to be some exceptions to this rule, which require examination. In addition to these similarities it may be observed, that the operculum, like the two valves of a bivalve, is united to the valve of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 481 of the univalve shell by muscles passing from one to the other, which by their contractions bring them together. The forms of the muscles which are used for this purpose differ in disposition and number according to the form of the mouth of the shell or the form of the valves. Thus when the valves are nearly circular, or the mouth of the univalve shell and the operculum moderate, the muscles form only a single group; on the contrary, when the valves are oblong elongate, or the mouth of the univalve shell very large, they form two groups of muscular fibres, one on each side of the valve or cavity of the shell and operculum. This attachment of the operculum is important ; for some con- chologists appear to have regarded the opercula of Gastero- podous Mollusca as analogous to the accessorial valves of certain bivalves, such as the genus Pholas, which they have remarked are formed in the same manner as the true valves, by the addition of new shelly matter to the edge. But these accessorial valves are never affixed to the animal by muscle, while the oper- culum, as above described, is attached to the animal, and is affixed to the other valve just in the same manner as the two primary valves of a bivalve are affixed to each other. Other conchologists, because the plug which passes through the sinus of an Anomia has been called an operculum or stopper, have regarded the operculum of Gasteropods as analogous to that substance, overlooking the fact that the plug of the Anomia is but a modification of the byssus, an excretion by which many molluscous animals more or less permanently attach themselves to other bodies, and has no affinity to a shelly valve; unless we adopt Professor Lovén’s theory above quoted, and believe the operculum to be a modification of the byssus. On the other hand, it may be observed, that the two valves of a Conchiferous mollusk are always united together by a ligament, while the opercula of the Gasteropodous Mollusca are always quite free from the shelly valves; but the importance of this peculiarity disappears when we consider that the two valves of the Brachio- podous Mollusca, which are so perfectly homologous to the valves of the Conchifera in other particulars, are always free and with- out any ligament ; and secondly, that the opercula of one fa- mily of Gasteropods, viz. the Neritinide, are furnished with a pe- culiar tooth-like process which enables them to move on the sharp inner lip of the larger valve, and greatly resembles the hinge of the valves on the Conchifera. Adanson, describing this kind of operculum, observes, “Il imite parfaitement en cela le second battant des coquillages bivalves.”— Voy. Senegal, 41. From these observations I was induced to believe the oper- culum of a Gasteropodous mollusk to be analogous to the shelly _ valve of the same animal, and that the shelly valve and the oper- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 2. Vol. v. dL 482 Gn the Operculum of Gasteropodous Mollusca. culum together are homologous to the two valves of a Conchi- ferous mollusk. I was also led to believe that the normal or typical form of Mollusca is to be protected by two valves or shells, and I was strengthened in this impression by the discovery that several mollusks which have no shell in their adult state, as the Doride, &c., have their newly hatched young covered with two shelly valves which afterwards fall off. With this idea, m the ‘ Synopsis’ of the British Museum for 1842, p. 50, I observed, “ By far the greater number of these ani- mals (Mollusca) are provided with two of these shells or valves, which are often nearly alike in size and form, and are hence called bivalves, as the shells of the Conchifera, where one of the valves is placed on each side of the body and they are united together by a ligament. In others, as those of the Brachiopods, the two valves are separate, one on the upper surface or back, and the other on the under surface of the body. In others, as in the shells of Gasteropods, the two valves are so unequal that the smaller merely acts as a lid to close the mouth of the larger one when the animal is retracted into it ; hence it has been called an oper- eulum. This smaller valve or operculum is generally cartilagi- nous, either wholly formed of animal matter, or strengthened by a quantity of calcareous matter deposited on one or both of its surfaces ; sometimes this valve is altogether wanting, especially in those genera which have an expanded mouth compared with the size of the remaining shell. In the bivalve Conchifera and Brachiopoda the two valves are usually nearly equal-sized, and regular in position. On the contrary, in the Gasteropods the valves are unequal, and placed more or less obliquely with regard to the axis of the elongated body of the animal. .If this theory is correct, the operculum should afford an im- portant character for the distinction of families and genera; and this has proved to be the fact. In 1821 I first drew attention to the very good character which it afforded, not only for the distinction of genera, but also for the division of the genera into larger groups. In my papers pub- lished in the Zoological Journal and in the Philosophical Trans- actions, I collected together the results of my observations on their structure, formation and growth,:and their importance to the ceconomy of the animal. More recent. examinations have only strengthened my conviction, that they afford quite as import- ant characters for the division of families and genera as the shell of the Gasteropods themselves, and that to neglect them in the description of the genus or species is quite.as rational as to de- scribe only the single valve of a bivalve shell. If this is the case, no specimen of an operculated univalve, which is not accom- Mr. A. Christison on Cannabis indica. 483 panied by its operculum, can be considered as complete, and every figure of the species wanting this important part must be equally imperfect ; therefore it is much to be regretted that in several expensive modern works on Conchology, their artists and authors have neglected to figure the operculum of the. species they have drawn; and especially as many of the specimens figured in Mr. Reeve’s work, for example, have been taken from specimens in the Museum, or Mr. Cuming’s collection, which had their operculum affixed on the shells, the absence of the oper- culum renders the excellent and characteristic figures contained in that work much less valuable than they otherwise would have been. I may add, the opercula were formerly supposed to be con- fined to the Gasteropodous Mollusca. They are well developed in the heteropodous genera Atlanta and Oxygyrus, the one being annular and the other spiral; and in the genus Limacina (or Spirialis) among the Pteropodous Mollusca. Some have sup- posed that the fossil Cephalopodous family Ammonites are pro- vided with one, as an operculum-like body is often found in the cavity of these shells. XLIV.—On Cannabis indica, Indian Hemp. By ALEXANDER Curistison, F.B.S.E , Member of the Royal Medical Society *. Tue object of the present communication is to give some account of the Indian Hemp, a substance which has been long used in the Indian and Persian empires as a medicinal and intoxicating agent, but which was unknown to Europeans, except through the reports of travellers, until of late years. It was first brought into prominent notice by Dr. O’Shaughnessy of Calcutta in the year 1839. It would be beyond the scope of this paper to enter minutely into the early history of the plant, but it may be observed that the nar- cotic properties of Cannabis indica were unknown to the Greek phy- sicians. In the year 600 the Hindoos were in the habit of employing it, since which time it has been in constant use as a means of allaying pain, and more particularly as an intoxicating drug, among the inha- bitants of the East. Hemp would seem to have been known at a still earlier period to the Chinese ; in a communication to the Académie des Sciences in the early part of this year by M. Stanislas Julien, ex- tracts are given from a Chinese work. showing that so far back as A.D, 220, a Chinese physician named Howshoa produced insensibility in his patients by means of a preparation of hemp, and that opera- tions were then performed without pain to the patients. The veracity of this statement may however safely be questioned. Until the year 1839 the properties of Hemp were never investigated in this country, but the essay of Dr. O’Shaughnessy published at that time attracted attention to the subject, and many experiments with * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, April 11, 1850, ol* 48 4 Mr. A. Christison on Cannabis indica. the drug have now been made. The expectations held out by him have not been so fully realized as one would be led to expect. . This can however be so far explained by a want of confidence or neglect on the part of some who have employed the drug, and the use of spurious or ill-prepared substances on the part of others. From the marked success of various experimenters, it is obvious that the plant does possess useful properties as a medicine: these will be pointed out in a future part of the paper. In Dr. Lindley’s ‘ Flora Medica,’ Cannabis sativa is placed im the natural order Urticacee, no allusion being made to the Cannabis in- dica, as he obviously considers the two to be identical. It is thus described :—Flowers dicecious, male flowers racemose ; calyx 5-parted, imbricated. Stamens 5. Anthers large and pendulous. Female flowers in spikes. Bract acuminate, rolled round the ovary in room of a calyx. Ovary roundish, with one pendulous ovule and two long filiform glandular stigmas. Achzenium ovate, one-seeded, embryo doubled up, with the radicle parallel with the plano-convex cotyle- dons, and separated from them by a small quantity of albumen. He also states that it is an annual, 3 feet high, covered all over with an extremely fine rough pubescence hardly visible to the naked eye. The stem erect, branched, bright green, angular. The leaves alternate or opposite on long weak petioles, digitate, scabrous, with linear lanceolate sharply serrated leaves, tapering into a long smooth entire point; stipules subulate. Clusters of flowers axillary, with subulate bracts; the males lax and drooping, branched and leafless at the base, the females. erect, simple, and leafy at the base. Male calyx downy ; female calyx covered with short brownish glands. Dr. Lindley now places this plant in the order Cannabinacee, separating it from the Urticacee, the latter havmg small flat stipules, limpid juice, a solid erect ovule, and a straight albuminous embryo ; the former having a solitary suspended ovule and a hooked exalbu- minous embryo. In the above description Dr. Royle agrees, who has seen the plant in India. Two species of Cannabis have been described by botanists, viz. C. sativa and C. indica: but repeated careful comparisons have failed to discover any material difference between them; the generally received opinion now being, that the same plant under the modifying influence of climate and cultivation puts on a variety of characters. This opinion has been fully borne out by the result of an experiment in the Botanic Garden, which it may be interesting to detail. A few seeds picked from fresh Gunjah were sown on the 17th of March 1849, as well as some seeds from decayed Gunjah : the latter never germinated, but the others appeared above ground in a few days ; in the course of a week they attained a height of 3 inches under glass. Three shoots were planted in the open air, while the remainder were kept in the hothouse. On August Ist those without had attained a height of 44 feet, and it was remarked that they had a peculiar strong minty odour. On the 1st October one of these was 94 feet high, with several strong woody stems and abundant foliage : flower- ing appeared to be commencing, but owing to advance of the season Mr. A. Christison on Cannabis indica. 485 the leaves were withering. The plants in the hothouse at the same period were 4 feet high, slender, with few leaves, but in full flower. Plants of the common hemp growing in the Garden had a very similar aspect, being however in full fruit. I am indebted to the kindness of Professor Balfour for the follow- ing remarks and botanical description of these plants :—‘“ Those in the open air were all female plants; among those in the hothouse were one or two males. I have not been able to make out any specific difference between the so-called C. indica and C. sativa of Europe. The common hemp in the Garden has not attained the same size as the plants from Indian seeds, and the segments of the leaves are narrower ; in other respects they appear alike, more especially as regards their flowers, glands, &c. Both the Indian and European seeds produce plants which have a strong resinous odour. In this respect the European plants in the garden seem to excel the Indian. On the Indian specimens even when cultivated in the hothouse there has not appeared any of the Churrus described by Indian observers. The racemes and spikes of flowers have a resinous feeling when touched. The following is a description of the plants raised from the Indian seeds :— Flowers dicecious. Male plants in the hothouse about 4 feet high; ‘circumference of stem at the base about one inch, lower part of the stem woody. Stem somewhat quadrangular, grooved and roughish ; surface of the stem at the base of a brownish colour, mixed with greenish streaks. Leaves opposite, sap-green above, pistachio-green below, quinate to septenate, at the upper part of the stem the leaves become alternate; segments of the leaves feather-veined, with a prominent midrib below, lanceolate, acute, with large serratures. Stipules 2, subulate. * Flowers in cymose axillary leafy clusters, some of them abortive. Perianth of five ovate blunt segments, which are of a pale green colour (the margins bemg white and the centre greenish) with a marked green midrib, covered externally and internally with glandular pubescence ; segments of the perianth concave internally. Stamens covered with glandular pubescence, opposite the segments of the perianth. Anthers large, projecting beyond the perianth, oblong, bilocular, erect, with an apicilar process and longitudinal dehiscence, supported on slender filaments which are shorter than the anthers and have pyramidal bases ; pollen spherical, with three facets, each’ consisting of a small ring in the centre of a larger one. In the centre of the flower there is the rudiment of the pistil. “Female Plants. These are much stronger than the male plants, have attained a greater size, and have a stronger balsamic odour ; those in the hothouse attained a height of 5 feet, and those in the open air 91 feet; stems hollow, 4 inches in circumference, with a tenacious stringy bark. Leaves covered with minute vesicular sessile glands, which give out a viscid resimous-like exudation, and are interspersed with glandular hairs. Flowers in aggregated spikes ; usually three or more unibracteate flowers in a cluster in the axil of floral leaves which are often tripartite. 486 Mr. A. Christison on Cannabis indica. “« Perianth monophyllous, convoluted, swelling at the base where it includes the ovary. Floral leaves, bracts and perianth covered with glandular pubescence. « Pistil one. Ovary one, rounded, containing a single orthotropal erect ovule. Style short, terminal, ending in two elongate filiform pubescent stigmata. Fruit a caryopsis. Seed erect, marked with a coloured hilum. Embryo exalbuminous.” One or two remarks are suggested by this experiment :—Ist. That the minute glands under favourable circumstances might act vigorously in producing the active resin. 2nd. That a certain climate which we cannot imitate is necessary to cause this action. 3rd. That the C. indica and C. sativa are identical; and 4th. That the Hemp plant possesses a peculiar odour of considerable strength, which is not alluded to in the standard works on Botany and Materia Medica. It may here be observed, that the Humulus Lupulus or Hop, which owes its properties like Cannabis to a glandular resinous secretion, belongs to the same natural family and is endowed also with narcotic properties. A short account will now be given of some of the principal forms in which Hemp is met with in the markets of the East ; these are :— 1. Haschich. 2. Bhang. 3. Gunjah. 4. Churrus. 5. A vamniety of electuaries, pastes, &c., in all of which butter or some other olea- ginous matter is the basis of formation. I. The first or Haschich is the Arabian name given to the dried tops of the plant grown in Upper Egypt, the meaning of the word being “herb,” or ‘“‘herbe par excellence:”’ the tops are gathered some time before the seeds are come to maturity. II. Bhang is an Indian preparation consisting of the larger leaves and capsules, which according to Dr. O’Shaughnessy is the cheapest form used in India, and therefore in common use among the lower orders for smoking, &c.; from it is prepared an intoxicating drink, and it forms a part of the confection called Majoon. ILI. Gunjah is the chief Indian form of the dried plant, and con- sists of the drier tops of Cannadis after flowering, and from which the resin of the leaves has not been removed ; it is chiefly sold im the Calcutta bazaars for smoking, in bundles 2 feet long and 3 inches in diameter ; the colour is dusky green, the odour agreeably narcotic, the whole resinous and adhesive to the touch. The specimens I have examined consist of a central stem with branches, round which are aggregated elongated oval masses about 14 inch long, and closely pressed together by adhesive resinous matter ; when steeped in water these masses can be teased out, and are found to consist of the tops of the plant, that is, the flowers, fruit, and smaller leaflets. IV. Churrus is the resinous secretion alone, and is therefore the most powerful shape in which hemp may be used ; but it is at the same time expensive, and is not met with in Europe except as a mu- seum specimen. The specimens in Dr. Christison’s museum are variously-sized, nodulate, round masses from the size of a pea to that of a walnut, and of greenish black colour. It is collected during the hot season by seraping the leaves and tops. Dr. O'Shaughnessy states, Mr. A. Christison on Cannabis indica. 487 that in Central India and Nepal men in leathern dresses brush forcibly through the plants, and the resin which adheres to them is then scraped off. And Dr. M‘Kinnon states that in Nepal the resin is gathered on the backs of naked coolies. Dr. Royle says, “The glan- dular secretion is collected from the plants on the hills, by the natives pressing the upper part of the young plants between the palms of their hands and scraping off the secretion which adheres.” V. In the preparation of the electuaries, &c., butter is used as the means of separating the active principle, consequently these compounds are very apt to become rancid. They are thus described by M.Charnac in the ‘ Annuaire de Thérap.’ for 1846 :— 1. Preparations mixed with honey or melted sugar. 2. A more active form called hachich kava-mesk (musked drug), containing musk, essence of roses and almonds, of pasty consistence, and of the colour of impure honey ; the quantity used being about the size of a walnut. 3. Two kinds are found at Smyrna, called Israél, the one a fine powder, the other a roll of firm mastic consistence. 4. A black round kind has great aphrodisiac repute among the Fellahs, but in this case it is found that cantharides is added to increase the effect. At Cairo the compound from which the various conserves are pre- pared is thus made. Equal parts of well sifted haschich, butter and water are put in a vessel on the fire; after some boiling the water is dissipated ; the residue is twisted in a cloth to isolate the fatty matter, and to this the different spices are added. Haschich is to the Arabians what opium is to the Turks and Chinese. Hachach, signifying in Arabian drunkard, is the epithet applied to those who eat haschich. The Arabians smoke the powdered plant, free of seeds, which con- tain fatty, disagreeable-tasted matter, along with tobacco. VI. Landerer describes a tincture of hemp used at Cairo, called Chatsraky, made by infusing in spirit for three weeks with a gentle heat, the varnish-covered bark sliced from the stems when the plants are in flower. As the activity of the preparations of hemp depends on the pre- sence of a resinous varnish on the leaves, and consequently as the most active of these is found to contain the largest quantity of resin, it becomes a matter of great importance to decide upon the proper period for collecting the plant. M. Gastinell, an apothecary at Cairo in 1849, states that he found the active powers of hemp to depend on a resinous matter which forms on the leaves as the seeds ripen. Again, M. de Charnac observes, that in Egypt the tops of the plants are used at the end of flowering, but before eomplete maturity of the seeds. And Mr. Jameson, Di- rector of the Botanic Gardens at Saharunpore, makes a like state- ment in a letter dated 17th August, 1849. As this letter contains an interesting account of Hemp in that part of India, it has appeared to me to be well worthy of a place in this essay. He says—“ = fal : Jin Oy r ‘ a x a a ‘e 4 ise aT 6 i. a LB ) pd A= eer J é hs? & - ‘ iy ? xa { vir” ” ) Mp ‘ ie , 7 “f Pe i y ¥ In wy, ; ; Mtl hgh ) ‘ i a | maT d a i AY if , Mn ' . } hey * ‘ eet Te i cys ' Lt) i P ak q Th , ax i ‘ ; , Année Nat. Hist- Monormia. - 7 | qmsqa99 999995 DUC 9 se ac JSS SSISIAA A Fee eS Cylindrospermum . Ralfs & Thwaites del. 3 ST De CS. se. 4 eT ou $< A ens 5 S N N x 8 mS > = 2 x ¥ ¥ I | Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.5.2.Vol.V. PL.X. ~Lyeett, del. SLe C. Sowerby, in lap.da. Uadeley Printer 3Willington S* Strand ae "8 etna = Ann.» Mag. Nat Hest. 8.2. Vot.5. £t. a1. Berkeley & Broome de. 2 q ST De CUS. scudp! Berkelev & Broome del , fe, ae ie oo. pee ae = re mah — * pe CS. bk: big 4 minhabe Pigal ra an Sieh aD Dayk Son Lith! *to the queen. 7: Davidsarv. del. ve ith: uw , aye a and] | - =r ~y aL “”» S 0 Nat Miss. 21 Mag. patties aaa fi vy at yan i i CS 51 suf rina AvMignh iit i At) ie ahi ¥ ; ON e bth a Et vee Pre rt Oe ee o Na "¢ wee oh bbe RA bh rate Oh ay saawnicceatce noe hs mares * tb mn hs sy M4 VORP ER be ’ ‘ye ant ¥ wr : 2 Fhe bee Be f sot a ee : A's Shee bend & a Ahad en! ‘ ENS DOK ca Pees yo wiht Nyy * eae NM Pyare heyy et evi \ ee i the : : “ wel Sraeti a fi wn ny ANAND ROU Ra ray Ae s ‘4 al LanaNh Ke at elt 1 i AWE ete et ee bia be vt Var 5 4 ieleta a) ane Sapna ye ou Kiet ey bie eee g A A RO) Ud eed HEE BP ly ew h hie yyy Ae Hay etait? Bee AEB Pee aNe: HAE ine i Ast Wi AAD Le ARS Ate ; yea BSA cs, Hae i \) Piet ite "y i's 4 - he i } x 4 hs ‘ey 7 Mo ’ ¥ ter 7 m - th a Ru RO ne a a de Heyin Mitr t av Mr ititelemeray Meee Aa hh Ny Wiletatean i! AE RANRENTA Q Se hak ray Awa Nt aOR Siiylnaitnne ey MAC ee reese NLR oa Coa jay Supacy! ANG Wn He * Bat Vath “ ¢ ee Neste th Oy ; hee ry f oh ta . t » f hh ae eat ys \ ae ga eae Va ke vie Aiehice vee ms, i dy, naa bares ane % POs Eh ® eh ‘ey OH ” $i TS rain ues hay 06) tpn AP MeN Beery 4 (eo cH, Wha ieee Led be tah. LD AM Ee OR mht a aati rd they oan: + u hh 5 HS he Me t v0 Fics san nee ve it end dh air ' £ee bee i ye Page) { i nee : nen Lt MP GOV Here's tetera tN Cf Minna atsea Na a bd (hit do AS LY y, whe Nn ‘ ay it hae 2 7 i U “i by Les Seats ath xy an am My ie a Wan ¢ i an e 4 ait ey ne i dk CRP EN ons ‘ (ie wa Tre a ee ereeK ase rte ime hurr toe year ; x Os. ‘ Athy oe 1 gh pa, Zak J ‘Seay ¥ LAW a oe Y * Pole weir fits i be Y Atel eee ft stayin Ware aiacineg fe kp Vi eek, Bios ‘ & « we ean ta tf man \ Ne wry (My hep aeyi bs ¥ A sid RSH Bee ( ‘ Ce i r Hite ii’ { tly ete intt ean 1h bok ; ci ies LW AHL Th a Got ue ee Da den the Shad yin uA ’ fae! Aen we { [ ; : “ heen y) NAN ed Me p MWR te tke 4 Pad G OLA AMR ran one ight hve Pr ta arncat aia kee ye 5 arena ay POR ALL MNCS aN i 0 A AA te H we h Ne) 3 45, fhy Asche a) f it WOH ey 5 Hits ay ye i.) 5 ht y ” OVAL at pA he ‘ é Cag nity # ey AS NLD hey oe 4\ i) tal is ‘v * Hana i hos Nae Hi phates i t ie Me wh Veh tet ! ao idiacee Atty * Pees Reverie ruts Seana ee ‘ y Bese 4) t Mav aUt nae yan in Beli AS by eR ABA Gye Wh) ul 4 arte i he Nhe phy cee ih vate AYO oain ‘i ‘ , f Cen 1} Dk Malian RMA ’ - AANA WW Wik ty’ Math des) ‘3 f Fi , CM RSE ae i‘ ie Lr crtienatt Ay aL: CR aye i ‘ie atin, We RK OE aon way See Dene Vu t ies Lehi ie ri OP WT \ Wied i CR \ i ‘i Petty \ PN a fC Ne + r ‘ ORO EWE tN a Shai Sat NS wii, m : yh bee's ie } Sea ts BAe A A giey } t Oe eS 1 ’ uh WANE Ce A LC es on Tae wie : ce)! A + ey “ Re bis i PUSAN ker # ee ey iy a } ey i Ay & a norent Ne ee Nr ei wines . GTi het ve ut \ hk 8 Cov y oe DAY ity Shit Ce ehury! kB ke oy 4 f Cee oan iy chia he bet ee eet } na i + oe hee es: es y PG sna hs iG SOR USS Stee OL & * EOS ut Cee bs bee A tinh a ‘he wi 3 9088 01313 9357